Emerson Control Valve

CONTROL VALVE
HANDBOOK
Fifth Edition
Emerson Automation Solutions
Flow Controls
Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA
Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil
Cernay, 68700 France
Dubai, United Arab Emirates
Singapore 128461 Singapore
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes
responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper
selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every
effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or
guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use
or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon
request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products
at any time without notice.
Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business
unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks
of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
© 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
D101881X012
Preface
Control valves are an increasingly vital component of modern manufacturing around

the world. Properly selected and maintained control valves increase efficiency,
safety, profitability, and ecology.
The Control Valve Handbook has been a primary reference since its first printing in
1965. This fifth edition presents vital information on control valve performance and
the latest technologies.
Chapter 1 offers an introduction to control valves, including definitions for common
control valve and instrumentation terminology.
Chapter 2 develops the vital topic of control valve performance.
Chapter 3 covers valve and actuator types.
Chapter 4 describes digital valve controllers, analog positioners, boosters, and other
control valve accessories.
Chapter 5 is a comprehensive guide to selecting the best control valve for an
application.
Chapter 6 addresses the selection and use of special control valves.
Chapter 7 explains desuperheaters, steam conditioning valves, and turbine bypass
systems.
Chapter 8 details typical control valve installation and maintenance procedures.
Chapter 9 contains information on control valve standards and approval agencies
across the world.
Chapter 10 identifies isolation valves and actuators.
Chapter 11 covers discrete automation.
Chapter 12 discusses various process safety instrumented systems.
Chapter 13 provides useful tables of engineering reference data.
Chapter 14 includes piping reference data.
Chapter 15 is a handy resource for common conversions.
Additional Resources have been compiled for assets that may prove useful in
staying informed about Fisher products or the process control industry, in general.
Find a link to this section at the bottom of each chapter.
The Control Valve Handbook is both a textbook and a reference on the strongest link
in the control loop: the control valve and its accessories. This book includes extensive
and proven knowledge from leading experts in the process control field, including
contributions from the ISA.
Table of Contents
Control Valve Handbook | Table of Contents
Chapter 1: Introduction to Control Valves.............................................. 14

1.1 What is a Control Valve?...............................................................................15
1.2 Sliding-Stem Control Valve Terminology......................................................15
1.3 Rotary Control Valve Terminology................................................................21
1.4 Control Valve Functions and Characteristics Terminology ��23
1.5 Process Control Terminology........................................................................25
Chapter 2: Control Valve Performance................................................... 32

2.1 Process Variability........................................................................................33
2.1.1 Deadband................................................................................................................. 35
2.1.1.1 Causes of Deadband..........................................................................................................35
2.1.1.2 Effects of Deadband..........................................................................................................36
2.1.1.3 Performance Tests.............................................................................................................36
2.1.1.4 Friction.............................................................................................................................36
2.1.2 Actuator and Positioner Design................................................................................. 37
2.1.3 Valve Response Time................................................................................................. 38
2.1.3.1 Dead Time........................................................................................................................38
2.1.3.2 Dynamic Time...................................................................................................................38
2.3.1.3 Solutions...........................................................................................................................39
2.3.1.4 Supply Pressure.................................................................................................................40
2.3.1.5 Minimizing Dead Time......................................................................................................40
2.3.1.6 Valve Response Time.........................................................................................................41
2.1.4 Valve Type and Characterization................................................................................ 41
2.1.4.1 Installed Gain....................................................................................................................43
2.1.4.2 Loop Gain.........................................................................................................................43
2.1.4.3 Process Optimization........................................................................................................44
2.1.5 Valve Sizing............................................................................................................... 45
2.2 Economic Results.........................................................................................46
2.3 Summary.....................................................................................................48
Chapter 3: Valve and Actuator Types...................................................... 50

3.1 Control Valve Styles.....................................................................................51
3.1.1 Globe Valves............................................................................................................. 51
3.1.1.1 Single-Port Valve Bodies....................................................................................................51
3.1.1.2 Post- and Port-Guided Valve Bodies....................................................................................52
3.1.1.3 Cage-Style Valve Bodies.....................................................................................................52
3.1.1.4 Double-Ported Valve Bodies...............................................................................................53
3.1.1.5 Three-Way Valve Bodies....................................................................................................53
3.1.2 Sanitary Valves......................................................................................................... 54
3.1.3 Rotary Valves............................................................................................................ 54
3.1.3.1 Butterfly Valve Bodies........................................................................................................54
3.1.3.2 Segmented Ball Valve Bodies.............................................................................................55
5
3.1.3.3 High-Performance Butterfly Valve Bodies...........................................................................55

3.1.3.4 Eccentric Plug Valve Bodies................................................................................................56
3.1.3.5 Full-Port Ball Valve Bodies..................................................................................................57
3.1.3.6 Multi-Port Flow Selector....................................................................................................57
3.2 Control Valve End Connections....................................................................57

3.2.1 Screwed Pipe Threads............................................................................................... 57
3.2.2 Bolted Gasketed Flanges............................................................................................ 58
3.2.3 Welded End Connections........................................................................................... 58
3.2.4 Other Valve End Connections.................................................................................... 59
3.3 Valve Body Bonnets......................................................................................59
3.3.1 Extension Bonnets.................................................................................................... 60
3.3.2 Bellows Seal Bonnets................................................................................................. 61
3.4 Control Valve Packing..................................................................................61
3.4.1 PTFE V-Ring............................................................................................................... 62
3.4.2 Laminated and Filament Graphite............................................................................. 62
3.4.3 U.S. Regulatory Requirements for Fugitive Emissions................................................. 62
3.4.4 Global Standards for Fugitive Emissions..................................................................... 63
3.4.5 Single PTFE V-Ring Packing........................................................................................ 65
3.4.6 ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE Packing....................................................................................... 65
3.4.7 ENVIRO-SEAL Duplex Packing.................................................................................... 67
3.4.8 ISO-Seal PTFE Packing............................................................................................... 67
3.4.9 ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite ULF........................................................................................ 67
3.4.10 HIGH-SEAL Graphite ULF......................................................................................... 67
3.4.11 ISO-Seal Graphite Packing....................................................................................... 67
3.4.12 ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite for Rotary Valves.................................................................. 67
3.4.13 Graphite Ribbon for Rotary Valves........................................................................... 67
3.4.14 Sliding-Stem Environmental Packing Selection........................................................ 67
3.4.15 Rotary Environmental Packing Selection.................................................................. 69
3.5 Characterization of Cage-Guided Valve Bodies.............................................69
3.6 Valve Plug Guiding.......................................................................................70
3.7 Restricted-Capacity Control Valve Trim........................................................70
3.8 Actuators.....................................................................................................71
3.8.1 Diaphragm Actuators............................................................................................... 71
3.8.2 Piston Actuators....................................................................................................... 72
3.8.4 Rack-and-Pinion Actuators........................................................................................ 73
3.8.5 Electric Actuators...................................................................................................... 73
Chapter 4: Control Valve Accessories..................................................... 74

4.1 Environmental & Application Considerations................................................75
4.2 Positioners...................................................................................................75
4.2.1 Pneumatic Positioners............................................................................................... 75
6
4.2.2 Analog I/P Positioners............................................................................................... 76

4.2.3 Digital Valve Controllers............................................................................................ 77
4.2.3.1 Diagnostics.......................................................................................................................77
4.2.3.2 Two-Way Digital Communication......................................................................................78
4.3 I/P Transducers.............................................................................................78

4.4 Volume Boosters..........................................................................................78
4.5 Safety Instrumented Systems (SIS)...............................................................80
4.5.1 Partial Stroke Testing................................................................................................ 80
4.6 Controllers...................................................................................................81
4.7 Position Transmitters...................................................................................83
4.8 Limit Switches..............................................................................................83
4.9 Solenoid Valves............................................................................................83
4.10 Trip Systems...............................................................................................84
4.11 Handwheels...............................................................................................84
Chapter 5: Control Valve Sizing.............................................................. 86

5.1 Control Valve Dimensions ............................................................................88
5.1.1 Face-to-Face Dimensions for Flanged, Globe-Style Valves........................................... 88
5.1.2 Face-to-Face Dimensions for Butt Weld-End, Globe-Style Valves �� 90
5.1.3 Face-to-Face Dimensions for Socket Weld-End, Globe-Style Valves �� 91
5.1.4 Face-to-Face Dimensions for Screwed-End, Globe-Style Valves �� 92
5.1.5 Face-to-Centerline Dimensions for Raised-Face, Globe-Style Angle Valves �� 92
5.1.6 Face-to-Face Dimensions for Separable Flange, Globe-Style Valves �� 93
5.1.7 Face-to-Face Dimensions for Flanged and Flangeless Rotary Valves �� 93
5.1.8 Face-to-Face Dimensions for Single Flange and Flangeless Butterfly Valves �� 94
5.1.9 Face-to-Face Dimensions for High-Pressure, Offset Butterfly Valves �� 94
5.2 Control Valve Seat Leakage Classifications....................................................95
5.3 Class VI Maximum Seat Leakage Allowable...................................................96
5.4 Control Valve Flow Characteristics...............................................................96
5.4.1 Flow Characteristics.................................................................................................. 96
5.4.2 Selection of Flow Characteristics............................................................................... 97
5.5 Valve Sizing..................................................................................................97
5.7 Equation Constants .....................................................................................99
5.8 Sizing Valves for Liquids..............................................................................100
5.8.1 Determining Piping Geometry Factor and Liquid Pressure-Recovery Factor �� 100
5.8.2 Determining the Pressure Drop to Use for Sizing...................................................... 101
5.8.3 Calculating the Required Flow Coefficient................................................................ 101
5.8.4 Liquid Sizing Sample Problem.................................................................................. 102
5.9 Sizing Valves for Compressible Fluids.........................................................104
5.9.1 Determining Piping Geometry Factor and Pressure Drop Ratio Factor at Choked Flow �� 105
7
5.9.2 Determining Pressure Drop Ratio to Use for Sizing and Expansion Factor �� 105
5.9.3 Calculating Flow Coefficient.................................................................................... 105
5.9.4 Compressible Fluid Sizing Sample Problem No. 1..................................................... 106
5.9.5 Compressible Fluid Sizing Sample Problem No. 2..................................................... 107
5.10 Representative Sizing Coefficients............................................................109
5.10.1 Representative Sizing Coefficients for Single-Ported, Globe-Style Valves �� 109
5.10.2 Representative Sizing Coefficients for Rotary Valves .............................................. 110
5.11 Actuator Sizing........................................................................................111
5.11.1 Globe Valves......................................................................................................... 111
5.11.1.1 Unbalance Force...........................................................................................................111
5.11.1.2 Force to Provide Seat Load.............................................................................................112
5.11.1.3 Packing Friction.............................................................................................................112
5.11.1.4 Additional Forces...........................................................................................................112
5.11.2 Actuator Force Calculations.................................................................................. 114
5.12 Actuator Sizing for Rotary Valves..............................................................114
5.12.1 Torque Equations.................................................................................................. 114
5.12.2 Breakout Torque................................................................................................... 114
5.12.3 Dynamic Torque................................................................................................... 114
5.13 Typical Rotary Valve Torque Factors..........................................................115
5.13.1 Torque Factors for V-Notch Ball Valve with Composition Seal �� 115
5.13.2 Torque Factors for Butterfly Valve with Composition Seal....................................... 115
5.13.2.1 Maximum Rotation.......................................................................................................115
5.14 Cavitation and Flashing............................................................................116

5.14.1 Choked Flow Causes Flashing and Cavitation......................................................... 116
5.14.2 Valve Selection for Flashing Service........................................................................ 117
5.14.3 Valve Selection for Cavitation Service.................................................................... 118
5.15 Noise Prediction.......................................................................................118
5.15.1 Aerodynamic........................................................................................................ 118
5.15.2 Hydrodynamic...................................................................................................... 120
5.16 Noise Control...........................................................................................120
5.17 Noise Summary.......................................................................................123
5.18 Packing Selection.....................................................................................124
5.18.1 Packing Selection Guidelines for Sliding-Stem Valves............................................. 125
5.18.2 Packing Selection Guidelines for Rotary Valves....................................................... 126
5.19 Valve Body Materials................................................................................127
5.19.1 Designations for Common Valve Body Materials.................................................... 129
5.20 Pressure-Temperature Ratings..................................................................130
5.20.1 Standard Class ASTM A216 Grade WCC Cast Valves................................................. 130
5.20.2 Standard Class ASTM A217 Grade WC9 Cast Valves............................................... 131
5.20.3 Standard Class ASTM A351 Grade CF3 Cast Valves................................................. 132
5.20.4 Standard Class ASTM A351 Grades CF8M and CG8M Valves �� 133
8
5.21 Non-Metallic Material Abbreviations........................................................135

5.22 Non-Destructive Test Procedures.............................................................135
5.22.1 Magnetic Particle (Surface) Examination............................................................... 135
5.22.2 Liquid Penetrant (Surface) Examination................................................................ 136
5.22.3 Radiographic (Volumetric) Examination................................................................ 136
5.22.4 Ultrasonic (Volumetric) Examination..................................................................... 136
Chapte 6: Special Control Valves.......................................................... 138

6.1 High-Capacity Control Valves.....................................................................139
6.2 Low-Flow Control Valves............................................................................140
6.3 High-Temperature Control Valves..............................................................140
6.4 Cryogenic Service Valves............................................................................141
6.5 Valves Subjected to Cavitation and Fluids with Particulate ��141
6.6 Customized Characteristics, Noise-Abatement, and Cavitation-Mitigation
Trims...............................................................................................................142
6.7 Control Valves for Nuclear Service in the U.S..............................................142
6.8 Valves Subjected to Sulfide Stress Cracking................................................143
6.8.1 Pre-2003 Revisions of NACE MR0175....................................................................... 143
6.8.2 NACE MR0175/ISO 15156......................................................................................... 144
6.8.3 NACE MR0103........................................................................................................... 145
Chapter 7: Steam Conditioning............................................................ 146

7.1 Understanding Desuperheating.................................................................147
7.1.1 Technical Aspects of Desuperheating....................................................................... 147
7.2 Typical Desuperheater Designs...................................................................150
7.2.1 Fixed-Geometry Nozzle Design................................................................................ 150
7.2.2 Variable-Geometry Nozzle Design........................................................................... 151
7.2.3 Self-Contained Design............................................................................................. 151
7.2.5 Geometry-Assisted Wafer Design............................................................................ 152
7.3 Understanding Steam Conditioning Valves................................................153
7.4 Steam Conditioning Valves.........................................................................153
7.4.1 Steam Attemperator............................................................................................... 155
7.4.2 Steam Sparger........................................................................................................ 155
7.6 Turbine Bypass System Components..........................................................156
7.6.1 Turbine Bypass Valves............................................................................................. 156
7.6.2 Turbine Bypass Water Control Valves....................................................................... 156
7.6.3 Actuation............................................................................................................... 157
Chapter 8: Installation and Maintenance.............................................. 158

8.1 Proper Storage and Protection...................................................................159
9
8.2 Proper Installation Techniques...................................................................159

8.2.1 Read the Instruction Manual................................................................................... 159
8.2.2 Be Sure the Pipeline Is Clean.................................................................................... 159
8.2.4 Use Good Piping Practices....................................................................................... 160
8.2.5 Flushing/Hydro/Start-Up Trim................................................................................. 161
8.3 Control Valve Maintenance........................................................................161
8.3.1 Reactive Maintenance............................................................................................. 162
8.3.2 Preventive Maintenance.......................................................................................... 162
8.3.3 Predictive Maintenance........................................................................................... 162
8.3.4 Using Control Valve Diagnostics.............................................................................. 162
8.3.4.1 Instrument Air Leakage...................................................................................................163
8.3.4.2 Supply Pressure...............................................................................................................163
8.3.4.3 Travel Deviation and Relay Adjustment............................................................................163
8.3.4.4 Instrument Air Quality.....................................................................................................164
8.3.4.5 In-Service Friction and Friction Trending...........................................................................164
8.3.4.6 Other Examples...............................................................................................................164
8.3.5 Continued Diagnostics Development....................................................................... 164
8.4 Service and Repair Parts.............................................................................165
8.4.1 Recommended Spare Parts..................................................................................... 165
8.4.2 Using Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEM) Parts............................................. 165
8.4.3 Consider Upgrades for the Valve Trim...................................................................... 165
8.5 Actuator Maintenance................................................................................165
8.5.1 Spring-and-Diaphragm Actuators .......................................................................... 165
8.5.2 Piston Actuators..................................................................................................... 166
8.5.3 Stem Packing.......................................................................................................... 166
8.5.4 Seat Rings............................................................................................................... 166
8.5.4.1 Replacing Seat Rings.......................................................................................................166
8.5.4.2 Connections: Plug-to-Stem, Ball-to-Shaft, and Disk-to-Shaft...........................................167
8.5.5 Bench Set................................................................................................................ 167
8.5.6 Valve Travel............................................................................................................. 167
Chapter 9: Standards and Approvals.................................................... 168

9.1 Control Valve Standards.............................................................................169
9.1.1 American Petroleum Institute (API).......................................................................... 169
9.1.2 American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME).................................................. 169
9.1.3 European Committee for Standardization (CEN)...................................................... 169
9.1.3.1 European Industrial Valve Standards................................................................................169
9.1.3.2 European Material Standards..........................................................................................170
9.1.3.3 European Flange Standards.............................................................................................170
9.1.4 Fluid Controls Institute (FCI).................................................................................... 170
9.1.5 Instrument Society of America (ISA)........................................................................ 170
9.1.6 International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC)...................................................... 171
10
9.1.7 Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS)......................................................... 171

9.1.8 NACE International.................................................................................................. 171
9.2 Product Approvals for Hazardous (Classified) Locations..............................172
9.2.1 Hazardous Location Approvals and Definitions........................................................ 172
9.3 Classification Systems................................................................................172
9.3.1 Class/Division System.............................................................................................. 172
9.3.2 Zone System........................................................................................................... 173
9.3.3 Equipment Groups.................................................................................................. 174
9.3.4 Equipment Subgroups............................................................................................. 174
9.3.4.1 Group II (Commonly referred to as the “Gas Group”)........................................................174
9.3.4.2 Group III (Commonly referred to as the “Dust Group”).....................................................174
9.3.5 Type of Protection................................................................................................... 175
9.3.5.1 Electrical Equipment........................................................................................................175
9.3.5.2 Non-Electrical Equipment................................................................................................176
9.3.6 Level of Protection................................................................................................... 177
9.3.7 Equipment Protection Level (EPL)............................................................................. 177
9.4 Temperature Code.....................................................................................178
9.5 Nomenclature............................................................................................179
9.5.1 Class/Division System.............................................................................................. 179
9.5.2 Zone System........................................................................................................... 179
9.5.3 Wiring Practices...................................................................................................... 179
9.5.4 European Union (EU) – ATEX Directive 2014/34/EU................................................. 180
9.6 Protection Techniques and Methods..........................................................181
9.6.1 Explosion-Proof or Flame-Proof Technique............................................................... 181
9.6.2 Intrinsically-Safe Technique..................................................................................... 181
9.6.3 Non-Incendive or Type n Technique......................................................................... 182
9.6.4 Increased Safety...................................................................................................... 182
9.6.5 Dust Ignition-Proof or Enclosure Dust-Proof............................................................ 183
9.7 Enclosure Ratings.......................................................................................183
Chapter 10: Isolation Valves ................................................................ 186

10.1 Basic Valve Types......................................................................................187
10.1.1 Gate Valves........................................................................................................... 187
10.1.2 Globe Valves......................................................................................................... 188
10.1.3 Check Valves......................................................................................................... 191
10.1.4 Bypass Valves........................................................................................................ 192
10.1.6 Pinch Valves.......................................................................................................... 193
10.1.7 Ball Valves............................................................................................................. 194
10.1.8 Butterfly Valves..................................................................................................... 194
10.1.9 Plug Valves............................................................................................................ 195
11
Chapter 11: Solenoid Valves................................................................. 210

11.1 Solenoid Valves........................................................................................211
Chapter 12: Safety Instrumented Systems............................................ 214

12.1 Safety and Layers of Protection................................................................215
12.2 Safety Instrumented Systems (SIS)...........................................................216
12.3 Safety Standards......................................................................................217
12.4 Safety Integrity Level (SIL)........................................................................217
12.5 Probability of Failure Upon Demand.........................................................218
12.6 Final Elements, Proof Testing, and Partial Stroke Testing Techniques ��219
12.7 Partial Stroke Testing...............................................................................219
12.8 Online Testing Methods for the Final Element..........................................220
12.9 Digital Valve Controller Use for Partial Stroke Testing...............................220
12.10 High-Integrity Pressure Protection System (HIPPS)................................221
12.11 Functionality of the HIPPS .....................................................................221
12.12 Testing Requirements............................................................................221
Chapter 13: Engineering Data.............................................................. 224

13.1 Standard Specifications for Pressure-Retaining Valve Materials ��225
13.2 Valve Material Properties for Pressure-Containing Components ��232
13.3 Physical Constants of Hydrocarbons.........................................................234
13.4 Specific Heat Ratio...................................................................................237
13.5 Physical Constants of Various Fluids.........................................................238
13.6 Refrigerant 717 (Ammonia) Properties of Liquid and Saturated Vapor ��240
13.7 Properties of Water..................................................................................247
13.8 Properties of Saturated Steam..................................................................248
13.9 Properties of Superheated Steam.............................................................257
Chapter 14: Pipe Data.......................................................................... 266

14.1 Pipe Engagement.....................................................................................267
14.2 Carbon and Alloy Steel - Stainless Steel.....................................................267
14.3 American Pipe Flange Dimensions............................................................275
14.3.1 Diameter of Bolt Circles ........................................................................................ 275
14.3.2 Number of Stud Bolts and Diameter...................................................................... 276
14.3.3 Flange Diameter................................................................................................... 277
14.3.4 Flange Thickness for Flange Fittings....................................................................... 278
14.4 Cast Steel Flange Standards......................................................................280
14.4.1 Cast Steel Flange Standard for PN 10..................................................................... 280
12

14.4.6 Cast Steel Flange Standard for PN 100................................................................... 284
14.4.10 Cast Steel Flange Standard for PN 400................................................................. 286
Chapter 15: Conversions and Equivalents............................................. 288

15.1 Length Equivalents...................................................................................289
15.2 Whole Inch to Millimeter Equivalents.......................................................289
15.3 Fractional Inch to Millimeter Equivalents..................................................290
15.4 Additional Fractional Inch to Millimeter Equivalents.................................291
15.5 Area Equivalents.......................................................................................293
15.6 Volume Equivalents..................................................................................293
15.7 Volume Rate Equivalents..........................................................................293
15.8 Mass Conversion–Pounds to Kilograms....................................................294
15.9 Pressure Equivalents................................................................................294
15.10 Pressure Conversion–Pounds Per Square Inch to Bar..............................295
15.11 Temperature Conversion Formulas.........................................................296
15.12 Temperature Conversions......................................................................296
15.13 API and Baumé Gravity Tables and Weight Factors.................................299
15.14 Other Useful Conversions.......................................................................301
15.15 Metric Prefixes and Suffixes....................................................................302
Index................................................................................................... 304
13
Chapter 1
Introduction to Control Valves
Control Valve Handbook | Chapter 1: Introduction to Control Valves
1.1 What is a Control Valve? The control valve is a critical part of the
control loop. Many people who talk
Modern processing plants utilize a vast about control valves are really referring
network of control loops to produce an to a control valve assembly. The control
end product for market. These control valve assembly typically consists of the
loops are designed to keep a process valve body, the internal trim parts, an
variable (i.e. pressure, flow, level, actuator to provide the motive power to
temperature, etc.) within a required operate the valve, and a variety of
operating range to ensure a quality end additional valve accessories, which can
product is produced. Each of these loops include s, transducers, supply pressure
receives and internally creates regulators, manual operators, snubbers,
disturbances that detrimentally affect or limit switches.
the process variable (PV). Interaction
from other loops in the network also There are two main types of control
provide disturbances that influence the valve designs, depending on the action
process variable. See Figure 1.1. of the closure member: sliding-stem or
rotary. Sliding-stem valves, as seen in
Manipulated Controlled Figure 1.2 and 1.3, use linear motion to
Variable Variable
move a closure member into and out of
Process
a seating surface. Rotary valves, as seen
in Figure 1.13 and 1.17, use rotational
Control Sensor motion to turn a closure member into
Valve
and out of a seating surface. 
Controller Transmitter
1.2 Sliding-Stem Control

Figure 1.1 Feedback Control Loop
Valve Terminology
To reduce the effect of these load The following terminology applies to the
disturbances, sensors and transmitters physical and operating characteristics of
collect information about the process standard sliding-stem control valves
variable (PV) and its relationship to some with diaphragm or piston actuators.
desired set point. A controller processes Some of the terms, particularly those
this information and decides what must pertaining to actuators, are also
be done to get the process variable back appropriate for rotary control valves.
to where it should be after a load Many of the definitions presented are in
disturbance occurs. When all the accordance with ANSI/ISA-75.05.01,
measuring, comparing, and calculating Control Valve Terminology, although
are done, some type of final control other popular terms are also included.
element must implement the strategy Additional explanation is provided for
selected by the controller. some of the more complex terms.
Additional sections in this chapter follow
The most common final control element
that define specific terminology for
in the process control industries is the
rotary control valves, general process
control valve. The control valve
control, and control valve functions and
manipulates a flowing fluid, such as gas,
characteristics.
steam, water, or chemical compounds to
compensate for the load disturbance and
keep the regulated process variable as
close as possible to the desired set point.
See Additional Resources » 15

Actuator Stem Force: The net force

from an actuator that is available for
actual positioning of the valve plug,
referred to as valve travel.
Angle Valve: A valve design in which the
inlet and outlet ports are perpendicular
to each other. See also Globe Valve.
Figure 1.2 Sliding-Stem Control Valve
1. Bonnet
2. Packing Box
3. Cage or Seat
Ring Retainer Figure 1.4 Angle Valve
4. Valve Stem
5. Valve Plug
1
6. Valve Body
Bellows Seal Bonnet: A bonnet that
2 7. Seat Ring uses a bellows for sealing against
8. Port leakage around the closure member
3
stem. See Figure 1.5.
4
5 Bonnet: The portion of the valve that
6
contains the packing box and stem seal
and can provide guiding for the valve
7 stem. It provides the principal opening
to the body cavity for assembly of
8
internal parts or it can be an integral part
of the valve body. It can also provide for
the attachment of the actuator to the
Figure 1.3 Sliding-Stem Control Valve valve body. Typical bonnets are bolted,
threaded, welded, pressure sealed, or
Actuator Spring: A spring, or group of integral with the body. This term is often
springs, enclosed in the yoke or actuator used in referring to the bonnet and its
casing or piston cylinder that moves the included packing parts. More properly,
actuator stem in a direction opposite to this group of component parts should
that created by loading pressure. be called the bonnet assembly.
Actuator Stem: The part that connects Bonnet Assembly (Commonly Bonnet,
the actuator to the valve stem and more properly Bonnet Assembly): An
transmits motion (force) from the assembly including the part through
actuator to the valve. which a valve stem moves and a means
Actuator Stem Extension: An extension for sealing against leakage along the
of the piston actuator stem to provide a stem. It usually provides a means for
means of transmitting piston motion to mounting the actuator and loading the
the valve positioner. packing assembly, and maintains proper
16
alignment of the plug to the rest of the surrounds the closure member and can
control valve assembly. See Figure 1.6. provide flow characterization and/or a
seating surface. It also provides stability,
guiding, balance, and alignment, and
1. Bonnet facilitates assembly of other parts of the
2. Packing
1 valve trim. The walls of the cage contain
3. Packing Box
4. Bellows
openings that usually determine the
2
5. Valve Stem flow characteristic of the control valve.
3 See Figure 1.7.
4
Closure Member: The movable part of
5 the valve that is positioned in the flow
path to modulate the rate of flow
through the valve.
Closure Member Guide: That portion of
a closure member that aligns its
movement in either a cage, seat ring
Figure 1.5 Bellows Seal Bonnet (port guiding), bonnet, bottom flange,
stem or any two of these.
1. Bonnet Cylinder: The chamber of a piston

2. Packing actuator in which the piston moves.
1 3. Packing Box
2
Cylinder Closure Seal: The sealing
4. Valve Stem
element at the connection of the
3
piston actuator cylinder to the yoke.
4 Diaphragm: A flexible, pressure
responsive element that transmits
force to the diaphragm plate and
actuator stem.
Figure 1.6 Bonnet Assembly Diaphragm Actuator: A fluid-powered
device in which the fluid, usually
Bottom Flange: A part that closes a compressed air (see Loading Pressure),
valve body opening opposite the bonnet acts upon a flexible component, the
opening. It can include a guide bushing diaphragm to produce a force to move
and/or serve to allow reversal of the the closure member.
valve action.
Diaphragm Case: A housing,
Bushing: A device that supports and/or consisting of top and bottom
guides moving parts such as valve stems section, used for supporting a
and plugs. diaphragm and establishing one or
Cage: A part of the valve trim that two pressure chambers.
Figure 1.7 Cages (left to right): Linear, Equal-Percentage, Quick-Opening

Diaphragm Plate: A rigid plate Globe Valve: A valve with a linear

concentric with the diaphragm for motion closure member, one or more
transmitting force to the actuator stem. ports, and a body distinguished by a
Direct-Acting Actuator: An actuator, globular shaped cavity around the port
in which the actuator stem extends region. Globe valves can be further
with increasing loading pressure. See classified as: two-way single-ported
Figure 1.9. (Figure 1.3); two-way double-ported;
angle-style, or three-way (Figure 1.8).
Extension Bonnet: A bonnet with
greater dimension between the Loading Pressure: Fluid, usually
packing box and bonnet flange for hot compressed air, applied to the diaphragm
or cold service. or piston in a pneumatic actuator.
Offset Valve: A valve construction
having inlet and outlet line connections
on different planes, but 180 degrees
opposite each other.
Packing Box (Assembly): The part of
the bonnet assembly used to seal
against leakage around the closure
member stem. Included in the complete
packing box assembly are various
combinations of some or all of the
Figure 1.8 Three-Way Globe Valve
following component parts: packing,
4 1. Loading Pressure Connection

2. Diaphragm Case
5
3. Diaphragm
4. Diaphragm Plate
6
5. Actuator Spring
6. Actuator Stem
7
7. Spring Seat
8. Spring Adjuster
9. Stem Connector
9
8 10. Valve Stem
11. Yoke
11
10
Figure 1.9 Direct-Acting Actuator
18
packing follower, packing nut, lantern classified as either double-acting, so that

ring, packing spring, packing flange, full power can be developed in either
packing flange studs or bolts, packing direction, or as spring-fail so that upon
flange nuts, packing ring, packing wiper loss of supply power, the actuator moves
ring, felt wiper ring, Belleville springs, the valve in the required direction of
anti-extrusion ring. See Figure 1.11. travel. See Figure 1.10.
Piston: A rigid movable pressure Port: The flow control orifice of a
responsive element that transmits force control valve.
to the piston actuator stem. Retaining Ring: A split ring that is used to
retain a separable flange on a valve body.
1
Reverse-Acting Actuator: An actuator
in which the actuator stem retracts with
2
increasing loading pressure. Reverse
3 5 actuators have a seal bushing installed in
4 the upper end of the yoke to prevent
1. Loading Pressure
Connection leakage of the loading pressure along
2. Piston the actuator stem. See Figure 1.12.
6 3. Piston Seal
Rubber Boot: A protective device to
7 4. Cylinder
5. Cylinder Closure
prevent entrance of damaging foreign
Seal material into the piston actuator
6. Seal Bushing seal bushing.
7. Stem Connector
Seal Bushing: Top and bottom bushings
that provide a means of sealing the
piston actuator cylinder against leakage.
Synthetic rubber O-rings are used in the
Figure 1.10 Piston-Type Actuator
bushings to seal the cylinder, the actuator
stem, and the actuator stem extension.
Piston-Type Actuator: A fluid powered Seat: The area of contact between the
device in which the fluid, usually closure member and its mating surface
compressed air, acts upon a movable that establishes valve shutoff.
piston to provide motion of the actuator Seat Load: The net contact force
stem and provide seating force upon between the closure member and seat
closure. Piston-type actuators are with stated static conditions. In practice,
1 1. Upper Wiper 1 1. Filament Ring

2 2. Packing Follower 2. Laminated Ring
3. Female Adaptor 2 3. Lantern Ring
3
4. V-Ring 4 4. Zinc Washer
4
5. Male Adaptor
5 1
6. Lantern Ring 4
3
7 6 7. Washer
8 3 8. Spring 1
2 4
4 9. Box Ring/Lower
5 Wiper 1
9
PTFE Packing Graphite Packing
Figure 1.11 Packing

the selection of an actuator for a given and stem with the fluid at rest and with
control valve will be based on how much stated pressure conditions.
force is required to overcome static, Stem Connector: The device that
stem, and dynamic unbalance with an connects the actuator stem to the
allowance made for adequate seat load. valve stem.
Seat Ring: A part of the valve body Trim: The internal components of a valve
assembly that provides a seating surface that modulate the flow of the controlled
for the closure member and can provide fluid. In a globe valve body, trim would
part of the flow control orifice. typically include closure member, seat
Separable Flange: A flange that fits over ring, cage, stem, and stem pin.
a valve body flow connection. It is Trim, Soft-Seated: Valve trim with an
generally held in place by means of a elastomeric, plastic, or other readily
retaining ring. deformable material used either in the
Spring Adjuster: A fitting, usually closure component or seat ring to
threaded on the actuator stem or into provide tight shutoff with minimal
the yoke, to adjust the spring actuator forces.
compression (see bench set in Control Valve Body: The main pressure
Valve Functions and Characteristics boundary of the valve that also provides
Terminology). the pipe connecting ends, the fluid flow
Spring Seat: A plate to hold the spring passageway, and supports the seating
in position and to provide a flat surface surfaces and the valve closure member.
for the spring adjuster to contact. Among the most common valve body
constructions are: single-ported valve
Static Unbalance: The net force produced
bodies having one port and one valve
on the valve stem by the process fluid
plug; double-ported valve bodies having
pressure acting on the closure member
1. Loading Pressure Connection

2. Diaphragm Case
3. Diaphragm
3 2
4. Diaphragm Plate
4 5. Seal Bushing
5 6. Actuator Spring
1
7. Actuator Stem
6 8. Spring Seat
9. Spring Adjuster
10. Stem Connector
7
11. Valve Stem
8 12. Yoke
9
10
11 12
Figure 1.12 Reverse-Acting Actuator
20
two ports and one valve plug; two-way Valve Terminology, although other
valve bodies having two flow popular terms are also included. Terms
connections, one inlet and one outlet; pertaining to actuators are also
three-way valve bodies having three flow appropriate for rotary control valves.
connections, two of which can be inlets Additional explanation is provided for
with one outlet (for converging or mixing some of the more complex terms.
flows), or one inlet and two outlets (for Additional sections in this chapter follow
diverging or diverting flows). The term that define specific terminology for
“valve body”, or even just “body”, is general process control, and control
frequently used in referring to the valve valve functions and characteristics.
body together with its bonnet assembly
and included trim parts. More properly,
this group of components should be
called the valve body assembly.
Valve Body Assembly (Commonly Valve
Body or Valve, more properly Valve Body
Assembly): An assembly of a valve body,
bonnet assembly, bottom flange (if
used), and trim elements. The trim
includes the closure member, which
opens, closes, or partially obstructs one
or more ports.
Figure 1.13 Rotary Control Valve
Valve Plug (Plug): A term frequently
used to reference the valve closure Actuator Lever: Arm attached to rotary
member in a sliding-stem valve. valve shaft to convert linear actuator
Valve Stem: In a linear motion valve, the stem motion to rotary force (torque) to
part that connects the actuator stem position a disk or ball of a rotary valve.
with the closure member. The lever normally is positively
connected to the rotary by close
Yoke: The structure that rigidly connects
tolerance splines or other means to
the actuator power unit to the valve. 
minimize play and lost motion.
Ball, Full: The flow closure member of
1.3 Rotary Control rotary control valves using a complete
sphere with a cylindrical flow passage
Valve Terminology through it. The flow passage equals or
The following terminology applies to the matches the pipe diameter.
physical and operating characteristics of
Ball, Segmented: The flow closure
rotary control valves with diaphragm or
member of rotary control valves using a
piston actuators. The closure members
partial sphere with a flow passage
(i.e. balls, disks, eccentric plugs, etc.) in
through it.
rotary designs perform a function
comparable to the valve plug in a
sliding-stem control valve. That is, as
they rotate they vary the size and shape
of the flow stream by opening more or
less of the seal area to the flowing fluid.
Many of the definitions presented are in
accordance with ISA S75.05, Control

opening. This allows the disk to be swung

out of contact with the seal as soon as it
is opened, reducing friction and wear.
Figure 1.14 Segmented Ball
Ball, V-Notch: The most common type

of segmented ball control valve. The Figure 1.16 Eccentric Disk Valve
V-notch ball includes a polished or
plated partial sphere surface that rotates Flangeless Valve: Valve style common
against the seal ring throughout the to rotary control valves. Flangeless
travel range. The V-shaped notch in the valves are held between ANSI/ASME-
ball permits wide rangeability and class flanges by long through-bolts
produces an equal-percentage flow (sometimes also called wafer-style
characteristic. valve bodies).
Plug, Eccentric: Style of rotary control
valve with an eccentrically-rotating plug
which cams into and out of the seat,
which reduces friction and wear. This
style of valve is well suited for erosive
applications.
Reverse Flow: Flow from the shaft/hub
side over the back of the disk, ball, or
Figure 1.15 V-Notch Ball
plug. Some rotary control valves are
capable of handling flow equally well in
Disk, Conventional: The symmetrical either direction. Other rotary designs
flow closure member used in the most might require modification of actuator
common varieties of butterfly rotary linkage to handle reverse flow.
valves. Highly-dynamic torques normally
limit conventional disks to 60 degrees Rod End Bearing: The connection often
maximum rotation in throttling service. used between actuator stem and
actuator lever to facilitate conversion of
Disk, Dynamically-Designed: A linear actuator thrust to rotary force
butterfly valve disk contoured to reduce (torque) with minimum of lost motion.
dynamic torque at large increments of Use of a standard reciprocating actuator
rotation, thereby making it suitable for on a rotary valve body commonly
throttling service with up to 90 degrees requires linkage with two rod end
of disk rotation. bearings. However, selection of an
Disk, Eccentric: Common name for valve actuator specifically designed for rotary
design in which the off-centered valve service requires only one such
positioning of the valve shaft/disk bearing and thereby reduces lost motion.
connections causes the disk to take a Rotary Control Valve: A valve style in
slightly eccentric (cammed) path on which the flow closure member (full ball,
22
partial ball, disk or plug) is rotated in the exits from the side opposite the seal
flow stream to control the capacity of ring. Sometimes called forward flow or
the valve. See Figure 1.17. flow into the face of the closure
member. See also Reverse Flow.
Seal Ring: The portion of a rotary
control valve assembly corresponding to Trunnion Mounting: A style of
the seat ring of a globe valve. Positioning mounting the disk or ball on the valve
of the disk or ball relative to the seal ring shaft or stub shaft with two
determines the flow area and capacity of diametrically opposed bearings. 
the unit at that particular increment of
rotational travel.
Shaft: The portion of a rotary control 1.4 Control Valve Functions
valve assembly corresponding to the and Characteristics
valve stem of a globe valve. Rotation of Terminology
the shaft positions the disk or ball in the
flow stream and controls flow through Bench Set: The calibration procedure of
the valve. an actuator spring so that it can use a
pressure range to fully stroke a valve to
Sliding Seal: The lower cylinder seal in a its rated travel (see Inherent Diaphragm
pneumatic piston-style actuator Pressure Range).
designed for rotary valve service. This seal
permits the actuator stem to move both Capacity: Amount of flow through a
vertically and laterally without leakage of valve (Cv or Kv), under stated conditions.
lower cylinder loading pressure, allowing Clearance Flow: Flow that occurs below
for a single rod end bearing. the minimum contr ollable flow with the
Standard Flow: For those rotary control closure member not fully seated.
valves having a separate seal ring or flow Diaphragm Pressure Span: Difference
ring, the flow direction in which fluid between the high and low values of the
enters the valve body through the diaphragm loading pressure range.
pipeline adjacent to the seal ring and
1 2 1. Loading Pressure
Connection
3
4 2. Diaphragm Case
3. Diaphragm
5 4. Diaphragm Plate
5. Spring
6
6. Actuator Stem
11 8 7. Lever
13 7
8. Shaft
9. Travel Stop
10. Packing
11. Disk
12. Body
13. Seal
14. Seal Retainer
14 10 9
12
Figure 1.17 Rotary Control Valve

Double-Acting Actuator: An actuator in per minute of 16°C (60°F) water that will
which pneumatic, hydraulic, or electric flow through a valve with a one pound
power is supplied in either direction. per square inch pressure drop.
Dynamic Unbalance: The net force High-Recovery Valve: A valve design
produced on the valve plug in any stated that dissipates relatively little flow
open position by the fluid process stream energy due to streamlined
pressure acting upon it. internal contours and minimal flow
turbulence. Therefore, pressure
Effective Area: In an actuator, the part
downstream of the valve vena contracta
of the diaphragm or piston area that
recovers to a high percentage of its inlet
produces a stem force. The effective
value. Straight-through flow valves, such
area of a diaphragm might change as it
as rotary ball valves, are typically
is stroked, usually being a maximum at
high-recovery valves.
the start and a minimum at the end of
the travel range. Molded diaphragms Inherent Diaphragm Pressure Range:
have less change in effective area than The high and low values of pressure
flat sheet diaphragms; thus, molded applied to the diaphragm to produce
diaphragms are recommended. rated valve plug travel with atmospheric
pressure in the valve body. This range is
Fail-Closed: A condition wherein the
often referred to as a bench set range
valve closure member moves to a closed
because it will be the range over which
position when the actuating energy
the valve will stroke when it is set on
source fails.
the work bench.
Fail-Open: A condition wherein the
Inherent Flow Characteristic: The
valve closure member moves to an open
relationship between the flow rate and
position when the actuating energy
the closure member travel as it is
source fails.
moved from the closed position to
Fail-Safe: A characteristic of a valve and rated travel with constant pressure drop
its actuator, which upon loss of actuating across the valve.
energy supply, will cause a valve closure
Installed Diaphragm Pressure Range:
member to be fully closed, fully open, or
The high and low values of pressure
remain in the last position, whichever
applied to the diaphragm to produce
position is defined as necessary to
rated travel with stated conditions in the
protect the process and equipment.
valve body. It is because of the forces
action can involve the use of auxiliary
acting on the closure member that the
controls connected to the actuator.
inherent diaphragm pressure range can
Flow Characteristic: Relationship differ from the installed diaphragm
between flow through the valve and pressure range.
percent rated travel as the latter is varied
Installed Flow Characteristic: The
from 0 to 100%. This term should always
relationship between the flow rate and
be designated as either inherent flow
the closure member travel as it is
characteristic or installed flow
moved from the closed position to
characteristic (See definitions in Process
rated travel as the pressure drop across
Control Terminology Section).
the valve is influenced by the varying
Flow Coefficient (Cv): A constant related process conditions.
to the geometry of a valve, for a given
Low-Recovery Valve: A valve design
travel, that can be used to establish flow
that dissipates a considerable amount of
capacity. It is the number of U.S. gallons
flow stream energy due to turbulence
24
created by the contours of the flow path. characteristic does not exceed the
Consequently, pressure downstream of stated limits. A control valve that still
the valve vena contracta recovers to a does a good job of controlling when flow
lesser percentage of its inlet value than is increases to 100 times the minimum
the case with a valve having a more controllable flow has a rangeability
streamlined flow path. Although of 100 to 1. Rangeability can also be
individual designs vary, conventional expressed as the ratio of the maximum
globe-style valves generally have low to minimum controllable flow rates.
pressure recovery capability.
Rated Flow Coefficient (Cv): The flow
Modified Parabolic Flow coefficient (Cv) of the valve at rated travel.
Characteristic: An inherent flow
Rated Travel: The distance of
characteristic that provides equal-
movement of the closure member from
percentage characteristic at low closure
the closed position to the rated full-open
member travel and approximately a
position. The rated full-open position is
linear characteristic for upper portions
the maximum opening recommended
of closure member travel.
by the manufacturers.
Normally-Closed Valve: See Fail-Closed.
Relative Flow Coefficient (Cv): The
Normally-Open Valve: See Fail-Open. ratio of the flow coefficient (Cv) at a
Push-Down-to-Close (PDTC) stated travel to the flow coefficient (Cv)
Construction: A globe-style valve at rated travel.
construction in which the closure Seat Leakage: The quantity of fluid
member is located between the passing through a valve when the valve
actuator and the seat ring, such that is in the fully closed position and
extension of the actuator stem moves maximum available seat load is applied
the closure member toward the seat with pressure differential and
ring, finally closing the valve. The term temperature as specified.
can also be applied to rotary valve
Spring Rate (Ks): The force change per
constructions where linear extension of
unit change in length of a spring. In
the actuator stem moves the ball or disk
diaphragm actuators, the spring rate is
toward the closed position. Also called
usually stated in pounds force per inch
direct-acting.
compression.
Push-Down-to-Open (PDTO)
Vena Contracta: The portion of a flow
Construction: A globe-style valve
stream where fluid velocity is at its
construction in which the seat ring is
maximum and fluid static pressure and
located between the actuator and the
the cross-sectional area are at their
closure member, so that extension of
minimum. In a control valve, the vena
the actuator stem moves the closure
contracta normally occurs just
member from the seat ring, opening the
downstream of the actual physical
valve. The term can also be applied to
restriction. 
rotary valve constructions where linear
extension of the actuator stem moves
the ball or disk toward the open
1.5 Process Control
position. Also called reverse-acting.
Terminology
Rangeability: The ratio of the largest
flow coefficient (Cv or Kv) to the smallest The following terms and definitions not
flow coefficient (Cv or Kv) within which previously defined are frequently
the deviation from the specified flow encountered by people associated with

control valves, instrumentation, and presenting frequency response data.

accessories. Some of the terms, Calibration Curve*: A graphical
indicated with an asterisk (*), are representation of the calibration report.
derived from the ISA standard, Process Steady state output of a device plotted
Instrumentation Terminology, ISA 51.1. as a function of its steady state input.
Other popular terminology used The curve is usually shown as percent
throughout the control valve industry is output span versus percent input span.
also included.
Calibration Cycle*: The application of
Accessory: A device mounted to a known values of the measured variable
control valve assembly to complement and the recording of corresponding
various functions or produce desired values of output readings, over the
actions, particularly actuation. (i.e. range of the instrument, in ascending
positioners, supply pressure regulators, and descending directions. A calibration
solenoids, limit switches, etc.). curve obtained by varying the input of a
Actuator*: A pneumatic, hydraulic, or device in both increasing and
electrically powered device that supplies decreasing directions. It is usually
force and motion to open or close a valve. shown as percent output span versus
percent input span and provides a
Actuator Assembly: An actuator,
measurement of hysteresis.
including all the pertinent accessories
that make it a complete operating unit. Capacity*(Valve): The amount of flow
through a valve (Cv) under stated
ANSI: Abbreviation for American
National Standards Institute. conditions.
API: Abbreviation for American Closed Loop: The interconnection of

Petroleum Institute. process control components such that
information regarding the process
ASME: Abbreviation for American variable is continuously fed back to a
Society of Mechanical Engineers. controller set point to provide
ASTM: Used to stand for American continuous, automatic corrections to
Society for Testing and Materials. As the process variable.
the scope of the organization became Closure Member: A valve trim element
international, the name was changed to (also known as a plug, disk, segmented
ASTM International. ASTM is no longer ball, or full-port ball) used to modulate
an abbreviation. the flow rate within a control valve.
Automatic Control System*: A control Controller: A device that operates
system that operates without human automatically, by use of some
intervention. established algorithm, to regulate a
Backlash: A form of deadband that controlled variable. The controller input
results from a temporary discontinuity receives information about the status of
between the input and output of a the process variable and then provides
device when the input of the device an appropriate output signal to the final
changes direction. (i.e. slack, or control element.
looseness, of a mechanical connection). Control Loop: See Closed Loop or
Bode Diagram*: A plot of log amplitude Open Loop.
ratio and phase angle values on a log Control Range: The range of valve travel
frequency base for a transfer function. It over which a control valve can maintain
is the most common form of graphically the installed valve gain between the
26
normalized values of 0.5 and 2.0. Entropy: The theoretical measure of

energy that cannot be transformed
Control Valve Assembly: A device used
into mechanical work in a
to modulate fluid flow by varying the
thermodynamic system.
size of the flow passage as directed by a
signal from a controller. Equal-Percentage Characteristic*: An
inherent flow characteristic that, for
Deadband: A general phenomenon,
equal increments of rated travel, will
that can apply to any device, where the
ideally give equal-percentage changes of
range through which an input signal can
the flow coefficient (Cv) from the
be varied, upon reversal of direction,
without initiating an observable change existing Cv.
in output signal. For control valves, the Feedback Signal*: The return signal
controller output (CO) is the input to the that results from a measurement of the
valve assembly and the process variable directly controlled variable. For a control
(PV) is the output, as shown in Figure valve with a positioner, the return signal
1.18. Whenever discussing deadband, it is usually a mechanical indication of
is essential that both the input and closure member stem position that is
output variables are identified, and that fed back into the positioner.
any quantifiable tests be conducted
FCI: Abbreviation for Fluid Controls
under fully-loaded conditions.
Institute. Provides standards and
Deadband is typically expressed as a
educational materials to assist purchasers
percent of the input span.
and users in understanding and using
fluid control and conditioning equipment.
100%
Final Control Element: A device that
implements the control strategy
Process Variable
determined by the output of a

controller. While this final control
element can take many forms (dampers,
on/off switching devices, etc.) the most
100% common final control element in
Controller Output
industry today is the control valve
assembly. Control valves modulate
Figure 1.18 Deadband flowing fluid (i.e. gas, steam, water,
chemical compounds, etc.) to
Dead Time: The time interval (Td) in compensate for load disturbances and
which no response of the system is keep the regulated process variable as
detected following a small (usually close to the desired set point as possible.
0.25% - 5%) step input. This time is
First-Order: A term referring to the
derived from the moment the step input
dynamic relationship between the input
is initiated to the first detectable
and output of a device. First-order
response of the system. Dead time can
systems, or devices, have only one
apply to a valve assembly or to the entire
energy storage device and the dynamic
process. See T63.
transient relationship between the input
Enthalpy: A thermodynamic quantity and output is characterized by an
that is the sum of the internal energy of exponential behavior.
a body and the product of its volume
Frequency Response Characteristic*:
multiplied by the pressure: H = U + pV.
The frequency-dependent relation, in
Also called the heat content.
both amplitude and phase, between

steady-state sinusoidal inputs and the point into its surface.

resulting fundamental sinusoidal Hunting*: An undesirable oscillation of
outputs. Output amplitude and phase appreciable magnitude, prolonged after
shift are observed as functions of the external stimuli disappear. Sometimes
input test frequency and used to called cycling or limit cycle, hunting is
describe the dynamic behavior of the evidence of operation at or near the
control device. stability limit. In control valve
Friction: A force that tends to oppose applications, hunting would appear as
the relative motion between two an oscillation in the loading pressure to
surfaces that are in contact with each the actuator caused by instability in the
other. The associated force is a function or the valve positioner.
of the normal force holding these two Hysteresis*: The maximum difference
surfaces together and the characteristic in output value for any single input value
nature of the two surfaces. Friction has during a calibration cycle, excluding
two components: static friction and errors due to deadband. A retardation of
dynamic friction. Static friction (also an effect when the forces acting upon a
known as stick/slip, or stiction) is the body are changed (as if from viscosity or
force that must be overcome before internal friction).
there is any relative motion between the
two surfaces. Static friction is also one of 100
the major causes of deadband in a valve
Rated Flow Coefficient (%)
Quick-Opening
assembly. Once relative movement has
begun, dynamic friction (also known as
running friction, or sliding friction) is the
force that must be overcome to Linear
maintain the relative motion.
Gain: Term used to describe the ratio of
the magnitude of an output change of a Equal-Percentage
given system or device to the magnitude 100
0
of an input change that caused the Rated Travel (%)
output change. Gain has two
components: static gain and dynamic Figure 1.19 Inherent Valve Characteristics
gain. Static gain (also known as
sensitivity) is the gain relationship Inherent Characteristic*: The
between the input and output and is an relationship between the flow coefficient
indicator of the ease with which the and the closure member travel as it is
input can initiate a change in the output moved from the closed position to rated
when the system or device is in a travel with constant pressure drop across
steady-state condition. Dynamic gain is the valve. Typically, these characteristics
the gain relationship between the input are plotted on a curve where the
and output when the system is in a state horizontal axis is labeled in percent travel
of movement or flux. Dynamic gain is a and the vertical axis is labeled as percent
function of frequency or rate of change flow (or Cv). Because valve flow is a
of the input. function of both the valve travel and the
pressure drop across the valve,
Hardness: Resistance of metal to
conducting flow characteristic tests at a
plastic deformation, usually by
constant pressure drop provides a
indentation. Resistance of plastics and
systematic way of comparing one valve
rubber to penetration of an indentor
28
characteristic design to another. Typical as defined above, would typically be

valve characteristics conducted in this considered a non-linearity.
manner are named linear, equal- Linear Characteristic*: An inherent
percentage, and quick opening. flow characteristic that can be
Inherent Valve Gain: The magnitude represented by a straight line on a
ratio of the change in flow through the rectangular plot of flow coefficient (Cv)
valve to the change in valve travel under versus rated travel. Therefore equal
conditions of constant pressure drop. increments of travel provide equal
Inherent valve gain is an inherent increments of flow coefficient, Cv.
function of the valve design. It is equal
Loading Pressure: The pressure
to the slope of the inherent
employed to position a pneumatic
characteristic curve at any travel point
actuator. This is the pressure that actually
and is a function of valve travel.
works on the actuator diaphragm or
Installed Characteristic*: The piston and it can be the instrument
relationship between the flow rate and pressure if a valve positioner is not used.
the closure member (disk) travel as it is
Loop: See Closed Loop or Open Loop.
moved from the closed position to rated
travel as the pressure drop across the Loop Gain: The combined gain of all the
valve is influenced by the varying components in the loop when viewed in
process conditions. series around the loop. Sometimes
referred to as open loop gain. It must be
Installed Valve Gain: The magnitude
clearly specified whether referring to the
ratio of the change in flow through the
static loop gain or the dynamic loop gain
valve to the change in valve travel under
at some frequency.
actual process conditions. Installed valve
gain is the valve gain relationship that Manual Control: See Open Loop.
occurs when the valve is installed in a NACE: Used to stand for National
specific system and the pressure drop is Association of Corrosion Engineers. As
allowed to change naturally according to the scope of the organization became
the dictates of the overall system. The international, the name was changed to
installed valve gain is equal to the slope NACE International. NACE is no longer an
of the installed characteristic curve, and abbreviation.
is a function of valve travel.
Open Loop: The condition where the
Instrument Pressure: The output interconnection of process control
pressure from an automatic controller components is interrupted such that
that is used to operate a control valve. information from the process variable
I/P: Shorthand for current-to-pressure is no longer fed back to the controller
(I-to-P). Typically applied to input set point so that corrections to the
transducer modules. process variable are no longer
provided. This is typically accomplished
ISA: Abbreviation for the International
by placing the controller in the manual
Society for Automation.
operating position.
Linearity*: The closeness to which a
Operating Medium: This is the fluid,
curve relating to two variables
generally air or gas, used to supply the
approximates a straight line. Linearity
power for operation of valve positioner
also means that the same straight line
or automatic controller.
will apply for both upscale and
downscale directions. Thus, deadband Operative Limits*: The range of

operating conditions to which a device volume flow of air or hydraulic fluid to

can be subjected without permanent the actuator. The relay can be an internal
impairment of operating characteristics. component of the positioner or a
separate valve accessory.
OSHA: Abbreviation for Occupational
Safety and Health Administration. (U.S.) Repeatability*: The closeness of
agreement among a number of
Packing: A part of the valve assembly
consecutive measurements of the
used to seal against leakage around the
output for the same value of the input
valve disk or stem.
under the same operating conditions,
Positioner*: A position controller approaching from the same direction,
(servomechanism) that is mechanically for full-range traverses. It is usually
connected to a moving part of a final measured as a non-repeatability and
control element or its actuator and that expressed as repeatability in percent of
automatically adjusts its output to the span. It does not include hysteresis.
actuator to maintain a desired position
Resolution: The minimum possible
in proportion to the input signal.
change in input required to produce a
Process: All the combined elements in detectable change in the output when
the control loop, except the controller. no reversal of the input takes place.
Sometimes refers to the fluid that passes Resolution is typically expressed as a
through the loop. percent of the input span.
Process Gain: The ratio of the change in Response Time: Usually measured by a
the controlled process variable to a parameter that includes both dead time
corresponding change in the output of and time constant. (See T63, Dead
the controller. Time, and Time Constant.) When
Process Variability: A precise statistical applied to the valve, it includes the
measure of how tightly the process is entire valve assembly.
being controlled about the set point. Second-Order: A term that refers to the
Process variability is defined in percent dynamic relationship between the input
as typically (2s/m), where m is the set and output of a device. A second-order
point or mean value of the measured system or device is one that has two
process variable and s is the standard energy storage devices that can transfer
deviation of the process variable. kinetic and potential energy back and
Quick-Opening (QO) Characteristic*: forth between themselves, thus
An inherent flow characteristic in which introducing the possibility of oscillatory
a maximum flow coefficient is achieved behavior and overshoot.
with minimal closure member travel. Sensitivity*: The ratio of the change in
Range: The region between the limits output magnitude to the change of the
within which a quantity is measured, input that causes it after the steady-
received, or transmitted, expressed by state has been reached.
stating the lower and upper range Sensor: A device that senses the value of
values. For example: 3 to 15 psi; -40 to the process variable and provides a
100°C (-40 to 212°F). corresponding output signal to a
Relay: A device that acts as a power transmitter. The sensor can be an
amplifier. It takes an electrical, integral part of the transmitter, or it may
pneumatic, or mechanical input signal be a separate component.
and produces an output of a large Set Point: A reference value
30
representing the desired value of the measured from the time the step input
process variable being controlled. is initiated to the time when the system
output reaches 63% of the final steady-
Shaft Wind-Up: A phenomenon where
state value. It is the combined total of
one end of a valve shaft turns and the
the system dead time (Td) and the
other does not. This typically occurs in
system time constant (t). See Dead Time
rotary-style valves where the actuator is
and Time Constant.
connected to the valve closure member
by a relatively long shaft. While seal Time Constant: A time parameter that
friction in the valve holds one end of the normally applies to a first-order element.
shaft in place, rotation of the shaft at It is the time interval measured from the
the actuator end is absorbed by twisting first detectable response of the system
of the shaft until the actuator input to a small (usually 0.25% - 5%) step input
transmits enough force to overcome until the system output reaches 63% of
the friction. its final steady-state value. (See T63.)
When applied to an open-loop process,
Signal*: A physical variable, one or
the time constant is usually designated
more parameters of which carry
as “T” (Tau). When applied to a closed-
information about another variable the
loop system, the time constant is usually
signal represents.
designated as λ (Lambda).
Signal Amplitude Sequencing (Split
Transmitter: A device that senses the
Ranging)*: Action in which two or more
value of the process variable and
signals are generated or two or more
transmits a corresponding output signal
final controlling elements are actuated
to the controller for comparison with
by an input signal, each one responding
the set point.
consecutively, with or without overlap,
to the magnitude of that input signal. Travel*: The movement of the closure
member from the closed position to an
Sizing (Valve): A systematic procedure
intermediate or rated full-open position.
designed to ensure the correct valve
capacity for each condition of a set of Travel Indicator: A pointer and scale
specified process conditions. used to externally show the position of
the closure member typically with units
Span*: The algebraic difference
of opening percent of travel or degrees
between the upper and lower range
of rotation.
values. For example: If range = 0 to 66°C
(150°F), then span = 66°C (150°F); if Trim*: The internal components of a
range = 3 to 15 psig, then span = 12 psig. valve that modulate the flow of the
controlled fluid.
Stiction (Static Friction): the force
required to cause one body in contact Valve: See Control Valve Assembly.
with another to begin to move. Also Volume Booster: A stand-alone relay is
see Friction. often referred to as a volume booster or
Supply Pressure*: The pressure at the simply booster because it boosts, or
supply port of a device. Common values amplifies, the volume of air supplied to
of control valve supply pressure are 20 the actuator. See Relay.
psig for a 3 to 15 psig range and 35 psig Zero Error*: Error of a device operating
for a 6 to 30 psig range. under specified conditions of use when the
T63: A measure of device response. It is input is at the lower range value. It is usually
measured by applying a small (usually expressed as percent of ideal span. 
1-5%) step input to the system. T63 is

Chapter 2
Control Valve Performance
Control Valve Handbook | Chapter 2: Control Valve Performance
In today’s dynamic business variable both above and below the set
environment, manufacturers are under point. A process that is in control, with
extreme economic pressures. Market only the common causes of variation
globalization is resulting in intense present, typically follows a bell-shaped
pressures to reduce manufacturing costs normal distribution.
to compete with lower wages and raw
material costs of emerging countries. Lower Limit
Specification
Competition exists between Set Point
international companies to provide the
PV Distribution
highest quality products and to
maximize plant throughputs with fewer
resources; all while meeting ever- 2-Sigma 2-Sigma
changing customer needs. These Set Point
marketing challenges must be met,
although fully complying with public
and regulatory policies.
PV Distribution
2.1 Process Variability

To deliver acceptable returns to their
shareholders, international industry Figure 2.1 Process Variability
leaders are realizing they must reduce
raw material and scrap costs while A statistically derived band of values on
increasing productivity. Reducing this distribution, called the +/-2 sigma
process variability in the manufacturing band, describes the spread of process
processes through the application of variable deviations from the set point.
process control technology is recognized This band is the variability of the
as an effective method to improve process. It is a measure of how tightly
financial returns and meet global the process is being controlled. Process
competitive pressures. variability is a precise measure of
tightness of control and is expressed as a
The basic objective of a company is to
percentage of the set point.
make a profit through the production of
a quality product. A quality product If a product must meet a certain lower
conforms to a set of specifications. Any limit specification, for example, the set
deviation from the established point needs to be established at a 2 sigma
specification means lost profit due to value above this lower limit. Doing so will
excessive material use, reprocessing ensure that all the product produced at
costs, or wasted product. Thus, a large values to the right of the lower limit will
financial impact is obtained through meet the quality specification.
improving process control. Reducing The problem, however, is that money
process variability through better and resources are being wasted by
process control allows optimization of making a large percentage of the
the process and the production of product to a level much greater than
products right the first time. required by the specification (see upper
The non-uniformity inherent in the raw distribution in Figure 2.1).
materials and processes of production The most desirable solution is to reduce
are common causes of variation that the spread of the deviation about the set
produce a variation of the process

Figure 2.2 Performance Test Loop
point by using a control valve that can process conditions. These are typically
produce a smaller sigma (see the lower performed in a flow lab in actual
distribution in Figure 2.1). closed-loop control (Figure 2.2).
Evaluating control valve assemblies under
Reducing process variability is a key to
closed-loop conditions provides the only
achieving business goals. Most
true measure of variability performance.
companies realize this, and it is not
Closed-loop performance data proves
uncommon for them to spend hundreds
significant reductions in process
of thousands of dollars on
variability can be achieved by choosing
instrumentation to address the problem
the right control valve for the application.
of process variability reduction.
The ability of control valves to reduce
Unfortunately, the control valve is often
process variability depends upon many
overlooked in this effort because its
factors. More than one isolated
impact on dynamic performance is not
parameter must be considered.
realized. Extensive studies of control
Research within the industry has found
loops indicate as many as 80% of the
the particular design features of the final
loops did not do an adequate job of
control element, including the valve,
reducing process variability.
actuator, and positioner, are very
Furthermore, the control valve was
important in achieving good process
found to be a major contributor to this
control under dynamic conditions. Most
problem for a variety of reasons.
importantly, the control valve assembly
To verify performance, manufacturers must be optimized or developed as a
must test their products under dynamic unit. Valve components not designed as
34
a complete assembly typically do not deviation from the set point will have to
yield the best dynamic performance. increase until it is big enough to get
Some of the most important design through the deadband. Only then can a
considerations include: corrective action occur.
Deadband
4” Segmented Ball Valves with Metal Seals,
Actuator/positioner design Diaphragm Actuators and Standard Positioners
Valve A (Fisher V150HD/1052(33)/3610J)

Valve response time
TM
65
60
Valve type and characterization
55
%
Valve sizing 50
45
Each of these design features will be 40
0.5% 1% 2% STEP 5% 10%
considered in this chapter to provide Valve B
insight into what constitutes a superior 65
60
valve design. 55
%
50
Input Signal
2.1.1 Deadband 45 Actuator Position
40 Flow Rate (Filtered)
Deadband is a major contributor to
excess process variability. Control valve 65
Valve C
assemblies can be a primary source of 60
deadband in an instrumentation loop %

55
50
due to a variety of causes such as 45
friction, backlash, shaft wind-up, relay or 40
spool valve dead zone, etc. 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
Deadband is a general phenomenon Time (seconds)
where a range or band of controller Figure 2.3 Effect of Deadband on Valve Performance
output (CO) values fail to produce a
change in the measured process variable
(PV) when the input signal reverses 2.1.1.1 Causes of Deadband
direction. When a load disturbance Deadband has many causes, but friction
occurs, the process variable (PV) and backlash in the control valve, along
deviates from the set point. This with shaft wind-up in rotary valves, and
deviation initiates a corrective action relay dead zone are some of the more
through the controller and back through common forms. Because most control
the process. However, an initial change actions for regulatory control consist of
in controller output can produce no small changes (1% or less), a control
corresponding corrective change in the valve with excessive deadband might
process variable. Only when the not even respond to many of these small
controller output has changed enough changes. A well-engineered valve should
to progress through the deadband does respond to signals of 1% or less to
a corresponding change in the process provide effective reduction in process
variable occur. variability. However, it is not uncommon
Any time the controller output reverses for some valves to exhibit deadband as
direction, the controller signal must pass great as 5% or more. In a recent plant
through the deadband before any audit, 30% of the valves had deadbands
corrective change in the process variable in excess of 4%. Over 65% of the loops
will occur. The presence of deadband in audited had deadbands greater than 2%.
the process ensures the process variable

2.1.1.2 Effects of Deadband as 10% before it begins to respond

faithfully to each of the input signal
Figure 2.3 shows just how dramatic the
steps. The ability of either Valve B or C to
combined effects of deadband can be.
improve process variability is very poor.
This diagram represents an open-loop
test of three different control valves 2.1.1.4 Friction
under normal process conditions. The
valves are subjected to a series of step Friction is a major cause of deadband in
inputs which range from 0.5% to 10%. control valves. Rotary valves are often
Step tests under flowing conditions are very susceptible to friction caused by the
essential because they allow the high seat loads required to obtain shutoff
performance of the entire valve with some seal designs. Because of the
assembly to be evaluated, rather than high seal friction and poor drive train
just the valve actuator assembly as stiffness, the valve shaft winds up and
would be the case under most bench does not translate motion to the control
test conditions. element. As a result, an improperly
designed rotary valve can exhibit
2.1.1.3 Performance Tests significant deadband that clearly has a
detrimental effect on process variability.
Some performance tests on a valve
assembly compare only the actuator Manufacturers usually lubricate rotary
stem travel versus the input signal. This valve seals during manufacture, but
is misleading because it ignores the after only a few hundred cycles this
performance of the valve itself. lubrication wears off. In addition,
pressure-induced loads also cause seal
It is critical to measure dynamic
wear. As a result, the valve friction can
performance of a valve under flowing
increase by 400% or more for some valve
conditions so the change in process
designs. This illustrates the misleading
variable can be compared to the change
performance conclusions that can result
in valve assembly input signal. It
from evaluating products using bench-
matters little if only the valve stem
type data before the torque has
changes in response to a change in
stabilized. Valves B and C (Figure 2.3)
valve input because if there is no
show the devastating effect these higher
corresponding change in the controlled
friction torque factors can have on a
variable, there will be no correction to
valve’s performance.
the process variable.
Packing friction is the primary source of
In all three valve tests (Figure 2.3), the
friction in sliding-stem valves. In these
actuator stem motion changes fairly
types of valves, the measured friction
faithfully in response to the input signal
can vary significantly between valve
changes. On the other hand, there is a
styles and packing arrangements.
dramatic difference in each of the valve’s
ability to change the flow in response to Actuator style also has a profound impact
an input signal change. on control valve assembly friction.
Generally, spring-and-diaphragm
For Valve A, the process variable (flow
actuators contribute less friction to the
rate) responds well to input signals as
control valve assembly than piston
low as 0.5. Valve B requires input signal
actuators. An additional advantage of
changes as great as 5% before it begins
spring-and-diaphragm actuators is that
responding faithfully to each of the input
their frictional characteristics are more
signal steps. Valve C is considerably
uniform with age. Piston actuator friction
worse, requiring signal changes as great
36
probably will increase significantly with diagnostics when used with a

use as guide surfaces and as the O-rings conventional digital control system. With
wear, lubrication fails, and the elastomer the increasing emphasis upon economic
degrades. Thus, to ensure continued performance of process control,
good performance, maintenance is positioners should be considered for
required more often for piston actuators every valve application where process
than for spring-and-diaphragm actuators. optimization is important.
If that maintenance is not performed, A positioner can be thought of as a high
process variability can suffer dramatically proportional gain device. When
without the operator’s knowledge. combined with an actuator and valve, the
Backlash results in a discontinuity of assembly will ideally behave like a first
motion when the device changes order or underdamped second order
direction. Backlash commonly occurs in system, depending on use and intended
gear drives of various configurations. performance. A digital valve controller
Rack-and-pinion actuators are has additional tuning parameters, such as
particularly prone to deadband due to derivative gain, which largely exist to
backlash. Some valve shaft connections remove undesirable characteristics and
also exhibit deadband effects. Spline further tune the assembly to the desired
connections generally have much less performance. Many positioners also
deadband than keyed shafts or include an integral capability to remove
double-D designs. any offsets between valve set point and
position. Under most process control
While friction can be reduced
situations, this feature can be turned off
significantly through good valve design,
to avoid the possibility of forming slow
it is a difficult phenomenon to eliminate
process oscillations, as the offset between
entirely. A well-engineered control valve
valve position and set point is typically
should be able to virtually eliminate
handled by the process controller.
deadband due to backlash and shaft
wind-up. Once a change in the set point has been
detected by the positioner, the
For best performance in reducing process
positioner must be capable of supplying
variability, the total deadband for the
a large volume of air to the actuator,
entire valve assembly should be 1% or
making the assembly move in a timely
less. Ideally, it should be as low as 0.25%.
and controlled action. This ability comes
2.1.2 Actuator and from the high-gain positioner and is a
function of integrated pneumatic
Positioner Design
booster within the positioner. This
Actuator and positioner design must be pneumatic booster is typically
considered together. The combination comprised of a relay or spool valve.
of these two pieces of equipment
Typical high-performance, two-stage
greatly affects the static performance
positioners use pneumatic relays. Relays
(deadband), as well as the dynamic
are preferred because they can provide
response of the control valve assembly
high gain that gives excellent dynamic
and the overall air consumption of the
performance with low steady-state air
valve instrumentation.
consumption. In addition, they are less
Positioners are used with the majority of subject to fluid contamination. In
control valve applications specified addition, some large or high-friction
today. Positioners allow for precise valve actuators may use additional external
assembly response, as well as online boosters to meet specifications, such as

stroking speed. time and the process time constant is

critical. If the valve assembly is in a fast
Positioner designs are continuing to
loop where the process time constant
improve by decreasing air consumption
approaches the dead time, the dead
and advancing the diagnostic
time can dramatically affect loop
capabilities accessible to users. In
performance. On these fast loops, it is
addition, features have been added to
critical to select control equipment with
support advancing industry safety
dead time as small as possible.
requirements such as safety
instrumented systems (SIS) and Also, from a loop tuning point of view, it is
optimized digital valves. important that the dead time be relatively
consistent in both stroking directions of
2.1.3 Valve Response Time the valve. Some valve assembly designs
For optimum control of many processes, can have dead times that are three to five
it is important that the valve reach a times longer in one stroking direction
specific position quickly. A quick than the other. This type of behavior is
response to small signal changes (1% or typically induced by the asymmetric
less) is one of the most important factors behavior of the positioner design, and it
in providing optimum process control. In can severely limit the ability to tune the
automatic, regulatory control, the bulk loop for best overall performance.
of the signal changes received from the
2.1.3.2 Dynamic Time
controller are for small changes in
position. If a control valve assembly can Once the dead time has passed and the
quickly respond to these small changes, valve begins to respond, the remainder of
process variability will be improved. the valve response time comes from the
dynamic time of the valve assembly. This
Valve response time is measured by a
dynamic time will be determined
parameter called T63. T63 is the time
primarily by the dynamic characteristics
measured from initiation of the input
of the positioner and actuator
signal change to when the output
combination. These two components
reaches 63% of the corresponding
must be carefully matched to minimize
change. It includes both the valve
the total valve response time. In a
assembly dead time, which is a static
pneumatic valve assembly, for example,
time, and the dynamic time of the valve
the positioner must have a gain to
assembly. The dynamic time is a measure
minimize the dynamic time of the valve
of how long the actuator takes to get to
assembly. This gain comes mainly from
the 63% point once it starts moving.
the power amplifier stage in the
2.1.3.1 Dead Time positioner. In other words, the faster the
positioner relay or spool valve can supply
Deadband, whether it comes from a large volume of air to the actuator, the
friction in the valve body and actuator or faster the valve response time will be.
from the positioner, can significantly However, this high-gain power amplifier
affect the dead time of the valve will have little effect on the dead time
assembly. It is important to keep the unless it has some intentional deadband
dead time as small as possible, as this designed into it to reduce static air
can be a limiting factor for process consumption. Of course, the design of the
stability. Generally, dead time should be actuator significantly affects the dynamic
no more than one-third of the overall time. For example, the greater the volume
valve response time. However, the of the actuator air chamber to be filled,
relative relationship between the dead the slower the valve response time.
38
Valve Response Time
Step Size T(d) Seconds T63 Seconds
ENTECH SPEC. 4” VALVE SIZE % s0.2 s0.6
Valve A (Fisher V150HD/1052(33)/3610J)
Valve Action: Opening 2 0.25 0.34
Valve Action: Closing -2 0.50 0.74
Valve B
Valve Action: Closing -5 1.04 2
Valve C
Valve Action: Closing -2 NR NR

NR = No Response
Figure 2.4 Valve Response Time Summary
2.3.1.3 Solutions used, causing the valve assembly to go

into an unstable oscillation. In addition,
At first, it might appear that the solution
reducing the actuator volume has an
would be to minimize the actuator
adverse affect on the thrust-to-friction
volume and maximize the positioner
ratio, which increases the valve
dynamic power gain, but it is really not
assembly deadband, resulting in
that easy. This can be a dangerous
increased dead time.
combination of factors from a stability
point of view. Recognizing that the If the overall thrust-to-friction ratio is
positioner/actuator combination is its not adequate for a given application,
own feedback loop, it is possible to one option is to increase the thrust
make the positioner/actuator loop gain capability of the actuator by using the
too high for the actuator design being next size actuator or by increasing the

pressure to the actuator. This higher-to- example, it can dramatically affect the
friction ratio reduces deadband, which positioner gain, as well as overall air
should help to reduce the dead time of consumption.
the assembly. However, both of these Fixed-gain positioners have generally
alternatives mean that a greater volume been optimized for a particular supply
of air needs to be supplied to the pressure. This gain, however, can vary by
actuator. The trade off is a possible a factor of two or more over a small
detrimental effect on the valve response range of supply pressures. For example,
time through increased dynamic time. a positioner that has been optimized for
One way to reduce the actuator air a supply pressure of 20 psig might find
chamber volume is to use a piston its gain cut in half when the supply
actuator rather than a spring-and- pressure is boosted to 35 psig.
diaphragm actuator, but this is not a Supply pressure also affects the volume
panacea. Piston actuators usually have of air delivered to the actuator, which
higher thrust capability than spring-and- determines speed. It is also directly linked
diaphragm actuators, but they also have to air consumption. Again, high-gain
higher friction, which can contribute to spool valve positioners can consume up
problems with valve response time. To to five times the amount of air required
obtain the required thrust with a piston for more efficient high-performance,
actuator, it is usually necessary to use a two-stage positioners that use relays for
higher air pressure than with a the power amplification stage.
diaphragm actuator, because the piston
typically has a smaller area. This means 2.3.1.5 Minimizing Dead Time
that a larger volume of air needs to be
supplied with its attendant ill effects on To minimize the valve assembly dead
the dynamic time. In addition, piston time, minimize the deadband of the
actuators, with their greater number of valve assembly, whether it comes from
guide surfaces, tend to have higher friction in the valve seal design, packing
friction due to inherent difficulties in friction, shaft wind-up, actuator, or
alignment, as well as friction from the positioner design. As indicated, friction
O-ring. These friction problems also is a major cause of deadband in control
tend to increase over time. Regardless of valves. On rotary valve styles, shaft
how good the O-rings are initially, these wind-up can also contribute significantly
elastomeric materials will degrade with to deadband. Actuator style also has a
time due to wear and other profound impact on control valve
environmental conditions. Likewise, assembly friction. Generally, spring-and-
wear on the guide surfaces will increase diaphragm actuators contribute less
the friction, and depletion of the friction to the control valve assembly
lubrication will occur. These friction than piston actuators over an extended
problems result in a greater piston time. As mentioned, this is caused by
actuator deadband, which will increase the increasing friction from the piston
the valve response time through O-ring, misalignment problems, and
increased dead time. failed lubrication.
Having a positioner design with high
2.3.1.4 Supply Pressure gain can make a significant difference in
Instrument supply pressure can also reducing deadband. This can also make
have a significant impact on dynamic a significant improvement in the valve
performance of the valve assembly. For assembly resolution. Valve assemblies
40
with deadband and resolution of 1% or spring-and-diaphragm actuators.

less are no longer adequate for many Selecting the proper valve, actuator, and
process variability reduction needs. positioner combination is not easy. It is
Many processes require the valve not simply a matter of finding a
assembly to have deadband and combination that is physically
resolution as low as 0.25%, especially compatible. Good engineering
where the valve assembly is installed in a judgment must go into the practice of
fast process loop. valve assembly sizing and selection to
2.3.1.6 Valve Response Time achieve the best dynamic performance
from the loop.
One of the surprising things to come out
of many industry studies on valve Figure 2.4 shows the dramatic
response time has been the change in differences in dead time and overall T63
thinking about spring-and-diaphragm response time caused by differences in
actuators versus piston actuators. It has valve assembly design.
long been a misconception in the
2.1.4 Valve Type and
process industry that piston actuators
are faster than spring-and-diaphragm Characterization
actuators. Research has shown this to be The style of valve used and the sizing of
untrue for small signal changes. the valve can have a large impact on the
This mistaken belief arose from many performance of the control valve
years of experience with testing valves assembly in the system. While a valve
for stroking time. A stroking time test is must be of sufficient size to pass the
normally conducted by subjecting the required flow under all possible
valve assembly to a 100% step change in contingencies, a valve that is too large
the input signal and measuring the time for the application is a detriment to
it takes the valve assembly to complete process optimization.
its full stroke in either direction. Flow capacity of the valve is also related
Although piston-actuated valves usually to the style of valve through the inherent
do have faster stroking times than most characteristic of the valve. The inherent
spring-and-diaphragm actuated valves, characteristic is the relationship between
this test does not indicate valve the valve flow capacity and the valve
performance in a typical process control travel when the differential pressure
situation where in normal process control drop across the valve is held constant.
applications, the valve is rarely required Typically, these characteristics are
to stroke through its full operating range. plotted on a curve where the horizontal
Typically, the valve is only required to axis is labeled in percent travel although
respond within a range of 0.25% to 2% the vertical axis is labeled as percent
change in valve position. Extensive flow (or Cv). Since valve flow is a function
testing of valves has shown that spring- of both the valve travel and the pressure
and-diaphragm valve assemblies drop across the valve, it is traditional to
consistently outperform piston actuated conduct inherent valve characteristic
valves on small signal changes, which are tests at a constant pressure drop. This is
more representative of regulatory not a normal situation in practice, but it
process control applications. Higher provides a systematic way of comparing
friction in the piston actuator is one one valve characteristic design to
factor that plays a role in making them another.
less responsive to small signals than

Under the specific conditions of constant Inherent valve characteristic is an

pressure drop, the valve flow becomes inherent function of the valve flow
only a function of the valve travel and passage geometry and does not change
the inherent design of the valve trim. as long as the pressure drop is held
These characteristics are called the constant. Many valve designs,
inherent flow characteristic of the valve. particularly rotary ball valves, butterfly
Typical valve characteristics conducted valves, and eccentric plug valves, have
in this manner are named linear, inherent characteristics, which cannot
equal-percentage, and quick-opening. be easily changed. However, most globe
valves have a selection of valve cages or
The ratio of the incremental change in
plugs that can be interchanged to
valve flow (output) to the corresponding
modify the inherent flow characteristic.
increment of valve travel (input) which
caused the flow change is defined as the Knowledge of the inherent valve
valve gain. characteristic is useful, but the more
important characteristic for purposes of
Inherent Valve Gain = (Change in process optimization is the installed flow
Flow)/(Change in Travel) = Slope of the characteristic of the entire process,
Inherent Characteristic Curve including the valve and all other
equipment in the loop. The installed flow
The linear characteristic has a constant characteristic is defined as the
inherent valve gain throughout its range, relationship between the flow through
and the quick-opening characteristic has the valve and the valve assembly input
an inherent valve gain that is the when the valve is installed in a specific
greatest at the lower end of the travel system, and the pressure drop across the
range. The greatest inherent valve gain valve is allowed to change naturally,
for the equal-percentage valve is at the rather than being held constant. An
largest valve opening. illustration of such an installed flow
characteristic is shown in the upper
1000
Installed Characteristic
800
Flow
600
(gpm)
400
200
0
Gain 2
(% Flow / Control Range EnTec Gain

1 Specification
% Input)
Installed Gain
0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Valve Travel (%)
Figure 2.5 Installed Flow Characteristic and Gain
42
curve of Figure 2.5. The flow in this figure controlled changes with flow. For
is related to the more familiar valve travel example, the gain of a pressure vessel
rather than valve assembly input. tends to decrease with throughput. In
this case, the process control engineer
2.1.4.1 Installed Gain would then likely want to use an
Installed gain, shown in the lower curve equal-percentage valve that has an
of Figure 2.5, is a plot of the slope of the increasing gain with flow. Ideally, these
upper curve at each point. Installed flow two inverse relationships should balance
characteristic curves can be obtained out to provide a more linear installed
under laboratory conditions by placing flow characteristic for the entire process.
the entire loop in operation at some
2.1.4.2 Loop Gain
nominal set point and with no load
disturbances. The loop is placed in Theoretically, a loop has been tuned for
manual operation, and the flow is then optimum performance at some set point
measured and recorded as the input to flow condition. As the flow varies about
the control valve assembly is manually that set point, it is desirable to keep the
driven through its full travel range. A loop gain as constant as possible to
plot of the results is the installed flow maintain optimum performance. If the
characteristic curve shown in the upper loop gain change, due to the inherent
part of Figure 2.5. The slope of this flow valve characteristic, does not exactly
curve is then evaluated at each point on compensate for the changing gain of the
the curve and plotted as the installed unit being controlled, then there will be
gain as shown in the lower part of a variation in the loop gain due to
Figure 2.5. variation in the installed process gain. As
a result, process optimization becomes
Field measurements of the installed
more difficult. There is also a danger that
process gain can also be made at a single
the loop gain might change enough to
operating point using open-loop step
cause instability, limit cycling, or other
tests (Figure 2.3). The installed process
dynamic difficulties.
gain at any operating condition is simply
the ratio of the percent change in output Loop gain should not vary more than
(flow) to the percent change in valve 4:1; otherwise, the dynamic
assembly input signal. performance of the loop suffers
unacceptably. There is nothing magic
The reason for characterizing inherent
about this specific ratio; it is simply one
valve gain through various valve trim
which many control practitioners agree
designs is to provide compensation for
produces an acceptable range of gain
other gain changes in the control loop.
margins in most process control loops.
The end goal is to maintain a loop gain,
which is reasonably uniform over the This guideline forms the basis for the
entire operating range, to maintain a following EnTech gain limit specification
relatively linear installed flow (from Control Valve Dynamic Specification,
characteristic for the process. Because of Version 3.0, November 1998, EnTech
the way it is measured, the installed flow Control Inc., Toronto, Ontario, Canada):
characteristic and installed gain
represented in Figure 2.5 are really the Loop Process Gain = 1.0 (% of
installed gain and flow characteristic for Transmitter Span)/(% Controller Output)
the entire process. Nominal Range: 0.5-2.0
Typically, the gain of the unit being (Note 4-to-1 Ratio)

This definition of the loop process the gain range could result in large valve
includes all the devices in the loop swings during normal operation. It is
configuration except the controller. In good operating practice to keep valve
other words, the product of the gains of swings below about 5%. However, there
such devices as the control valve is also a danger in letting the gain get too
assembly, the heat exchanger, pressure large. The loop can become oscillatory or
vessel, or other system being controlled, even unstable if the loop gain gets too
the pump, the transmitter, etc. is the high at some point in the travel. To
process gain. Because the valve is part of ensure good dynamic performance and
the loop process as defined here, it is loop stability over a wide range of
important to select a valve style and size operating conditions, industry experts
that will produce an installed flow recommend that loop equipment be
characteristic that is sufficiently linear to engineered so the process gain remains
stay within the specified gain limits over within the range of 0.5 to 2.0.
the operating range of the system. If too
much gain variation occurs in the control 2.1.4.3 Process Optimization
valve itself, it leaves less flexibility in Process optimization requires a valve
adjusting the controller. It is good style and size be chosen that will keep
practice to keep as much of the loop the process gain within the selected gain
gain in the controller as possible. limit range over the widest possible set
Although the 4:1 ratio of gain change in of operating conditions. Because
the loop is widely accepted, not minimizing process variability is so
everyone agrees with the 0.5 to 2.0 gain dependent on maintaining a uniform
limits. Some industry experts have made installed gain, the range over which a
a case for using loop process gain limits valve can operate within the acceptable
from 0.2 to 0.8, which is still 4:1. The gain specification limits is known as the
potential danger inherent in using this control range of the valve.
reduced gain range is that the low end of The control range of a valve varies
Installed Flow Characteristic and Gain

1000
800 Butterfly
Flow
600 Globe
(gpm)
400
200 Installed Characteristic
0
3
Installed Gain
Butterfly
Gain 2
Globe
(% Flow / EnTec Gain
1 Specification
% Input)
0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Valve Travel (%)
Figure 2.6 Effect of Valve Style on Control Range
44
dramatically with valve style. Figure 2.6 characterization process to only a 0.1%
shows a line-size butterfly valve signal change to the valve (that is, in the
compared to a line-size globe valve. The flat regions of the characterizing curve).
globe valve has a much wider control Many control valves are unable to
range than the butterfly valve. Other respond to signal changes this small.
valve styles, such as V-notch ball valves The best process performance occurs
and eccentric plug valves generally fall when the required flow characteristic is
somewhere between these two ranges. obtained through changes in the valve
Because butterfly valves typically have trim rather than through use of non-
the narrowest control range, they are linear characterization. Proper selection
generally best suited for fixed-load of a control valve designed to produce a
applications. In addition, they must be reasonably linear installed flow
carefully sized for optimal performance characteristic over the operating range
at fixed loads. of the system is a critical step in ensuring
optimum process performance.
If the inherent characteristic of a valve
could be selected to exactly compensate
2.1.5 Valve Sizing
for the system gain change with flow,
one would expect the installed process Oversizing of valves sometimes occurs
gain (lower curve) to be essentially a when trying to optimize process
straight line at a value of 1.0. performance through a reduction of
process variability. This results from
Unfortunately, such a precise gain match
using line-size valves, especially with
is seldom possible due to the logistical
high-capacity rotary valves, as well as
limitations of providing an infinite
the conservative addition of multiple
variety of inherent valve trim
safety factors at different stages in the
characteristics. In addition, some valve
process design.
styles, such as butterfly and ball valves,
do not offer trim alternatives that allow Oversizing the valve hurts process
easy change of the inherent valve variability in two ways. First, the
characteristic. oversized valve puts too much gain in
the valve, leaving less flexibility in
This condition can be alleviated by use of
adjusting the controller. Best
non-linear scaling between valve set
performance results when most loop
point and position. This technique
gain comes from the controller.
recalibrates the valve input signal by
taking the linear controller signal and Notice in the gain curve of Figure 2.5,
using a pre-programmed table of values the process gain gets quite high in the
to produce the valve input required to region below about 25% valve travel. If
achieve the desired valve characteristic. the valve is oversized, making it more
This technique is sometimes referred to likely to operate in or near this region,
as forward path or set point this high gain can likely mean that the
characterization. controller gain will need to be reduced
to avoid instability problems with the
This characterization occurs outside the
loop. This, of course, will mean a penalty
positioner feedback loop, and avoids
of increased process variability.
changing the positioner loop gain. This
method also has its dynamic limitations. The second way oversized valves hurt
For example, there can be places in a process variability is that an oversized
valve range where a 1.0% process signal valve is likely to operate more frequently
change might be narrowed through this at lower valve openings where seal

friction can be greater, particularly in consider the valve style, inherent

rotary valves. Because an oversized valve characteristic, and valve size that will
produces a disproportionately large flow provide the broadest possible control
change for a given increment of valve range for the application.
travel, this phenomenon can greatly Refer to Chapter 5 for more sizing
exaggerate the process variability information. 
associated with deadband due to friction.
Regardless of its actual inherent valve
characteristic, a severely oversized valve 2.2 Economic Results
tends to act more like a quick-opening
Consideration of the factors discussed in
valve, which results in high installed
this chapter can have a dramatic impact
process gain in the lower lift regions
on the economic results of an operating
(Figure 2.5). In addition, when the valve
plant. More and more control valve users
is oversized, the valve tends to reach
focus on dynamic performance
system capacity at relatively low travel,
parameters such as deadband, response
making the flow curve flatten out at
times, and installed gain (under actual
higher valve travels (Figure 2.5). For
process load conditions) as a means to
valve travels above about 50 degrees,
improve process loop performance.
this valve has become totally ineffective
Although it is possible to measure many
for control purposes because the
of these dynamic performance
process gain is approaching zero and the
parameters in an open loop situation,
valve must undergo wide changes in
the impact these parameters have
travel with very little resulting changes
becomes clear when closed-loop
in flow. Consequently, there is little hope
performance is measured. The closed-
of achieving acceptable process
loop test results shown in Figure 2.7
variability in this region.
demonstrate the ability of three different
The valve shown in Figure 2.5 is totally valves to reduce process variability over
misapplied in this application because it different tuning conditions.
has such a narrow control range
This diagram plots process variability as
(approximately 25 degrees to 45
a percent of the set point variable versus
degrees). This situation came about
the closed-loop time constant, which is
because a line-sized butterfly valve was
a measure of loop tuning.
chosen, primarily due to its low cost, and
no consideration was given to the lost The horizontal line labeled “Manual”,
profit that results from sacrificing shows how much variability is inherent
process variability through poor dynamic in the loop when no attempt is made to
performance of the control valve. control it (open loop). The line sloping
downward to the left marked
Unfortunately, this situation is often
“Minimum Variability” represents the
repeated. Process control studies show
calculated dynamic performance of an
that, for some industries, the majority of
ideal valve assembly (one with no
valves currently in process control loops
non-linearities). All real valve assemblies
are oversized for the application. While it
should normally fall somewhere
might seem counterintuitive, it often
between these two conditions.
makes economic sense to select a control
valve for present conditions and then Not all valves provide the same dynamic
replace the valve when conditions change. performance even though they all
theoretically meet static performance
When selecting a valve, it is important to
purchase specifications and are
46
4” Valves Tested at 600 gpm in 4” Test Loop

6
Valve A
Valve B
5 Valve C
Manual
4
Variability,
2
(%) 3
Auto
2
Minimum
Variability
1
Faster Tuning Slower Tuning

0
1 10
Closed-Loop Time Constant, (seconds)
Figure 2.7 Closed Loop Random Load Disturbance Summary
considered to be equivalent valves every day can save significant dollars

(Figure 2.7). Valve A in Figure 2.7 does a over a single year.
good job of following the trend of the The performance of the better valve in
minimum variability line over a wide this example provides strong evidence
range of controller tunings. This valve that a superior control valve assembly can
shows excellent dynamic performance have a profound economic impact. This
with minimum variability. In contrast, example is only one way a control valve
Valves B and C designs don’t fare as well can increase profits through tighter
and increase in variability as the system control. Decreased energy costs,
is tuned more aggressively for increased throughput, less reprocessing
decreasing closed-loop time constants. cost for out-of-specification product, and
All three valve designs are capable of so on, are all ways a good control valve
controlling the process and reducing the can increase economic results through
variability, but two designs don’t do it as tighter control. While the initial cost
well. Consider what would happen if the might be higher for the best control valve,
poorer performing Valve B was replaced the few extra dollars spent on a well-
with the best performing Valve A, and engineered control valve can dramatically
the system was tuned to a 2.0 second increase the return on investment. Often
closed-loop time constant. the extra initial cost of the valve can be
paid for in a matter of days.
The test data shows this would result in
a 1.4% improvement in process As a result, the process industries have
variability. This might not seem like become increasingly aware that control
much, but the results over a time can be valve assemblies play an important role
impressive. A valve that can provide this in loop/unit/plant performance. They
much improvement every minute of have also realized that traditional

methods of specifying a valve assembly ends with optimization of the entire

are no longer adequate to ensure the loop. Parts of the loop cannot be treated
benefits of process optimization. While individually to achieve coordinated loop
important, such static performance performance. Likewise, performance of
indicators as flow capacity, leakage, any part of the loop cannot be evaluated
materials compatibility, and bench in isolation. Isolated tests under non-
performance data are not sufficiently loaded, bench-type conditions will not
adequate to deal with the dynamic provide performance information that is
characteristics of process control loops.  obtained from testing the hardware
under actual process conditions. 
2.3 Summary
The control valve assembly plays an
extremely important role in producing
the best possible performance from the
control loop. Process optimization
means optimizing the entire process,
not just the control algorithms used in
the control room equipment. The valve
is called the final control element
because the control valve assembly is
where process control is implemented. It
makes no sense to install an elaborate
process control strategy and hardware
instrumentation system capable of
achieving 0.5% or better process control
and then to implement that control
strategy with a 5% or worse control
valve. Audits performed on thousands of
process control loops have provided
strong proof that the final control
element plays a significant role in
achieving true process optimization.
Profitability increases when a control
valve has been properly engineered for
its application.
Control valves are sophisticated,
high-tech products and should not be
treated as a commodity. Although
traditional valve specifications play an
important role, valve specifications must
also address real dynamic performance
characteristics if true process
optimization is to be achieved. It is
imperative that these specifications
include such parameters as deadband,
dead time, response time, etc.
Finally, process optimization begins and
48

Chapter 3
Valve and Actuator Types
Control Valve Handbook | Chapter 3: Valve and Actuator Types
3.1 Control Valve Styles change the flow characteristic or

provide reduced-capacity flow, noise
The control valve regulates the rate of attenuation, or reduction or
fluid flow as the position of the valve elimination of cavitation.
closure member is changed by force from
the actuator. To do this, the valve must: Angle valves (Figure 3.1) are
commonly used in boiler feedwater
Contain the fluid without external
and heater drain service and in
leakage;
piping schemes where space is at a
Have adequate capacity for the premium and the valve can also
intended service; serve as an elbow. The valve shown
Be capable of withstanding the has cage-style construction. Others
erosive, corrosive, and temperature might have expanded outlet
influences of the process; and connections, restricted trim, or
outlet liners for reduction of erosion,
Incorporate appropriate end
flashing, or cavitation damage.
connections to mate with adjacent
pipelines and actuator attachment
means to permit transmission of
actuator thrust to the valve stem
or shaft.
Many styles of control valve bodies have
been developed through the years. Some
have found wide application, while others
meet specific service conditions and are
used less frequently. The following
summary describes some popular control
valve body styles in use today. n
3.1.1 Globe Valves

3.1.1.1 Single-Port Valve Bodies
Single port is the most common
Figure 3.1 Flanged Angle-Style Control Valve Body
valve body style and is simple in
construction.
Alloy valve bodies are often specified
Single-port valves are available in
for corrosive applications (see Figure
various forms, such as globe, angle, 3.2). They can be made from bar
bar stock, forged, and split stock, castings, or, forgings. When
constructions. exotic metal alloys are required for
Many single-seated valve bodies use corrosion resistance, sometimes a
cage or retainer-style construction to bar stock valve body is less expensive
retain the seat-ring, provide valve than a cast valve body. A valve with a
plug guiding, and provide a means polymer liner may also be used.
for establishing particular valve flow High-pressure valves are often used
characteristics. in the hydrocarbon and power
Cage or retainer-style single-seated industries and are available to
valve bodies can also be easily CL4500 or API 10,000. These can be
modified by change of trim parts to globe or angle designs and typically
have optional specialized trim for

severe service applications. needed with the design to avoid this.

High-pressure stem-guided globe Figure 3.3 shows one of the more popular
valves are often used in production of styles of post-guided globe-type control
gas and oil. Variations available include valve bodies. They are widely used in
a threaded bonnet and self-draining process control applications, particularly
angle. Flanged versions are available in NPS 1-4 (DN 20-100).
with ratings to Class 2500. Normal flow direction is most often up
3.1.1.2 Post- and Port-Guided through the seat ring.
Valve Bodies
3.1.1.3 Cage-Style Valve Bodies
Generally specified for applications
Cage-style trim (Figure 3.4) provides
with stringent shutoff requirements.
valve plug guiding, seat ring retention,
They use metal-to-metal seating
and flow characterization.
surfaces or soft seating with PTFE or
other composition materials forming In addition, a variety of seal materials
the seal. They can handle most and styles are available to seal between
service requirements. the upper portion of the valve plug’s
outer diameter and the cage bore to
Because high-pressure fluid is
limit leakage of the upstream, high-
normally loading the entire area of
pressure fluid into the lower pressure
the port, the unbalanced force
downstream system. In balanced
created must be considered in
designs, downstream pressure acts on
selecting actuators for post- and
both the top and bottom sides of the
port-guided control valve bodies.
valve plug, which nullifies most of the
Although most popular in the smaller static unbalanced force. Reduced
sizes, post- and port-guided valves unbalanced force permits operation of
can often be used in NPS 4-8 (DN the valve with smaller actuators than
100-200) sizes with high-thrust those necessary for unbalanced valve
actuators. trim. Interchangeability of trim permits
They can be susceptible to high- choice of several flow characteristics,
pressure drop vibration, so care is noise attenuation, anti-cavitation, or
Figure 3.2 Bar Stock Valve Body Figure 3.3. Single-Ported Globe-Style Valve Body
52
other severe service capability. For most push-down-to-close (Figure 3.5).

available trim designs, the standard Metal-to-metal seating usually
direction of flow is in through the cage
provides Class II shutoff capability,
openings and down through the seat
although Class III capability is also
ring. However, noise attenuation trim is
possible.
typically flow up. These are available in
various material combinations, sizes Port-guided valve plugs are often
through NPS 36 (DN 900), and pressure used for on/off or low-pressure
ratings up to Class 4500 or API 10,000. throttling service. Top- and bottom-
guided valve plugs furnish stable
3.1.1.4 Double-Ported Valve Bodies operation for severe service
The industry has predominantly conditions.
moved away from using double- The control valve body shown in Figure
ported valve designs. 3.5 is assembled for push-down-to-open
Dynamic force on the plug tends to valve plug action.
be balanced as flow tends to open
Double-ported designs were historically
one port and close the other.
used in refineries on highly viscous
Reduced dynamic forces acting on the fluids or where there was a concern
plug might permit choosing a smaller about contaminants or process
actuator than would be necessary for deposits on the trim.
a single-ported unbalanced valve
body with similar capacity. 3.1.1.5 Three-Way Valve Bodies
Bodies are usually furnished only in Three pipeline connections provide
NPS 4 (DN 100) or larger. general converging (flow-mixing) or
diverging (flow-splitting) service.
Bodies normally have higher capacity
than single-ported valves of the Variations include cage-, port-, and
same line size. stem-guided designs, s selected for

high-temperature service, and
Many double-ported bodies reverse,
standard end connections (flanged,
so the valve plug can be installed as screwed, butt weld, etc.) can be
either push-down-to-open or specified to mate with most any
Figure 3.4 Valve Body with Cage-Style Trim, Balanced Figure 3.5 Reverse-Acting Double-Ported Globe-Style
Valve Plug, and Soft Seat Valve Body

piping scheme. applications. Certifications are

available.
Actuator selection demands careful
consideration, particularly for Metallic materials used in these
constructions with an unbalanced valves satisfy 3A Sanitary Standards.
valve plug. Certifications are available.
Elastomers used in these valve
In Figure 3.6, a three-way valve body
designs are certified per FDA and
with a balanced valve plug is shown with USP CL VI.
the cylindrical valve plug in the mid-
Valves are available with <35 Ra
travel position. This position opens the
bottom common port to both the microinch (0.89 Micron) electro-
polished internal surfaces as
right-hand port and left-hand port. The
standard. Other lesser values for
construction can be used for throttling surface roughness are available as
mid-travel position control of either options.
converging or diverging fluids.
Self-draining designs make these
valves well suited for Clean-in-Place
(CIP) and Steam-in-Place (SIP)
applications.
Valves are machined 316L stainless
steel with tri-clamp or optional
butt weld-ends. Other materials are
available as options.
Continuous sterile steam
applications with temperatures
up to 177°C (350°F) can be
accommodated.
3.1.3 Rotary Valves

3.1.3.1 Butterfly Valve Bodies
Figure 3.6 Three-Way Globe Valve
Bodies require minimum space for
3.1.2 Sanitary Valves installation (Figure 3.7).
These valve body styles are designed to They provide with low pressure loss
satisfy the stringent demands of the through the valves.

pharmaceutical and biotechnology Butterfly valve bodies offer economy,
industries. The standards of these particularly in larger sizes and flow
industries differ from those that apply to capacity per investment dollar.
conventional control valve designs Bodies mate with standard raised-
because in many applications, the
face ASME and DN flanges.
process fluid will ultimately be for
human consumption. For this reason, it Butterfly valve bodies might require
is of utmost importance to prevent the high-output or large actuators if the
development of bacterial growth and valve is big or the pressure drop is
the addition of foreign matter into the high because operating torques
process fluid. might be quite large.
ASME-BPE sliding and non-sliding Units are available for service in
seals have been incorporated to nuclear power plant applications
satisfy a broad range of aseptic with very stringent leakage
54
requirements. fluids, paper stock, or other slurries

Standard butterfly valves are available
containing entrained solids or fibers.
in sizes through NPS 72 (DN 1800) for
miscellaneous control valve
applications. Smaller sizes can use
versions of traditional diaphragm or
piston pneumatic actuators, including
the modern rotary actuator styles.
Larger sizes might require high-
output electric, long-stroke
pneumatic cylinder, or electro-
hydraulic actuators. Butterfly valves Figure 3.8 Segmented V-Notch Ball
typically exhibit an approximately They use standard spring-and-
equal-percentage flow characteristic.
diaphragm, piston, electric, or
They can be used for throttling
electro-hydraulic rotary actuators.
service or for on/off control.
The ball remains in contact with the
seal during rotation, which produces
a shearing effect as the ball closes
and minimizes clogging.
Bodies are available with either
heavy-duty or PTFE-filled composition
ball seal ring to provide excellent
rangeability in excess of 300:1.
Segmented ball control valves are
available in flangeless or flanged-
body end connections.
Figure 3.7 Butterfly Control Valve Both flanged and flangeless valves
mate with ASME Class 150, 300, or
600 flanges. Designs are also
3.1.3.2 Segmented Ball Valve Bodies
available for DN flanges, PN10, 16,
This construction is similar to a 25, or 40. JIS 10K and 20K flanged
conventional ball valve, but with a designs are also available.
patented, contoured V-notch segment
in the ball (Figure 3.8). The V-notch 3.1.3.3 High-Performance Butterfly
produces an equal-percentage flow Valve Bodies
characteristic. These bodies offer effective
These control valves have good throttling control.
rangeability, control, and shutoff High-performance butterfly control
capability. The paper industry, chemical valve bodies provide linear flow
plants, sewage treatment plants, the characteristic through 90 degrees of
power industry, and petroleum refineries disk rotation (Figure 3.9).
use such valve designs.
Double offset mounting of disk pulls
Straight-through flow design can
it away from the seal after it begins
accomodate small pressure drop. to open, minimizing seal wear.
V-notch ball control valve bodies are
High-performance butterfly control
suited to control erosive or viscous

valve bodies are available in sizes when opening, reducing seat wear
through NPS 24 (DN 600) compatible and friction, prolonging seat life, and
with standard ASME flanges. improving throttling performance
(Figure 3.10).
Self-centering seat ring and rugged
disk allow forward or reverse flow
with tight shutoff in either direction.
Disk, seat ring, and retainer are
available in hardened materials,
including ceramics, for selection of
erosion resistance.
Plug, seat ring, and retainer are
available in hardened materials,
Figure 3.9 High-Performance Butterfly Control Valve including ceramics and carbides, for
They use standard spring-and-
improved selection of erosion
resistance.
diaphragm, piston, electric, or
Designs offering a segmented V-notch
electro-hydraulic rotary actuators.
ball in place of the plug for higher
Standard flow direction is dependent
capacity requirements are available.
on seal design; reverse flow results in
reduced capacity. This style of rotary control valve suits
erosive, coking, and other hard-to-
High-performance butterfly control
handle fluids, providing either throttling
valves are intended for general service
or on/off operation. The flanged or
applications not requiring precision
flangeless valves feature streamlined
throttling control. They are frequently
flow passages and rugged, metal trim
used in applications requiring large sizes
components for dependable service in
and high temperatures due to their
slurry applications. These valves are
lower cost relative to other styles of
used in mining, petroleum refining,
control valves. The control range for this
power, and pulp and paper industries. n
style of valve is approximately one third
as large as ball or globe-style valves.
Consequently, additional care is required
in sizing and applying this style of valve
to eliminate control problems associated
with process load changes. They work
quite well for constant process load
applications. Designs using
characterized contour are able to
expand the control range to that of a
segmented ball valve.
3.1.3.4 Eccentric Plug Valve Bodies

Figure 3.10 Eccentric Plug Control Valve Body
Valve assembly combats erosion. The
rugged body and trim design handle
temperatures to 427°C (800°F) and
shutoff pressure drops to 1500 psi
(103 bar).
The path of the eccentric disk
minimizes contact with the seat ring
56
3.1.3.5 Full-Port Ball Valve Bodies line for testing without disrupting the
production from all other lines.
The full-port ball control valve is
designed for optimized pressure, The multi-port flow selector consists
throttling, flow and process control. of four main components: the body,
Typically, there is an option for bonnet, rotor plug, and actuator. The
attenuation to control noise and body consists of inlet and outlet ports
vibration. A ball valve as a throttling to connect all the eight inlets, one test
control device ideally is a reduced or diversion outlet, and common group
bore product, or full-bore mechanism outlet. The bonnet will hold the plug
with an attenuator that absorbs some vertically, balanced to rotate within the
small pressure drop in the wide-open body, and provides tight sealing to the
position. A full-port ball valve, in the valve body. The plug is used to select
wide-open position, must rotate 15 which media port is sent through the
to 20 degrees before absorbing any test outlet port. See Figure 3.12.
significant energy form the system, this
relates to additional process control lag.
A reduced bore or attenuated device
absorbs a small amount of pressure
wide open; as the ball rotates, increasing
pressure drop occurs in the first
increments of travel. Full port ball valves
valves present little or no restriction to
flow and allow for pigging (when not
attenuated). See Figure 3.11.
Figure 3.12 Multi-Port Flow Selector Valve
3.2 Control Valve

End Connections
The three most common methods of
Figure 3.11 Full-Port Ball Control Valve installing control valves into pipelines
are by means of screwed pipe threads,
3.1.3.6 Multi-Port Flow Selector bolted gasketed flanges, and welded
A multi-port flow selector valve end connections.
connects to eight input lines, allowing
for the isolation, diversion, and 3.2.1 Screwed Pipe Threads
testing of fluid from any individual Screwed end connections, popular in
line through a rotating plug, while small control valves, offer more
the remaining seven lines continue to economy than flanged ends. The threads
flow to a common group outlet. This usually specified are tapered female NPT
valve provides compact selection and (National Pipe Thread) on the valve
diversion of fluids from an individual body. They form a metal-to-metal seal

by wedging over the mating male construction is commonly used in low

threads on the pipeline ends. pressure, cast iron, and brass valves and
minimizes flange stresses caused by
This connection style, usually limited to
initial bolting-up force.
valves NPS 2 (DN 50) or smaller, is not
recommended for elevated temperature The raised-face flange features a circular
service. Valve maintenance might be raised face with inside diameter the
complicated by screwed end same as the valve opening and with the
connections if it is necessary to take the outside diameter something less than
body out of the pipeline because the the bolt circle diameter. The raised face
valve cannot be removed without is finished with concentric circular
breaking a flanged joint or union grooves for good sealing and resistance
connection to permit unscrewing the to gasket blowout. This kind of flange is
valve body from the pipeline. used with a variety of gasket materials
and flange materials for pressures
3.2.2 Bolted Gasketed Flanges through the 6000 psig (414 bar)
Flanged end valves are easily removed pressure range and for temperatures
from the piping and are suitable for use through 815°C (1500°F). This style of
through the range of working pressures flanging is normally standard on Class
for which most control valves are 250 cast iron bodies and all steel and
manufactured (Figure 3.13). Flanged alloy steel bodies.
end connections can be used in a The ring-type joint flange looks like
temperature range from near absolute the raised-face flange except that a
zero to approximately 815°C (1500°F). U-shaped groove is cut in the raised
They are used on all valve sizes. The face concentric with the pipe centerline.
most common flanged end connections The gasket consists of a metal ring with
include flat-face, raised-face, and either an elliptical or octagonal cross
ring-type joint. section. When the flange bolts are
tightened, the gasket is wedged into the
groove of the mating flanges and a tight
seal is made. The gasket is generally soft
iron but is available in almost any metal.
This makes an excellent joint at high
pressure and is used up to 15,000 psig
(1034 bar), but is generally not used at
Flat-Face Raised-Face high temperatures. It is furnished only
on steel and alloy valve bodies when
specified.
3.2.3 Welded End Connections

Welded ends on control valves are
Ring-Type Joint
leak-tight at all pressures and
temperatures and are economical in first
Figure 3.13 Popular Varieties of Bolted cost (Figure 3.14). Weld-end valves are
Flange Connections
more difficult to take from the line and
are obviously limited to weldable
The flat-face variety allows the matching materials. Welded ends come in two
flanges to be in full-face contact with the styles: socket weld and butt weld.
gasket clamped between them. This
58
3.2.4 Other Valve End Connections

There are other types of end
connections used with control valves.
These types of end connections often
serve specific purposes or reflect
Socket Weld-Ends
proprietary designs. Some examples
include hygienic end connections or hub
end connections. n
3.3 Valve Body Bonnets

The bonnet of a control valve is that part
Butt Weld-Ends
of the body assembly through which the
Figure 3.14 Common Welded End Connections valve plug stem or rotary shaft moves.
On globe or angle bodies, it is the
The socket weld-ends are prepared by pressure-retaining component for one
boring in each end of the valve a socket end of the valve body. The bonnet
with an inside diameter slightly larger normally provides a means of mounting
than the pipe outside diameter. The pipe the actuator to the body and houses the
slips into the socket where it butts packing box.
against a shoulder and then joins to the
valve with a fillet weld. Since a fillet weld Generally, rotary valves do not have
does not fully penetrate the valve-pipe bonnets. (On some rotary valves, the
connection, some non-destructive packing is housed within an extension of
methods are not used for these valves. the valve body itself, or the packing box is
Socket weld ends in any given size are a separate component bolted between
dimensionally the same regardless of the valve body and bonnet.)
pipe schedule. They are usually furnished
in sizes through NPS 2 (DN 50).
The butt weld-ends are prepared by
beveling each end of the valve to match
a similar bevel on the pipe. The valve
ends are then joined to the pipeline and
joined with a full-penetration weld. This
type of joint can be used on all valve
styles. The end preparation is different
for each schedule of pipe. These are
generally furnished for control valves in
sizes NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. Care
must be exercised when welding valve
Figure 3.15 Typical Bonnet, Flange, and Stud Bolts
bodies in the pipeline to prevent
excessive heat transmitted to valve trim On a typical globe-style control valve
parts. Trims with low-temperature body, the bonnet is made of the same
composition materials must be removed material as the valve body or is an
before welding. equivalent forged material because it is a
pressure-containing member subject to
the same temperature and corrosion
effects as the body. Several styles of

valve body-to-bonnet connections are The bonnet opening is being used to

illustrated. The most common bolted detect leakage from the first set of
flange type is shown in Figure 3.15 of a packing or from a failed bellows seal.
bonnet with an integral flange. In rotary
control valves, the packing is typically 3.3.1 Extension Bonnets
housed within the valve body and a Extension bonnets are used for either
bonnet is not used. high or low temperature service to
On control valve bodies with cage- or protect valve stem packing from
retainer-style trim, the bonnet furnishes extreme process temperatures.
loading force to prevent leakage between Standard PTFE valve stem packing is
the bonnet flange and the valve body and useful for most applications up to 232°C
also between the seat ring and the valve (450°F). Extension bonnets move the
body. The tightening of the body-bonnet packing box of the bonnet far enough
bolting compresses a flat sheet gasket to away from the extreme temperature of
seal the body-bonnet joint, compresses a the process that the packing
spiral-wound gasket on top of the cage, temperature remains within the
and compresses another flat sheet gasket recommended range.
below the seat ring to provide the seat Extension bonnets are either cast or
ring-body seal. The bonnet also provides fabricated (Figure 3.16). Cast
alignment for the cage, which, in turn, extensions offer better high-
guides the valve plug, to ensure proper temperature service because of greater
valve, plug, and stem alignment with the heat emissivity, which provides better
packing and seating. cooling effect. Conversely, smooth
As mentioned, the conventional bonnet surfaces–such as those fabricated from
on a globe-type control valve houses the stainless steel tubing–are preferred for
packing. The packing is most often cold service because heat influx is
retained by a packing-follower, held in typically the major concern.
place by a flange on the yoke boss area of
the bonnet (Figure 3.15). An alternate
means of packing retention is where the
packing-follower is held in place by a
screwed gland. This alternate is compact,
so it is often used on small control valves;
however, the user cannot always be sure
of thread engagement. Therefore,
caution should be used in adjusting
packing compression when the control
valve is in service.
Most bolted-flange bonnets have an
area on the side of the packing box
which can be drilled and tapped. This
opening is closed with a standard pipe
plug unless one of the following
conditions exists:
It is necessary to purge the valve
body and bonnet of process fluid, in Figure 3.16 Valve Body with Fabricated Extension Bonnet
which case the opening can be used
as a purge connection.
60
In either case, extension wall thickness ratings decrease with increasing

should be minimized to cut down heat temperature. Selection of a bellows seal
transfer. Stainless steel is usually design should be carefully considered
preferable to carbon steel because of its with particular attention to proper
lower coefficient of thermal inspection and maintenance after
conductivity. In cold service installation. The bellows material should
applications, insulation can be added be carefully considered to ensure the
around the extension to protect further maximum cycle life.
against heat influx. Two types of bellows seal designs can be
used for control valves. These are welded-
3.3.2 Bellows Seal Bonnets leaf and mechanically-formed bellows.
Bellows seal bonnets (Figure 3.17) are The welded-leaf design (Figure 3.18) offers
used when no leakage (less than 1x10-6 a shorter total package height. Due to its
cc/sec of helium) along the stem can be method of manufacture and inherent
tolerated. They are often used when the design, service life may be limited.
process fluid is toxic, volatile,
radioactive, or very expensive. This
special bonnet construction protects
both the stem and the valve packing
from contact with the process fluid.
Standard or environmental packing box
constructions above the bellows seal
unit will prevent catastrophic failure in
Figure 3.18 Welded-Leaf Bellows
case of rupture or failure of the bellows.
The mechanically-formed design (Figure
3.19) is taller by comparison and is
produced with a more repeatable
manufacturing process and, therefore,
higher reliability. n
Figure 3.19 Mechanically-Formed Bellows
3.4 Control Valve Packing

Most control valves use packing boxes
with the packing retained and adjusted
Figure 3.17 ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal Bonnet by a flange and stud bolts (shown in
Figure 3.26). Several packing materials
As with other control valve pressure and
can be used, depending on the service
temperature limitations, these pressure
conditions expected and whether the

Standard TFE V-Ring Graphite Packing Arrangements
2 1. Upper Wiper 1. Filament Ring

2. Packing Follower 2. Lantern Ring
3 1
3. Female Adapter 1 3. Laminated Ring
4 4. V-Ring
5. Male Adapter 3 Location of
5
6. Washer sacrificial
6 1
zink washer,
7. Spring 1 if necessary.
7 8. Packing Box
2
9. Lower Wiper
2
8 2
9
1
Single Double Leak-Off
Figure 3.20 Packing Material Arrangements for Globe-Style Valve Bodies
application requires compliance to content is desirable (Grade GTN).

environmental regulations. Brief Provides leak-free operation,
descriptions and service condition
high-thermal conductivity, and long
guidelines for several popular materials
service life, but produces high stem
and typical packing material
friction and resultant hysteresis.
arrangements are shown in Figure 3.20.
Impervious to most hard-to-handle
3.4.1 PTFE V-Ring fluids and high radiation.
Plastic material with inherent ability Suitable temperature range: cryogenic
to minimize friction. temperatures down to -198°C (-325°F)
Molded in V-shaped rings that are Lubrication is not required, but an
spring-loaded and self-adjusting in extension bonnet or steel yoke
the packing box. Packing lubrication should be used when packing box
is not required. temperature exceeds 427°C (800°F).
Resistant to most known chemicals,
except molten alkali metals. 3.4.3 U.S. Regulatory Requirements
for Fugitive Emissions
Requires extremely smooth (2 to 4
micro-inches RMS) stem finish to seal Fugitive emissions are non-point source
properly. Will leak if stem or packing volatile organic emissions which result
surface is damaged. from process equipment leaks.
Equipment leaks in the United States
Recommended temperature limits:
have been estimated at over 400 million
-40 to 232°C (-40 to 450°F) pounds per year. Strict government
Not suitable for nuclear service regulations, developed by the US,
because PTFE is easily destroyed dictate leak detection and repair
by radiation. programs (LDAR). Valves and pumps
have been identified as key sources of
3.4.2 Laminated and fugitive emissions. For valves, this is the
Filament Graphite leakage to atmosphere due to packing
Suitable for high-temperature
seal or gasket failures.
nuclear service or where low chloride The LDAR programs require industry to
62
monitor all valves (control and non- seal rings to reduce consolidation,
control) at an interval that is determined friction, and thermal expansion.
by the percentage of valves found to be The traditional valve selection process
leaking above a threshold level of 500 meant choosing a valve design based on
ppmv (some cities use a 100 ppmv its pressure and temperature
criteria). This leakage level is so slight capabilities, flow characteristics, and
you cannot see or hear it. The use of material compatibility. Which valve stem
sophisticated portable monitoring packing to use in the valve was
equipment is required for detection. determined primarily by the operating
Detection occurs by sniffing the valve temperature in the packing box area.
packing area for leakage using an The available material choices included
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) PTFE for temperatures below 93°C
protocol. This is a costly and (200°F) and graphite for higher-
burdensome process for industry. temperature applications.
The regulations do allow for the Today, choosing a valve packing system
extension of the monitoring period for has become much more involved due to
up to one year if the facility can a number of considerations.
demonstrate a very low ongoing
percentage of leaking valves (less than 3.4.4 Global Standards for
0.5% of the total valve population). The
Fugitive Emissions
opportunity to extend the measurement
frequency is shown in Figure 3.21. ISO 15848 is the International
Organization for Standardization’s (ISO)
Packing systems designed for extremely
standard for measurement, test, and
low leakage requirements also extend
qualification procedures for fugitive
packing-seal life and performance to
emissions of industrial valves. ISO
support an annual monitoring objective.
15848-1 is a classification system and
The ENVIRO-SEAL packing system is one
qualification for type testing of valves
example. Its enhanced seals incorporate
that was created to enable classification
four key design principles: the
of performance of different fugitive
containment of the pliable seal material
emission designs and to define the type
through an anti-extrusion component,
test for evaluation and qualification of
proper alignment of the valve stem or
valves where fugitive emissions
shaft within the bonnet bore, applying a
standards are specified.
constant packing stress through Belleville
springs, and minimizing the number of Type testing means that the qualification
< 2%, 500 ppm

Monthly LDAR > 2%, 500 ppm Quarterly LDAR
> 1%, 500 ppm < 1%, 500 ppm
Quality
Semi-Annual LDAR
Improvement Plan
> 0.5%, 500 ppm < 0.5%, 500 ppm
Annual LDAR
Figure 3.21 Measurement Frequency for Valves Controlling Volatile Organic Chemicals (VOC)

test is performed on one valve and ISO 15848-1 specifies either the vacuum
packing system design and any or flushing “total leakage”
qualification is passed on to all valves measurement methods described in
produced to that packing design. Type Annex A of the standard.
testing differs from ISO 15848-2 Leakage is recorded as a leakage rate per
production testing, which is a measured stem size. Neither of these
qualification test done at the time of methods can be correlated with EPA
assembly and can be dictated for more Method 21 (sniffing method) and ISO
than one valve assembly. 15848-1 states there is no correlation
ISO 15848-1 covers both control valves intended between the tightness classes
and isolation (on/off) valves. The when the test fluid is helium and when
mechanical cycle requirements for the the test fluid is methane. See Figures
two types of valves differ, as shown in 3.23 and 3.24.
Figure 3.22. Mechanical cycles are
performed at 10% of full travel on both ISO 15848‑1
Measured Leak Rate (Annex A)
sides of the 50% travel position for control Leakage mg.s-1.m-1 atm.cm3.s-1.
valves and full stroke for isolation valves. Tightness of stem mm-1 of
Classes perimeter stem diameter
Like other fugitive emission standards,
ISO 15848-1 lays out a qualification test AH < 10-5 < 1.76x10-7
that includes several combinations of BH < 10-4 < 1.76x10-6
leakage classes, thermal cycles, and
CH < 10 -2
< 1.76x10-4
mechanical cycles. There are several
Note: Leakage Class A is typically achieved only with
notable differences between ISO Bellows designs.
15848-1 and government requirements
Note: Leakage classes may be denoted by “BH” or “BM”,
and standards of US origin such as LDAR etc to indicate the testing fluid. “H” indicates the test was
and ANSI/FCI 91-1 standard for performed with Helium per a leakage rate method. “M”
indicates the test was performed with Methane using EPA
qualification of control valve stem seals.
Method 21.
Mechanical
Valve Mechanical Temp. Figure 3.23 ISO 15848-1 Measured Leak Rate
Cycles
Type Cycle Class Cycles
Required
CC1 20,000 2 ISO 15848‑1 Measured Leak Concentration

Control Leakage (Annex B Sniffing Method per
CC2 60,000 3
Valve Tightness Classes EPA Method 21)
CC3 100,000 4
AM < 50ppm
CO1 205 2 BM < 100ppm

Isolation CM < 500ppm
Valve CO2 1,500 3
Note: Leakage Class A is typically achieved only with
CO3 2,500 4 bellows designs.
Note: Leakage classes may be denoted by “BH” or “BM”,

etc to indicate the testing fluid. “H” indicates the test was
Figure 3.22 ISO 15848-1 Qualification Requirements
performed with Helium per a leakage rate method. “M”
indicates the test was performed with Methane using
ANSI/FCI 91-1 requires the “sniffing EPA Method 21.
method” per EPA Method 21 for a “ppm”
concentration reading and cites 100ppm Figure 3.24 ISO 15848-1 Measured Leak Concentration
and 500ppm with various cycle classes, Today, choosing a valve packing system
as shown in Figure 3.25. has become much more involved due to
64
Mechanical Cycles Maximum Stem Seal Leakage

Class Thermal Cycles
(100% full travel) per EPA Method 21
A1 100,000 3 100 ppm
A2 100,000 3 500 ppm
B1 25,000 3 100 ppm
B2 25,000 3 500 ppm
Figure 3.25 FCI 91-1 Leakage Class Summary
a number of considerations. performance with the lowest operating

friction. See Figure 3.26.
For example, emissions control
requirements–such as those specified by
the Clean Air Act within the US and ISO
15848 on a global basis–place tighter
restrictions on sealing performance.
Constant demands for improved process
output mean that the valve packing
system must not hinder valve
performance. And today’s trend toward
extended maintenance schedules
dictates that valve packing systems
provide the required sealing over
longer periods.
Given the wide variety of valve
applications and service conditions
within industry, these variables (sealing
ability, operating friction levels,
operating life) are difficult to quantify Figure 3.26 Single PTFE V-Ring Packing
and compare. Figures 3.31 and 3.32 use
an engineered approach in providing a
3.4.6 ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE Packing
relative evaluation of packing
applicability and performance. But first, The ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing system
proper understanding of the tables is an advanced packing method that
requires a clarification of trade names. utilizes a compact, live-load spring
design suited to environmental
3.4.5 Single PTFE V-Ring Packing applications up to 750 psi and 232°C
(51.7 bar and 450°F). While it is typically
The single PTFE V-ring arrangement uses
thought of as an emission-reducing
a coil spring between the packing and
packing system, ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE
packing box ring. It meets the 100 ppmv
packing is also suited to non-
criteria for sliding-stem valves, assuming
environmental applications involving
that the pressure does not exceed 300
high temperatures and pressures,
psi (20.7 bar) and the temperature is
yielding the benefit of longer, ongoing
between -18°C and 93°C (0°F and 200°F).
service life in both sliding-stem and
Single PTFE V-ring packing does not
rotary valves. See Figure 3.27.
come with low emissions criteria for
rotary valves. It offers very good sealing

Packing
Follower
(Stainless Steel)
Springs
(N07718-Inconel 718)
Lantern Rings
(Stainless Steel)
Anti-Extrusion
Washers Anti-Extrusion Ring
(Filled PTFE)
Packing Ring
(PTFE)
Packing Box Ring
(Stainless Steel) Anti-Extrusion Ring
(Filled PTFE)
Figure 3.27 ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE Packing System
Spring Pack
Assembly
PTFE-Carbon/PTFE
Packing Set
Lantern Ring Bushing
Graphite
Bushing
Packing Ring
Packing
Packing Ring Washers
Bushing
Figure 3.28 ENVIRO-SEAL Duplex (PTFE and Graphite) Packing System
Stud Anti-Seize Lubricant
Packing Nut Spring Pack Assembly
Packing Flange Guide Bushing
Packing Ring Packing Washer
Packing Ring Guide Bushing
Packing Box Ring
Figure 3.29 ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite ULF Packing System
66
3.4.7 ENVIRO-SEAL Duplex Packing 752°F) for environmental service. It is

available for use in both sliding-stem and
This special packing system provides the
rotary valves.
capabilities of both PTFE and graphite
components to yield a low friction, low
3.4.12 ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite for
emission, fire-tested solution (API
Rotary Valves
Standard 589) for applications with
process temperatures up to 232°C ENVIRO-SEAL graphite packing is
(450°F) in sliding-stem valves. Rotary designed for environmental applications
valves are not available with ENVIRO- from -6 to 316°C (20 to 600°F) or for
SEAL Duplex packing. See Figure 3.28. those applications where fire safety is a
concern. It can be used with pressures up
3.4.8 ISO-Seal PTFE Packing to 1500 psi (103 bar) and still satisfy the
This packing system is designed for 100 ppmv EPA leakage criteria. The
pressures exceeding the capabilities of packing can be used up to 371°C (700°F)
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing for if used in non-environmental
environmental service. It is available for applications. See Figure 3.30.
use in both sliding-stem and rotary valves.
3.4.9 ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite ULF

This packing system is designed
primarily for environmental applications
at temperatures in excess of 232°C
(450°F). The patented ULF packing
system incorporates very thin PTFE
layers inside the packing rings as well as
thin PTFE washers on each side of the
packing rings. This strategic placement
of PTFE minimizes control problems, Figure 3.30 ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite Packing System for
reduces friction, promotes sealing and Rotary Valves
extends the cycle life of the packing set.
See Figure 3.29. 3.4.13 Graphite Ribbon for
Rotary Valves
3.4.10 HIGH-SEAL Graphite ULF
Graphite ribbon packing is designed for
Identical to the ENVIRO-SEAL graphite non-environmental applications that
ULF packing system below the packing- span a wide temperature range, from
follower, the HIGH-SEAL system utilizes -198 to 538°C (-325 to 1000°F).
heavy-duty, large diameter Belleville
springs. These springs provide additional 3.4.14 Sliding-Stem Environmental
follower travel and can be calibrated Packing Selection
with a load scale for a visual indication of
Figure 3.31 provides a comparison of
packing load and wear.
various sliding-stem packing selections
3.4.11 ISO-Seal Graphite Packing and a relative ranking of seal
performance, service life, and packing
This packing system is designed for friction for environmental applications.
temperatures exceeding the capabilities Braided graphite filament and double
of ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite ULF packing. It PTFE are not acceptable environmental
can be used from -46 to 400°C (-50 to sealing solutions.

Maximum Pressure & Temperature Seal

Limits for Environmental Service(1) Service Life Packing
Packing System Performance
Index Friction
Index
Customary U.S. Metric
300 psi 20.7 bar
Single PTFE V-Ring Better Long Very Low
0 to 200°F -18 to 93°C
750 psi 1.7 bar
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE Superior Very Long Low
-50 to 450°F -46 to 232°C
6000 psig 414 bar
ISO-Seal PTFE Superior Very Long Low
-50 to -450°F -46 to 232°C
ENVIRO-SEAL 750 psi 51.7 bar
Superior Very Long Low
Duplex -50 to -450°F -46 to 232°C
ENVIRO-SEAL 1500 psi 103 bar
Superior Very Long Moderate
Graphite ULF 20 to 600°F -7 to 315°C
3365 psig 232 bar
ISO-Seal Graphite Superior Very Long Moderate
-50 to 752°F -46 to 400°C
1. The values shown are only guidelines. These guidelines can be exceeded, but shortened packing life or increased leakage
might result. The temperature ratings apply to the actual packing temperature, not to the process temperature.
Figure 3.31 Sliding-Stem Environmental Packing Selection
Maximum Pressure & Temperature Seal

Limits for Environmental Service(1) Service Life Packing
Packing System Performance
Index Friction
Index
Customary U.S. Metric
750 psi 103 bar
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE Superior Very Long Low
-50 to 450°F -46 to 232°C
ENVIRO-SEAL 1500 psi 103 bar
Superior Very Long Moderate
Graphite 20 to 600°F -18 to 315°C
1500 psig 103 bar
ISO-Seal Graphite Superior Very Long Moderate
-50 to 752°F -46 to 400°C
Figure 3.32 Rotary Environmental Packing Selection
Quick-Opening Linear Equal-Percentage
Figure 3.33 Characterized Cages for Globe-Style Valve Bodies
68
3.4.15 Rotary Environmental cages shown can be used with either

Packing Selection balanced or unbalanced trim
constructions. Soft seating, when
Figure 3.32 applies to rotary valves. In
required, is available as a retained insert
the case of rotary valves, single PTFE and
in the seat ring and is independent of
graphite ribbon packing arrangements
cage or valve plug selection.
do not perform well as fugitive emission
sealing solutions. Cage interchangeability can be extended
to specialized cage designs that provide
The control of valve fugitive emissions
noise attenuation or combat cavitation.
and a reduction in industry’s cost of
These cages typically furnish a linear
regulatory compliance can be achieved
inherent flow characteristic, but require
through these stem sealing technologies.
flow to be in a specific direction through
While ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems have
the cage openings. Therefore, it could be
been designed specifically for fugitive
necessary to reverse the valve body in the
emission applications, these technologies
pipeline to obtain proper flow direction.
also should be considered for any
application where seal performance and 100
seal life have been an ongoing concern or
Quick-Opening
maintenance cost issue. n
3.5 Characterization of Linear

Cage-Guided Valve Bodies
In valve bodies with cage-guided trim, the
shape of the flow openings or windows in Equal-Percentage
the wall of the cylindrical cage determines 100
0
flow characterization. As the valve plug is Rated Travel (%)
moved away from the seat ring, the cage
Figure 3.34 Inherent Flow Characteristics Curves
windows are opened to permit flow
through the valve. Standard cages have
been designed to produce linear, 3.5.1 Characterized Valve Plugs
equal-percentage, and quick-opening The valve plug, the movable part of a
inherent flow characteristics. Custom globe-style control valve assembly,
characterization may also be available. provides a variable restriction to fluid
Note the differences in the shapes of the flow. Valve plug styles are each
cage windows shown in Figure 3.33. The designed to provide a specific flow
flow rate/travel relationship provided by characteristic, permit a specified
valves using these cages is either the manner of guiding or alignment with
linear, quick-opening, or equal- the seat ring, or have a particular
percentage curves shown for contoured shutoff or damage-resistance capability.
valve plugs (Figure 3.34).
The contour of the valve plug surface
Cage-guided trim allows for the next to the seat ring is instrumental in
inherent flow characteristic of the valve determining the inherent flow
to be easily changed by installing a characteristic of a plug-characterized
different cage. Interchange of cages to control valve. As the actuator moves the
provide a different inherent flow valve plug through its travel range, the
characteristic does not require changing unobstructed flow area changes in size
the valve plug or seat ring. The standard and shape depending on the contour of

the valve plug. When a constant Top- and Bottom-Guiding: The valve
pressure differential is maintained across plug is aligned by guide bushings in the
the valve, the changing relationship bonnet and bottom flange (see Figure
between percentage of maximum flow 3.5). This is typically found in double-
capacity and percentage of total travel ported constructions.
range can be portrayed (Figure 3.34), Port-Guiding: The valve plug is aligned
and is designated as the inherent flow by the valve body port. n
characteristic of the valve.
Commonly specified inherent flow
characteristics include linear, equal- 3.7 Restricted-Capacity
percentage, and quick-opening. These Control Valve Trim
are described further in Chapter 5. n
Most control valve manufacturers can
provide valves with reduced- or
Stem Valve Plug
restricted-capacity trim parts. The
Seat Flow reduced flow rate might be desirable for
Ring Area
any of the following reasons:
Restricted capacity trim may make it
possible to select a valve body large
Port Diameter enough for increased future flow
requirements, but with trim capacity
Figure 3.35 Typical Construction to Provide properly sized for present needs.
Quick-Opening Flow Characteristic
Large bodies with restricted-capacity
trim can be used to reduce inlet and
3.6 Valve Plug Guiding outlet fluid velocities.
Accurate guiding of the valve plug is Purchase of expensive pipeline
necessary for proper alignment with the reducers can be avoided.

seat ring and efficient control of the Over-sizing errors can be corrected by
process fluid. The common methods use of restricted-capacity trim parts.
used and their names are generally
Conventional globe-style valve bodies
self-descriptive.
can be fitted with seat rings with smaller
Cage-Guiding: The outside diameter port sizes than normal and valve plugs
of the valve plug is close to the inside sized to fit those smaller ports. Valves
wall surface of the cylindrical cage with cage-guided trim often achieve the
throughout the travel range. Since the reduced-capacity effect by using valve
bonnet, cage, and seat ring are self- plug, cage, and seat ring parts from a
aligning on the assembly, correct valve smaller valve size of similar construction
plug and seat ring alignment is assured and adapter pieces above the cage and
when the valve closes (Figure 3.15). below the seat ring to mate those smaller
Top-Guiding: The valve plug is aligned parts with the valve body (Figure 3.36).
by a single guide bushing in the bonnet Because reduced capacity service is not
or valve body, or by the packing unusual, most manufacturers provide
arrangement. readily available trim part combinations
to perform the required function. n
Stem-Guiding: The valve plug is
aligned with the seat ring by a guide
bushing in the bonnet that acts on the
valve plug stem.
70
3.8.1 Diaphragm Actuators

Pneumatically-operated diaphragm
actuators use air supply from
controllers, positioners, or other
sources.
Various styles include: direct-acting,
in which the increasing air pressure
pushes the diaphragm down and
extends the actuator stem (Figure
3.37); reverse-acting, in which the
Figure 3.36 Adapter Method for Providing Reduced increasing air pressure pushes the
Flow Capacity diaphragm up and retracts the
actuator stem (Figure 3.37);
reversible, in which actuators can be
3.8 Actuators assembled for either direct or reverse
Pneumatically-operated control valve action (Figure 3.38); direct-acting
actuators are the most popular type in unit for rotary valves, in which the
use, but electric, hydraulic, and manual increasing air pressure pushes down
actuators are also widely used. The on the diaphragm, which, depending
spring-and-diaphragm pneumatic on orientation of the actuator lever
actuator is most commonly specified on the valve shaft, may either open
due to its dependability and simplicity of or close the valve (see Figure 3.39).
design. Pneumatically-operated piston
Net output thrust is the difference
actuators provide high stem force
between diaphragm force and
output for demanding service
opposing spring force.
conditions. Adaptations of both
spring-and-diaphragm and pneumatic Molded diaphragms provide linear
piston actuators are available for direct performance and increased travels.
installation on rotary control valves. Output thrust required and supply
Direct-Acting Reverse-Acting
Figure 3.37 Diaphragm Actuators

air pressure available dictate size. Other versions for service on rotary
Diaphragm actuators are simple,

control valves include a sliding seal in
the lower end of the cylinder. This
dependable, and economical.
permits the actuator stem to move
laterally, as well as up and down
without leakage of cylinder pressure.
This feature permits direct
connection of the actuator stem to
the actuator lever mounted on the
rotary valve shaft, thus eliminating
one joint or source of lost motion.
Figure 3.38 Field-Reversible Multi-Spring Actuator
Figure 3.40 Control Valve with Double-Acting

Piston Actuator
Figure 3.39 Diaphragm Actuator for Rotary Valve
3.8.2 Piston Actuators

Figure 3.41 Control Valve with Scotch-Yoke
Piston actuators are pneumatically-
Piston Actuator
operated using high-pressure plant
air up to 150 psig (10.3 bar), often
eliminating the need for a supply 3.8.3 Manual Actuators
pressure regulator. Manual actuators are useful where
Piston actuators furnish maximum automatic control is not required,

but where ease of operation and
thrust output and fast stroking speeds.
good manual control is still necessary
Piston actuators are double-acting to (Figures 3.42 and 3.43). They are
give maximum force in both often used to actuate the bypass
directions, or spring-return to valve in a three-valve bypass loop
provide fail-open or fail-closed around control valves for manual
operation (Figure 3.40). control of the process during
Various accessories can be
maintenance or shut down of the
automatic system.
incorporated to position a double-
Manual actuators are available in
acting piston in the event of supply
pressure failure, including pneumatic various sizes for both globe-style and
rotary valves.
trip valves and lock-up systems.
72
Dial-indicating devices are available 3.8.5 Electric Actuators

for some models to permit accurate
Electric actuator designs use an electric
repositioning of the valve plug or disk.
motor and some form of gear reduction
Manual actuators are much less to move the valve plug (Figures 3.45 and
expensive than automatic actuators. 3.46). While electric actuators have
traditionally been limited to on/off
operation, some are now capable of
continuous control. The use of brushless
motors in electric actuators can reduce
or eliminate motor burnout associated
with turning the motor on and off rapidly.
The initial purchase price still tends to
remain above that of pneumatic
actuation. The primary usage of electric
actuation is in areas where instrument air
is not readily available or where an
insufficient quantity of valves exist to
justify the cost of a compressor system. n
Figure 3.42 Manual Actuator for Sliding-Stem Valves
Figure 3.43 Manual Actuator for Rotary Valves
3.8.4 Rack-and-Pinion Actuators Figure 3.45 Electric Actuator for Sliding-Stem Valve
Rack-and-pinion designs provide a
compact and economical solution for
rotary valves (Figure 3.44). Because of
backlash, they are typically used for on/
off applications or where process
variability is not a concern.
Figure 3.46 Electric Actuator for Rotary Valve
Figure 3.44 Rack-and-Pinion Actuator

Chapter 4
Control Valve Accessories
Control Valve Handbook | Chapter 4: Control Valve Accessories
Today, modern control systems use vibration may require sturdy instrument
electronic signaling to command the mounting, rugged internal mechanisms,
control valve to open, close, or throttle. or remote mounting capability.
Additionally, these systems use position High levels of humidity can lead to
feedback signals and diagnostic corrosion, so protection of electronic
information to validate the operation components may be necessary.
of the control valve. Furthermore, the Hazardous locations containing gaseous
performance expectations of control or dusty atmospheres may require
valves in terms of speed of response, instrumentation that is designed using
accuracy, stability, reliability, and safety protection concepts, such as flameproof,
vary based on the process control needs. explosion proof, intrinsic safety, or
Because control valves are installed in non-incendive. These environmental
many different and unique applications, and application conditions should be
control valve accessories are necessary. considered when selecting the proper
Accessories are the broad category of control valve accessories. 
instruments that are directly connected
to a control valve assembly.
There are five basic reasons that 4.2 Positioners
instrumentation and accessories are A common control valve accessory is
added to a control valve: the valve position controller, also called
Improve process control a positioner. The fundamental function
of a positioner is to deliver pressurized
Improve safety for the process or
air to the valve actuator, such that
personnel
the position of the valve stem or shaft
Improve valve performance or speed corresponds to the set point from the
of response control system. Positioners are typically
Monitor or verify the valve used when a valve requires throttling
responsiveness action. A positioner requires position
Diagnose potential valve issues feedback from the valve stem or shaft
and delivers pneumatic pressure to the
actuator to open and close the valve.
4.1 Environmental & The positioner must be mounted on or
near the control valve assembly. There
Application Considerations are three main categories of positioners,
Industrial plants, factories, mines, and depending on the type of control signal,
mills experience tough environmental the diagnostic capability, and the
conditions due to their geographical communication protocol.
location and the processes involved
in manufacturing their products. As a 4.2.1 Pneumatic Positioners
result, valves and instruments in these The first category of positioners
facilities must be rugged and reliable. are pneumatic positioners. Legacy
Ambient temperatures for processing units may use pneumatic
instrumentation can range from -60 pressure signaling as the control set
to 125°C (-76 to 257°F). Corrosive point to the control valves. Pressure is
atmospheres, such as salt water and typically modulated between 20.7 to
chemical exposure, may require 103 kPa (3 to 15 psig) to move the valve
stainless steel or engineered resin from 0 to 100% position.
materials of construction. Intense In a common pneumatic positioner

Output to
Diaphragm
Relay
Instrument
Bellows
Supply Feedback Axis
Pivot
Nozzle
Flapper Assembly
Direct Action
Quadrant
Input Axis
Cam
Reverse Action
Beam Quadrant
Figure 4.1 Typical Pneumatic, Single-Acting Positioner Design
design (Figure 4.1), the position of the about the input axis to move the flapper
valve stem or shaft is compared with the away from the nozzle. Nozzle pressure
position of a bellows that receives the decreases and the relay permits the
pneumatic control signal. When the release of diaphragm casing pressure
input signal increases, the bellows to the atmosphere, which allows the
expands and moves a beam. The beam actuator stem to move upward. Through
pivots about an input axis, which moves the cam, stem movement is fed back
a flapper closer to the nozzle. The nozzle to the beam to reposition the flapper
pressure increases, which increases the closer to the nozzle. When equilibrium
output pressure to the actuator through conditions are obtained, stem movement
a pneumatic amplifier relay. The stops and the flapper is positioned to
increased output pressure to the prevent any further decrease in actuator
actuator causes the valve stem to move. pressure. See Figure 4.1.
Stem movement is fed back to the beam
4.2.2 Analog I/P Positioners
by means of a cam. As the cam rotates,
the beam pivots about the feedback axis The second type of positioner is an
to move the flapper slightly away from analog I/P positioner. Most modern
the nozzle. The nozzle pressure processing units use a 4 to 20 mA DC
decreases and reduces the output signal to modulate the control valves.
pressure to the actuator. Stem This introduces electronics into the
movement continues, backing the positioner design and requires that the
flapper away from the nozzle until positioner convert the electronic current
equilibrium is reached. signal into a pneumatic pressure signal
(current-to-pneumatic or I/P).
When the input signal decreases, the
bellows contracts (aided by an internal In a typical analog I/P positioner (see
range spring) and the beam pivots Figure 4.2), the converter receives a DC
76
input signal and provides a proportional increasing control signal, one output
pneumatic output signal through pressure always increases and the other
a nozzle/flapper arrangement. The output pressure decreases.
pneumatic output signal provides the
input signal to the pneumatic positioner.
Otherwise, the design is the same as the
pneumatic positioner.
-
4-20 mA +
Input Signal
Pneumatic Signal
from Converter
Bellows
Converter
Feedback Axis
Supply
Output to Nozzle
Actuator
Beam
Relay
Direct-Acting
Quadrant
Rotary
Shaft Arm
Input Axis
Cam
Pivot
Reverse-Acting
Flapper Assembly Quadrant
Figure 4.2 Typical Single-Acting Analog I/P

Positioner Design
Figure 4.3 Digital Valve Controller Mounted on a
Control Valve
4.2.3 Digital Valve Controllers
Double-acting actuators use both
While pneumatic positioners and analog
outputs, whereas single-acting actuators
I/P positioners provide basic valve
use only one output. The changing
position control, digital valve controllers
output pressure causes the actuator
add another dimension to positioner
stem or shaft to move. Valve position
capabilities. This type of positioner is a
is fed back to the microprocessor.
microprocessor-based instrument. The
The stem continues to move until the
microprocessor enables diagnostics and
correct position is attained. At this
two-way communication to simplify
point, the microprocessor stabilizes the
setup and troubleshooting.
drive signal to the I/P converter until
In a typical digital valve controller, equilibrium is obtained.
the control signal is read by the
In addition to the function of controlling
microprocessor, processed by a digital
the position of the valve, a digital
algorithm, and converted into a drive
valve controller has two additional
current signal to the I/P converter.
capabilities: diagnostics and two-way
The microprocessor performs the
digital communication.
position control algorithm rather
than a mechanical beam, cam, and 4.2.3.1 Diagnostics
flapper assembly. As the control signal
increases, the drive signal to the I/P The microprocessor inside the digital
converter increases, increasing the valve controller allows the positioner to
output pressure from the I/P converter. run, analyze, and store diagnostic tests.
This pressure is routed to a pneumatic Diagnostic information is useful in
amplifier relay and provides two determining the health of the entire
output pressures to the actuator. With control valve assembly. Through the

use of pressure sensors, temperature information between the control

sensors, travel sensors, and internal system and the digital valve controller.
readings, graphical representations of For positioners outfitted with wireless
control valve performance and health are capability, digital information can be
created and recommended actions are transmitted independent of the control
presented. This information is then used system wiring. 
to identify elements of the control valve
assembly that may require maintenance.
4.3 I/P Transducers
4.2.3.2 Two-Way Digital
Communication In some applications, the high level of
postioning accuracy that a positioner
The microprocessor inside the digital provides is not required. In these
valve controller also allows the applications, an electro-pneumatic (I/P)
positioner to communicate with the transducer can be used. An I/P transducer
control system via a digital signal. This (Figure 4.4) uses a converter module that
enables the digital valve controller to converts a 4 to 20 mA current input to a
provide additional feedback, such as proportional pressure output. An internal
actual valve travel and diagnostic alerts pneumatic amplifier relay provides the
back to the control system. capacity necessary to deliver output
One widely used protocol is HART® pressure to the control valve actuator.
communication. HART communication There is no valve position feedback and
uses a digital signal superimposed over responsiveness is very quick. 
the traditional 4 to 20 mA DC control
signal. This communication protocol
allows the host system to be used
to configure, calibrate, and monitor
the health of the positioner. HART
communication offers the benefits
of digital communication with the
familiarity of a 4 to 20 mA control system.
FOUNDATION™ fieldbus is another
industry standard protocol. This protocol
is all digital, which means that the
control signal (set point) is digital, rather
than a 4 to 20 mA DC current. Similar to
HART communication, the host system
can also be used to configure, calibrate,
and monitor the positioner.
PROFIBUS is also a common industry
protocol that provides all digital Figure 4.4 Transducer Mounted on a Control Valve
communication. The physical layer
for PROFIBUS and FOUNDATION
fieldbus is the same; however, the 4.4 Volume Boosters
communication protocols differ and Positioners and I/P transducers are
offer their own advantages. designed to provide enough pneumatic
Wireless technology offers an output capacity to drive a typical
additional method to communicate throttling control valve. However, some
78
applications require faster stroking between the input signal and the
speeds. When the actuator volume is output of the booster. When this
large, the positioning speed of response occurs, the diaphragms move to open
can become more of a concern. the supply port or the exhaust port,
whichever action is required to reduce
Volume boosters are used to provide
the differential. The port remains open
additional pneumatic output capacity
until the difference between the booster
to a valve assembly (Figure 4.5). A
input and output pressure is within the
large, sudden change in input signal
deadband limit of the booster.
(output pressure from the positioner)
causes a pressure differential to exist With the bypass restriction adjusted
Signal Input
Diaphragms Bypass Restriction
Adjusting Screw
Bypass Restriction
Exhaust
Exhaust Port
Supply Supply Port
Output to Actuator
Figure 4.5 Volume Booster Sectional View
Volume
Booster
Pipe Tee
Pipe Bushing
Body
Body Pipe Nipple
Protector
Positioner
Optional Output
Diagnostic
Connection
Signal
Positioner Supply
Actuator Pressure
Regulator
Figure 4.6 Typical Booster Installation with a Single-Acting Actuator

for stable operation, signals having typically on/off valves that are used
small magnitude and rate changes to take the process loop to a safe
pass through the bypass restriction state in the event of a process control
and into the actuator without initiating emergency (Figure 4.7). A separate
booster operation. Both the supply and safety system, often controlled by a
exhaust ports remain closed, preventing logic solver, controls these valves.
unnecessary air consumption and
possible saturation of positioner relays. 4.5.1 Partial Stroke Testing
Single-acting actuators typically use Because safety valves are static and do
one volume booster (Figure 4.6). not modulate under normal conditions,
Double-acting actuators require at they are prone to sticking. When an
least two volume boosters, one to feed emergency demand occurs, there is a
each side of the actuator piston. Some risk that the valves will not move when
applications, such as compressor anti- commanded. To mitigate this risk, the
surge or turbine bypass, may require digital valve controller can be used as a
additional volume boosters to provide partial stroke testing device.
the needed pneumatic volume for fast An important function of the instrument
valve response.  is periodically exercising the valve. This is
performed with a valve partial stroke test
(PST). The PST slowly moves the valve
4.5 Safety Instrumented a portion of the total valve travel and
Systems (SIS) then returns to the normal state. This
exercises the mechanical components of
The primary purpose of a control valve
the safety valve with minimal disruption
is to modulate the flow of liquid or
to the process loop. Furthermore,
gas in a pipe within a process control
the digital valve controller has the
loop. Within these same process loops,
ability to diagnose potential issues and
there are also emergency vent, block,
communicate any alerts if the test fails.
or isolation valves. These valves are
Figure 4.7 SIS Digital Valve Controller on a Safety Valve
80
4.5.2 Safety Function and liquid displacement lever assembly, or

Product Certification temperature bulb.
A spring-return, single-acting actuator

provides an inherent fail mode for the
valve assembly. During an emergency
demand, the typical method to move the
valve to the safe state is to remove the
air pressure to the actuator and allow the
spring to position the valve. A solenoid
valve and/or digital valve controller can
be used to perform this function. There
may be additional instrumentation
on the safety valve, such as boosters,
position transmitters, and trip systems.
All of these elements must be evaluated
for their effect on the safety system.
These elements can fail by causing
an unplanned trip or by not getting
the safety valve to the safe state. The
Failure Modes, Effects, and Diagnostics
Analysis (FMEDA) provides metrics
for each component. This allows a
safety engineer to design the safety
Figure 4.8 Pneumatic Controller on a Control Valve
instrumented system to the desired
level of risk reduction. See Chapter The input element is connected to the
12 for more information about safety process pointer (set point adjustment)
instrumented systems.  and to the flapper by connecting links.
As the process input increases (in a
direct-acting controller), the flapper
4.6 Controllers moves toward the nozzle, which restricts
In some applications, control of the flow through the nozzle and increases
process is performed locally without nozzle pressure. When this occurs, relay
the need for a large scale distributed action increases the output pressure to
control system (DCS) or programmable the actuator, which modulates the
logic controller (PLC). Local controllers control valve. Output pressure is fed
are used to measure process conditions, back to the proportional bellows. The
such as pressure, temperature, or level action of the proportional bellows
and directly drive the pneumatic output counters the flapper movement that
pressure to a control valve (Figure 4.8). resulted from the process input change.
It then moves the flapper away from the
The input to the local controller is nozzle until the controller reaches a
typically pressure, differential pressure, point of equilibrium. The set point
temperature, or level displacement. adjustment changes the proximity of the
The process measurement is translated nozzle and flapper, as does a change in
into a beam-flapper assembly process input. However, when the set
movement, which is connected to an point is changed, the nozzle moves with
input element. The input element can respect to the flapper.
be a Bourdon tube, bellows assembly,

The proportional band adjustment and proportional bellows. In operation,

knob positions the nozzle on the flapper. proportional-plus-reset controllers
Increasing or widening the proportional minimize the offset between the process
band moves the nozzle to a position on temperature and the set point.
the flapper where less flapper motion Controllers with proportional-plus-reset-
occurs, decreasing the gain of the plus-rate have a rate valve, an adjustable
controller. Decreasing or narrowing the restriction that briefly maintains
proportional band moves the nozzle the controller gain to accelerate the
toward a position where more flapper corrective action for slow systems
motion occurs, increasing the gain. (Figure 4.10). The rate action delays the
Controller action is changed from direct gain reduction just long enough to allow
to reverse by turning the proportional the system to respond to the change,
band adjustment knob to position the but not long enough for the system to
nozzle to a point on the flapper where become unstable. Then, the low gain
the direction of the flapper motion provided by the proportional action
versus the input motion is reversed. keeps the system stable. Finally, the reset
With the controller in the reverse-acting action slowly increases the gain and
mode, an increase in process input returns the process toward the set point.
causes a decrease in output pressure
to the actuator. Supply pressure bleeds Anti-reset windup reduces overshoot
through a fixed orifice in the relay and of the process input that can result
exits through the nozzle. The nozzle from large or prolonged deviation
pressure registers on the large relay from the set point. This option can be
diaphragm and modulates loading adjusted to operate on either increasing
pressure on the small relay diaphragm. or decreasing output pressure. The
This also modulates the controller output differential relief valve operates when the
pressure to the actuator (Figure 4.9). difference between proportional bellows
pressure and reset bellows pressure
Controllers with proportional-plus- reaches a predetermined value. 
reset operation are similar to that of
proportional-only controllers, except that
output pressure is fed back to the reset
Manual Set Point Reset Bellows (Vented) Reverse-Action Quadrant

Adjustment Proportional
Bellows Proportional
Process Pointer
Band Adjustment Feedback
Remote Set Point Link
Connected Here
Feedback
Motion Flapper
Input Element Pivot
Connected Here Input
Direct-Action
Quadrant Motion
Connecting
Link
Beam Output Pressure
to Final Control Element
Flapper
Supply Pressure
Nozzle
Output Pressure Relay
Nozzle Pressure Supply Pressure
Reset Pressure
Proportional Pressure Proportional-Only Control
Figure 4.9 Pneumatic Controller Schematic
82
To Reset
Bellows To Nozzle
To Proporitional
Bellows
Output
Relay
Supply Pressure Differential Supply Pressure
Output Pressure Relief Valve Reset Valve
Nozzle Pressure Rate Valve
Reset Pressure
Proportional + Reset + Rate Control
Proportional Pressure
With Anti-Reset Windup
Figure 4.10 Pneumatic Controller Schematic
4.7 Position Transmitters 4.8 Limit Switches

The purpose of a position transmitter is The purpose of a limit switch is to
to provide independent valve position provide a discrete open or close signal
feedback to the control system. to the control system when the valve
Position feedback is often used for reaches a specific position within its
process monitoring, troubleshooting, range of travel. Limit switches are
or startup/shutdown verification. also used for process monitoring,
The position transmitter is mounted troubleshooting, or startup/shutdown
directly to the valve and measures the verification. The limit switch receives
position of the valve stem or shaft. position feedback from the valve stem
In a wired installation, the position or shaft and will send either a wired
transmitter provides a 4 to 20 mA signal or a wireless signal to the control
that corresponds with the throttling system. There are many different
range of the control valve. In a wireless switch technologies available, such as
installation, the position transmitter proximity, solid state, magnetic, and
provides a 0 to 100% digital signal contact closure. 
(Figure 4.11). 
4.9 Solenoid Valves

A solenoid valve is installed in the
pneumatic tubing path to the actuator.
In some applications, the solenoid valve
will vent the air from the actuator to
allow the valve to move to its no air, fail
state. In other applications, the solenoid
valve will trap air in the actuator to
lock the valve in its current position.
Three-way solenoids are generally used
to operate spring-return actuators and
four-way solenoids are generally used for
Figure 4.11 Wireless Position Monitor Mounted on
double-acting actuators. The solenoid
an Actuator valve is activated by making or breaking

a discrete electrical signal from the system to return to normal operation. 

control system. See Chapter 11 for more
information about solenoid valves. 
4.11 Handwheels
Handwheels for diaphragm actuators
4.10 Trip Systems are often used as adjustable travel
Trip systems are used in control stops. They also provide a ready means
applications where a specific actuator of positioning the control valve in an
action is required in the event that supply emergency.
pressure is lost (Figure 4.12). These Side-mounted handwheels can be used
are used with double-acting actuators to stroke the valve in either direction
that do not have an inherent no air, fail at any point in the actuator stem
state or with single- or double-acting travel (Figure 4.13). The side-mounted
actuators to provide pneumatic lock-up. handwheel can be positioned to limit
When supply pressure falls below the trip travel in either direction, but not both
point, the trip valve causes the actuator at the same time. With the handwheel
to fail, lock in the last position, or fail in the neutral position, automatic
down. For double-acting applications, operation is possible throughout full
a volume tank provides the reserve valve travel. In any other position, valve
pneumatic air capacity to operate travel will be restricted.
the valve until the supply pressure is Top-mounted handwheels are used for
restored. When the supply pressure infrequent service to manually stroke
rises above the trip point, the trip valve the valve (Figure 4.14). 
automatically resets, allowing the
Spring
Main
Valve Plug Spring Actuator
Upper Diaphragm
Vent
Exhaust Port
Supply Pressure Control

Device
Lower Diaphragm
Port D
Port A
Port E
Port B
Upper Ports
Lower Plug
Ports Port C Assemblies
Port F Volume
Tank
Pressure to Top of Cylinder

Supply Pressure (from Volume Tank)
Control Pressure to Top of Pressure from Bottom of Cylinder
Cylinder (Blocked) (Venting)
Control Pressure to Bottom Lower Diaphragm Loading Pressure
of Cylinder (Blocked) (Being Vented)
Figure 4.12 Trip Valve Shown in Tripped Condition
84
Figure 4.13 Actuator with Side-Mounted Handwheel Figure 4.14 Actuator with Top-Mounted Handwheel

Chapter 5
Control Valve Sizing
Control Valve Handbook | Chapter 5: Control Valve Sizing
Control valves handle all kinds of fluids at Cast body material (ASTM A216
temperatures from the cryogenic range grade WCC, ASTM A217 grade WC9,
to well over 538°C (1000°F). Selection of ASTM A351 CF8M, etc.)
a control valve body assembly requires End connections and valve rating
particular consideration to provide the (screwed, Class 600 RF flanged, Class
best available combination of valve body 1500 RTJ flanges, etc.)
style, material, and trim construction Action desired on air failure (valve to
design for the intended service. Capacity open, close, or retain last controlled
requirements and system operating position)
pressure ranges also must be considered Instrument air supply available
in selecting a control valve to ensure
Instrument signal (3 to 15 psig,
satisfactory operation without undue
initial expense. 4 to 20 mA, HART, etc.)
Reputable control valve manufacturers In addition, the following information

and their representatives are dedicated will require the agreement of the user
to helping select the control valve most and the manufacturer depending on the
appropriate for the existing service purchasing and engineering practices
conditions. Because there are frequently being followed.
several possible correct choices for an Valve type number
application, it is important that all the Valve size
following information be provided for
Valve body construction (angle,
any set of conditions deemed important:
double-port, butterfly, etc.)
Type of fluid to be controlled
Valve plug guiding (cage-style, port-
Temperature of fluid guided, etc.)
Viscosity of fluid Valve plug action (push-down-to-
Concentrations of all constituents close or push-down-to-open)
including trace impurities Port size (full or restricted)
Process conditions during startup, Valve trim materials required
normal operations, and shutdowns
Flow action (flow tends to open valve
Chemical cleaning that may occur or flow tends to close valve)
periodically
Actuator size required
Specific gravity or density of fluid
Bonnet style (plain, extension,
Fluid flow rate bellows seal, etc.)
Inlet pressure at valve Packing material (PTFE V-ring,
Outlet pressure or pressure drop laminated graphite, environmental
sealing systems, etc.)
Pressure drop at shutoff
Accessories required (positioner,
Maximum permissible noise level, handwheel, etc.)
if pertinent, and the measurement
reference point Some of these options have been
discussed in previous chapters of this
Degrees of superheat or existence of
book, and others will be explored in this
flashing, if known
and following chapters.
Inlet and outlet pipeline size and
schedule
Special tagging information required

Valve Selection Process

1. Determine Service Conditions
P1, ∆P, Q, T1, fluid properties, allowable noise, etc.
Select appropriate ANSI pressure class required for valve body and trim.

2. Calculate Preliminary Cv Required
Check noise and cavitation levels.

3. Select Trim Type
If no noise or cavitation indication, choose standard trim.
If aerodynamic noise is high, choose a noise reduction trim.
If liquid noise is high and/or cavitation is indicated, choose a cavitation reduction trim.

4. Select Valve Body and Trim Type
Select valve body and trim size with required Cv.
Note travel, trim group, and shutoff options.

5. Select Trim Materials
Select trim materials for your application.
Make sure trim selected is available in the trim group for the valve size selected.

6. Consider Options
Consider options on shutoff, stem packing, etc.
5.1 Control Valve Dimensions

5.1.1 Face-to-Face Dimensions for Flanged, Globe-Style Control Valves
Classes 125, 150, 250, 300, and 600 (Dimensions in Accordance with ANSI/ISA-75.08.01)
Pressure Ratings and End Connections

Valve Size Class 125 FF (CI) Class 250 RF (CI)
Class 150 RTJ (STL)
Class 150 RF (STL) Class 300 RF (STL)
DN NPS mm in mm in mm in
15 1/2 184 7.25 197 7.75 190 7.50
20 3/4 184 7.25 197 7.75 194 7.62
25 1 184 7.25 197 7.75 197 7.75
40 1-1/2 222 8.75 235 9.25 235 9.25
50 2 254 10.00 267 10.50 267 10.50
65 2-1/2 276 10.88 289 11.38 292 11.50
80 3 298 11.75 311 12.25 318 12.50
100 4 352 13.88 365 14.38 368 14.50
150 6 451 17.75 464 18.25 473 18.62
200 8 543 21.38 556 21.88 568 22.38
250 10 673 26.50 686 27.00 708 27.88
300 12 737 29.00 749 29.50 775 30.50
350 14 889 35.00 902 35.50 927 36.50
400 16 1016 40.00 1029 40.50 1057 41.62
Abbreviations used above: FF - Flat Face; RF - Raised Face; RTJ - Ring-Type Joint; CI - Cast Iron
88
Face-to-Face Dimensions for Flanged, Globe-Style Valves continued...
Pressure Ratings and End Connections

Valve Size
Class 300 RTJ (STL) Class 600 RF (STL) Class 600 RTJ (STL)
15 1/2 202 7.94 203 8.00 203 8.00
20 3/4 206 8.12 206 8.12 206 8.12
25 1 210 8.25 210 8.25 210 8.25
40 1-1/2 248 9.75 251 9.88 251 9.88
50 2 282 11.12 286 11.25 284 11.37
65 2-1/2 308 12.12 311 12.25 314 12.37
80 3 333 13.12 337 13.25 340 13.37
100 4 384 15.12 394 15.50 397 15.62
150 6 489 19.24 508 20.00 511 20.12
200 8 584 23.00 610 24.00 613 24.12
250 10 724 28.50 752 29.62 755 29.74
300 12 790 31.12 819 32.25 822 32.37
350 14 943 37.12 972 38.25 475 38.37
400 16 1073 42.24 1108 43.62 1111 43.74
Abbreviations used above: STL - Steel
Classes 900, 1500, and 2500 (Dimensions in Accordance with ANSI/ISA-75.08.06)
Class 900 Class 1500

Valve Size
mm in mm
DN NPS Short Long Short Long Short Long
15 1/2 273 292 10.75 11.50 273 292
20 3/4 273 292 10.75 11.50 273 292
25 1 273 292 10.75 11.50 273 292
40 1-1/2 311 333 12.25 13.12 311 333
50 2 340 375 13.38 14.75 340 375
65 2-1/2 --- 410 --- 16.12 --- 410
80 3 387 441 15.25 17.38 406 460
100 4 464 511 18.25 20.12 483 530
150 6 600 714 21.87 28.12 692 768
200 8 781 914 30.75 36.00 838 972
250 10 864 991 34.00 39.00 991 1067
300 12 1016 1130 40.00 44.50 1130 1219
350 14 --- 1257 --- 49.50 --- 1257
400 16 --- 1422 --- 56.00 --- 1422
450 18 --- 1727 --- 68.00 --- 1727

Face-to-Face Dimensions for Flanged, Globe-Style Valves continued...
Class 1500 Class 2500

Valve Size
in mm in
15 1/2 10.75 11.50 308 318 12.12 12.50
20 3/4 10.75 11.50 308 318 12.12 12.50
25 1 10.75 11.50 308 318 12.12 12.50
40 1-1/2 12.25 13.12 359 381 14.12 15.00
50 2 13.38 14.75 --- 400 --- 16.25
65 2-1/2 --- 16.12 --- 441 --- 17.38
80 3 16.00 18.12 498 660 19.62 26.00
100 4 19.00 20.87 575 737 22.62 29.00
150 6 24.00 30.25 819 864 32.25 34.00
200 8 33.00 38.25 --- 1022 --- 40.25
250 10 39.00 42.00 1270 1372 50.00 54.00
300 12 44.50 48.00 1321 1575 52.00 62.00
350 14 --- 49.50 --- --- --- ---
400 16 --- 56.00 --- --- --- ---
450 18 --- 68.00 --- --- --- ---
5.1.2 Face-to-Face Dimensions for Butt Weld-End, Globe-Style Valves

Classes 150, 300, 600, 900, 1500, and 2500 (Dimensions in Accordance with ANSI/
ISA-75.08.05)
Class 150, 300, and 600 Class 900 and 1500

Valve Size
mm in mm
15 1/2 187 203 7.38 8.00 194 279
20 3/4 187 206 7.38 8.25 194 279
25 1 187 210 7.38 8.25 197 279
40 1-1/2 222 251 8.75 9.88 235 330
50 2 254 286 10.00 11.25 292 375
65 2-1/2 292 311 11.50 12.25 292 375
80 3 318 337 12.50 13.25 318 460
100 4 368 394 14.50 15.50 368 530
150 6 451 508 17.75 20.00 508 768
200 8 543 610 21.38 24.00 610 832
250 10 673 752 26.50 29.62 762 991
300 12 737 819 29.00 32.35 914 1130
350 14 851 1029 33.50 40.50 --- 1257
400 16 1016 1108 40.00 43.62 --- 1422
450 18 1143 --- 45.00 --- --- 1727
90
Face-to-Face Dimensions for Butt Weld-End, Globe-Style Valves continued...
Class 900 and 1500 Class 2500

Valve Size
in mm in
15 1/2 7.62 11.00 216 318 8.50 12.50
20 3/4 7.62 11.00 216 318 8.50 12.50
25 1 7.75 11.00 216 318 8.50 12.50
40 1-1/2 9.25 13.00 260 359 10.25 14.12
50 2 11.50 14.75 318 400 12.50 15.75
65 2-1/2 11.50 14.75 318 400 12.50 15.75
80 3 12.50 18.12 381 498 15.00 19.62
100 4 14.50 20.88 406 575 16.00 22.62
150 6 24.00 30.25 610 819 24.00 32.25
200 8 24.00 32.75 762 1029 30.00 40.25
250 10 30.00 39.00 1016 1270 40.00 50.00
300 12 36.00 44.50 1118 1422 44.00 56.00
350 14 --- 49.50 --- 1803 --- 71.00
400 16 --- 56.00 --- --- --- ---
450 18 --- 68.00 --- --- --- ---
5.1.3 Face-to-Face Dimensions for Socket Weld-End, Globe-Style Valves

Classes 150, 300, 600, 900, 1500, and 2500 (Dimensions in Accordance with ANSI/
ISA-75.08.03)
Class150, 300, and 600 Class 900 and 1500
Valve Size
mm in mm
15 1/2 170 206 6.69 8.12 178 279
20 3/4 170 210 6.69 8.25 178 279
25 1 197 210 7.75 8.25 178 279
40 1-1/2 235 251 9.25 9.88 235 330
50 2 267 286 10.50 11.25 292 375
65 2-1/2 292 311 11.50 12.25 292 ---
80 3 318 337 12.50 13.25 318 533
100 4 368 394 14.50 15.50 368 530

Face-to-Face Dimensions for Socket Weld-End, Globe-Style Valves continued...
Class 900 and 1500 Class 2500

Valve Size
in mm in
15 1/2 7.00 11.00 216 318 8.50 12.50
20 3/4 7.00 11.00 216 318 8.50 12.50
25 1 7.00 11.00 216 318 8.50 12.50
40 1-1/2 9.25 13.00 260 381 10.25 15.00
50 2 11.50 14.75 324 400 12.75 15.75
65 2-1/2 11.50 --- 324 --- 12.75 ---
80 3 12.50 21.00 381 660 15.00 26.00
100 4 14.50 20.88 406 737 16.00 29.00
5.1.4 Face-to-Face Dimensions for Screwed-End, Globe-Style Valves

Class 150, 300, and 600
Valve Size
mm in
DN NPS Short Long Short Long
15 1/2 165 206 6.50 8.12
20 3/4 165 210 6.50 8.25
25 1 197 210 7.75 8.25
40 1-1/2 235 251 9.25 9.88
50 2 267 286 10.50 11.25
65 2-1/2 292 311 11.50 12.26
5.1.5 Face-to-Centerline Dimensions for Raised-Face, Globe-Style

Angle Valves
Valve Size Class 150 Class 300 Class 600
25 1 92 3.62 99 3.88 105 4.12
40 1-1/2 111 4.37 117 4.62 125 4.94
50 2 127 5.00 133 5.25 143 5.62
80 3 149 5.88 159 6.25 168 6.62
100 4 176 6.94 184 7.25 197 7.75
150 6 226 8.88 236 9.31 254 10.00
200 8 272 10.69 284 11.19 305 12.00
92
5.1.6 Face-to-Face Dimensions for Separable Flange, Globe-Style Valves

Valve Size Class 150, 300, and 600
DN NPS mm in
25 1 216 8.50
40 1-1/2 241 9.50
50 2 292 11.50
80 3 356 14.00
100 4 432 17.00
5.1.7 Face-to-Face Dimensions for Flanged and Flangeless Rotary Valves

(Except Butterfly)
Valve Size Classes 150, 300 and 600
DN NPS mm in
20 3/4 76 3.00
25 1 102 4.00
40 1-1/2 114 4.50
50 2 124 4.88
80 3 165 6.50
100 4 194 7.62
150 6 229 9.00
200 8 243 9.56
250 10 297 11.69
300 12 338 13.31
350 14 400 15.75
400 16 400 15.75
450 18 457 18.00
500 20 508 20.00
600 24 610 24.00

5.1.8 Face-to-Face Dimensions for Single Flange (Lug-Type) and Flangeless

(Wafer-Type) Butterfly Valves
(Dimensions in Accordance with MSS-SP-67)
Valve Size Dimensions for Narrow Valve Body, Installed(1)(2)
DN NPS in mm
40 1-1/2 1.31 33.3

50 2 1.69 42.9
65 2-1/2 1.81 46.0
80 3 1.81 46.0
100 4 2.06 52.3
150 6 2.19 55.6
200 8 2.38 60.5
250 10 2.69 68.3
300 12 3.06 77.7
350 14 3.06 77.7
400 16 3.12 79.2
450 18 4.00 101.6
500 20 4.38 111.2
1. Bodies compatible with Class 125 cast iron flanges or Class 150 steel flanges.
2. This is the dimension of the valve face-to-face after it is installed in the pipeline. It does not include the thickness of gaskets if
separate gaskets are used. It does include the thickness of gaskets or seals that are an integral part of the valve; however, this
dimension is established with the gaskets or seals compressed.
5.1.9 Face-to-Face Dimensions for High-Pressure Butterfly Valves with

Offset Design
Classes 150, 300, and 600 (Dimensions in Accordance with MSS SP-68)
Valve Size Class 150 Class 300 Class 600
DN NPS in mm in mm in mm
80 3 1.88 48 1.88 48 2.12 54

100 4 2.12 54 2.12 54 2.50 64
150 6 2.25 57 2.31 59 3.06 78
200 8 2.50 63 2.88 73 4.00 102
250 10 2.81 71 3.25 83 4.62 117
300 12 3.19 81 3.62 92 5.50 140
350 14 3.62 92 4.62 117 6.12 155
400 16 4.00 101 5.25 133 7.00 178
450 18 4.50 114 5.88 149 7.88 200
500 20 5.00 127 6.25 159 8.50 216
600 24 6.06 154 7.12 181 9.13 232
94
5.2 Control Valve Seat Leakage Classifications

(In Accordance with ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4)
Leakage Maximum Testing Procedures

Class Leakage Test Medium Test Pressures Required for
Designation Allowable Establishing Rating
No test required provided

I --- --- ---
user and supplier so agree.
Pressure applied to valve

3-4 bar (45-60 psig) inlet, with outlet open to
0.5% of rated Air or water at 10- or max. operating atmosphere or connected to
II
capacity 52°C (50-125°F) differential, whichever a low head loss measuring
is lower. device, full normal closing
thrust provided by actuator.
0.1% of rated
III As above As above As above
capacity
0.01% of rated
IV As above As above As above
capacity
0.0005ml per
minute of water Pressure applied to valve
per inch of orifice inlet after filling entire body
Max. service pressure
diameter per psi cavity and connected piping
drop across valve
differential with water and stroking valve
Water at 10-52°C plug, not to exceed
V plug closed. Use net specified
(5 X 10−12m3 per (50-125°F) ANSI body rating, or
max. actuator thrust, but no
second of water lesser pressure by
more, even if available during
per mm of orifice agreement.
test. Allow time for leakage
diameter per bar flow to stabilize.
differential).
Pressure applied to valve inlet.
Actuator should be adjusted
Not to exceed 3.5 bar (50 psig) or
to operating conditions
amounts shown Air or nitrogen at max. rated differential
specified with full normal
VI in following 10-52°C pressure across valve
closing thrust applied to valve
table based on (50-125°F) plug, whichever is
plug seat. Allow time for
port diameter. lower.
leakage flow to stabilize and
use suitable measuring device.

5.3 Class VI Maximum Seat Leakage Allowable

(In Accordance with ANSI/FCI 70-2)
Nominal Port Diameter Bubbles per Minute(1)

in mm ml per Minute Bubbles per Minute
1 25 0.15 1
1-1/2 38 0.30 2
2 51 0.45 3
2-1/2 64 0.60 4
3 76 0.90 6
4 102 1.70 11
6 152 4.00 27
8 203 6.75 45
1. Bubbles per minute as tabulated are a suggested alternative based on a suitably calibrated measuring device, in this case
a 1/4 inch (6.3 mm) O.D. x 0.032 inch (0.8 mm) wall tube submerged in water to a depth of from 1/8 to 1/4 inch (3 to 6
mm). The tube end shall be cut square and smooth with no chamfers or burrs, and the tube axis shall be perpendicular to
the surface of the water. Other apparatus may be constructed and the number of bubbles per minute may differ from those
shown as long as they correctly indicate the flow in ml per minute.
5.4 Control Valve 5.4.1 Flow Characteristics

Flow Characteristics Figure 5.1 illustrates typical flow
characteristic curves. The quick-
The flow characteristic of a control valve
opening flow characteristic provides
is the relationship between the flow rate
for maximum change in flow rate at
through the valve and the valve travel
low valve travels with a nearly linear
as the travel is varied from 0 to 100%.
relationship. Additional increases
Inherent flow characteristic refers to the
in valve travel give sharply reduced
characteristic observed with a constant
changes in flow rate, and when the valve
pressure drop across the valve. Installed
plug nears the wide open position, the
flow characteristic means the one
change in flow rate approaches zero.
obtained in service where the pressure
In a control valve, the quick-opening
drop varies with flow and other changes
valve plug is used primarily for on/off
in the system.
service; but it is also suitable for many
Characterizing control valves provides applications where a linear valve plug
for a relatively uniform control loop would normally be specified.
stability over the expected range
of system operating conditions. To 100
establish the flow characteristic needed
Quick-Opening
to match a given system requires a
dynamic analysis of the control loop.
Analyses of the more common processes
have been performed, however, so some Linear
useful guidelines for the selection of
the proper flow characteristic can be
established. Those guidelines will be
Equal-Percentage
discussed after a brief look at the flow
100
characteristics in use today. 0
Rated Travel (%)
Figure 5.1 Feedback Control Loop
96
The linear flow characteristic curve applications where accurate control

shows that the flow rate is directly is critical. For other applications, a
proportional to the valve travel. This less-than-ideal flow characteristic
proportional relationship produces a may be adjusted to some degree in
characteristic with a constant slope so the control equipment. See Chapter 2
that with constant pressure drop, the for more information on control valve
valve gain will be the same at all flows. performance. 
(Valve gain is the ratio of an incremental
change in valve plug position. Gain is a
function of valve size and configuration, 5.5 Valve Sizing
system operating conditions and valve
Standardization activities for control
plug characteristic.) The linear valve
valve sizing can be traced back to the
plug is commonly specified for liquid
early 1960s when a trade association,
level control and for certain flow control
the Fluids Control Institute, published
applications requiring constant gain.
sizing equations for use with both
In the equal-percentage flow compressible and incompressible fluids.
characteristic, equal increments of valve The range of service conditions that
travel produce equal-percentage changes could be accommodated accurately
in the existing flow. The change in flow by these equations was quite narrow,
rate is always proportional to the flow and the standard did not achieve a high
rate just before the change in valve plug, degree of acceptance. In 1967, the ISA
disk, or ball position is made. When the established a committee to develop and
valve plug, disk, or ball is near its seat, the publish standard equations. The efforts
flow is small; with a large flow, the change of this committee culminated in a valve
in flow rate will be large. Valves with an sizing procedure that has achieved the
equal-percentage flow characteristic status of American National Standard.
are generally used on pressure control Later, a committee of the International
applications and on other applications Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) used
where a large percentage of the the ISA works as a basis to formulate
pressure drop is normally absorbed by international standards for sizing
the system itself, with only a relatively control valves. (Some information in
small percentage available at the control this introductory material has been
valve. Valves with an equal-percentage extracted from ANSI/ISA-75.01.01
characteristic should also be considered standard with the permission of the
where highly varying pressure drop publisher, the ISA.) The ANSI/ISA-
conditions can be expected. 75.01.01 and IEC 60534-2-1 valve sizing
standards have been harmonized, so
5.4.2 Selection of either standard may be used.
Flow Characteristics Although the standard valve sizing
The ideal flow characteristic would methods work well for the majority
be one that would result in a linear of control valve sizing situations, it is
installed characteristic and a uniform important to note that the standards call
installed gain. For optimal performance, out limits for their use. Use outside of
a complete dynamic analysis could be their intended boundaries must be done
performed, since there are many other with care. The standards’ requirements
factors besides flow characteristic for reasonable accuracy are:
that affect performance. Such an Single component, single phase fluids
analysis would be most appropriate for
Newtonian fluids

Ideal gases and vapors In the following sections, the

Ideal ratio of specific heats in the range nomenclature and procedures are
1.08 < γ < 1.65 for gases and vapors explained, and sample problems are
solved to illustrate their use. For the
Valves with x ≤ 0.84
T discussion below, all flows are assumed
Valves with C /d2 < 30 to be fully turbulent. For situations with
v
high viscosity fluids or very low flow rates,
additional considerations are required. 
5.6 Abbreviations and Terminology

Symbol Symbol
Cv Valve sizing coefficient ∆P Pressure drop (P1-P2) across the valve

Liquid pressure drop that limits the flow
d Nominal valve size ∆Pchoked
by choking
Internal diameter of the upstream and Pressure drop value used for liquid sizing
D1, D2 ∆Psizing
downstream piping, respectively calculations
Fd Valve style modifier, dimensionless q Standard volumetric flow rate(1)
Liquid critical pressure ratio factor,
FF T1 Absolute upstream temperature
dimensionless
Ratio of specific heats factor,
Fγ w Mass flow rate
dimensionless
Ratio of pressure drop across the valve to
Liquid pressure recovery factor,
FL x upstream absolute static pressure (∆P/P1),
dimensionless
dimensionless
Combined liquid pressure recovery
factor and piping geometry factor
FLP Choked pressure drop ratio for
of valve with attached fittings (when xchoked
compressible flow
there are no attached fittings, FLP
equals FL), dimensionless
Pressure drop ratio value used for
FP Piping geometry factor, dimensionless xsizing
compressible sizing
Head loss coefficient of a device,
Pressure drop ratio factor at choked flow,
K dimensionless (denoted with ζ in the xT
dimensionless
sizing standards)
Pressure drop ratio factor at choked flow
M Molecular weight xTP
with attached fittings, dimensionless
Numerical constant, used to account for
N Y Expansion factor, dimensionless
different sets of units
Compressibility factor at inlet conditions,
P1 Upstream absolute static pressure Z1
dimensionless
P2 Downstream absolute static pressure γ Ideal ratio of specific heats, dimensionless
Absolute thermodynamic critical
Pc ν Kinematic viscosity
pressure
ρ1 Density at inlet conditions
Vapor pressure absolute of liquid at inlet Liquid specific gravity at inlet (ratio of
Pv density of liquid at flowing temperature
temperature ρ1/ρo
to density of water at 15.5°C (60°F)),
dimensionless
1. Standard conditions are defined as 15.5°C (60°F) and 14.7 psia (101.3 k Pa).
98
5.7 Equation Constants

N w q P(2) ρ T d, D
0.0865 --- m /h
3
kPa --- --- ---
N1 0.865 --- m3/h bar --- --- ---
1.00 --- gpm psia --- --- ---
0.00214 --- --- --- --- --- mm
N2
890 --- --- --- --- --- inch
0.00241 --- --- --- --- --- mm
N5
1000 --- --- --- --- --- inch
2.73 kg/h --- kPa kg/m3 --- ---
N6 27.3 kg/h --- bar kg/m 3
--- ---
63.3 lb/h --- psia lbm/ft3 --- ---
0.948 kg/h --- kPa --- K ---
N8 94.8 kg/h --- bar --- K ---
19.3 lb/h --- psia --- deg R ---
Normal Conditions 21.2 --- m /h
3
kPa --- K ---
TN = 0°C 2120 --- m3/h bar --- K ---
N9(3) Standard Conditions 22.5 --- m3/h kPa --- K ---

Ts = 15°C 2250 --- m3/h bar --- K ---
Standard Conditions
7320 --- scfh psia --- deg R ---
TS = 60°F
1. Many of the equations used in these sizing procedures contain a numerical constant, N, along with a numerical subscript.
These numerical constants provide a means for using different units in the equations. Values for the various constants and
the applicable units are given in the above table. For example, if the flow rate is given in U.S. gpm and the pressures are psia,
N1 has a value of 1.00. If the flow rate is m3/hr and the pressures are kPa, the N1 constant becomes 0.0865.
2. All pressures are absolute.
3. Pressure base is 101.3 kPa (1.013 bar)(14.7 psia).

5.8 Sizing Valves for Liquids FP is a correction factor that accounts

for pressure losses due to piping
Following is a step-step procedure for fittings such as reducers, elbows, or
the sizing of control valves for liquid tees that might be attached directly
flow using the ISA and IEC procedure. to the inlet and outlet connections of
Strictly speaking, this sizing method is the control valve to be sized. If such
valid only for single component fluids, fittings are attached to the valve, these
however multi-component mixtures can must be accounted for. The standard
be used with care. sizing procedure provides a method to
Each of these steps is important and calculate the FP factor for concentric
must be considered during any valve reducers and expanders. If, however, no
sizing procedure. It is important to fittings are attached to the valve, FP has a
note that Cv values and FL values are value of 1.0 and simply drops out of the
matched sets. If a different Cv is used, sizing equation. Also, FLP = FL.
the corresponding FL for that valve and 4. Determine the pressure drop to use for
valve travel must be obtained from the sizing, ∆Psizing.
product literature.
When the difference between the
1. Specify the variables required to size the upstream and downstream pressure
valve as follows: is high enough, the liquid may start to
Desired design, vaporize, causing choked flow. If the
Process fluid (water, oil, etc.), and actual pressure drop across the valve,
∆P, is higher than the pressure drop that
Appropriate service conditions
causes choked flow, the choked flow
q or w, P
1
, P2 or ∆P, T1, ρ1/ρo, Pv, Pc, pressure drop, ∆Pchoked, must be used in
and ν place of the actual pressure drop.
The ability to recognize which terms are 5. Calculate Cv. If this Cv value is not close to
appropriate for a specific sizing procedure the estimate used in step 3, iterate using
can only be acquired through experience this new Cv value and the corresponding
with different valve sizing problems. If FL from the product information.
any of the above terms appears to be new
or unfamiliar, refer to the Abbreviations 5.8.1 Determining the Piping
and Terminology table for a complete Geometry Factor (FP) and the Liquid
definition. Pressure-Recovery Factor (FLP )
2. Determine the equation constants, N1 Adjusted for Fittings
and N2. Determine an FP factor if any fittings
N1 and N2 are numerical constants such as reducers, elbows, or tees will
contained in the flow equations to be directly attached to the inlet and
provide a means for using different outlet connections of the control valve
systems of units. Values for these various that is to be sized. When possible, it is
constants and their applicable units are recommended that FP and FLP factors be
given in the Equation Constants table. determined experimentally by using the
specified valve in actual tests.
3. Determine FP, the piping geometry factor,
and FLP, the liquid pressure recovery
factor adjusted for attached fittings.
For these calculations, an estimated Cv
value and the corresponding FL is used.
100
However, using the following method, Using the FL value corresponding to the
reasonable approximations can be made Cv value for the selected valve,
for attached concentric reducers.
In the previous equation, the ΣK term is
the algebraic sum of the velocity head
loss coefficients of all of the fittings that
are attached to the control valve.
5.8.2 Determining the Pressure
Drop to Use for Sizing (∆Psizing)
Calculate the liquid critical pressure
Where, ratio factor:
K1 = Resistance coefficient of upstream
fittings
K2 = Resistance coefficient of
downstream fittings
Then, determine the limiting pressure
KB1 = Inlet Bernoulli coefficient drop due to liquid choking:
KB2 = Outlet Bernoulli coefficient
And,
The pressure drop to use in calculating

the required flow coefficient, ∆Psizing,
is then the lesser of the actual system
pressure drop, ∆P, and the choked
pressure drop, ∆Pchoked.
If the upstream and downstream piping Note: If ∆Pchoked < ∆P, the flow is either
are of equal size, the Bernoulli coefficients cavitating or flashing. If the outlet
are also equal, KB1 = KB2, and therefore pressure is greater than the vapor
they are dropped from the ΣK equation. pressure of the fluid, cavitation is
The most commonly used fitting causing the choked flow. If the outlet
in control valve installations is the pressure is less than the vapor pressure
short-length concentric reducer. The of the fluid, the flow is flashing. See the
equations for this fitting are as follows: section later in this chapter on cavitation
and flashing for more information.
For an inlet reducer:
5.8.3 Calculating the Required Flow

Coefficient (Cv)
The valve flow coefficient required
For an outlet reducer: to pass the given amount of flow is
calculated as follows:
For a valve installed between

identical reducers:

5.8.4 Liquid Sizing Sample Problem First, find the necessary resistance
coefficients needed when the
Assume an installation that, at initial upstream and downstream pipe sizes
plant start-up, will not be operating are the same:
at maximum design capability. The
lines are sized for the ultimate system
capacity, but there is a desire to install
a control valve now which is sized only
for currently anticipated requirements.
The line size is 8 inches, and a Class 300
globe valve with an equal-percentage
cage has been specified.
Standard concentric reducers will be And
used to install the valve into the line.
Determine the appropriate valve size.
1. Specify the variables necessary to size
the valve:
Desired valve design - Class
300 globe valve with an equal-
percentage cage and assumed valve
size of 3 inches, this valve has a 100% And
open Cv of 121 with FL of 0.89
Process fluid - liquid propane
Service conditions -
q = 800gpm
P1 = 300 psig = 314.7 psia
P2 = 275 psig = 289.7 psia
Now, calculate F :
∆P = 25 psi p
T1 = 21°C (70°F)
ρ1/ρo = 0.50
Pv = 124.3 psia
Pc = 616.3 psia
2. Determine the equation constants, N1
and N2.
From the Equation Constants table, N1 = Then, calculate F :
LP
1.0 and N2 = 890.
3. Determine FP, the piping geometry factor,
and FLP, the liquid pressure recovery factor
adjusted for attached fittings.
102
4. Determine the pressure drop to use for and a repeat of the above procedure
sizing, ∆Psizing. should be carried out.
First, find the liquid critical pressure Now, assume a NPS 4 (DN 100) valve, Cv
ratio factor: = 203 and FL = 0.91. These values were
determined from the flow coefficient
table for a Class 300, NPS 4 (DN 100)
Fisher ES globe valve with an equal-
percentage cage.
Recalculate the required Cv using
an assumed Cv value of 203 in the Fp
calculation
The choked pressure drop, ∆P , is

sizing
found as follows:
And
Since the actual pressure drop is

lower than the choked pressure drop:
And
5. Calculate the required Cv value.
This solution indicates only that the

The required Cv of 125.7 exceeds the NPS 4 (DN 100) valve is large enough to
capacity of the assumed valve, which has satisfy the service conditions given. There
a Cv of 121. Although for this example it may be cases, however, where a more
may be obvious that the next larger size accurate prediction of the Cv is required.
(NPS 4 (DN 100)) would be the correct In such cases, the required Cv should be
valve size, this may not always be true, redetermined using a new Fp value based
on the Cv value obtained above.

In this example, Cv is 121.7, which leads Desired valve design (e.g. balanced
to the following result: globe with linear cage),
Process fluid (air, natural gas, steam,
etc.) and
Appropriate service conditions — q or
w, P1, P2 or ∆P, T1, M, γ, and Z1 or ρ1
The ability to recognize which terms
are appropriate for a specific sizing
procedure can only be acquired
through experience with different
And valve sizing problems. If any of the
above terms appear to be new or
unfamiliar, refer to the Abbreviations
and Terminology table for a complete
definition.
2. Determine the equation constants, N2,
N5, and N6, N8, or N9, depending on the
available process data and the units used.
These N values are numerical constants
contained in the flow equations to
provide a means for using different
systems of units. Values for these various
Because this newly determined Cv is constants and their applicable units are
very close to the Cv used initially for this given in the Equation Constants table.
recalculation (116.6 versus 121.7), the N6 is used when the flow rate is given
valve sizing procedure is complete, and in mass flow units and the density,
the conclusion is that a NPS 4 (DN 100) ρ1 is known. If, instead of density the
valve opened to about 75% of total travel compressibility is known, N8 is used for
should be adequate for the required mass flow rate units and N9 is used for
specifications. Note that for this case, standard volumetric flow rate units.
it was not needed to update the FL
and FLP values. If the FL value were to 3. Determine FP, the piping geometry
change between iterations, these values factor, and xTP, the pressure drop ratio
would need to be updated, and the Cv factor adjusted for attached fittings.
recalculated. For these calculations, an estimated Cv
value and the corresponding xTP is used.
5.9 Sizing Valves for FP is a correction factor that accounts
Compressible Fluids for pressure losses due to piping
fittings such as reducers, elbows, or
Following is a six-step procedure for the tees that might be attached directly
sizing of control valves for compressible to the inlet and outlet connections of
flow using the ISA standardized the control valve to be sized. If such
procedure. Each of these steps is fittings are attached to the valve, these
important and must be considered must be accounted for. The standard
during any valve sizing procedure. sizing procedure provides a method to
1. Specify the necessary variables required calculate the FP factor for concentric
to size the valve as follows: reducers and expanders. If, however,
104
no fittings are attached to the valve, FP 5.9.2 Determining the Pressure

has a value of 1.0 and simply drops out Drop Ratio to Use for Sizing (xsizing)
of the sizing equation and xTP = xT. The and the Expansion Factor (Y)
equations for calculating FP are in the
section Sizing Valves for Liquids. First, find the specific heat ratio factor, Fγ:
4. Determine the pressure drop ratio to

use for sizing, xsizing, and the expansion
factor, Y.
Then, find the choked flow pressure
hen the difference between the
W drop ratio:
upstream and downstream pressure
is high enough, the flow may become
choked. If the actual pressure drop ratio
across the valve, x, is higher than the The pressure drop ratio to use in
pressure drop ratio that causes choked calculating the required flow coefficient,
flow, the choked flow pressure drop ratio, xsizing, is then the lesser of the actual
xchoked, must be used in place of the actual system pressure drop, x, and the choked
pressure drop. When the flow is choked, pressure drop, xchoked.
the expansion factor will be equal to 2/3.
The expansion factor is calculated using
5. Calculate Cv. both xsizing and xchoked:
If this Cv value is not close to the
estimate used in step 3, iterate using this
new Cv value and the corresponding xT
from the product information.
5.9.3 Calculating Flow Coefficient (Cv)
5.9.1 Determining the Piping
One of following three equations is used
Geometry Factor (FP ) and the to calculate Cv, depending on the form
Pressure Drop Ratio Factor (xTP ) at of the process data.
Choked Flow with Attached Fittings
For mass flow rate and density:
The value of FP for compressible flow
sizing is obtained in the same manner
as with liquid sizing. See the section on
liquid sizing for the equations FP and the
associated resistance coefficients. For mass flow rate and
compressibility:
xTP is found using the following equation,
using the xT value corresponding to the
selected valve’s Cv:
For standard volumetric flow rate

and compressibility:

5.9.4 Compressible Fluid Sizing Start by calculating the specific heat

Sample Problem No. 1 ratio factor, Fγ:
Determine the size and percent opening
for a Fisher V250 ball valve operating with
the following service conditions. Assume
that the valve and line size are equal.
1. Specify the necessary variables required
to size the valve:
Desired valve design: Fisher V250 valve Use this value to find the choked
Process fluid: Natural gas pressure drop ratio:
Service conditions:
P1 = 200 psig = 214.7 psia

P2 = 50 psig = 64.7 psia
∆P = 150 psi
x = ∆P/P1 = 150/214.7 = 0.70 The choked flow pressure drop ratio is less
than the actual pressure drop ratio, so:
T1 = 60oF = 520oR
M = 17.38
Z1 = 1 The expansion factor, Y, is:
γ = 1.31
q = 6.0 x 106 scfh
2. Determine the equation constants, N2, 5. Calculate Cv.
N5, and N6, N8, or N9.
For these units, according to the
Equation Constants table, N2 = 890
and N5 = 1000. For conditions given in
standard volumetric flow rate in scfh
and compressibility, use N9 = 7320.
3. Determine FP, the piping geometry
factor, and xTP, the pressure drop ratio
factor adjusted for attached fittings. This result indicates that the valve is
Since the valve is line-sized and there adequately sized to pass the flow (rated
are no attached fittings, FP = 1 and xTP Cv = 2190). To determine the percent
= xT. For an NPS 8 (DN 200) V250 valve valve opening, note that the required Cv
at 100% travel, xT = 0.14. occurs at approximately 83 degrees for
the selected valve. Note also that, at 83
4. Determine the pressure drop ratio to
degrees opening, the xT value is 0.219,
use for sizing, xsizing, and the expansion
which is substantially different from
factor, Y.
the rated value of 0.137 used initially in
the problem. The next step is to rework
the problem using the xT value for 83
degrees travel.
106
Recalculate xchoked: 6-inch standard schedule pipe has

D = 6.1 inches
Service conditions:
w = 125,000 lb/h
P1 = 500 psig = 514.7 psia
The flow is still choked, so the required P1 = 250 psig = 264.7 psia
Cv is now: ∆P = 250 psi
x = ∆P/P1 = 250/514.7 = 0.49
T1 = 260°C (500°F)
ρ1 = 1.042 lbm/ft3
γ = 1.33
Start by trying a NPS 4 (DN 100) ED
valve with linear trim at 100% travel:
Cv = 236
The reason that the required Cv has
dropped so dramatically is attributable xT = 0.690
solely to the difference in the xT values at
rated and 83 degrees travel. 2. Determine the equation constants, N2,
N5, and N6, N8, or N9.
Continuing this process until a final
required Cv is obtained results in Cv = For these units, according to the
923 and xT = 0.372 at about 74 degrees Equation Constants table, N2 = 890
travel.  and N5 = 1000. For conditions given in
mass flow rate in lb/hr and density in
5.9.5 Compressible Fluid Sizing lbm/ft3, use N6 = 63.3.
Sample Problem No. 2 3. Determine FP, the piping geometry
Assume steam is to be supplied to a factor, and xTP, the pressure drop ratio
process designed to operate at 250 psig factor adjusted for attached fittings.
(17.2 bar). The supply source is a header Since the upstream and downstream
maintained at 500 psig (34.5 bar) pipes are the same size, the resistance
and 260°C (500°F). A NPS 6 (DN 150) coefficients needed are:
standard schedule line from the steam
main to the process is being planned.
Also, make the assumption that if the
required valve size is less than NPS 6 (DN
150), it will be installed using concentric
reducers. Determine the appropriate
Fisher ED valve with a linear cage.
1. Specify the necessary variables required
to size the valve:
Desired valve design: Class 300
Fisher ED valve with a linear cage.
Assume valve size is NPS 4 (DN 100).
Process fluid: superheated steam

Use this value to find the choked

pressure drop ratio:
And The choked flow pressure drop ratio is

greater than the actual pressure drop
ratio, so:
The expansion factor, Y, is:
Now, calculate FP:

5. Calculate Cv.
Finally, calculate xTP:

Iterating using xT values from the
product catalog results in a required
Cv = 169 and xT = 0.754. This occurs
at about 66% open, so the NPS 4 (DN
100) ED valve with linear trim would
be an acceptable solution with respect
to capacity. The next smaller size of
ED valve with linear trim has a rated
Cv of only 148, so it would not be an
appropriate valve for this situation. 
4. Determine the pressure drop ratio to use

for sizing, xsizing, and the expansion factor, Y.
Start by calculating the specific heat
ratio factor, F:
108
5.10 Representative Sizing Coefficients

5.10.1 Representative Sizing Coefficients for Single-Ported, Globe-Style
Valve Bodies
Rated
Valve Size Valve Plug Flow Port Dia.
Travel CV FL XT FD
(NPS) Style Characteristic (in.)
(in.)
1/2 Post-Guided Equal-Percentage 0.38 0.50 2.41 0.90 0.54 0.61
3/4 Post-Guided Equal-Percentage 0.56 0.50 5.92 0.84 0.61 0.61
Micro-Form Equal-Percentage 3/8 3/4 3.07 0.89 0.66 0.72
--- --- 1/2 3/4 4.91 0.93 0.80 0.67
1 --- --- 3/4 3/4 8.84 0.97 0.92 0.62
Linear 1-5/16 3/4 20.6 0.84 0.64 0.34
Cage-Guided
Equal-Percentage 1-5/16 3/4 17.2 0.88 0.67 0.38
Micro-Form Equal-Percentage 3/8 3/4 3.20 0.84 0.65 0.72
--- --- 1/2 3/4 5.18 0.91 0.71 0.67
1-1/2 --- --- 3/4 3/4 10.2 0.92 0.80 0.62
Linear 1-7/8 3/4 39.2 0.82 0.66 0.34
Cage-Guided
Equal-Percentage 1-7/8 3/4 35.8 0.84 0.68 0.38
Linear 2-5/16 1-1/8 72.9 0.77 0.64 0.33
2 Cage-Guided
Equal-Percentage 2-5/16 1-1/8 59.7 0.85 0.69 0.31
Linear 148 0.82 0.62 0.30
3 Cage-Guided 3-7/16 1-1/2
Equal-Percentage 136 0.82 0.68 0.32
Linear 236 0.82 0.69 0.28
4 Cage-Guided 4-3/8 2
Linear 433 0.84 0.74 0.28
6 Cage-Guided 7 2
Linear 846 0.87 0.81 0.31
8 Cage-Guided 8 3

5.10.2 Representative Sizing Coefficients for Rotary Valves

Degrees
Valve Size
Valve Style of Valve Cv FL XT FD
(NPS)
Opening
60 15.6 0.86 0.53 ---
1 V-Notch Ball Valve
90 34.0 0.86 0.42 ---
60 28.5 0.85 0.50 ---
1-1/2 V-Notch Ball Valve
90 77.3 0.74 0.27 ---
60 59.2 0.81 0.53 ---
V-Notch Ball Valve
90 132 0.77 0.41 ---
2
60 58.9 0.76 0.50 0.49
High-Performance Butterfly Valve
90 80.2 0.71 0.44 0.70
60 120 0.80 0.50 0.92
V-Notch Ball Valve
90 321 0.74 0.30 0.99
3
60 115 0.81 0.46 0.49
90 237 0.64 0.28 0.70
60 195 0.80 0.52 0.92
V-Notch Ball Valve
90 596 0.62 0.22 0.99
4
60 270 0.69 0.32 0.49
90 499 0.53 0.19 0.70
60 340 0.80 0.52 0.91
V-Notch Ball Valve
90 1100 0.58 0.20 0.99
6
60 664 0.66 0.33 0.49
90 1260 0.55 0.20 0.70
60 518 0.82 0.54 0.91
V-Notch Ball Valve
90 1820 0.54 0.18 0.99
8
60 1160 0.66 0.31 0.49
90 2180 0.48 0.19 0.70
60 1000 0.80 0.47 0.91
V-Notch Ball Valve
90 3000 0.56 0.19 0.99
10
60 1670 0.66 0.38 0.49
90 3600 0.48 0.17 0.70
60 1530 0.78 0.49 0.92
V-Notch Ball Valve
90 3980 0.63 0.25 0.99
12
60 2500 --- --- 0.49
90 5400 --- --- 0.70
60 2380 0.80 0.45 0.92
V-Notch Ball Valve
90 8270 0.37 0.13 1.00
16
60 3870 0.69 0.40 ---
90 8600 0.52 0.23 ---
110
5.11 Actuator Sizing 5.11.1.1 Unbalance Force (A)

Actuators are selected by matching the The unbalance force is that resulting
force required to stroke the valve with an from fluid pressure at shutoff and in the
actuator that can supply that force. For most general sense can be expressed as:
rotary valves a similar process matches Unbalance force = net pressure
the torque required to stroke the valve differential X net unbalance area
with an actuator that will supply that
torque. The same fundamental process Frequent practice is to take the
is used for pneumatic, electric, and maximum upstream gauge pressure
electro-hydraulic actuators. as the net pressure differential unless
the process design always ensures a
5.11.1 Globe Valves back pressure at the maximum inlet
pressure. Net unbalance area is the port
The force required to operate a globe area on a single-seated, flow-up design.
valve includes: Unbalance area may have to take into
Force to overcome static unbalance account the stem area depending on
of the valve plug configuration. For balanced valves there
Force to provide a seat load is still a small unbalance area. This data
can be obtained from the manufacturer.
Force to overcome packing friction
Typical port areas for balance valves flow
Additional forces required for certain up and unbalanced valves in a flow down
specific applications or constructions configuration are listed.
Total force required = A + B + C + D
Unbalance Area - Single-Seated, Unbalance Area -

Port Diameter
Unbalanced Valves Balanced Valves
1/4 0.028 ---

3/8 0.110 ---
1/2 0.196 ---
3/4 0.441 ---
1 0.785 ---
1-5/16 1.35 0.04
1-7/8 2.76 0.062
2-5/16 4.20 0.27
3-7/16 9.28 0.118
4-3/8 15.03 0.154
7 38.48 0.81
8 50.24 0.86
Figure 5.2 Typical Unbalance Areas of Control Valves

5.11.1.2 Force to Provide Seat Load (B)
1000
Seat load, usually expressed in pounds
Class V per lineal inch of port circumference, is
900
(Metal seat for optimum performance
and life in boiler feedwater service) determined by shutoff requirements.
Use the following guidelines to
800
Class V
(Metal seat with C-Seal trim)
determine the seat load required to
meet the factory acceptance tests for
Required Seat Load (LBP per Lineal Inch)
700 ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4 leak

classes II through VI. See table for
600 recommended seat load.
Class V
500 (Metal seat)
Because of differences in the
severity of service conditions, do not
400 Class IV
construe these leak classifications
and corresponding leakage rates as
300 indicators of field performance. To
Class III
prolong seat life and shutoff capabilities,
200 use a higher than recommended seat
Class II load. See Figure 5.3 for suggested seat
100
loads. If tight shutoff is not a prime
consideration, use a lower leak class.
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Shutoff Pressure Drop (PSI)

5.11.1.3 Packing Friction (C)
Packing friction is determined by stem
Figure 5.3 Minimum Required Seat Load for Improved
Seat Life on Metal-Seated Valves Class II-V size, packing type, and the amount of
compressive load placed on the packing
by the process or the bolting.
Leak Class Recommended Seat Load
Packing friction is not 100% repeatable
Class I
As required by user specification, no in its friction characteristics. Live-loaded
factory leak test required
packing designs can have significant
20 pounds per lineal inch of port
Class II
circumference
friction forces especially if graphite
40 pounds per lineal inch of port packing is used. The table lists typical
Class III
circumference packing friction values.
Standard (Lower) Seat Only—40
pounds per lineal inch of port 5.11.1.4 Additional Forces (D)
circumference
(up through a 4-3/8 inch diameter Additional forces may be required to
port) stroke the valve such as: bellow stiffness;
Class IV
Standard (Lower) Seat Only—80 unusual frictional forces resulting
pounds per lineal inch of port
from seals; or special seating forces
circumference
(larger than 4-3/8 inch diameter for soft metal seals as an example. The
port) manufacturer should either supply this
Metal Seat—determine pounds per information or take it into account when
Class V lineal inch of port circumference sizing an actuator.
from Figure 5.2
Metal Seat—300 pounds per lineal
Class VI
inch of port circumference
Figure 5.4 Recommended Seat Load
112
PTFE Packing Graphite Ribbon /

Stem Size (inches) Class
Single Double Filament
5/16 All 20 30 ---
125 ---
150 125
250 ---
3/8 300 38 56 190
600 250
900 320
1500 380
125 ---
150 180
250 ---
300 230
1/2 50 75
600 320
900 410
1500 500
2500 590
125 ---
150 218
5/8 250 63 95 ---
300 290
600 400
125 ---
150 350
250 ---
300 440
3/4 75 112.5
600 660
900 880
1500 1100
2500 1320
300 610
600 850
1 900 100 150 1060
1500 1300
2500 1540
300 800
600 1100
1-1/4 900 120 180 1400
1500 1700
2500 2040
300 1225
600 1725
2 900 200 300 2250
1500 2750
2500 3245
Note: Values shown are frictional forces typically encountered when using standard packing flange bolt torquing procedures.
Figure 5.5 Typical Packing Friction Values

5.11.2 Actuator Force Calculations actuator thrusts, effective diaphragm

areas, and spring data. 
Pneumatic diaphragm actuators
provide a net force with the additional
air pressure after compressing the
spring in air to close, or with the net
5.12 Actuator Sizing for
precompression of the spring in air to Rotary Valves
open. This may be calculated in pounds In selecting the most economical
per square inch of pressure differential. actuator for a rotary valve, the
For example: Suppose 275 lbf. is determining factors are the torque
required to close the valve calculated required to open and close the valve and
following the process described earlier. the torque output of the actuator.
An air-to-open actuator with 100 square This method assumes the valve has
inches of diaphragm area and a bench been properly sized for the application
set of 6 to 15 psig is one available and the application does not exceed
option. The expected operating range pressure limitations for the valve.
is 3 to 15 psig. The precompression can
be calculated as the difference between 5.12.1 Torque Equations
the lower end of the bench set (6 psig)
and the beginning of the operating Rotary valve torque equals the sum of a
range (3 psig). This 3 psig is used to number of torque components. To avoid
overcome the precompression so the confusion, a number of these have been
net precompression force must be: combined and a number of calculations
have been performed in advance. Thus,
3 psig X 100 sq. in. = 300 lbf. the torques required for each valve type
This exceeds the force required and is an can be represented with two simple and
adequate selection. practical equations.
Piston actuators with springs are sized 5.12.2 Breakout Torque
in the same manner. The thrust from
piston actuators without springs can TB = A(∆Pshutoff) + B
simply be calculated as:
5.12.3 Dynamic Torque
(Piston Area)(Minimum Supply Pressure)
= Available Thrust TD = C(∆Peff)
(Be careful to maintain compatibility The specific A, B, and C factors for each
of units) valve design are included in following
tables. 
In some circumstances an actuator could
supply too much force and cause the stem
to buckle, to bend sufficiently to cause a
leak, or to damage valve internals. This
could occur because the actuator is too
large or the maximum air supply exceeds
the minimum air supply available.
The manufacturer normally takes
responsibility for actuator sizing and
should have methods documented to
check for maximum stem loads.
Manufacturers also publish data on
114
5.13 Typical Rotary Valve Torque Factors

5.13.1 Torque Factors for V-Notch Ball Valve with Composition Seal
Valve Shaft A C
Valve Size Maximum TD ,
Diameter Composition B
(NPS) 60° 70° LBF•IN.
(inches) Bearings
2 1/2 0.15 80 0.11 0.60 515
3 3/4 0.10 280 0.15 3.80 2120
4 3/4 0.10 380 1.10 18.0 2120
6 1 1.80 500 1.10 36.0 4140
8 1-1/4 1.80 750 3.80 60.0 9820
10 1-1/4 1.80 1250 3.80 125 9820
12 1-1/2 4.00 3000 11.0 143 12,000
14 1-3/4 42 2400 75 413 23,525
16 2 60 2800 105 578 23,525
18 2-1/8 60 2800 105 578 55,762
20 2-1/2 97 5200 190 1044 55,762
5.13.2 Torque Factors for High-Performance Butterfly Valve with

Composition Seal
Valve Shaft Maximum Torque,

Valve Size C
Diameter A B (inch-pounds)
(NPS)
(inches) 60° 75° 90° Breakout TB Dynamic TD
3 1/2 0.50 136 0.8 1.8 8 280 515
4 5/8 0.91 217 3.1 4.7 25 476 1225
6 3/4 1.97 403 30 24 70 965 2120
8 1 4.2 665 65 47 165 1860 4140
10 1-1/4 7.3 1012 125 90 310 3095 9820
12 1-1/2 11.4 1422 216 140 580 4670 12,000
5.13.2.1 Maximum Rotation 75 degrees rotation.

Maximum rotation is defined as the For pneumatic spring-and-diaphragm
angle of valve disk or ball in the fully actuators, limiting maximum rotation
open position. allows for higher initial spring
compression, resulting in more actuator
Normally, maximum rotation is 90
breakout torque. Additionally, the
degrees. The ball or disk rotates 90
effective length of each actuator lever
degrees from the closed position to the
changes with valve rotation. Published
wide open position.
torques, particularly for pneumatic
Some of the pneumatic spring-return piston actuators, reflect this changing
piston and pneumatic spring-and- lever length. 
diaphragm actuators are limited to 60 or

5.14 Cavitation and Flashing in pressure (or potential energy) at the

vena contracta. Further downstream,
5.14.1 Choked Flow Causes Flashing as the fluid stream expands into a larger
and Cavitation area, velocity decreases and pressure
increases. However, downstream
The IEC liquid sizing standard calculates pressure never recovers completely to
a choked pressure drop, ∆Pchoked. If the equal the pressure that existed upstream
actual pressure drop across the valve, of the valve. The pressure differential
as defined by the system conditions (∆P) that exists across the valve is a
of P1 and P2, is greater than ∆Pchoked measure of the amount of energy that
then either flashing or cavitation may was dissipated in the valve. Figure 5.7
occur. Structural damage to the valve provides a pressure profile explaining the
and adjacent piping may also result. differing performance of a streamlined
Knowledge of what is actually happening high-recovery valve, such as a ball
within the valve will permit selection of valve, and a valve with lower recovery
a valve that can eliminate or reduce the capabilities due to greater internal
effects of cavitation and flashing. turbulence and dissipation of energy.
Flow Flow
Flow Flow
P1 P2 P2
P2 P2
Vena
Restriction Vena Contracta
Restriction Contracta P1 P2
P1 P2
A3444-1 High
444-1 High Recovery
Recovery
P2
Figure 5.6 Vena Contracta Illustration P2
Low
A3444-1 Low Recovery
A3444-1 Recovery
The physical phenomena label is used to
describe flashing and cavitation because Figure 5.7 Comparison of Pressure Profiles for High-
and Low-Recovery Valves
these conditions represent actual
changes in the phase of the fluid media. Regardless of the recovery
The change is from the liquid state to the characteristics of the valve, the pressure
vapor state and results from the increase differential of interest pertaining to
in fluid velocity at or just downstream flashing and cavitation is the differential
of the greatest flow restriction, between the valve inlet and the vena
normally the valve port. As liquid flow contracta. If pressure at the vena
passes through the restriction, there contracta should drop below the vapor
is a necking down, or contraction, of pressure of the fluid (due to increased
the flow stream. The minimum cross- fluid velocity at this point) bubbles will
sectional area of the flow stream occurs form in the flow stream. Formation of
just downstream of the actual physical bubbles will increase greatly as vena
restriction at a point called the vena contracta pressure drops further below
contracta, as shown in Figure 5.6. the vapor pressure of the liquid. At this
To maintain a steady flow of liquid stage, there is no difference between
through the valve, the velocity must be flashing and cavitation, but the potential
greatest at the vena contracta, where for structural damage to the valve
cross-sectional area is the least. The definitely exists.
increase in velocity (or kinetic energy) is If pressure at the valve outlet remains
accompanied by a substantial decrease below the vapor pressure of the
116
liquid, the bubbles will remain in the 5.14.2 Valve Selection for
downstream system and the process is Flashing Service
said to be flashing. Flashing can produce
As shown in Figure 5.8, flashing
serious erosion damage to the valve
damage is characterized by a smooth,
trim parts and is characterized by a
polished appearance of the eroded
smooth, polished appearance of the
surfaces. To review, flashing occurs
eroded surface, as shown in Figure 5.8.
because P2 is less than Pv. P2 is the
Flashing is normally greatest at the point
pressure downstream of the valve and
of highest velocity, which is usually at or
is a function of the downstream process
near the seat line of the valve plug and
and piping. Pv is a function of the fluid
seat ring.
and operating temperature.
Therefore, the variables that define
flashing are not directly controlled by the
valve. This further means there is no way
for any control valve to prevent flashing.
Since flashing cannot be prevented by
the valve the best solution is to select
a valve with proper geometry and
materials to avoid or minimize damage.
In general erosion is minimized by:
Preventing or reducing the particle
(liquid droplets in this case) impact
with the valve surfaces
Making those surfaces as hard
as possible
Figure 5.8 Typical Appearance of Flashing Damage
Lowering the velocity of the
On the other hand, if the downstream erosive flow
pressure is above the vapor pressure
Selecting a valve with as few fluid
of the liquid, the bubbles will collapse,
directional changes as possible provides
or implode, producing cavitation.
the least number of particle impacts.
Collapsing of the vapor bubbles releases
Sliding-stem angle valves are traditional
energy and produces a noise similar
solutions which provide such a flow path.
to what one would expect if gravel
Some rotary valves, such as eccentric
were flowing through the valve. If the
rotary plug, and segmented ball valves,
bubbles collapse in close proximity to
also offer straight-through flow paths.
solid surfaces in the valve, the energy
Valves with expanded flow areas
released may tear away the material
downstream of the throttling point are
leaving a rough, cinderlike surface as
beneficial because the erosive velocity
shown in Figure 5.9. Cavitation damage
is reduced. For those areas where the
may extend to the adjacent downstream
fluid must impact the valve surfaces, at
pipeline, if that is where pressure
the seating surfaces for example, choose
recovery occurs and the bubbles
materials that are as hard as possible.
collapse. High-recovery valves tend to
Generally the harder the material the
be more subject to cavitation, since the
longer it will resist erosion.
vena contracta pressure is lower and
more likely to reach down to the liquid’s Fluids that are both flashing and
vapor pressure. corrosive can be especially troublesome.

Flashing water in a steel valve is an bubbles are formed.

example of the synergistic result of both The second method does not eliminate
corrosion and erosion. The water causes the cavitation but rather minimizes or
corrosion of steel and the flashing causes isolates the damage much the same as
erosion of the resultant, soft, oxide layer; with flashing solutions. This method
these combine to create damage worse aims to isolate the cavitation from valve
than either individual mechanism would. surfaces and to harden those surfaces
The solution in this case is to prevent the that the cavitation does impact.
corrosion by selecting, as a minimum, a
low-alloy steel. A third method is to change the system
in a manner to prevent the causes of
5.14.3 Valve Selection for cavitation. If the P2 can be raised enough
Cavitation Service so that the vena contracta pressure
does not fall below the vapor pressure,
Cavitation damage is characterized by that is the valve is no longer choked,
a rough, cinder-like appearance of the then cavitation will be avoided. P2 can
eroded surface as shown in Figure 5.9. It
be raised by moving the valve to a
is distinctly different from the smooth,
location that has more static head on
polished appearance caused by the
the downstream side. Applying an orifice
erosion of flashing. The previous section
plate or similar backpressure device can
describes how cavitation occurs when
also raise P2 at the valve; the downside is
the vena contracta pressure is less than
the potential for the cavitation to transfer
Pv , and P2 is greater than Pv. Cavitation
from the valve to the orifice plate. 
can be treated by several means.
5.15 Noise Prediction

5.15.1 Aerodynamic
Industry leaders use the International
Electrotechnical Commission standard
IEC 60534-8-3: Industrial-process control
valves—Part 8: Noise Considerations—
Section 3: Control valve aerodynamic
Figure 5.9 Typical Appearance of Cavitation Damage noise prediction method. This method
consists of a mix of thermodynamic
The first is to eliminate the cavitation and aerodynamic theory and empirical
and thus the damage by managing information. The design of the method
the pressure drop. If the pressure drop allows a noise prediction for a valve
across the valve can be controlled based on the measurable geometry of
such that the local pressure never the valve and the service conditions
drops below the vapor pressure, then applied to the valve. The standard also
no vapor bubbles will form. Without allows valve vendors to use laboratory
vapor bubbles to collapse, there is no measured empirical data within the
cavitation. To eliminate cavitation the framework to provide more accurate
total pressure drop across the valve is predictions. Because of this analytical
split, using multiple-stage trims, into framework for valve noise prediction
smaller portions. Each of these small the IEC method allows an objective
drops keeps its vena contracta pressure evaluation of alternatives.
above the vapor pressure so no vapor
118
The method describes two different allows laboratory measured acoustic

noise sources that can contribute to the efficiencies to replace the analytical
overall noise generated by the valve: estimations. This acoustic efficiency
trim noise and valve outlet noise. The establishes the fraction of the total
trim noise is dependent on the type of stream power, as calculated in Step 1,
trim and its geometric features. The which is noise power. In designing a
valve outlet noise is dependent on the quiet valve, lower acoustic efficiency is
valve outlet area, valve outlet Mach one of the goals.
number and any expander downstream 3. Convert acoustic power to sound
of the valve. pressure spectrum.
The method defines five basic steps to The final goal of the IEC prediction
a noise prediction. Where applicable, method is determination of the
these steps need to be completed for sound pressure level at a reference
both the trim and valve outlet noise point outside the valve where human
sources and combined into a total valve hearing is a concern. Step 2 delivers
noise level. acoustic power, which is not directly
1. Calculate the total stream power in the measurable. Acoustic or sound pressure
process at the vena contracta. is measurable and therefore has become
the default expression for noise in most
The noise of interest is generated by the
situations. Converting from acoustic
valve in and downstream of the vena
power to the overall sound pressure level
contracta. If the total power dissipated
uses basic acoustic theory.
by throttling at the vena contracta can
be calculated, then the fraction that is To increase the accuracy of the noise
noise power can be determined. Since prediction, the standard employs a
power is the time rate of energy, a form frequency spectrum calculation. A
of the familiar equation for calculating sound pressure spectrum defines how
kinetic energy can be used. The kinetic much noise exists at each frequency
energy equation is 1/2 mv2 where m in the audible range. This spectrum’s
is mass and v is velocity. If the mass shape can be determined from the
flow rate is substituted for the mass valve geometry, flow conditions and an
term, then the equation calculates ideal characteristic spectrum given in
the power. The velocity is the vena the standard. The standard also allows
contracta velocity and is calculated with a laboratory measured characteristic
the energy equation of the First Law of spectrum to be used.
Thermodynamics.
4. Account for the transmission loss of
2. Determine the fraction of total power the pipe wall and restate the sound
that is acoustic power. pressure spectrum at the outside
The method considers the process surface of the pipe.
conditions applied across the valve Steps 1 through 3 are involved with
to determine the particular noise the noise generation process inside the
generating mechanism in the valve. pipe. There are times when this is the
There are five defined regimes area of interest, but the noise levels on
dependent on the relationship of the outside of the pipe are the prime
the vena contracta pressure and the requirement.
downstream pressure. For each of these
regimes an acoustic efficiency is defined The method must account for the
and calculated. The standard also change in the noise as the reference

location moves from inside the pipe The methods account for one noise
to outside the pipe. The pipe wall has characteristic for liquids in non-choked
physical characteristics, due to its flow situations and another characteristic
material, size, and shape, that define in choked, cavitating flow situations.
how well the noise will transmit There are a variety of situations where
through the pipe. The fluid-borne the fluid is a two-phase mixture.
noise inside the pipe must interact
with the inside pipe wall to cause the These include liquid-gas two-phase
pipe wall to vibrate, then the vibration fluids at the inlet of the valve, flashing
must transmit through the pipe wall fluids, and fluids that demonstrate
to the outside pipe wall, and there the outgassing due to throttling. Noise
outside pipe wall must interact with prediction methods for these cases are
the atmosphere to generate sound not yet well established. Test results and
waves. These three steps of noise field surveys of installed multi-phase
transmission are dependent on the noise systems indicate these noise levels do
frequency. The method determines not contribute to overall plant noise
the pipe transmission loss as a function levels or exceed worker exposure levels. 
of frequency. The method then
compares the internal noise spectrum
and the transmission-loss spectrum to
determine how much the external sound
pressure spectrum will be attenuated by
the pipe wall.
5. Account for distance and calculate the
sound pressure level at the
observer’s location.
Step 4 delivers the external sound
pressure level spectrum at the outside
surface of the pipe wall. Again, basic
acoustic theory is applied to calculate the
sound pressure level at the observer’s
location. Sound power is constant for
Figure 5.10 Valve Trim Design for Reducing
any given situation, but the associated Aerodynamic Noise
sound pressure level varies with the area
the power is spread over. As the observer
5.16 Noise Control
moves farther away from the pipe wall,
the total area the sound power is spread In closed systems (not vented to
over increases. This causes the sound atmosphere), any noise produced in
pressure level to decrease. the process becomes airborne only
by transmission through the valves
5.15.2 Hydrodynamic and adjacent piping that contain the
flowstream. The sound field in the
Noticeable hydrodynamic noise is
flowstream forces these solid boundaries
usually associated with cavitation. The
to vibrate. The vibrations cause
traditional description of the sound is
disturbances in the ambient atmosphere
as rocks flowing inside the pipe. This
that are propagated as sound waves.
association of hydrodynamic noise with
cavitation is reflected in the various Noise control employs either source
prediction methods available today. treatment, path treatment, or both.
120
Figure 5.11 Valve and Inline Diffuser Combination
Figure 5.12 Valve and Vent Diffuser Combination Figure 5.13 Special Valve Design to Eliminate Cavitation
Source treatment, preventing or designed to minimize turbulence and

attenuating noise at its source, is provide a favorable velocity distribution
the most desirable approach, if in the expansion area. This economical
economically and physically feasible. approach to quiet valve design can
provide 15 to 20 dBA noise reduction
Recommended cage-style source
with little or no decrease in flow capacity.
treatment approaches are depicted in
Figure 5.10. The upper view shows a The lower view in Figure 5.10 shows a
cage with many narrow parallel slots two-stage, cage-style trim designed

for optimum noise attenuation where a typical installation.

pressure drop ratios (∆P/P1) are high. Control systems venting to atmosphere
To obtain the desired results, restrictions are generally very noisy because of
must be sized and spaced in the primary the high pressure ratios and high exit
cage wall so that the noise generated velocities involved. Dividing the total
by jet interaction is not greater than the pressure drop between the actual
summation of the noise generated by vent and an upstream control valve, by
the individual jets. means of a vent diffuser, quiets both
the valve and the vent. A properly sized
This trim design can reduce the valve
vent diffuser and valve combination,
noise by as much as 30 dBA. The final
such as that shown in Figure 5.12, can
design shown uses a combination of
reduce the overall system noise level as
several noise reduction strategies to
much as 40 dBA.
reduce valve noise up to 40 dBA. Those
strategies are: Source treatment for noise problems
Unique passage shape reduces the associated with control valves handling
conversion of total stream power liquid is directed primarily at eliminating
generated by the valve into noise or minimizing cavitation. Because flow
power. conditions that will produce cavitation
Multistage pressure reduction can be accurately predicted, valve
divides the stream power between noise resulting from cavitation can be
stages and further reduces the eliminated by application of appropriate
acoustic conversion efficiency. limits to the service conditions at the
Frequency spectrum shifting reduces
valve by use of break-down orifices,
acoustic energy in the audible range valves in series, etc. Another approach
by capitalizing on the transmission to source treatment is using special
loss of the piping. valve trim that uses the series restriction
Exit jet independence is maintained
concept to eliminate cavitation as shown
to avoid noise regeneration due to in Figure 5.13.
jet coalescence. A second approach to noise control is
Velocity management is that of path treatment. The fluid stream
accomplished with expanding areas is an excellent noise transmission path.
to accommodate the expanding gas. Path treatment consists of increasing
Complementary body designs prevent the impedance of the transmission
flow impingement on the body wall path to reduce the acoustic energy
and secondary noise sources. communicated to the receiver.
For control valve applications operating Dissipation of acoustic energy by use
at high pressure ratios (∆P/P1 > 0.8) the of acoustical absorbent materials is
series restriction approach, splitting one of the most effective methods of
the total pressure drop between the path treatment. Whenever possible the
control valve and a fixed restriction acoustical material should be located in
(diffuser) downstream of the valve can the flow stream either at or immediately
be effective in minimizing noise. To downstream of the noise source. In
optimize the effectiveness of a diffuser, gas systems, inline silencers effectively
it must be designed (special shape and dissipate the noise within the fluid stream
sizing) for each given installation so that and attenuate the noise level transmitted
the noise levels generated by the valve to the solid boundaries. Where high-
and diffuser are equal. Figure 5.11 shows mass flow rates and/or high pressure
122
ratios across the valve exist, inline such as shown in Figures 5.15 and 5.16.
silencers, such as that shown in Figure Process facility requirements for low
5.14, are often the most realistic and environmental impact will continue to
economical approach to noise control. drive the need for quieter control valves.
Use of absorption-type inline silencers The prediction technologies and valve
can provide almost any degree of designs that deliver this are always
attenuation desired. However, economic being improved. For the latest in either
considerations generally limit the equipment or prediction technology,
insertion loss to approximately 25 dBA. contact the valve manufacturer’s
representative. 
Figure 5.14 Typical Inline Silencer
Noise that cannot be eliminated within

the boundaries of the flow stream must
be eliminated by external treatment.
This approach to the abatement of
control valve noise suggests the use
of heavy walled piping, acoustical
insulation of the exposed solid
boundaries of the fluid stream, use
of insulated boxes, buildings, etc., to
isolate the noise source. Figure 5.15 Globe-Style Valve with Noise Abatement
Cage for Aerodynamic Flow
Path treatment such as heavy wall pipe
or external acoustical insulation can be
an economical and effective technique
for localized noise abatement. However,
noise is propagated for long distances via
the fluid stream and the effectiveness of
the heavy wall pipe or external insulation
ends where the treatment ends. 
5.17 Noise Summary

The amount of noise that will be
generated by a proposed control
valve installation can be quickly and
reasonably predicted by use of industry Figure 5.16 Ball-Style Valve with Attenuator to Reduce
standard methods. These methods Hydrodynamic Noise
are available in computer software
for ease of use. Such sizing and noise
prediction tools help in the proper
selection of noise reduction equipment

5.18 Packing Selection

The following tables and Figures 5.17 and 5.18 offer packing selection guidelines for
sliding-stem and rotary valves.
Packing Temperature (°C)
-46 -18 10 37 65 93 121 149 176 204 232 260 288 315
2000 138
ENVIRO-SEAL H2 Duplex
1800 124
1600 110
1400 ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite ULF/ 97

HIGH-SEAL Graphite ULF
83
Pressure (bar)
1200
Pressure (psi)
1000 69
ENVIRO-SEAL Duplex
800 55
KALREZ with
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE VESPEL CR-6100 41
600
(KVSP500)
400 28
200 Single PTFE V-Ring 14
0 0
-50 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
Packing Temperature (°F)
Figure 5.17 Application Guidelines Chart for 100 PPM Service
Packing Temperature (°C)

-240 -184 -129 -73 -18 38 94 149 205 260 316 371 427 483 538 594 649
5000 345
ENVIRO-SEAL ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE and
4500 H2 Duplex ENVIRO-SEAL Duplex 310
4000 276
HIGH-SEAL Graphite ULF,
3500 Graphite ULF, and 241
Braided Graphite Filament
Pressure (bar)
Pressure (psi)
3000 207
Single and ENVIRO-SEAL
Double HIGH-SEAL
2500 Graphite ULF Graphite 172
PTFE V-Ring
and
Graphite
2000 Composite 138
KALREZ
with
1500 VESPEL 103
CR-6100
1000 (KVSP500)
69
500 34
0 0
-400 -300 -200 -100 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200
Packing Temperature (°F)
Figure 5.18 Application Guidelines Chart for Non-Environmental Service
124
5.18.1 Packing Selection Guidelines for Sliding-Stem Valves
Maximum Pressure and Temperature Application Guideline for Non-

(1) (1)
Limits for 100 PPM Service Environmental Service
Packing System
Metric Imperial Metric Imperial
20.7 bar 300 psi See Figure 5.15 See Figure 5.15
Single PTFE V-Ring
-18 to 93°C 0 to 200°F -46 to 232°C -50 to 450°F
See Figure 5.15 See Figure 5.15
Double PTFE V-Ring --- ---
-46 to 232°C -50 to 450°F
See Figure 5.14 See Figure 5.14 See Figure 5.15 See Figure 5.15
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE
-46 to 232°C -50 to 450°F -46 to 232°C -50 to 450°F
51.7 bar 750 psi See Figure 5.15 See Figure 5.15
ENVIRO-SEAL Duplex
-46 to 232°C -50 to 450°F -46 to 232°C -50 to 450°F
138 bar 2000 psi 330 bar 4800 psi
ENVIRO-SEAL H2 Duplex
-46 to 149°C -50 to 300°F -46 to 149°C -50 to 300°F
KALREZ® with Vespel® 24.1 bar 4 to 350 psig See Figure 5.15 See Figure 5.15
CR-6100 (K- VSP 500)(3) 260°C 40 to 500°F -40 to 260°C -40 to 500°F
ENVIRO-SEAL 103 bar 1500 psi 207 bar 3000 psi
Graphite ULF -7 to 315°C 20 to 600°F -198 to 371°C -325 to 700°F
103 bar 1500 psi 290 bar(4) 4200 psi(4)
HIGH-SEAL Graphite ULF
-7 to 315°C 20 to 600°F -198 to 538°C -325 to 1000°F
Graphite Composite / 290 bar(4) 4200 psi(4)
--- ---
HIGH-SEAL Graphite -198 to 649°C -325 to 1200°F
Braided Graphite 290 bar 4200 psi
--- ---
Filament -198 to 538°C(5) -325 to 1000°F(5)
290 bar 4200 psi
Graphite ULF --- ---
-198 to 538°C -325 to 1000°F
2. See Fisher Catalog 14 for actual friction values.
3. The KALREZ pressure/temperature limits referenced in this bulletin are for Fisher valve applications only. DuPont may claim
higher limits.
4. Except for the 9.5 mm (3/8 inch) stem, 110 bar (1600 psi).
5. Except for oxidizing service, -198 to 371°C (-325 to 700°F).

Packing Selection Guidelines for Sliding-Stem Valves continued...
Packing System Seal Performance Index Service Life Index Packing Friction(2)
Single PTFE V-Ring Better Long Very low
Double PTFE V Ring Better Long Low
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE Best Very long Low
ENVIRO-SEAL Duplex Best Very long Low
ENVIRO-SEAL H2 Duplex Best Very long Medium
KALREZ with Vespel
Best Long Low
CR 6100 (K- VSP 500)(3)
ENVIRO-SEAL
Best Very long Medium
Graphite ULF
HIGH-SEAL Graphite ULF Best Very long Medium
Graphite Composite /
Better Very long Very high
HIGH-SEAL Graphite
Braided Graphite
Good Moderate High
Filament
Graphite ULF Better Very long Medium
1. The values shown are only guidelines. These guidelines can be exceeded, but shortened packing life or increased leakage might
result. The temperature ratings apply to the actual packing temperature, not to the process temperature.
2. See Fisher Catalog 14 for actual friction values.
higher limits.
4. Except for the 9.5 mm (3/8 inch) stem, 110 bar (1600 psi).
5.18.2 Packing Selection Guidelines for Rotary Valves

Maximum Pressure and
Application Guideline for Non-
Temperature Limits for 100 PPM
Packing System Environmental Service(1)
Service(1)
Metric Customary U.S. Metric Customary U.S.
--- --- 103 bar 1500 psig
Single PTFE V-Ring
--- --- -46 to 232°C -50 to 450°F
103 bar 1500 psig 207 bar 3000 psig
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE
-46 to 232°C -50 to 450°F -46 to 232°C -50 to 450°F
Live-Loaded PTFE 69 bar 1000 psig 155 bar 2250 psig
for V250 Valves -29 to 93°C -20 to 200°F -46 to 232°C -50 to 450°F
KALREZ with Vespel 24.1 bar 4 to 350 psig 51 bar 750 psig
CR 6100 (KVSP 500)(3) 260°C 40 to 500°F -40 to 260°C -40 to 500°F
103 bar 1500 psig 207 bar 3000 psig
ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite
-7 to 315°C 20 to 600°F -198 to 371°C -325 to 700°F
--- --- 103 bar 1500 psig
Graphite Ribbon
--- --- -198 to 538°C(2) -325 to 1000°F(2)
higher limits.
126
Packing Selection Guidelines for Rotary Valves continued...
Packing System Seal Performance Index Service Life Index Packing Friction
Single PTFE V-Ring Better Long Very low
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE Excellent Very long Low

Live-Loaded PTFE
Excellent Very long Low
for V250 Valves
KALREZ with Vespel
Excellent Long Very low
CR-6100 (KVSP 500)(3)
ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite Excellent Very long Moderate
Graphite Ribbon Acceptable Acceptable High
higher limits.
5.19 Valve Body Materials encountered with some of those alloys.

These problems included unacceptable
Body material selection is usually based corrosion resistance compared to
on the pressure, temperature, corrosive the wrought materials, weldability
properties, and erosive properties of the issues, and unacceptable lead times.
flow media. Sometimes a compromise These alloys are also difficult to cast.
must be reached in selecting a material. The specifications include a foundry
For instance, a material with good erosion qualification process, dedicated pattern
resistance may not be satisfactory equipment, pattern alloy qualification,
because of poor corrosion resistance heat qualification, and detailed controls
when handling a particular fluid. on raw material, visual inspection, weld
Some service conditions require use of repairs, heat treatment, and non-
exotic alloys and metals to withstand destructive testing. Designations for
particular corrosive properties of the these exotic and common grades are
flowing fluid. These materials are much included in Table 5.36 Designations for
more expensive than common metals, Common Valve Body Materials.
so economy may also be a factor in The following descriptions and tables
material selection. Fortunately, the provide basic information on various
majority of control valve applications popular casting grades used for
handle relatively non-corrosive fluids at control valve bodies. ASTM material
reasonable pressures and temperatures. designations are included. Use of proper
Therefore, cast carbon steel is the most ASTM designations is considered good
commonly used valve body material and practice and is encouraged in specifying
can provide satisfactory service at much materials, particularly for pressure-
lower cost than the exotic alloy materials. containing parts. Additional engineering
Specifications have been developed data on these and other materials is
for ordering highly corrosion-resistant, included in Chapter 13.
high-alloy castings. These specifications
represent solutions to problems

Cast Carbon Steel (ASTM A216 Grade Cast Type 316 Stainless Steel (ASTM
WCC)—WCC is the most popular cast A351 Grade CF8M)—This is the industry
steel material used for valve bodies in standard stainless steel cast body
moderate services such as air, saturated or material. The addition of molybdenum
superheated steam, non-corrosive liquids gives Type 316 greater resistance to
and gases. WCC is not used above 425°C corrosion, pitting, creep, and oxidizing
(800°F) as the carbon rich phase might fluids compared to 304 or 304L. It has the
be converted to graphite. It is generally widest temperature range of any standard
welded without post weld heat treatment material: -254°C (-425°F ) to 816°C
unless nominal thickness exceeds 1-1/4 (1500°F). The castings are heat treated to
inches (32 mm). Major weld repairs provide maximum corrosion resistance. At
always receive post weld heat treatment. temperatures above 538°C (1000°F) the
carbon content shall be 0.04% minimum.
Cast Chromium-Molybdenum Steel
(ASTM A217 Grade WC9)—This is the Cast Type 317 Stainless Steel (ASTM
standard cast Cr-Mo grade. WC9 has A351 Grade CG8M)—S31700 is
replaced C5 as the standard because of essentially S31600 with the nickel and
superior casting and welding properties. molybdenum contents increased 1%
WC9 has successfully replaced C5 in each. This affords greater resistance to
most applications, especially in steam pitting than is obtained with S31600.
and boiler feedwater service. The Like S31600, S31700 is completely
chromium and molybdenum provide austenitic and non-magnetic. Because
erosion-corrosion and creep resistance, its strength is similar to that of S31600,
making it useful to 595°C (1100°F). WC9 it has the same pressure-temperature
is generally heat treated after welding. ratings. CG8M is the casting version
Major weld repairs always receive of S31700. It contains considerable
postweld heat treatment. amounts of ferrite (15 to 35%), and is,
Cast Type 304L Stainless Steel (ASTM therefore, partially to strongly magnetic.
A351 Grade CF3)— This is a common In general, Type S31700 has better
material offering for chemical service corrosion resistance than S31600 in
valves. Cast 304L is often preferred for certain environments because of its
nitric acid and certain other chemical higher molybdenum content. It has
service applications. Optimum good corrosion resistance in many
corrosion resistance is retained even in applications such as digester liquor, dry
the as-welded condition when proper chlorine dioxide and many other pulp
welding procedures are used. CF3 is and paper environments. For CG8M, the
not rated for pressure boundary parts maximum temperature for pressure-
above 425°C (800°F). retaining parts is 538°C (1000°F). n
128
5.19.1 Designations for Common Valve Body Materials

UNS Numbers for Wrought
Casting Designations Generic Designations
Equivalents
CD3MN Standard duplex S31803, S32205
CD3MWCuN Super duplex S32760
CF3 304L S30403
CF8 304 S30400
CF3M 316L S31603
CF8M 316 S31600
CG3M 317L S31703
CG8M 317 S31700
CK3MCuN Alloy 254 SMO S31254
CN7M Alloy 20Cb3 N08020
CU5MCuC Alloy 825 N08825
CW12MW Obsolete Alloy C N10002
CW2M Alloy C N10276, N06455
CX2MW Alloy C22 N06022
CW6MC Alloy 625 N06625
CX2M Alloy 59 N06059
CY40 Alloy 600 N06600
CZ100 Nickel Alloy 200 N02200
LCB LCB J03003
LCC LCC J02505
M35-1 Alloy 400 N04400
N12MV Alloy B N10001
N7M Alloy B2 N10665
WCB WCB J03002
WCC WCC J02503
Titanium C3 C3 R50550
Zirconium 702C 702C R60702
Zirconium 705C 705C R60705

5.20 Pressure-Temperature Ratings

5.20.1 Pressure-Temperature Ratings for Standard Class ASTM A216 Grade
WCC Cast Valves
(In Accordance with ASME B16.34-2013)
Working Pressures by Class
Temperature
150 300 600 900 1500
°C Bar
-29 to 38 19.8 51.7 103.4 155.1 258.6
50 19.5 51.7 103.4 155.1 258.6
100 17.7 51.5 103.0 154.6 257.6
150 15.8 50.2 100.3 150.5 250.8
200 13.8 48.6 97.2 145.8 243.2
250 12.1 46.3 92.7 139.0 231.8
325 9.3 41.4 82.6 124.0 206.6
350 8.4 40.0 80.0 120.1 200.1
375 7.4 37.8 75.7 113.5 189.2
400 6.5 34.7 69.4 104.2 173.6
425 5.5 28.8 57.5 86.3 143.8
°F psig
-20 to 100 290 750 1,500 2,250 3,750
200 260 750 1,500 2,250 3,750
300 230 730 1,455 2,185 3,640
400 200 705 1,405 2,110 3,520
500 170 665 1,330 1,995 3,325
600 140 605 1,210 1,815 3,025
650 125 590 1,175 1,765 2,940
700 110 555 1,110 1,665 2,775
750 95 505 1,015 1,520 2,535
800 80 410 825 1,235 2,055
130

WC9 Cast Valves
Temperature
150 300 600 900 1500
°C Bar
-29 to 38 19.8 51.7 103.4 155.1 258.6
50 19.5 51.7 103.4 155.1 258.6
100 17.7 51.5 103.0 154.6 257.6
150 15.8 50.3 100.3 150.6 250.8
200 13.8 48.6 97.2 145.8 243.4
250 12.1 46.3 92.7 139.0 321.8
300 10.2 42.9 85.7 128.6 214.4
325 9.3 41.4 82.6 124.0 206.6
350 8.4 40.3 80.4 120.7 201.1
375 7.4 38.9 77.6 116.5 194.1
400 6.5 36.5 73.3 109.8 183.1
425 5.5 35.2 70.0 105.1 175.1
450 4.6 33.7 67.7 101.4 169.0
475 3.7 31.7 63.4 95.1 158.2
500 2.8 28.2 56.5 84.7 140.9
538 1.4 18.4 36.9 55.3 92.2
°F psig
-20 to 100 290 750 1,500 2,250 3,750
200 260 750 1,500 2,250 3,750
300 230 730 1,455 2,185 3,640
400 200 705 1,410 2,115 3,530
500 170 665 1,330 1,995 3,325
600 140 605 1,210 1,815 3,025
650 125 590 1,175 1,765 2,940
700 110 570 1,135 1,705 2,840
750 95 530 1,065 1,595 2,660
800 80 510 1,015 1,525 2,540
850 65 485 975 1,460 2,435
900 50 450 900 1,350 2,245
950 35 385 755 1,160 1,930
1000 20 265 535 800 1,335
1050 20(1) 175 350 525 875
1100 20(1) 110 220 330 550
1. Flanged end ratings terminate at 538°C (1000°F)


CF3 Cast Valves
Temperature
150 300 600 900 1500
°C Bar
-29 to 38 19.0 49.6 99.3 148.9 248.2
50 18.3 47.8 95.6 143.5 239.1
100 15.7 40.9 81.7 122.6 204.3
150 14.2 37.0 74.0 111.0 185.0
200 13.2 34.5 69.0 103.4 172.4
250 12.1 32.5 65.0 97.5 162.4
325 9.3 30.2 60.4 90.7 151.1
350 8.4 29.6 59.3 88.9 148.1
375 7.4 29.0 58.1 87.1 145.2
400 6.5 28.4 56.9 85.3 142.2
425 5.5 28.0 56.0 84.0 140.0
°F psig
-20 to 100 275 720 1,440 2,160 3,600
200 230 600 1,200 1,800 3,000
300 205 540 1,075 1,615 2,690
400 190 495 995 1,490 2,485
500 170 465 930 1,395 2,330
600 140 440 885 1,325 2,210
650 125 430 865 1,295 2,160
700 110 420 845 1,265 2,110
750 95 415 825 1,240 2,065
800 80 405 810 1,215 2,030
132
5.20.4 Pressure-Temperature Ratings for Standard Class ASTM A351 Grades

CF8M and CG8M(1) Valves
Temperature
150 300 600 900 1500
°C Bar
-29 to 38 19.0 49.6 99.3 148.9 248.2
50 18.4 48.1 96.2 144.3 240.6
100 16.2 42.2 84.4 126.6 211.0
150 14.8 38.5 77.0 115.5 192.5
200 13.7 35.7 71.3 107.0 178.3
250 12.1 33.4 66.8 100.1 166.9
300 10.2 31.6 63.2 94.9 158.1
325 9.3 30.9 61.8 92.7 154.4
350 8.4 30.3 60.7 91.0 151.6
375 7.4 29.9 59.8 89.6 149.4
400 6.5 29.4 58.9 88.3 147.2
425 5.5 29.1 58.3 87.4 145.7
450 4.6 28.8 57.7 86.5 144.2
475 3.7 28.7 57.3 86.0 143.4
500 2.8 28.2 56.5 84.7 140.9
538 1.4 25.2 50.0 75.2 125.5
550 1.4(2) 25.0 49.8 74.8 124.9
575 1.4(2) 24.0 47.9 71.8 119.7
600 1.4(2) 19.9 39.8 59.7 99.5
625 1.4(2) 15.8 31.6 47.4 79.1
650 1.4(2) 12.7 25.3 38.0 63.3
675 1.4(2) 10.3 20.6 31.0 51.6
700 1.4(2) 8.4 16.8 25.1 41.9
725 1.4(2) 7.0 14.0 21.0 34.9
750 1.4(2) 5.9 11.7 17.6 29.3
775 1.4(2) 4.6 9.0 13.7 22.8
800 1.2(2) 3.5 7.0 10.5 17.4
816 1.0(2) 2.8 5.9 8.6 14.1

Pressure-Temperature Ratings for Standard Class ASTM A351 Grades CF8M and CG8M(1)
Valves continued...
Temperature
150 300 600 900 1500
°F psig
-20 to 100 275 720 1,440 2,160 3,600
200 235 620 1,240 1,860 3,095
300 215 560 1,120 1,680 2,795
400 195 515 1,025 1,540 2,570
500 170 480 955 1,435 2,390
600 140 450 900 1,355 2,255
650 125 440 885 1,325 2,210
700 110 435 870 1,305 2,170
750 95 425 855 1,280 2,135
800 80 420 845 1,265 2,110
850 65 420 835 1,255 2,090
900 50 415 830 1,245 2,075
950 35 385 775 1,160 1,930
1000 20 365 725 1,090 1,820
1050 20 360 720 1,080 1,800
1100 20(2) 305 610 915 1,525
1150 20(2) 235 475 710 1,185
1200 20(2) 185 370 555 925
1250 20(2) 145 295 440 735
1300 20(2) 115 235 350 585
1350 20(2) 95 190 290 480
1400 20(2) 75 150 225 380
1450 20(2) 60 115 175 290
1500 15(2) 40 85 125 205
1. CG8M is limited to 538°C (1000°F).
2. Flanged end ratings terminate at 538°C (1000°F) for CF8M.
134
5.21 Non-Metallic Material Abbreviations

ASTM Designations and Tradenames Generic Description
CR Chloroprene
EPDM Ethylene propylene terpolymer
FFKM, Kalrez(1), Chemraz(2) Perfluoroelastomer
FKM, Viton(1) Fluoroelastomer
FVMQ Fluorosilicone
NBR Nitrile
NR Natural rubber
PUR Polyurethane
VMQ Silicone
PEEK Polyetheretherketone
PTFE Polytetrafluoroethylene
PTFE, Carbon Filled Polytetrafluoroethylene, Carbon Filled
PTFE, Glass Filled Polytetrafluoroethylene, Glass Filled
TCM Plus(3) Mineral and MoS2 filled PTFE
TCM Ultra (3)
PEEK and MoS2 filled PTFE
Composition Gasket Composite Gasket
Flexible Graphite, Grafoil(4) Flexible Graphite
1. Registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers.
2. Trademark of Greene, Tweed & Co.
3. Trademark of Fisher Controls International LLC.
4. Trademark of GrafTech Intl.
5.22 Non-Destructive book will summarize the principles

and procedures of four major types of
Test Procedures non-destructive examinations defined in
Successful completion of specific non- ANSI, ASME, and ASTM standards.
destructive examinations is required for
valves intended for nuclear service and 5.22.1 Magnetic Particle
may be required by codes or customers (Surface) Examination
in non-nuclear applications, particularly
Magnetic particle examination can be
in the power industry.
used only on materials which can be
Also, successful completion of the magnetized. The principle includes
examinations may permit uprating application of a direct current across a
of ASME Standard Class butt welded- piece to induce a magnetic field in the
end valves to a Special Class rating. piece. Surface or shallow subsurface
The Special Class rating permits use of defects distort the magnetic field to
the butt welded-end valves at higher the extent that a secondary magnetic
pressures than allowed for Standard field develops around the defect.
Class valves. Procedures required for If a magnetic powder, either dry or
uprating to the Special Class are detailed suspended in liquid, is spread over the
in ASME Standard B16.34. magnetized piece, areas of distorted
While it is not feasible to present magnetic field will be visible, revealing
complete details of code requirements an indication in the piece in the area of
for non-destructive examinations, this distortion. After de-magnetizing the

piece by reversing the electric current, plates of specified thickness at the same
it may be possible to weld repair the time the test subject is exposed. The
indication or it may be necessary small flat plate, called a penetrameter,
to replace the piece. After repair or has several holes of specified diameters
replacement, the magnetic particle drilled in it. Its image on the exposed
examination must be repeated. film or digital image, along with the
valve body or other test subject, makes
5.22.2 Liquid Penetrant it possible to determine the detail and
(Surface) Examination contrast sensitivity of the radiograph.
This examination method permits Radiography can detect such casting
detection of surface indications not defects as gas and blowholes, sand
visible to the naked eye. The surface to inclusions, internal shrinkage, cracks,
be examined is cleaned thoroughly and hot tears, and slag inclusions. In castings
dried. The liquid penetrant dye, either for nuclear service, some defects such
water washable or solvent removable, as cracks and hot tears are expressly
is applied by dipping, brushing, or forbidden and cannot be repaired.
spraying, and allowed time to penetrate. The judgment and experience of the
Excess penetrant is washed or wiped off radiographers is important because
(depending on the penetrant used). The they must compare the radiograph
surface is again thoroughly dried and a with the acceptance criteria (ASTM
developer (liquid or powder) is applied. reference radiographs) to determine
Inspection is performed under the the adequacy of the casting. When weld
applicable light source. (Depending on repairs are required, the casting must be
the penetrant, some developers require radiographed again after the repair.
use of an ultraviolet or black light to
expose defective areas). If defects are 5.22.4 Ultrasonic
discovered and repaired by welding, the (Volumetric) Examination
piece must be re-examined after repair.
This method monitors sound wave
reflections from the piece being inspected
5.22.3 Radiographic
to determine the depth and size of any
(Volumetric) Examination indications. Ultrasonic examination
Radiography of control valve parts works can detect foreign materials and
on the principle that X-rays and gamma discontinuities in fine-grained metal
rays will pass through metal objects and thus lends itself to volumetric
which are impervious to visible light examination of structures such as plate,
and will expose photographic film or bar, and forgings. The test is normally
digital X-ray sensors. The number and conducted either with a special oil called a
intensity of the rays passing through couplent or underwater to ensure efficient
the metal object depend on the density transmission of sound waves. The sound
of the material. Sub-surface defects waves are generated by a crystal probe
represent changes in density of the and are reflected at each interface in the
material and can therefore be detected piece being tested, that is, at each outer
radiographically. The piece to be face of the piece itself and at each face
inspected is placed between the X-ray or of the damaged or malformed internal
gamma ray source and the photographic portion. These reflections are received
film or digital X-ray sensors. Detail and by the crystal probe and displayed on a
contrast sensitivity are determined by screen to reveal the location and severity
radiographing one or more small flat of the indication. 
136

Chapter 6
Special Control Valves
Control Valve Handbook | Chapter 6: Special Control Valves
As discussed in previous chapters, because sound pressure levels increase

standard control valves can handle in direct proportion to flow magnitude.
a wide range of control applications. To keep valve-originated noise within
The range of standard applications tolerable limits, large cast or fabricated
can be defined as being encompassed valve body designs (Figure 6.1) have
by: atmospheric pressure and 414 bar been developed. These bodies, normally
(6000 psig), -101°C (-150°F) and 232°C cage-style construction, use unusually
(450°F), flow coefficient C v values of 1.0 long valve plug travel, a great number
and 25000, and the limits imposed by of small flow openings through the wall
common industrial standards. Certainly, of the cage, and an expanded outlet line
corrosiveness and viscosity of the fluid, connection to minimize noise output
leakage rates, and many other factors and reduce fluid velocity.
demand consideration even for standard
applications. Perhaps the need for careful
consideration of valve selection becomes
more critical for applications outside the
standard limits mentioned above.
This chapter discusses some special
applications and control valve
modifications useful in controlling them,
designs and materials for severe service,
and test requirements useful for control
valves used in nuclear power plant service.
6.1 High-Capacity
Control Valves
Generally, globe-style valves larger
than NPS 12, ball valves over NPS 24,
and high-performance butterfly valves
larger than NPS 48 fall in the special
valve category. As valve sizes increase
arithmetically, static pressure loads
at shutoff increase geometrically.
Consequently, shaft strength, bearing
loads, unbalance forces, and available
actuator thrust all become more Figure 6.1 Large-Flow Valve Body for Noise Attenuation
significant with increasing valve size.
Naturally, actuator requirements are
Normally maximum allowable pressure
severe, and long-stroke, double-acting
drop is reduced on large valves to keep
pneumatic pistons are typically specified
design and actuator requirements
for large-flow applications. The physical
within reasonable limits. Even with
size and weight of the valve and actuator
lowered working pressure ratings, the
components complicate installation and
flow capacity of some large-flow valves
maintenance procedures. Installation of
remains tremendous.
the valve body assembly into the pipeline
Noise levels must be carefully and removal and replacement of major
considered in all large-flow installations trim parts require heavy-duty hoists.

Maintenance personnel must follow the valve body.

manufacturers’ instruction manuals Control valves specifically designed
closely to minimize risk of injury.  for very low flow rates (Figure 6.2) also
handle these applications. These valves
often handle flow coefficients as low as
6.2 Low-Flow Control Valves 0.000001. In addition to the very low
flows, these specialty control valves
are compact and lightweight because
they are often used in laboratory
environments where very light schedule
piping/tubing is used. These types of
control valves are specially designed for
the accurate control of very low flowing
liquid or gaseous fluid applications. 
6.3 High-Temperature
Control Valves
Control valves for service at
temperatures above 232°C (450°F)
must be designed and specified with
the temperature conditions in mind. At
elevated temperatures, such as may be
encountered in boiler feedwater systems
Figure 6.2 Special Control Valve Designed for Very Low
Flow Rates and superheater bypass systems, the
standard materials of control valve
Many applications exist in laboratories construction might be inadequate.
and pilot plants in addition to the For instance, plastics, elastomers,
general processing industries where and standard gaskets generally prove
control of extremely low flow rates unsuitable and must be replaced by
is required. These applications are more durable materials. Metal-to-metal
commonly handled in one of two ways. seating materials are always used. Semi-
First, special trims are often available metallic or laminated flexible graphite
in standard control valve bodies. The packing materials are commonly used,
special trim is typically made up of a and spiral-wound stainless steel and
seat ring and valve plug that have been flexible graphite gaskets are necessary.
designed and machined to very close
Cr-Mo steels are often used for the valve
tolerances to allow accurate control
body castings for temperatures above
of very small flows. These types of
538°C (1000°F). ASTM A217 Grade
constructions can often handle flow
WC9 is used up to 593°C (1100°F). For
coefficients as low as 0.03. Using
temperatures on up to 816°C (1500°F)
these special trims in standard control
the material usually selected is ASTM
valves provides economy by reducing
A351 Grade CF8M, Type 316 stainless
the need for spare parts inventory for
steel. For temperatures between 538°C
special valves and actuators. Using
(1000°F) and 816°C (1500°F), the carbon
this approach also makes future flow
content must be controlled to the upper
expansions easy by simply replacing the
end of the range, 0.04 to 0.08%. The
trim components in the standard control
140
9%Cr−1%Mo−V materials, such as ASTM the stem and packing box areas. The
A217 grade C12a castings and ASTM length of the extension bonnet depends
A182 grade F91 forgings are used at on the application temperature and
temperatures up to 650°C (1200°F). insulation requirements. The colder the
application, the longer the extension
Extension bonnets help protect
bonnet required.
packing box parts from extremely high
temperatures. Typical trim materials Materials of construction for cryogenic
include cobalt-based alloy 6, 316 with applications are generally CF8M body
alloy 6 hardfacing, and nitrided 422 SST.  and bonnet material with 300 series
stainless steel trim material. In flashing
applications, hard facing might be
6.4 Cryogenic Service Valves required to combat erosion. 
Cryogenics is the science dealing with
materials and processes at temperatures
below -101°C (150°F). For control valve
applications in cryogenic services, many
of the same issues need consideration
as with high-temperature control valves.
Plastic and elastomeric components
often cease to function appropriately
at temperatures below -18°C (0°F). In
these temperature ranges, components
such as packing and plug seals require
special consideration. For plug seals, a
standard soft seal will become very hard
and less pliable thus not providing the
shutoff required from a soft seat. Special
elastomers have been applied in these
temperatures but require special loading
to achieve a tight seal.
Packing is a concern in cryogenic
Figure 6.3 Typical Extension Bonnet
applications because of the frost
that may form on valves in cryogenic
applications. Moisture from the
6.5 Valves Subjected to
atmosphere condensates on colder
surfaces and where the temperature Cavitation and Fluids
of the surface is below freezing, the with Particulate
moisture will freeze into a layer of frost.
Pressure and temperatures in today’s
As this frost and ice forms on the bonnet
process and oil recovery facilities
and stem areas of control valves and
continue to climb. As those pressures
as the stem is stroked by the actuator,
and resultant pressure drops increase,
the layer of frost on the stem is drawn
the propensity for cavitation to occur
through the packing causing tears and
also increases.
thus loss of seal. The solution is to use
extension bonnets (Figure 6.3) that allow With that can come additional
the packing box area of the control valve particulate in the fluid. As the fluid
to be warmed by ambient temperatures, becomes dirtier, the potential for
thus preventing frost from forming on clogging the small holes used for

cavitation abatement increases. 6.7 Control Valves for

Special trims are available that can handle Nuclear Service in the U.S.
pressure drops in excess of 6000 psig
Since 1970, U.S. manufacturers and
while still allowing particulate to pass
suppliers of components for nuclear
that is up to 1.27 cm (½-inch) in size. 
power plants have been subject to
the requirements of Appendix B, Title
10, Part 50 of the Code of Federal
6.6 Customized
Regulations entitled Quality Assurance
Characteristics, Noise Criteria for Nuclear Power Plants and Fuel
Abatement, and Reprocessing Plants. The U.S. Nuclear
Regulatory Commission enforces this
Cavitation Mitigation Trims regulation. Ultimate responsibility of
Although control valve characteristics proof of compliance to Appendix B
used in standard control valves rests with the owner of the plant, who
(Figure 6.4) meet the requirements must in turn rely on the manufacturers
of most applications, often custom of various plant components to
characteristics are needed for a given provide documented evidence that
application. In these instances, special the components were manufactured,
trim designs can be manufactured inspected, and tested by proven
that meet these requirements. For techniques performed by qualified
contoured plugs, the design of the personnel according to documented
plug tip can be modified so that as the procedures.
plug is moved through its travel range,
In keeping with the requirements of the
the unobstructed flow area changes in
Code of Federal Regulations, most nuclear
size to allow for the generation of the
power plant components are specified in
specific flow characteristic. Likewise,
accordance with Section III of the ASME
cages can be redesigned to meet
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code entitled
specific characteristics as well. This is
Nuclear Power Plant Components.
especially common in noise abatement
All aspects of the manufacturing
and anti-cavitation type trims where a
process must be documented in a
high level of protection may be required
quality control manual and audited
at low flow rates but much lower
and certified by ASME before actual
protection levels are required for the
manufacture of the components. All
higher flow rate conditions. 
subsequent manufacturing materials
100 and operations are to be checked by
an authorized inspector. All valves
Quick-Opening
manufactured in accordance with
Section III requirements receive an
ASME code nameplate and an N stamp
Linear
symbolizing acceptability for service in
nuclear power plant applications.
Section III does not apply to parts not
Equal-Percentage
associated with the pressure−retaining
100
0
Rated Travel (%)
function, to actuators and accessories
unless they are pressure retaining parts,
Figure 6.4 Inherent Valve Characteristic to deterioration of valve components
due to radiation, corrosion, erosion,
142
seismic or environmental qualifications, and Gas Production.”

or to cleaning, painting, or packaging In April 2003, NACE also released a new
requirements. standard, MR0103, which is entitled,
However, customer specifications “Materials Resistant to Sulfide Stress
normally cover these areas. Section Cracking in Corrosive Petroleum
III does apply to materials used for Refining Environments.” This standard is
pressure retaining parts, to design essentially the refining industry’s “NACE
criteria, to fabrication procedures, to MR0175.” MR0103 only addresses
non-destructive test procedures for sulfide stress cracking, and as such is
pressure retaining parts, to hydrostatic similar in many respects to the pre-2003
testing, and to marking and stamping revisions of MR0175. Use of the MR0103
procedures. ASME Section III is revised standard in the refining industry is
by means of semi-annual addenda, accelerating.
which may be used after date of issue,
In 2013, the document was revised,
and which become mandatory six
reformatted, and released as an ISO
months after date of issue. 
document called ISO 17945, titled
“Petroleum, Petrochemical, and Natural
Gas Industries – Metallic Materials
6.8 Valves Subjected to Resistant to Sulfide Stress Cracking
Sulfide Stress Cracking in Corrosive Petroleum Refining
NACE International is a technical society Environments. In 2015, this was adopted
concerned with corrosion and corrosion- by NACE as MRO103/ISO 17945.
related issues. NACE is responsible for Note that compliance with certain
a large number of standards, but by revisions of NACE MR0175 or NACE
far the most influential and well known MR0175/ISO 15156 is mandated by
is MR0175, formerly entitled “Sulfide statute in some states and regions in the
Stress Cracking- Resistant Metallic U.S.A. At this time, NACE MR0103ISO
Materials for Oilfield Equipment.” 17945 is not mandated by any
MR0175 was issued by NACE in1975 governing bodies.
to provide guidelines for the selection
of materials that are resistant to failure 6.8.1 Pre-2003 Revisions of
in hydrogen sulfide-containing oil and NACE MR0175
gas production environments. MR0175
The following statements, although
has been so widely referenced that,
based on information and requirements
throughout the process industry,
in the pre-2003 revisions of MR0175,
the term “NACE” has become nearly
cannot be presented in the detail
synonymous with “MR0175.” However,
furnished in the actual standard and do
the situation changed in 2003.
not guarantee suitability for any given
MR0175 was modified significantly in a material in hydrogen sulfide-containing
2003 revision to cover chloride stress sour environments. The reader is urged
corrosion cracking, in addition to sulfide to refer to the actual standard before
stress cracking. Then, in late 2003, the selecting control valves for sour service.
document was revised and released as a Most ferrous metals can become
joint NACE/ISO document called NACE susceptible to sulfide stress cracking
MR0175/ISO 15156, “Petroleum and (SSC) due to hardening by heat
Natural Gas Industries—Materials for Use treatment and/or cold work.
in H2S-Containing Environments in Oil Conversely, many ferrous metals

can be heat treated to improve bolting materials (such as ASTM

resistance to SSC. A193 Grade B7M) sometimes
Carbon and low-alloy steels must
necessitates derating of valves
designed originally to use B7 bolting.
be properly heat treated to provide
For example, in a Class 600 globe
resistance to SSC. A maximum
valve, 17-4PH H1150 DBL bolting
hardness limit of HRC 22 applies to
was often used to avoid derating.
carbon and low-alloy steels.
Austenitic stainless steels are most 6.8.2 NACE MR0175/ISO 15156
resistant to SSC in the annealed
condition; some specific grades and NACE MR0175/ISO 15156 introduced
conditions of stainless steels are significant changes to the standard.
acceptable up to 35 HRC. However, many end users continue to
Copper-based alloys are inherently specify NACE MR0175-2002, feeling
resistant to SSC, but are generally that it adequately meets their needs in
not used in critical parts of a providing good service life. The most
valve without the approval of the significant changes in NACE MR0175/
purchaser due to concerns about ISO 15156 include:
general corrosion. The 17-4PH H1150 DBL bolting that
Nickel alloys generally provide was previously used for full-rated
the best resistance to SSC. Some exposed bolting in a Class 600 globe
precipitation-hardenable nickel valve is no longer allowed.
alloys are acceptable for use in The revision addresses both sulfide
applications requiring high strength
stress cracking and chloride stress
and/or hardness up to 40 HRC.
corrosion cracking. Prior versions
Chromium, nickel, and other types simply listed most materials as
of plating offer no protection against acceptable or unacceptable. Because
SSC. Their use is allowed in sour its scope was expanded to cover
applications for wear resistance, but chloride stress corrosion cracking,
they cannot be used in an attempt to the new standard lists all corrosion-
protect a non-resistant base material resistant alloys as acceptable within
from SSC. limits, referred to as “environmental
Weld repairs and fabrication welds
limits or environmental restrictions.”
These are typically expressed in terms
on carboand low-alloy steels must
of H2S partial pressure, maximum
be properly processed to ensure that
temperature, ppm chlorides, and the
they meet the 22 HRC maximum
presence of free sulfur.
hardness requirement in the base
metal, heat-affected zone (HAZ), 316 usage is still allowed but
and weld deposit. Alloy steels require under very limited environmental
post-weld heat treatment, and post− conditions. The impact, if strictly
weld heat treatment is generally followed, is that this material will find
used for carbon steels as well. very little use.
Conventional identification stamping The standard applies only to
is permissible in low stress areas, petroleum production, drilling,
such as on the outside diameter of gathering and flow line equipment,
line flanges. Low-stress identification and field processing facilities to be
stamping must be used in other areas. used in H2S bearing hydrocarbon
The standard precludes using
service. It does not apply to
refineries.
ASTM A193 Grade B7 bolting for
applications that are considered There is clear responsibility placed
“exposed.” Use of SSC-resistant on the buyer or user to specify the
144
correct materials. The manufacturer cracking. RP0472 invokes actual

is only responsible for meeting hardness testing of weld deposits
the metallurgical requirements in production, although hardness
of MR0175/ISO 15156, but not to testing is waived if certain welding
specify the correct materials. process/filler material combinations
are employed. HAZ hardness may
6.8.3 NACE MR0103 be controlled by either post-weld
heat treatment (PWHT) or by base
As mentioned, NACE MR0103 is similar in material chemistry restrictions such
many respects to the pre-2003 revisions as imposing a maximum carbon
of NACE MR0175. The following are equivalent (CE).
some major differences: Like the 2003 and later revisions of
MR0103 utilizes different, MR0175, MR0103 does not allow
refinery-based definitions for what the use of S17400 double H1150
constitutes a sour environment. The material for bolting. This means that
user is responsible for imposing the the 17-4PH H1150 DBL bolting that
requirements of MR0103 when they was previously used for full-rated
are applicable. exposed bolting in a Class 600 valve
The 2002 and older revisions of is no longer allowed. 
MR0175 included environmental
restrictions on a few materials
that were continued in the latter
editions. MR0103 only deals with
sulfide stress cracking. It does not
impose environmental limits on
any materials. Materials are either
acceptable or not.
Carbon steel base materials that are
classified as P-No. 1, group 1 or 2
steels in the ASME Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code are acceptable per
MR0103 without base metal hardness
requirements. P-No. 1 groups 1 and
2 include WCC and LCC castings,
A105 forgings, A516 Grade 70 plate,
and the other common carbon steel
pressure vessel materials.
MR0103 imposes welding controls
on carbon steels that are more
rigorous than those imposed by
MR0175-2002. MR0103 requires
that P-No. 1 carbon steels be welded
per another NACE document called
RP0472 “Methods and Controls to
Prevent In-Service Environmental
Cracking of Carbon Steel Weldments
in Corrosive Petroleum Refining
Environments.” RP0472 imposes
controls that ensure both the weld
deposit and heat affected zone
(HAZ) in a weldment will be soft
enough to resist sulfide stress

Chapter 7
Steam Conditioning
Control Valve Handbook | Chapter 7: Steam Conditioning
7.1 Understanding factor for efficient desuperheater

operation is to select the correct design
Desuperheating for the respective application.
Superheated steam provides an Desuperheaters come in all shapes and
excellent source of energy for sizes and use various energy transfer and
mechanical power generation. However, mechanical techniques to achieve the
in many instances, steam at greatly desired performance within the limits of
reduced temperatures, near saturation, the system environment. Another
proves a more desirable commodity. section details the differences in the
This is the case for most heat−transfer types of desuperheaters available and
applications. Precise temperature expected performance.
control is needed to improve heating
efficiency, eliminate unintentional
superheat in throttling processes, or to
protect downstream product and/or Spraywater
Control Valve TC
equipment from heat related damage.
One method to reduce temperature is
Spraywater
the installation of a desuperheater.
A desuperheater injects a controlled, Desuperheater TE
predetermined amount of water into a
Steam
steam flow to lower the temperature of
the steam. To achieve this efficiently, the
desuperheater must be designed and Figure 7.1 Typical Insertion-Style Desuperheater
Installation and Temperature Control Loop
selected correctly for the application.
Although it can appear simplistic in
design, the desuperheater must integrate 7.1.1 Technical Aspects
with a wide variety of complex thermal of Desuperheating
and flow dynamic variables to be effective. Some of the physical parameters that
The control of the water quantity, and affect the performance of a
thus the steam temperature, uses a desuperheating system include:
temperature control loop. This loop Installation orientation
includes a downstream temperature Downstream straight pipe length
sensing device, a controller to interpret
the measured temperature relative to the Spraywater temperature and pressure
desired set point, and the transmission of Spraywater quantity
a proportional signal to a water
Pipeline or liner size
controlling valve/actuator assembly to
meter the required quantity of water. Steam density
The success or failure of a particular Method of atomization

desuperheater installation rests on a
Steam velocity
number of physical, thermal, and geo
metric factors. Some of these are Equipment versus system turndown
obvious and some obscure, but all of Installation orientation is an often
them have a varying impact on the overlooked–but critical–factor in the
performance of the equipment and the performance of the system. Correct
system in which it is installed. placement of the desuperheater can
The first–and probably most important– have a greater impact on system

operation than the style of the unit itself. Improvements in all these areas, as a
For most units, the optimum orientation result of increased spraywater
is in a vertical pipeline with the flow temperature, improves the overall
direction up. This is contrary to most performance of the system.
installations seen in industry today. Equally as important is the pressure
Other orientation factors include pipe drop available across the spraywater
fittings, elbows, and any other type of system (spraywater valve and nozzle).
pipeline obstruction that exists Increasing the pressure drop available
downstream of the water injection point. across this system can result in
Figure 7.2 illustrates variations in the significantly shorter straight pipe length
installation of a desuperheater. It is requirements downstream of the
important to note that almost any desuperheating device.
orientation can be made to work if all The quantity of water to be injected will
parameters are correctly incorporated have a directly proportional effect on
into the design of the system. the time for vaporization. The heat
Spraywater temperature can have a transfer process is time-dependent and
significant impact on desuperheater thus the quantity of spraywater will
performance. Although it goes against affect the time for complete
logical convention, high-temperature vaporization and thermal stability.
water is better for cooling. As the To determine the spraywater required
spraywater temperature increases, flow (Qw) as a function of inlet steam flow
and thermal characteristics improve and (Q1), perform a simple heat balance
impact the following: using the following equation:
Surface tension
Droplet size distribution Qw(mass) = Q1 * ( H1-H2 )

H2-Hw
Latent heat of vaporization
Vaporization rate Where Q is the mass flow in PPH and H is

the individual enthalpy values at the
inlet, outlet, and spraywater.
Figure 7.2 Desuperheating Installations
148
When the calculation is performed as a the flow steam (Figure 7.3).

function of outlet steam flow (Q2), that Some single-point, injection-type
is, the combination of inlet steam flow desuperheaters have insufficient nozzle
and desuperheating spraywater, use the energy to disperse throughout the entire
following equation: cross sectional flow area of the pipeline.
As a result, the spray pattern collapses
Qw(mass) = Q2 * ( H1-H2 ) and thermal stratification occurs. A
Hw-H1
subcooled center core is formed that is
shrouded with superheated steam. This
To perform a basic Cv calculation for
condition is normally eliminated after the
initial desuperheater sizing, it is required
flow stream has undergone several piping
that the resultant Qw(mass) is converted
directional changes, but this is not always
to Qw(volumetric). When using English
possible within the limits of the control
units, the conversion is done as follows:
system or process. Proper placement of
Qw(mass) * 0.1247 high-energy, multi-nozzle units in the
Qw(volumetric) = larger pipelines normally prevents the
pw
formation of thermal stratification.
Qw(volumetric) is in GPM and pw is the The maximum and minimum velocity of
density of the spraywater in lbm/ Ft3. the steam has a direct relationship on
Based on this conversion, the sizing can the successful mixing of the water. The
be completed with the following Cv velocity directly affects the residence
calculation for each set of conditions: time available for the water to mix with
the steam. When the maximum velocity
SG is too high, there potentially is not
Cv = Qw(volumetric) * √
∆Pdsh enough time for the water to mix before
it encounters a piping obstruction such
Where SG is the specific gravity of the as an elbow or tee. Ideal maximum
spraywater and ∆Pdsh is the pressure velocity for pipelines usually ranges from
differential across the proposed 150-250 feet per second (46-76 meters
desuperheater. per second). Note that higher localized
When designing a new desuperheater velocities at point of injection can be
installation, another concern for proper beneficial. When the minimum velocity
system performance is the pipeline size. is too low, turbulence is reduced and the
As the line size gets larger, more water droplets tend to fall out of
attention must be paid to the penetration suspension in the steam. As a rule, the
velocity of the spray and the coverage in minimum steam velocity in which water
Figure 7.3 Desuperheater Spray Penetration

can remain suspended is approximately The previous calculations and

15-30 feet per second (4.5-9 meters per recommendations provide the necessary
second) for spring loaded nozzles. For information to select the proper
applications with lower velocities, desuperheater design and size. This
proper mixing may be achieved with selection should be based on a variety of
desuperheaters that offer a venturi or application considerations such as:
atomizing steam. Minimum to maximum load
One of the most over-used and requirement rangeability
misunderstood concepts in the area of Minimum and maximum
desuperheating is turndown. When steam velocity
applied to a final control element, such as
Straight pipe length and
a valve, turndown is a simple ratio of the
maximum to the minimum controllable temperature sensor distance
flow rate. Turndown is sometimes used downstream of the desuperheater
interchangeably with rangeability. Steam pipe line size and schedule
However, the exact meaning differs Pressure differential between water
considerably when it comes to actual
and steam n
performance comparisons.
A desuperheater is not a final control
element, and as such, its performance is 7.2 Typical Desuperheater
directly linked to its system
Designs
environment. Each component of the
desuperheater system has a rangeability 7.2.1 Fixed-Geometry Nozzle Design
all its own (steam PRV, water TCV, pipe
steam velocity, nozzle dP). The actual The fixed-geometry nozzle design
system turndown is more a function of (Figure 7.4) is a simple mechanically
the system parameters rather than atomized desuperheater with single or
based on the equipment’s empirical flow multiple fixed-geometry spray nozzles.
variations. Once this is understood, it is It is intended for applications with nearly
obvious that a good desuperheater constant load changes (rangeability up
cannot overcome the failings of a poor to 5:1) and is capable of proper
system. They must be evaluated on their atomization in steam flow velocities as
own merits and weighted accordingly. low as 25-30 feet per second under
optimum conditions.
Even with improved nozzle design
technology, pipe liners are often
specified, especially in areas of the HRSG
where interstage or final stage
attemperators are required. Liners are
rarely used in turbine bypass applications.
Due to the particulate often present in
spray water systems and piping, inline
strainers are always required. Mesh size is
dependent on the particular nozzle size
selected for the application and will be
specified as part of the design. Failure to
ignore these mesh sizes may result in
improper desuperheating or pipe damage. Figure 7.4 Fixed-Geometry Nozzle Design
150
Standard installation of this type of unit 7.2.3 Self-Contained Design

is through a flanged branch connection
The self-contained design (Figure 7.6) is
tee on a NPS 6 (DN 150) or larger steam
also mechanically atomized with one or
pipe line. This design is usually not
more variable-geometry, backpressure-
available for large Cv requirements. This
activated spray nozzles. As a special
unit requires an external water control
feature, this unit incorporates a water
valve to meter water flow based on a
flow control element packaged to a
signal from a temperature sensor in the
desuperheating device. This
downstream steam line.
combination works just like a separate
spray water valve and desuperheater but
7.2.2 Variable-Geometry
is packaged together to minimize space
Nozzle Design
constraints and piping modification
The variable-geometry nozzle design necessary on existing installations.
(Figure 7.5) is also a simple mechanically Because of the close coordination of the
atomized desuperheater, but it employs intrinsic control element and the
one or more variable-geometry, back variable-geometry nozzle(s), this unit
pressure activated spray nozzles. Due to can handle applications requiring
the variable-geometry, this unit can control over moderate to high load
handle applications requiring control changes (rangeability up to 25:1). It
over moderate load changes offers proper atomization in steam flow
(rangeability up to 20:1) and is capable velocities as low as 25-30 feet per
of proper atomization in steam flow second under optimum conditions.
velocities as low as 25-30 feet per Standard installation of this type of unit
second under optimum conditions. is through a flanged branch connection
Standard installation of this type of unit tee on a NPS 8 (DN 200) or larger steam
is through a flanged branch connection pipe line. These are available for
tee on a NPS 8 (DN 200) or larger steam moderate Cv requirements.
pipe line. These units are available for
moderate Cv requirements. This design
requires an external water control valve
to meter water flow based on a signal
from a temperature sensor in the
downstream steam line.
Figure 7.6 Self-Contained Design
7.2.4 Steam-Atomized Design

Figure 7.5 Variable-Geometry Nozzle Design
The steam-atomized design (Figure 7.7)
incorporates the use of high-pressure
steam for rapid and complete

atomization of the spraywater. This is Standard installation of this type of unit

especially useful in steam pipe lines that is through a flanged branch connection
have low steam velocity. The atomizing tee on a NPS 8 (DN 200) or larger steam
steam, usually twice the main steam line pipe line. This design is available for
pressure or higher, encounters the water moderate Cv requirements. It requires an
in the spray nozzle chamber where the external water control valve to meter
energy of the expanding atomizing water flow based on a signal from a
steam is used to atomize the water into temperature sensor in the downstream
very small droplets. These smaller steam line. This system also requires a
droplets allow for faster conversion to separate on/off valve for the atomizing
steam and permit the water to remain steam supply.
suspended in a low steam velocity flow,
thereby allowing complete vaporization 7.2.5 Geometry-Assisted
to occur. The steam-atomized design, Wafer Design
therefore, can properly mix water into
The geometry-assisted wafer design
steam flow velocities as low as
(Figure 7.9) was originally developed for
approximately 10 feet per second under
small steam pipe line sizes of less than
optimum conditions. This design
NPS 6 (DN 150) that were unable to
handles applications requiring very high
accommodate an insertion-style
load changes (rangeability up to 50:1).
Figure 7.7 Steam-Atomized Design Figure 7.9 Geometry-Assisted Wafer Design
Steam-Atomizing Spraywater
Isolation Valve Control Valve
SV
Temperature
Controller
LS
Spraywater
Desuperheater TE
Atomized Steam Steam
Figure 7.8 Control Loop with Steam-Assisted Desuperheater
152
desuperheater. The unit is designed as a temperatures are present.

wafer that is installed between two Due to frequent extreme changes in
flanges in the steam pipe line. A reduced steam properties as a result of the
diameter throat venturi allows water to temperature and pressure reduction,
spray completely around the wafer and the forged and fabricated valve body
permits multiple points of spraying design allows for the addition of an
either through drilled holes or small expanded outlet to control outlet steam
nozzles. In addition, the venturi increases velocity at the lower pressure. Similarly,
the steam velocity at the point of with reduced outlet pressure, the forged
injection, which enhances atomization and fabricated design allows the
and mixing in steam flow velocities as manufacturer to provide different
low as approximately 15 feet per second pressure class ratings for the inlet and
under optimum conditions. It handles outlet connections to more closely
applications requiring control over match the adjacent piping.
moderate load change (rangeability up
to 20:1). It can be installed in steam pipe Other advantages of combining the
line sizes of NPS 1 through NPS 24 (DN pressure reduction and desuperheater
25 through DN 600), and is available for function in the same valve versus two
moderate Cv requirements. This design separate devices include:
requires an external water control valve Improved spraywater mixing due to
to meter water flow based on a signal the optimum utilization of the
from a temperature sensor in the turbulent expansion zone
downstream steam line. n downstream of the pressure
reduction elements
Improved rangeability
7.3 Understanding Steam Ease of installing and servicing only
Conditioning Valves one device
A steam conditioning valve is used for Several available steam conditioning
the simultaneous reduction of steam valve designs meet various applications.
pressure and temperature to the level Typical examples of these follow. n
required for a given application.
Frequently, these applications deal with
high inlet pressures and temperatures 7.4 Steam Conditioning
and require significant reductions of
both properties. They are, therefore, Valves
best manufactured in a forged and Steam conditioning valves represent
fabricated body that can better state-of-the-art control of steam
withstand steam loads at elevated pressure and temperature by combining
pressures and temperatures. Forged both functions within one integral
materials permit higher design stresses, control unit. These valves address the
improved grain structure, and an need for better control of steam
inherent material integrity over cast conditions brought on by increased
valve bodies. The forged construction energy costs and more rigorous plant
also allows the manufacturer to provide operation. Steam conditioning valves
up to Class 4500, as well as intermediate also provide better temperature control,
class ratings. Castings may still be an improved noise abatement, and require
option when globe-style bodies are fewer piping and installation restrictions
required or lower pressures and than the equivalent desuperheater and

pressure reduction station. vaporization of the spraywater.

The steam conditioning valve shown in The spray nozzle (Figure 7.11) was
Figure 7.10 combines pressure and developed originally for condenser
temperature control in a single valve. dump systems in which the downstream
Finite element analysis (FEA) and steam pressure can fall below the
computational fluid dynamic (CFD) tools saturation level. These style nozzles
were used in its development to qualify allow for improved equipment turndown
its structural integrity as well as optimize by reducing the minimum flow. This is
the valve’s operating performance and accomplished through nozzle
overall reliability. The rugged design of backpressure at lower dP. Also beneficial
this steam conditioning valve proves is that an increased nozzle dP at lower
capable of handling full-pressure main openings allows the water to flash across
steam drops, while its flow-up the nozzle exit instead of across the
configuration in conjunction with spray water valve trim.
control valve noise abatement Spring loading of the nozzle plug within
technology prevents the generation of the spray nozzle prevents any such
excessive noise and vibration. changes by forcing the plug to close
The simplified trim configuration (Figure when flashing occurs. With flashing, the
7.10) used in the steam conditioning compressibility of the fluid changes, and
valve accommodates rapid changes in the nozzle spring will force closure and
temperature, as experienced during a re-pressurization of the fluid leg. Once
turbine trip. The cage is case hardened this is done, the fluid will regain its
for maximum life and is allowed to liquid properties and reestablish flow to
expand during thermally induced the condenser.
excursions. The valve plug is
continuously guided and utilizes
cobalt-based overlays both as guide
bands and to provide tight, metal-to-
metal shutoff against the seat.
Figure 7.11 Variable-Geometry, Backpressure-Activated

Spray Nozzle
The steam conditioning valve injects the

spray water towards the center of the
pipeline and away from the pipe wall.
The number of injection points varies by
application. With high differentials in
steam pressure, the outlet size of the
valve increases drastically to
accommodate the larger specific
Figure 7.10 Cross-Section View of Steam volumes. Correspondingly, an increased
Conditioning Valve
number of nozzles are arranged around
The steam conditioning valve the circumference of the outlet, making
incorporates a spraywater manifold for a more even and complete
downstream of its pressure reduction distribution of the spray water.
stage. The manifold features variable- The simplified trim arrangement in the
geometry, backpressure activated spray steam conditioning valve permits
nozzles that maximize mixing and quick
154
extending its use to higher pressure 7.4.2 Steam Sparger

classes (through ANSI Class 2500 or
Steam spargers (Figure 7.13) are
higher) and operating temperatures. Its
pressure-reducing devices used to safely
balanced plug configuration provides
discharge steam into a condenser or
Class V shutoff and a linear
turbine exhaust duct. In addition, the
flow characteristic.
steam sparger provides backpressure to
The steam conditioning valve typically the turbine bypass valve, limits steam
uses high-performance, pneumatic piston velocity and allows reduced pipe size
actuators in combination with a digital between the bypass valve and sparger.
valve controller to achieve a full stroke in Sparger design and installation are both
less than two seconds while maintaining key elements when considering total
highly accurate step response. system noise. The design of the sparger is
When piping dictates, the steam critical to a properly functioning turbine
conditioning valve can be provided as bypass system. To address flow-induced
separate components, allowing pressure noise, steam spargers can employ various
control in the valve body and noise abatement technologies. n
temperature reduction in a downstream
steam cooler. Also cast globe bodies can
be provided and used in combination
with insertion-style desuperheaters for
more economical purposes.
7.4.1 Steam Attemperator

The steam attemperator (Figure 7.12) is
normally used when an application
requires a separation of the pressure
reduction and desuperheating functions. Figure 7.13 Steam Sparger with Drilled-Hole Noise
The steam cooler is equipped with a Control Technology
water supply manifold. The manifold

(multiple manifolds are possible)
7.5 Understanding Turbine
provides cooling water flow to a number
of individual spray nozzles installed in Bypass Systems
the pipe wall of the outlet section. The The turbine bypass system has evolved
result is a fine spray injected radially into over the last few decades as the mode of
the high turbulence of the axial steam power plant operations has changed. It
flow. The combination of large contact is employed routinely in utility power
surface area of the water and high plants where operations require quick
turbulence in the steam make for very response to wide swings in energy
efficient mixing and rapid vaporization. demands. A typical day of power plant
operation might start at minimum load,
increase to full capacity for most of the
day, rapidly reduce back to minimum
output, then up again to full load—all
within a 24-hour period. Boilers,
turbines, condensers and other
associated equipment cannot respond
properly to such rapid changes without
Figure 7.12 Ring-Style Attemperator with Liner some form of turbine bypass system.

The turbine bypass system allows be separated into two parts: the
operation of the boiler independent of pressure-reducing portion of the valve
the turbine. In the start-up mode, or and then the outlet/manifold cooler
rapid reduction of generation section located closer to the condenser.
requirement, the turbine bypass not Selecting a turbine bypass control valve
only supplies an alternate flow path for for this complex process should first be
steam, but conditions the steam to the done by understanding the performance
same pressure and temperature goals that need to be accomplished, what
normally produced by the turbine real piping geometry exists or is planned,
expansion process. By providing an and determining what process controls
alternate flow path for the steam, the are needed. Once this is understood,
turbine bypass system protects the other factors such as control valve style
turbine, boiler, and condenser from and size, pressure and flow control needs,
damage that may occur from thermal noise specification requirements, material
and pressure excursions. For this reason, requirements, and operational practices
many turbine bypass systems require of the process can be incorporated. Many
extremely rapid open/close response variations are possible and range from
times for maximum equipment separate globe bodies with downstream
protection. This is accomplished with an desuperheaters to devices that
actuation system that provides both the incorporate pressure and temperature
forces and controls for such operation. control in one unit.
Additionally, when commissioning a new Turbine bypass valve designs can vary
plant, the turbine bypass system allows considerably, as do the applications they
start up and check out of the boiler are required to handle. Each has
separately from the turbine. particular characteristics or options that
This allows for quicker plant start-ups, yield efficient operation over a wide
which results in attractive economic range of conditions and customer
gains. It also means that this closed-loop specified requirements. Turbine bypass
system can prevent atmospheric loss of valves are often customized to specific
treated feedwater and reduction of installations. Rarely are any two turbine
ambient noise emissions. n bypass valves installations identical.
Separate globe or angle valve bodies with
downstream desuperheating devices can
7.6 Turbine Bypass be selected that conveniently fit into the
System Components piping layouts already in place. Sliding-
The major elements of a turbine bypass stem control valves are designed to
system are turbine bypass valves, provide precise flow control. They also
turbine bypass water control valves, and can incorporate noise abatement trims
the actuation system. that are often needed for the large
pressure drops seen in steam letdown
7.6.1 Turbine Bypass Valves and turbine bypass applications. This
approach can accommodate mild to
Whether for low-pressure, intermediate severe application ranges.
pressure, or high-pressure applications,
turbine bypass valves usually require 7.6.2 Turbine Bypass Water
tight shutoff (Class V). Because of Control Valves
particular installation requirements these
manifold design valves will occasionally These valves are required to control the
156
flow of the water to the turbine bypass Setup and tuning should be
valves. Due to equipment protection accomplished within minutes with the
requirements, it is imperative that capability of doing so remotely being
these valves provide tight shutoff (Class highly desirable. On the software side,
V). Valve trim requirements can range this is done through software packages
from standard trim to cavitation- that provide for tuning parameters set
reduction styles. specifically for these types of valves.
Parameters should be set to improve the
7.6.3 Actuation response to small amplitude steps by
In typical bypass systems, it has been overdriving the set point, asymmetrically
common practice to trip the bypass adjust the response to set independently
valves to a preset opening in the opening and closing times, and
corresponding to a predetermined flow integrate real time graphics to allow for
rate demand during a plant event. adjustments to be done remotely.
However, the valves have to be left in On the hardware side, pneumatic or
manual for a specific amount of time hydraulic solutions are available to
until the systems stabilized before they accomplish this difficult task. Both are
could switch over to automatic well accepted solutions in the market and
operation. This requires specialized can be made to accomplish the same goal
algorithms and control logic that with minimal maintenance required. n
increases operation complexity which,
up until a few year ago, was unavoidable.
However, in today’s power market, the
limits of turbine bypass systems are
being pushed. Instead of having to worry
about putting the bypass valves in
manual during a plant event, installations
are using high performance actuation to
respond with both fast and precise
control to meet various plant demands.
Turbine bypass valves must be
responsive in order to protect critical
and costly turbines from damage during
transients. They also must be accurate
to allow operation at peak efficiency.
An understanding of the stroking speed
and control requirements may
necessitate complex actuation packages
designed to meet the requirements of
the process. Typically, s of 2-4 seconds
are required to move the valve position
to anywhere 85-100% travel from any
position. Precision actuation technology
is required to not only trip this valve
quickly but do so with better than 1% Figure 7.14 Typical Actuation Package for Use in
positioning accuracy for even very large Turbine Bypass Applications
control valves.

Chapter 8
Installation and Maintenance
Control Valve Handbook | Chapter 8: Installation and Maintenance
Control valve efficiency directly affects Typically, manufacturers have packaging

process plant profitability. The role a standards that are dependent upon the
control valve plays in optimizing destination and intended length of
processes is often overlooked. Many storage before installation. Because
process plant managers focus most most valves arrive on site some time
resources on distributed control systems before installation, many problems can
and their potential for improving be averted by making sure the details of
production efficiency. However, it is the the installation schedule are known and
final control element (typically a control discussed with the manufacturer at the
valve) that actually creates the change in time of valve selection. In addition,
the process variable. If the valve is not special precautions should be taken
working properly, no amount of upon receipt of the valve at the final
sophisticated electronics at the front destination. For example, the valve must
end will correct problems at the valve. be stored in a clean, dry place away from
As many studies have shown, control any traffic or other activity that could
valves are often neglected to the point damage the valve. 
that they become the weak link in the
process control scheme.
Control valves must operate properly, no 8.2 Proper Installation
matter how sophisticated the Techniques
automation system or how accurate the Always follow the control valve
instrumentation. With proper valve manufacturer’s installation instructions
operation, you can achieve high yields, and cautions. Typical instructions are
quality products, maximum profits, and summarized next.
energy conservation.
Optimizing control valve efficiency 8.2.1 Read the Instruction Manual
depends on: Before installing the valve, read the
1. Correct control valve selection for instruction manual. Instruction manuals
the application describe the product and review safety
issues and precautions to be taken
2. Proper storage and protection
before and during installation. Following
3. Proper installation techniques the guidelines in the manual helps ensure
4. An effective predictive an easy and successful installation.
maintenance program
8.2.2 Be Sure the Pipeline Is Clean
Control valve selection is covered in
Foreign material in the pipeline could
Chapter 5. Proper storage and
damage the seating surface of the valve
protection, installation techniques, and
or even obstruct the movement of the
predictive maintenance are included in
valve plug, ball, or disk so that the valve
this chapter. 
does not shut off properly. To help
reduce the possibility of a dangerous
situation from occurring, clean all
8.1 Proper Storage pipelines before installing. Make sure
and Protection pipe scale, metal chips, welding slag,
Proper storage and protection should be and other foreign materials are removed.
considered early in the selection In addition, inspect pipe flanges to
process, before the valve is shipped. ensure a smooth gasket surface. If the
valve has screwed end connections,

apply a good grade of pipe sealant

compound to the male pipeline threads.
1
Do not use sealant on the female threads
because excess compound on the 5 7
female threads could be forced into the
valve body.
3 4
Excess compound could cause sticking in
the valve plug or accumulation of dirt,
which could prevent good valve shutoff. 8 6
2
Figure 8.2 Tighten Bolts in a Criss-Cross Pattern
Be sure to allow ample space above and

below the valve to permit easy removal
of the actuator or valve plug for
inspection and maintenance. Clearance
Figure 8.1 Arrow Depicting the Flow Direction on a
distances are normally available from
Metal-Seated Ball Valve the valve manufacturer as certified
dimension drawings. For flanged valve
8.2.3 Inspect the Control Valve bodies, be sure the flanges are properly
aligned to provide uniform contact of
Although valve manufacturers take the gasket surfaces. Snug up the bolts
steps to prevent shipment damage, such gently after establishing proper flange
damage is possible and should be alignment. Finish tightening them in a
discovered and reported before the criss-cross pattern (Figure 8.2). Proper
valve is installed. tightening will avoid uneven gasket
Do not install a control valve known to loading and will help prevent leaks. It will
have been damaged in shipment or also help avoid the possibility of
while in storage. damaging, or even breaking, the flange.
This precaution is particularly important
Before installing, check for and remove
when connecting to flanges that are not
all shipping stops and protective plugs
the same material as the valve flanges.
or gasket surface covers. Check inside
the valve body to make sure no foreign Pressure taps installed upstream and
objects are present. downstream of the control valve are
useful for checking flow capacity or
8.2.4 Use Good Piping Practices pressure drop. Locate such taps in
Most control valves can be installed in straight runs of pipe away from elbows,
any position. However, the most reducers, or expanders. This location
common method is with the actuator minimizes inaccuracies resulting from
vertical and above the valve body. If fluid turbulence.
horizontal actuator mounting is Use 1/4-inch or 3/8-inch (6-10
necessary, consider additional vertical millimeters) tubing or pipe from the
support for the actuator. Be sure the pressure connection on the actuator to
body is installed so that fluid flow will be the instrumentation. Keep this distance
in the direction indicated by the flow relatively short and minimize the
arrow (Figure 8.1) or instruction manual. number of fittings and elbows to reduce
160
system time lag. If the distance must be operation does not go through the valve
long, use a valve positioner or a volume from valve inlet to outlet. Because of the
booster to reduce any lag time. valve design or application, the flushing
operation may either go in the valve
8.2.5 Flushing/Hydro/Start-Up Trim inlet, or outlet (depending on
When welding socket weld-end or butt configuration) and out the bonnet
weld-end valves in-line, the control opening. This type of flushing trim is
valve trim needs to be removed in order more commonly known as “blow down”
to prevent damage to trim parts. The or “blow out” trim.
trim also needs to be replaced with a Flushing the system presents some
temporary sacrificial trim set while conditions that can damage the control
conducting the system hydrostatic test valve trim. These conditions can include
and flushing the system. weld slag, rust, corrosion, etc. being
Note: It is strongly recommended that the flowed through the valve. These
final application trim not be installed until materials can damage the valve seating
after the valve has been welded in the line, surface and will often plug drilled hole or
the line flushed, and hydrostatically tested stacked disk trims. Therefore, it is always
recommended that the valve trim be
After a valve or valves are welded in a removed and some form of expendable
line, there normally are requirements flushing trim installed. After welding
to hydro and flush the system. It is not valves in a line, there is usually weld slag
uncommon for the system hydro to be inside the line, in addition to scale that
consistent with codes that state that has been dislodged from the inside of
the hydro is to be conducted at 1-1/2 the valve piping due to temperatures
times the system cold working pressure associated with the welding process. If
or design pressure. Normally, the only this material was flowed through the
valve components that may be adversely valve, it would likely plug the valve trim
affected by this level of a hydro pressure and possibly damage the seating
(assuming that the valve is in the open integrity of the valve. 
position during hydro) would be the
valve stem packing. PTFE packing may
exhibit some extrusion resulting from a 8.3 Control Valve
high-pressure hydro, and therefore it is
recommended that at a minimum the Maintenance
PTFE packing should be replaced after a Always follow the control valve
hydro test. manufacturer’s maintenance
Graphite packing should not need to be instructions. Typical maintenance topics
replaced if the valve is to be put into are summarized here.
service within a short time period. Optimization of control valve assets
Leaving wet graphite packing in an depends on an effective maintenance
inactive valve long term may result in philosophy and program. Three of the
galvanic corrosion of the valve stem. most basic approaches are:
However, since the system is normally Reactive – Action is taken after an event
flushed at the same time, a sacrificial set has occurred. Wait for something to
of trim should be installed to handle happen to a valve and then repair or
both hydro testing and flushing. replace it.
With some control valves and steam Preventive – Action is taken on a
conditioning valves, the flushing timetable based on history; that is, try to

prevent something bad from happening. 8.3.3 Predictive Maintenance

Predictive – Action is taken based on Today, plant operators often extend the
field input using state-of-the-art, time between turnarounds to three or
non-intrusive diagnostic test and four years, and even longer, in order to
evaluation devices or using smart maximize plant uptime. These extended
instrumentation. run times offer less opportunity for
Although both reactive and preventive traditional, out-of-service valve
programs work, they do not optimize diagnostics.
valve potential. Following are some of The traditional maintenance process
the disadvantages of each approach. consists of four distinct modes:
Fault Detection – A majority of valve
8.3.1 Reactive Maintenance
maintenance effort is spent in
Reactive maintenance allows subtle monitoring valves while in service to
deficiencies to go unnoticed and detect the occurrence of a fault. When a
untreated, simply because there is no fault is identified, the maintenance
clear indication of a problem. Even process transitions to fault
critical valves might be neglected until discrimination.
they leak excessively or fail to stroke
Fault Discrimination – During this
properly. In some cases, feedback from
mode, valve assets are evaluated to
production helps maintenance react
determine the cause of the fault and to
before serious problems develop, but
establish a course of corrective action.
valves might be removed unnecessarily
on the suspicion of malfunction. Large Process Recovery – Corrective action is
valves or those welded in-line can taken to fix the source of the defect.
require a day or longer for removal, Validation – In this final mode, valve
disassembly, inspection, and re- assets are evaluated relative to either
installation. Time and resources could as-new condition or the last established
be wasted without solving the problem baseline condition. Once validated, the
if the symptoms are actually caused by maintenance process returns to fault
some other part of the system. detection status.
8.3.2 Preventive Maintenance 8.3.4 Using Control
Preventive maintenance generally Valve Diagnostics
represents a significant improvement.
The advent of micro-processor-based
However, because maintenance
valve instruments with their in-service
schedules have been able to obtain little
diagnostics capabilities has allowed
information on valves that are operating,
companies to redesign their control
many plants simply overhaul all control
valve maintenance work practices.
valves on a rotating schedule. Such
programs result in servicing some valves These digital devices significantly
that need no repair or adjustment and improve the fault detection and
leaving others in the system long after discrimination aspects of traditional
they have stopped operating efficiently. maintenance programs.
For example, in-service diagnostics
(Figure 8.3) can detect problems with
instrument air quality, leakage and
supply pressure restriction, and can
162
identify valve problems, such as assembly. Because of multiple sensors,

excessive friction, deadband, and falling this diagnostic can detect both positive
out of calibration. When a problem is (supply) and negative (exhaust) air mass
identified, its severity is reported, flow from the digital valve controller.
possible causes are listed, and a course of This diagnostic not only detects leaks in
action is given. These diagnostics the actuator or related tubing, but also
typically result in one of three conditions: much more difficult problems. For
No fault detected (green condition). example, in piston actuators, the air
The valve should remain in service, mass flow diagnostic can detect leaking
and monitoring should continue. piston seals or damaged o-rings.
A warning that a fault has been
8.3.4.2 Supply Pressure
detected, but control remains
unaffected (yellow condition). This The supply pressure diagnostic detects
is a predictive indication that the control valve problems related to supply
detected problem has the potential pressure. This in-service diagnostic will
to affect control and that future detect both low and high supply
maintenance should be planned. pressure readings. In addition to
An error report that a fault affecting checking for adequate supply pressure,
control has been detected (red this diagnostic can be used to detect
condition). These faults generally and quantify droop in the air supply
require immediate attention. during large travel excursions. This is
More specifically, in-service diagnostics particularly helpful in identifying supply
oversee instrument air leakage, supply line restrictions.
pressure, travel deviation and relay
adjustment, instrument air quality, 8.3.4.3 Travel Deviation and
friction, etc. Relay Adjustment
The travel deviation diagnostic is used to
8.3.4.1 Instrument Air Leakage monitor actuator pressure and travel
Air mass flow diagnostics measure deviation from setpoint. This diagnostic
instrument air flow through the actuator is useful in identifying a stuck control
Figure 8.3 Non-Intrusive Diagnostics Program for Predictive Maintenance

valve, active interlocks, low supply associated with an on-site visit.

pressure, or shifts in travel calibration.
8.3.5 Continued Diagnostics
The relay adjustment diagnostic is used
to monitor crossover pressure on Development
double-acting actuators. If the crossover Overall, the process industries will
pressure is too low, the actuator loses continue to demand more and more
stiffness, making the valve plug position efficiency in terms of quality, yield, and
susceptible to being overcome by reliability. Individually, producers will
process forces. If the crossover pressure continue to lengthen time between
is set too high, both chambers will be turnarounds. These demands will lead to
near supply, the pneumatic forces will be fewer maintenance opportunities being
roughly equal, the spring force will be available for instrumentation repair. The
dominant and the actuator will move to inevitable answer to this shortfall will be
its spring-fail position. future diagnostic developments that
focus on in-service, non-intrusive test
8.3.4.4 Instrument Air Quality and evaluation capabilities, such as valve
The I/P and relay monitoring diagnostic condition monitoring.
can identify problems such as plugging The ability to evaluate valve performance
in the I/P primary or in the I/P nozzle, via in-service diagnostics improves
instrument diaphragm failures, I/P turnaround planning as the information
instrument o-ring failures, and I/P gathered can be used to pinpoint valve
calibration shifts. This diagnostic is maintenance that is necessary, as well as
particularly useful in identifying valves that are healthy.
problems from contaminants in the air
supply and from temperature extremes.
8.3.4.5 In-Service Friction and

Friction Trending
The in-service friction and deadband
diagnostic determines friction in the
valve assembly as it is controlled by the
control system. Friction diagnostics data
is collected and trended to detect valve
changes that affect process control.
8.3.4.6 Other Examples

In-service custom diagnostics can be
configured to collect and graph any
measured variable of a smart valve.
Figure 8.4 Typical Spring-and-Diaphragm Actuator
Custom diagnostics can locate and
discriminate faults not detectable by
other means. Often, these faults are An answer is to utilize smart, micro-
complicated and require outside processor-based valve instrumentation
expertise. In such cases, data is collected that evaluates the operating health of
by local maintenance personnel and is the control valve assembly while the
then sent to a valve condition valve is in service. Data is collected
monitoring specialist for further analysis. without intruding on normal process
Therefore, avoiding the costs and delays operations. The instrumentation
164
analyzes the information in real-time changing. This will allow us to update

and provides maintenance the serial card to reflect the new
recommendations for each valve changes and help to ensure that the next
operating problem that it identifies.  time parts are ordered you will receive
the correct parts and eliminate
additional downtime.
8.4 Service and Repair Parts
8.4.2 Using Original Equipment
8.4.1 Recommended Spare Parts Manufacturers (OEM) Parts
Many companies will identify parts to be To maintain plant safety and integrity, as
a recommended spare and provide a list well as ensure the expected
of these parts for a given valve or performance as the valve was designed,
actuator. This list is referred to as a it is imperative that the service parts be
“Recommended Spare Parts List” (RSPL). from the OEM. The OEM or their
The list is based on the idea that certain authorized agent, is the only source who
components will wear. These has the required specifications for the
components are the parts that do the service parts.
work. In a valve, it could be the
controlling element (i.e. plug/stem, 8.4.3 Consider Upgrades for the
cage, disk, ball, shaft, bearings, etc.) or Valve Trim
the sealing components (i.e. seat, seal
During the maintenance cycle, it is
ring, balance seal, packing, etc.). In an
always important to examine parts and
actuator it could be the diaphragm,
consider the need to upgraded.
o-rings, bushings, etc.
Considerations could be valve noise
The user should consider stocking the when operating, excessive trim damage,
recommended spare parts and be or if system operating parameters have
available to service the valve when changed from the original design. Many
required. Since this could be a large times changes to the valve trim can
investment and a considerable number address these issues. 
of parts, several factors should be
considered when deciding what to
stock. The first thing to consider is the 8.5 Actuator Maintenance
criticality of the valve or asset. Second,
consider the risk of not having the unit 8.5.1 Spring-and-Diaphragm
function as intended for any given Actuators
amount of time the asset is down. Then
Most pneumatic spring-and-diaphragm
third, what is the availability of the parts
actuators (Figure 8.4) use a molded
needed, are they on-site or available
diaphragm. The molded diaphragm
from the manufacturer quickly.
facilitates installation, provides a
The manufacturer may be able to relatively uniform effective area
provide a consolidated spares list where throughout valve travel, and permits
they have identified parts that could be greater travel than could be possible with
used in multiple valves. Should you order a flat-sheet diaphragm. Air to the
parts to change the original construction diaphragm provides the actuator force in
due to process condition changes or one direction and a spring will provide
other factors, please let your Emerson the force in the other direction. Since the
local business partner or sales office air provides the force in only one
know which serial number you are direction, these actuators are often times

referred to a single-acting actuators. A better method is to remove the

actuator and valve bonnet and pull out
8.5.2 Piston Actuators the stem. Push or drive the old packing
Piston actuators utilize a piston with an out the top of the bonnet. Do not use
o-ring or quad ring seal within a cylinder. the valve plug stem because the threads
Air can be supplied to both sides of the could sustain damage.
piston to provide the actuator force in Clean the packing box. Inspect the
either direction, these are said to be stem for scratches or imperfections
double-acting actuators. A piston that could damage new packing. Check
actuator may also utilize a spring to the trim and other parts as
replace the air on one side of the piston appropriate. After re-assembling,
or to provide additional force with the air. tighten body and bonnet bolting in a
sequence similar to that described for
8.5.3 Stem Packing flanges earlier in this chapter.
Packing (Figure 8.5), which provides the Slide new packing parts over the stem in
pressure seal around the stem of a proper sequence, being careful that the
globe-style or angle-style valve body, stem threads do not damage the packing
should be replaced if leakage develops rings. Adjust packing by following the
around the stem, or if the valve is manufacturer’s instructions.
completely disassembled for other
maintenance or inspection. Before 8.5.4 Seat Rings
loosening packing nuts, make sure there
Severe service conditions can damage
is no pressure in the valve body.
the seating surface of the seat ring(s) so
that the valve does not shut off
adequately. Properly lapping the seating
surfaces will improve shutoff if damage
is not severe. For severe damage, replace
the seat ring.
8.5.4.1 Replacing Seat Rings

Follow the manufacturer’s instructions.
Seat rings could be threaded into the
body, clamped (held in by a cage or
other part), bolted in or hung
(connected to the cage). For threaded
seat rings, use a seat ring puller. Before
trying to remove the seat ring(s), check
Figure 8.5 Typical Valve Stem Packing Assemblies
to see if the ring has been tack-welded to
the valve body. If so, cut away the weld.
Removing the packing without
removing the actuator is difficult and is On double-port bodies, one of the seat
not recommended. Also, do not try to rings is smaller than the other. On
blow out the old packing rings by direct-acting valves (push-down-to-
applying pressure to the lubricator hole close action), install the smaller ring in
in the bonnet. This can be dangerous the body port farther from the bonnet
and it does not work very well, as many before installing the larger ring. On
packing arrangements have about half reverse-acting valves (push-down-to-
of the rings below the lubricator hole. open action), install the smaller ring in
166
the body port closer to the bonnet

Deadband
before installing larger ring.
Remove all excess pipe compound 0% Travel
Bench Set
after tightening the threaded seat (Upper Stop)
Actuator Travel
(3-11 psig)
ring. Spot weld a threaded seat ring in Bench Set

place to ensure that it does not loosen +
Deadband
100% Rated
when required. Valve Travel
(lower stop,
plug-seated)
8.5.4.2 Connections: Plug-to-Stem,

Ball-to-Shaft, and Disk-to-Shaft Lower Diaphragm Casing
The connection between the controlling

0 3 6 9 12 15
element (plug, ball, or disk) and the Actuator Diaphragm Pressure (psig)
stem or shaft is critical for the safe and *Actuator connected to valve, deadband present
intended operation of the valve. This
may require special requirements in the Figure 8.6 Bench Set Seating Force
fit or assembly procedure. It is very

important to follow all the OEM 8.5.6 Valve Travel
assembly instructions provided. Always
consider purchasing plugs and stems, as Proper valve travel is essential to
a plug/stem assembly to ensure safe and achieving proper control valve
proper performance. An improper performance. Insufficient travel can cause
connection can result in unstable control the valve not to achieve the designed
and excessive packing leakage. flow rate. Over travel can reduce the seat
load from the actuator affecting shutoff
and cause damage to the trim. Another
8.5.5 Bench Set problem attributed to over travel is that
the plug can contact the bottom of the
Bench set is initial compression placed bonnet causing the stem to be pulled out
on the actuator spring with a spring of the plug. Sliding-stem valve travel is
adjuster. For air-to-open valves, the more critical than rotary valve travel.
lower bench set determines the amount Therefore, greater attention to detail is
of force available and the pressure crucial when setting sliding-stem valve
required to begin valve-opening travel. travel. Refer to the manufacturers’
For air-to-close valves, the lower bench instruction manual for the procedure to
set determines the pressure required to properly set valve travel. 
begin valve-closing travel. Seating force
is determined by pressure applied minus
bench set minus spring compression due
to travel (Figure 8.6). Because of spring
tolerances, there might be some
variation in the spring angle. The bench
set, when the valve is seated, requires
the greatest accuracy. Refer to
manufacturer’s instructions for
adjusting the spring.

Chapter 9
Standards and Approvals
Control Valve Handbook | Chapter 9: Standards and Approvals
9.1 Control Valve Standards 9.1.3 European Committee for

Standardization (CEN)
Numerous standards are applicable to
control valves. International and global 9.1.3.1 European Industrial Valve
standards are becoming increasingly Standards
important for companies that
EN 19, Marking
participate in global markets. Following
is a list of codes and standards that have EN 558-1, Face-to-Face and Center-
been or will be important in the design to-Face Dimensions of
and application of control valves. Metal Valves for Use in Flanged
Pipe Systems - Part 1: PN-
9.1.1 American Petroleum Designated Valves
Institute (API) EN 558-2, Face-to-Face and Center-
Spec 6D, Specification for Pipeline

to-Face Dimensions of
Metal Valves for Use in Flanged
Valves (Gate, Plug, Ball, and Check
Pipe Systems - Part 2: Class-
Valves)
Designated Valves
598, Valve Inspection and Testing
EN 593, Butterfly valves
607, Fire Test for Soft-Seated
EN 736-1, Terminology - Part 1:
Quarter-Turn Valves
Definition of Types of Valves
609, Lug- and Wafer-Type
EN 736-2, Terminology - Part 2:
Butterfly Valves Definition of Components of Valves
EN 736-3 Terminology - Part 3:
9.1.2 American Society of
Definition of Terms
Mechanical Engineers (ASME)
EN 1349, Industrial Process
B16.1, Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and
Control Valves
Flanged Fittings
EN 12266-1,Testing of Valves
B16.4, Gray Iron Threaded
- Part 1: Tests, Test Procedures
Fittings
and Acceptance Criteria
B16.5, Pipe Flanges and Flanged
EN 12516-1, Shell Design
Fittings (for steel, nickel-based
trength - Part 1: Tabulation
S
alloys, and other alloys)
Method for Steel Valves
B16.10, Face-to-Face and End-to-End
Dimensions of Valves (see ISA
trength - Part 2: Calculation
S
standards for dimensions for
Method for Steel Valves
most control valves)
B16.24, Cast Copper Alloy Pipe
trength - Part 3: Experimental
S
Flanges and Flanged Fittings
Method
B16.25, Butt Welded Ends
EN 12627, Butt Weld-End Design
B16.34, Valves - Flanged,
EN 12760, Socket Weld-End
Threaded, and Welding End
Design
B16.42, Ductile Iron Pipe Flanges
EN 12982, End-to-End Dimensions
and Flanged Fittings
for Butt Weld-End Valves
B16.47, Large Diameter Steel
Flanges (NPS 26 through NPS 60)

9.1.3.2 European Material Standards 9.1.5 Instrument Society of

EN 10213-1, Technical conditions America (ISA)
f delivery of steel castings for
o S51.1, Process Instrumentation
pressure purposes - Part 1: General Terminology
EN 10213-2, Technical conditions 75.01.01, Flow Equations for Sizing
f delivery of steel castings for
o Control Valves
pressure purposes - Part 2: Steel
75.02.01, Control Valve Capacity
grades for use at room temperature
and elevated temperatures Test Procedures
EN 10213-3, Technical conditions of 75.05.01, Terminology
delivery of steel castings for pressure 75.07, Laboratory Measurement of
purposes - Part 3: Steel grades for Aerodynamic Noise Generated by
use at low temperatures Control Valves
EN 10213-4, Technical conditions of 75.08.01, Face-to-Face Dimensions
delivery of steel castings for pressure for Integral Flanged Globe-Style
purposes - Part 4: Austenitic and Control Valve Bodies (ANSI Classes
austeno-ferritic steel grades 125, 150, 250, 300, and 600)
EN 10222-2, Technical conditions of 75.08.02, Face-to-Face Dimensions
delivery of steel forgings for pressure for Flangeless Control Valves (ANSI
purposes - Part 2: Ferritic and Classes 150, 300, and 600)
martensitic steels for use at elevated
75.08.03, Face-to-Face Dimensions
temperatures
for Socket Weld End and Screwed-
EN 10222-3, Technical conditions of End Globe-Style Control Valves
delivery of steel forgings for pressure (Classes 150, 300, 600, 900, 1500,
purposes - Part 3: Nickel steel for low and 2500)
temperature
EN 10222-4, Technical conditions of for Butt Weld-End Globe-Style
delivery of steel forgings for pressure Control Valves (Class 4500)
purposes - Part 4: Fine grain steel
EN 10222-5, Technical conditions of for Butt Weld-End Globe-Style
delivery of steel forgings for pressure Control Valves (ANSI Classes 150,
purposes - Part 5: Austenitic 300, 600, 900, 1500, and 2500)
martensitic and austeno-ferritic
stainless steel
for Flanged Globe-Style Control
9.1.3.3 European Flange Standards Valve Bodies (ANSI Classes 900,
1500, and 2500)
EN 1092-1, Part 1: Steel flanges PN
designated
for Separable Flanged Globe-Style
EN 1092-2, Part 2: Cast iron flanges Control Valves (Classes 150, 300,
PN designated and 600)
EN 1759-1, Part 1: Steel flanges Class 75.08.08, Face-to-Centerline
designated Dimensions for Flanged Globe-Style
Angle Control Valve Bodies (Classes
9.1.4 Fluid Controls Institute (FCI) 150, 300, and 600)
70-2, Control Valve Seat Leakage 75.08.09, Face-to-Face Dimensions
for Sliding-Stem Flangeless Control
Valves (Classes 150, 300, and 600)
170
75.11.01, Inherent Flow control valve actuators - Section 1:

Characteristic and Rangeability of Positioner mounting on
Control Valves linear actuators
75.13.01, Method of Evaluating the 60534-6-2, Part 6-2: Mounting
Performance of Positioners with details for attachment of positioners
Analog Input Signals to control valve actuators - Section 2:
75.17, Control Valve Aerodynamic Positioner mounting on rotary
Noise Prediction actuators
60534-7, Part 7: Control valve data
75.19.01, Hydrostatic Testing of
Control Valves sheet
60534-8-1, Part 8-1: Noise
75.26.01, Control Valve Diagnostic
Data Acquisition and Reporting considerations - Section One:
Laboratory measurement of noise
RP75.23, Considerations for generated by aerodynamic flow
Evaluating Control Valve Cavitation through control valves
60534-8-2, Part 8-2: Noise
9.1.6 International Electrotechnical
considerations - Section Two:
Commission (IEC) Laboratory measurement of noise
The majority of International generated by hydrodynamic flow
Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) through control valves
standards for control valves, several of 60534-8-3, Part 8-3: Noise
which are based on ISA standards, have considerations - Section Three:
been re-published as EN standards and Control valve aerodynamic noise
utilize an EN prefix. The IEC encourages prediction method
national committees to adopt them and 60534-8-4, Part 8-4: Noise
to withdraw any corresponding national considerations - Section Four:
standards. IEC standards are increasingly Prediction of noise generated by
being applied by manufacturers and hydrodynamic flow
purchasers. Below is a list of IEC
industrial process control valve 9.1.7 Manufacturers
standards (60534 series). Standardization Society (MSS)
60534-1, Part 1: Control valve SP-6, Standard Finishes for Contact
terminology and general Faces of Pipe Flanges and Connecting
considerations End Flanges of Valves and Fittings
60534-2-1, Part 2: Flow capacity SP-25, Standard Marking System for
- Section One: Sizing equations for Valves, Fittings, Flanges and Unions
incompressible fluid flow under SP-44, Steel Pipe Line Flanges
installed conditions
SP-67, Butterfly Valves
60534-2-3, Part 2-3: Flow capacity
SP-68, High-Pressure Butterfly Valves
- Section Three: Test procedures
with Offset Design
60534-2-4, Part 2-4: Flow capacity
SP-147, Quality Standard for Steel
- Section Four: Inherent flow
characteristics and rangeability Castings used in Standard Class Steel
60534-4, Part 4: Inspection and Valves
routine testing
9.1.8 NACE International
60534-5, Part 5: Marking
NACE MR0175/ISO 15156,
60534-6-1, Part 6: Mounting details
Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries
for attachment of positioners to

− Materials for Use in H2S-Containing order to minimize the risk of an

Environments in Oil and Gas explosion or fire from them.
Production
Explosive Gas Atmosphere: Mixture of
NACE MR0175-2002, Sulfide Stress
air, under atmospheric conditions, of
Corrosion Cracking-Resistant flammable substances in the form of a
Metallic Materials for Oil Field
gas or vapor, which, after ignition
Equipment
permits self-sustaining propagation.
NACE MR0103/ISO 17945,
Petroleum, Petrochemical and Explosive Dust Atmosphere: Mixture of
Natural Gas Industries–Metallic air, under atmospheric conditions, of
Materials Resistant to Sulfide Stress flammable substances in the form of a
Cracking in Corrosive Petroleum dust, fiber, or flyings, which, after ignition
Refining Environments permits self-sustaining propagation.
NACE MR0103, Materials Resistant to Hazardous Location (or area): An area
Sulfide Stress Cracking in Corrosive in which an explosive gas atmosphere or
Petroleum Refining Environments explosive dust atmosphere (or both) is
NACE RP0472, Methods and Controls expected to be present in sufficient
to Prevent In-Service Environmental quantities as to require special
Cracking of Carbon Steel Weldments precautions for the construction,
in Corrosive Petroleum Refining installation, and use of the equipment.
Environments 
Approval Agency: An organization,
company, or bureau who has the
9.2 Product Approvals for authority to grant, authorize, or make an
attestation to certain facts, usually in the
Hazardous (Classified) form a certificate.
Locations Certification Schemes: A group or
DISCLAIMER: The information contained in consensus of approval agencies who
the following sections is to provide a broad agree to operate under a unified system
overview of hazardous area classifications, of rules and regulations. Examples
types of protection techniques involved, include, the European Union, Eurasia
and enclosure ratings. This information is Economic Union, IECEx Scheme, Gulf
for educational purposes and should not States Organization, etc. 
be used in place of any other source or
governing documents.
9.3 Classification Systems
9.2.1 Hazardous Location Approvals
There are two classification systems
and Definitions used to classify hazardous areas, the
Whenever control valve equipment, Class/Division System and the Zone
both mechanical and electrical, is to be System. The Class/Division system is
used in an explosive gas atmosphere or generally used in the United States and
in the presence of an explosive dust Canada, however new installations may
atmosphere, it is essential that an use the Zone system. The rest of the
ignition hazard assessment be carried world generally uses the Zone system.
out. The assessment identifies the
potential ignition sources that will be 9.3.1 Class/Division System
present or active by the equipment over Hazardous locations (or area) per the
its expected lifetime. Knowledge of Class/Division System are classified
these ignition sources is paramount in
172
according to the class, division, and group. Group C: Atmospheres whose

experimental safe gap (MESG) value
Class: The class defines the general is greater than 0.45mm but less than
nature of the hazardous material in the or equal to 0.75mm or minimum
surrounding atmosphere. igniting current ratio (MIC ratio)
Class I: Locations in which flammable greater than 0.40 but less than or
gases or vapors are, or may be, equal to 0.80. Examples include:
present in the air in quantities ethylene, diethyl ether, methyl
sufficient to produce explosive or ether, propyl ether, nitromethane,
ignitable mixtures. and hydrazine.
Class II: Locations that are hazardous Group D: Atmospheres whose
because of the presence of experimental safe gap (MESG) value
combustible dusts. is greater than 0.75mm or a
Class III: Locations in which easily minimum igniting current ratio (MIC
ignitable fibers or flyings may be ratio) greater than 0.80. Examples
present, but not likely to be in include: propane, natural gas,
suspension in air in sufficient quantities methane, ammonia, benzene,
to produce ignitable mixtures. acetone, and butane.
Group E: Atmospheres containing
Division: The division defines the
probability (likelihood) of hazardous combustible metallic dusts, such as
aluminum, magnesium, and their
material being present in an ignitable
commercial alloys.
concentration in the surrounding
Group F: Atmospheres containing
atmosphere.
combustible carbonaceous dusts with
Division I: Locations in which 8% or more trapped volatiles, such as
ignitable concentrations of the carbon black, coal, or coke dust.
hazardous material exist under normal
Group G: Atmospheres containing
operating conditions (continuously,
intermittently, or periodically) or combustible dusts not included in
frequently because of repair, Group E or Group F. Typical dusts
maintenance operations, or because include flour, starch, grain, wood,
of leakage. A high probability. plastic, and chemicals.
Division 2: Locations that are All electrical equipment must be tested,
presumed to be hazardous only in an marked, and approved for the particular
abnormal situation. A low probability. hazardous location it is intended to be
Group: The group defines the explosive used in, e.g. class, division, and group, in
characteristic of the air mixtures of the Class/Division System. There are
gases, vapors, or dust of the specific exceptions to this rule, which can be
material involved. Groups A, B, C, and D found in the wiring practices of the
apply to Class I whereas Groups E, F, and National Electric Code (NEC) or Canadian
G apply to Class II. Electric Code (CEC).
Group A: Acetylene.
9.3.2 Zone System
Group B: Atmospheres whose
Hazardous locations per the Zone
maximum experimental safe gap
System are classified according to the
(MESG) value is less than or equal to
0.45mm or a minimum igniting frequency of the occurrence and the
current ratio (MIC ratio) less than or duration of an explosive atmosphere.
equal to 0.40. Examples include: Zones 0, 1, and 2 pertain to explosive
hydrogen, butadiene, ethylene oxide, gas atmospheres, whereas Zones 20, 21,
acrolein, and formaldehyde gas. and 22 pertain to explosive dust

atmospheres. Group I: Equipment that is intended
Zone 0: An explosive gas atmosphere

for use in mines susceptible to
firedamp.
that is present continuously, or for
long periods, or frequently. Group II: Equipment that is intended

for use in explosive gas atmospheres
other than mines.
that is likely to occur periodically or
occasionally in normal operation. Group III: Equipment that is

intended for use in explosive dust
that is not likely to occur in normal atmospheres.
operation, but if does occur, it will
exist for a short period only. 9.3.4 Equipment Subgroups
Zone 20: An explosive dust Equipment Group I has no subgroup.
atmosphere that is present Only equipment Group II and Group III
continuously, or for long periods, or are subdivided further according to the
frequently. explosive nature of the gas atmosphere
Zone 21: An explosive dust and dust atmospheres, respectively, for
atmosphere that is likely to occur which it is intended to be used in. The
periodically or occasionally in normal group number is followed by either the
operation. letter A, B, or C according to the below
Zone 22: An explosive dust definitions.
atmosphere that is not likely to occur
in normal operation, but if does occur, 9.3.4.1 Group II (Commonly referred to
it will exist for a short period only. as the “Gas Group”)
IIA: Atmospheres whose
It is important to note that the
assignment of a zone classification experimental safe gap (MESG) value
is greater than or equal to 0.9mm or
number only addresses the likelihood of
a minimum igniting current ratio
an explosive environment. It does not (MIC ratio) greater than 0.80.
specify the explosive nature or the Examples include: propane
material characteristics of the specific
IIB: Atmospheres whose
gas, vapors, or dusts involved. Ideally, all
experimental safe gap (MESG) value
equipment would be placed outside of
is greater than 0.5mm but less than
these zones, but that is not realistic. 0.9mm or a minimum igniting
Thus equipment intended for use in current ratio (MIC ratio) greater than
these zones is tested, marked, and or equal to 0.45 but less than or equal
approved such that the explosive nature to 0.80. Examples include: ethylene
and material characteristics are fully IIC: Atmospheres whose
considered. This is done by dividing the experimental safe gap (MESG) value
equipment into groups, subgroups, the is less than or equal to 0.5mm or a
type of protection used, the level of minimum igniting current ratio (MIC
protection used, assignment of an ratio) less than 0.45. Examples
equipment protection level (EPL), and a include: hydrogen
temperature code, discussed next.
9.3.4.2 Group III (Commonly referred to
9.3.3 Equipment Groups as the “Dust Group”)
Equipment is organized into the IIIA: Atmospheres containing
following groups according to the combustible flyings or fibers
following definitions. including solid particles that are
174
generally greater than 500um in methods have been given a specific

nominal size. Examples include: name along with a lower case letter
rayon, cotton, sisal, jute, hemp, which signify its type of protection in its
cocoa fiber. marking plate. It is important to note
IIIB: Atmospheres containing that not all types of protections are
non-conductive dust whose suitable for both gas and dust
electrical resistivity is greater than atmospheres. The type of protection
103 Ωm. Examples include: nylon, techniques and methods, by name and
wheat flour, charcoal (activated), its assigned letter, along with which
coal, coke, glisonite explosive atmosphere they can be used
IIIC: Atmospheres containing
in (denoted in parenthesis) are as follows:
conductive dust whose electrical Intrinsic Safety – Ex i (gas and
resistivity is less than or equal to dust): A type of protection based on
103 Ωm. Examples include: the restriction of electrical energy
aluminum, magnesium within the equipment and of
interconnecting wiring exposed to the
Equipment marked as IIB is suitable for explosive atmosphere (gas or dust) to
applications requiring Group IIA a level below that which can cause
equipment. Similarly, equipment marked ignition by either sparking or heating
as IIC is suitable for applications requiring effects. Equipment is constructed so
Group IIB or Group IIA equipment. that the non-intrinsically-safe circuits
Likewise, equipment marked as IIIB is cannot adversely affect the
suitable for applications requiring Group intrinsically-safe circuits.
IIIA equipment. Similarly, equipment Flame-Proof Enclosure – Ex d
marked as IIIC is suitable for applications (gas): A type of protection in which
requiring Group IIIB or Group IIIA the parts capable of igniting an
equipment. See Figure 9.1. explosive gas atmosphere are
provided with an enclosure which can
Equipment Suitable
withstand the pressure developed
Grouping Applications during an internal explosion of an
explosive mixture and which prevents
IIC IIC, IIB, IIA
the transmission of the explosion to
Gas IIB IIB, IIA the explosive gas atmosphere
IIA IIA surrounding the enclosure.
IIC IIC, IIB, IIA Encapsulation – Ex m (gas and
Dust IIB IIB, IIA dust): A type of protection in which
the parts capable of igniting an
IIA IIA
explosive atmosphere (gas or dust)
by either sparking or heating are
Figure 9.1 Equipment Groups
enclosed in a compound or other
non-metallic enclosure with
adhesion in such a way that the
9.3.5 Type of Protection
explosive atmosphere cannot be
ignited under operating or
9.3.5.1 Electrical Equipment
installation conditions.
There are many techniques and methods Increased Safety – Ex e (gas): A
which can be applied to electrical type of protection applied to
equipment in order to avoid ignition of electrical equipment in which
the surrounding explosive atmosphere. additional measures are applied so as
Nearly all of these techniques and to give increased security against the

possibility of excessive temperatures contains effective ignition sources that

and of the occurrence of arcs and must be dealt with by one of the
sparks in normal service or under protection methods previously
specified abnormal conditions. described. However, this is not true for
Type n – Ex n (gas): A type of most mechanical equipment. In fact,
protection applied to electrical normal operation of most mechanical
equipment such that in normal equipment within its design parameters
operation and in certain specified will not lead to ignition of an explosive
abnormal conditions, it is not atmosphere. In situations where
capable of igniting a surrounding malfunctions are considered, much of
explosive gas atmosphere.
the mechanical equipment can be
Pressurization – Ex p (gas and designed such that these malfunctions
dust): A type of protection of do not become an ignition source by a
guarding against the ingress of the proper choice of well-tried
external explosive atmosphere into an
constructional measures.
enclosure by maintaining a protective
gas therein at a pressure above that of The following types of ignition
the external atmosphere. protection measures for non-electrical
Oil Immersion – Ex o (gas): A type equipment, by name and its assigned
of protection in which the electrical letter, have been recognized.
equipment or parts of the electrical Flow Restricting Enclosure – Ex fr:
equipment are immersed in a A type of ignition protection where
protective liquid is such a way that an effective sealing and closely matched
explosive gas atmosphere which may joints can reduce the ingress of the
be above the liquid or outside the explosive atmosphere to form inside
enclosure cannot be ignited. the enclosure. Pressure differentials
Powder Filling – Ex q (gas): A type and changes in temperature need to
of protection in which the parts be taken into account.
capable of igniting an explosive gas Flame-Proof Enclosure – Ex d: A
atmosphere are fixed in position and type of ignition protection in which
completely surrounded by filling the parts capable of igniting an
material to prevent ignition of an explosive gas atmosphere are
external explosive gas atmosphere. provided with an enclosure which can
Enclosure – Ex t (dust): A type of withstand the pressure developed
protection whereby all electrical during an internal explosion of an
equipment is protected by an explosive mixture and which prevents
enclosure to avoid ignition of a dust the transmission of the explosion to
layer or cloud and to limit surface the explosive gas atmosphere
temperatures. surrounding the enclosure.
Special Protection – Ex s (gas and Constructional Safety – Ex c: A type
dust): A type of protection that allows of ignition protection in which
for the design of a product that cannot constructional measures are applied
comply in full with other recognized so as to protect against the
types of protection or where the possibility of ignition from hot
standards for the recognized types of surfaces, sparks, and adiabatic
protection do not cover the required compression generated by moving
operating conditions. parts, including malfunctions.
Control of Ignition Sources – Ex b:
9.3.5.2 Non-Electrical Equipment
A type of ignition protection whereby
Most electrical equipment often integral sensors detect an impending
176
operation of the equipment likely to b: A high level of protection.

cause an ignition and therefore c or none: An enhanced level of
initiate control measures before a protection.
potential ignition source becomes an
effective ignition source. The assignment of a level of protection
allowed for a given type of protection for
Pressurization – Ex p: A type of
electrical equipment is as follows:
ignition protection of guarding
against the ingress of the external Ex i – Intrinsic Safety: Ex ia, Ex ib,
explosive atmosphere into an Ex ic
enclosure by maintaining a protective Ex d – Flame-Proof: Ex da, Ex db, Ex
gas therein at a pressure above that dc
of the external atmosphere.
Ex m – Encapsulation: Ex ma, Ex
Liquid Immersion – Ex k: A type of mb, Ex mc
ignition protection where ignition
Ex e – Increased Safety: Ex eb, Ex ec
sources are rendered inactive by
immersion in a liquid or by the Ex n – Type n: A level of protection
constant moistening using a liquid film. letter is not assigned for this type of
protection. This type of protection is
9.3.6 Level of Protection only suitable for Zone 2 locations
Depending upon the type of protection Ex p – Pressurization: Ex pxb, Ex
employed by the equipment, a level of pyb, Ex pzc
protection letter (or sub-letter) of either Ex o – Oil Immersion: Ex ob, Ex oc
an a, b, c, or no letter at all will be
Ex q – Powder Filling: A level of
assigned. The level of protection letter, if
protection letter is not assigned for
assigned, immediately follows the type this type of protection. This type of
of protection letter and is referred to as protection is only suitable for Zone 1
the equipment’s level of protection for and Zone 2 locations.
that specific type of protection being Ex t – Dust Enclosure: Ex ta, Ex tb,
used. The level of protection letter Ex tc
denotes the likelihood of the equipment
Ex s – Special Protection: Ex sa, Ex
becoming a source of ignition. Again, it
is important to emphasize that the level sb, Ex sc
of protection (a, b, c, or none) assigned
9.3.7 Equipment Protection Level
depends strictly upon the type of
protection being applied to the (EPL)
equipment. The reason for this is An EPL rating is an equipment
because not all types of protection can assignment based upon its likelihood of
be made to afford a very high or even a becoming a source of ignition in either an
high level of protection which will not explosive gas atmosphere or an explosive
become a source of ignition in rare or dust atmosphere, including mines.
expected malfunctions. Additionally, the EPL Ma: Equipment for installation in
level of protection assigned correlates mines susceptible to firedamp,
very closely to the equipment’s overall having a very high level of protection
EPL rating (discussed later). which is unlikely to become an
ignition source in normal operation,
Although not explicitly defined the level
during expected malfunctions, or
of protection letter can be generalized during rare malfunctions.
as follows:
EPL Mb: Equipment for installation in
a: A very high level of protection.
mines susceptible to firedamp,

having a high level of protection

which is unlikely to become an Zone Equipment Protection Level (EPL)
ignition source in normal operation
or during expected malfunctions. 0 Ga
EPL Ga: Equipment for explosive gas 1 Ga or Gb
atmospheres having a very high level 2 Ga or Gb or Gc

of protection which is not a source of 20 Da
ignition in normal operation, during
21 Da or Db
expected malfunctions, or during
rare malfunctions. 22 Da or Db or Dc
EPL Gb: Equipment for explosive gas

Figure 9.2 Zones vs. Equipment Protection Levels
atmospheres having a high level of
protection which is not a source of
ignition in normal operation or Level of
during expected malfunctions. Protection
EPL Gc: Equipment for explosive gas Very High a Ga Da

atmospheres having an enhanced
level of protection which is not a High b Gb Db
source of ignition in normal operation
and may have some additional
Moderate c Gc Dc
protection to ensure that it remains
inactive as an ignition source. Default Risk Levels
2 22 1 21 0 20
Zone
EPL Da: Equipment for explosive dust Acceptable Low High Very High
Unacceptable
atmospheres having a very high level Frequency and Duration
of protection which is not a source of

ignition in normal operation, during Figure 9.3 Zones vs. Equipment Protection Levels
expected malfunctions, or during
rare malfunctions.
EPL Db: Equipment for explosive 9.4 Temperature Code
dust atmospheres have a high level If an explosive gas atmosphere comes
of protection which is not a source of into contact with a significantly hot
ignition in normal operation or surface, an ignition is likely to take place
during expected malfunctions.
in the absence of a spark or flame being
EPL Dc: Equipment for explosive dust present. The conditions under which a
atmospheres having an enhanced hot surface will ignite the explosive gas
level of protection which is not a atmosphere depends on its surface area,
source of ignition in normal operation
temperature, and the specific gas group
and may have some additional
protection to ensure that it remains involved. For ease of classification and
inactive as an ignition source. marking purposes, temperature codes
are defined in Figure 9.4.
The default relationship between
zones and equipment protection levels
(EPLs) can be summarized in the
Figures 9.2 and 9.3. 
178
any process pipeline which could enter

T Code Maximum Surface Temperature an explosive atmosphere must be
T1 450°C (842°F)
carefully considered and evaluated. 
T2 300°C (572°F)
T3 200°C (392°F) 9.5 Nomenclature
T4 135°C (275°F)
T5 100°C (212°F)
9.5.1 Class/Division System
T6 85°C (185°F) In the Class/Division System there is no
formal name or term used to describe a
Figure 9.4 Temperature Codes given class or division rating. However,
the industry widely uses the following
Equipment that has been tested receives terms to associate them to a given class
a temperature code that indicates the or division rating;
maximum surface temperature attained
Explosion-Proof – Class I Division 1
by the equipment. Regardless of which
classification system is being used, the Non-Incendive – Class I Division 2
maximum surface temperature may be Dust Ignition-Proof – Class II Division 1
internal or external to the equipment
IS Equipment (Intrinsically-Safe
which is determined by the type of
equipment) – Class I Division 1 or
protection being employed. Class I, II, III Division 1
Explosive dust atmospheres have very Intrinsically-safe equipment (or
different characteristics than gas apparatus) is unique in that energy is
atmospheres, however they can also be limited and can be approved for just gas
ignited by a hot surface. The additional atmospheres or for both gas and dust
constraints for ignition of an explosive atmospheres. Intrinsically-safe
dust atmosphere include, but are not equipment is always evaluated as being
limited to, the atmospheric dust in a Division 1 location.
concentration, dust dispersion,
thickness of dust layers, etc. Equipment 9.5.2 Zone System
for explosive dust atmospheres are
marked with the maximum surface In the Zone System, a lower case letter
temperature on its marking plate and represents the type of protection that
not with a temperature code. has been applied to the equipment. The
name associated to a given type of
For process control equipment (such as protection is well defined. Refer to the
valves), the maximum surface type of protection for a description.
temperature greatly depends upon the
fluid, the ambient air temperature, the 9.5.3 Wiring Practices
choice of materials used in its
It cannot be emphasized enough that
construction, and its physical geometry.
both the equipment and its associated
In most cases, only the end user will
wiring practice during installation are
know the true operating conditions that
critical in preventing explosions in
the equipment will be subjected too.
hazardous locations. The following
Therefore, such equipment is marked
wiring practices are widely used.
‘TX’ which signifies to the end user that
the maximum surface temperature of National Electric Code (NEC) – U.S.
the equipment is dependent upon Articles 500 to 504 address
operating conditions. Adding heat to installations that use the Class/

Division System the general marking requirements.

Articles 505 to 506 address Explosion protection symbol
installations that use the Zone Equipment Group – I or II
System
Equipment Category – 1 or 2 or 3
Canadian Electric Code (CEC) –
Canada Environment – G or D
Section 18 address installations Figure 9.5 illustrates the relationship

that use the Zone System between the IEC equipment group
Section J address installations use ratings versus the ATEX Directive’s
the Class/Division System definition of equipment group ratings.
IEC 60079-14 (Electrical installations 9.5.5 Marking Examples
design, selection, and erection) –
Worldwide Class/Division
Addresses electrical installations CL I DIV 1 GP BCD: Explosion-Proof
per the Zone System approval for Class I Division 1 for
Groups B, C, D
9.5.4 European Union (EU) – ATEX CL 1 DIV 2 GP ABCD: Non-Incendive
Directive 2014/34/EU approval for Class I Division 2 for
Per the ATEX Directive, there exist only Groups A, B, C, D
two equipment groups, three
equipment categories, and two IEC Equipment
ATEX Equipment Ratings
Ratings
explosive atmosphere environments. Per IEC 60079
Directive 2014/34/EU
Series
Group
Equipment
Group I: Equipment for use in Equipment
EPL Group Category &
Group
underground mines susceptible to Environment
firedamp Ma M1
Mines I I
Group II: Equipment for use in places Mb M2
other than mines. Ga 1G
Category Gas Gb II 2G
Category 1: Equipment designed to Gc 3G
ensure a very high level of protection II
Da 1D
Category 2: Equipment designed to Dust Db III 2D
ensure a high level of protection
Dc 3D
Category 3: Equipment designed to
ensure a normal (moderate or Figure 9.5 IEC Ratings vs. ATEX Ratings
enhanced) level of protection
Environment I.S. CL I DIV 1 GP ABCD: Intrinsically-
G: Equipment intended for use in

safe approval (USA) for gas
explosive gas atmospheres. atmospheres of Groups A, B, C, D
I.S. CL I,II,III DIV 1 GP ABCDEFG:
D: Equipment intended for use in
explosive dust atmospheres. Intrinsically-safe approval (USA) for
gas and dust atmospheres for all
For ATEX approved equipment the Groups
following additional ATEX marking shall
Ex ia INTRINSICALLY SAFE CL I DIV 1
appear on the equipment in addition to
GP CD: Intrinsically-safe approval
180
(Canada) for gas atmospheres of 9.6.1 Explosion-Proof or Flame-

Groups C, D Proof Technique
CL I,II,III DIV 2 GP ABCDEFG: An Suitable for gas atmospheres – Class I
approval that is only good for Division 1 (or 2), Zone 1 (or 2).
Division 2 locations both gas and
This type of protection utilizes an
dust
enclosure capable of withstanding an
Zone explosive gas or vapor within it and
Class I Zone 0 AEx ia IIB T4 Ga: A prevents the transmission of ignitable
USA Zone approval utilizing intrinsic hot gases outside the enclosure, which
safety with a very high level of may be surrounded by an explosive gas
protection for gas group IIB whose atmosphere. In simple terms, contain
temperature code is T4 with an EPL the explosion within the enclosure and
rating of Ga. prevent ignition of the explosive gas
atmosphere outside it.
Ex db IIC T5 Gb with II 2 G: An ATEX
approval utilizing flame-proof Advantages
techniques with I high level of Users are familiar with the technique
protection suitable for gas group IIC and understand its principles and
whose temperature code is T5 with applications.
an EPL of Gb.
Sturdy housing design provides
Ex ia IIC T6 Ga: An intrinsically-safe
protection to the internal
approval with a very high level of components of the equipment.
protection suitable for gas group IIC An explosion-proof housing is usually
with a temperature code of T6 and
weatherproof as well.
an EPL of Ga.
Disadvantages
Ex e mb IIB T4 Gb: Equipment that
utilizes increased safety and Circuits must be de-energized or
encapsulation with a high level of the location rendered non-

protection suitable for gas group IIB hazardous before housing covers
can be removed.
with a temperature code of T4 and
an EPL of Gb.  Opening of a cover in a hazardous
area voids all protection.
Generally, this technique requires use
9.6 Protection Techniques of heavy bolted or screwed enclosures.
and Methods Extended ambient temperature
ranges require additional safety
With regards to the various protection factors that the design may not be
techniques and methods used in able to accommodate.
equipment, the following two points are
To maintain the explosion-proof
very important:
rating and reduce pressure piling,
Each protection technique and conduit seals or explosion-proof
method is unique for either a gas cabling is necessary.
atmosphere, a dust atmosphere or
both. 9.6.2 Intrinsically-Safe Technique
Each protection technique and
Suitable for gas or dust atmospheres –
method differs on the level of Class I Division 1 (or Class II,III Division1),
protection it can provide, e.g. very
Zone 0 (or 1 or 2), Zone 20 (or 21 or 22).
high, high, or enhanced.

This type of protection operates by applications such as DC circuits,

limiting the release of electrical energy electro-pneumatic positioners,
or thermal energy available in the electro-pneumatic converters,
circuits and equipment to levels that are transducers, etc.
incapable of igniting a specific explosive
atmosphere. Equipment is designed for 9.6.3 Non-Incendive or
specific gas and dust groups, along with Type n Technique
varying levels of protection, which Suitable for gas atmospheres – Class I
considers normal and abnormal Division 2, Zone 2.
conditions (except for class/division
A type of protection in which the
equipment which is always evaluated as
equipment is incapable, under normal
Division 1).
operating conditions, of causing an
Advantages ignition due to any arcs, sparks, or
Heavy protection of the field wiring is thermal effects within the equipment.
not necessary and offers lower cost. This type of protection also applies to
Greater flexibility is offered since this
equipment which does contain arcs or
technique permits simple sparks, provided they are protected by
components, such as switches, one of the ways specified in the standard.
contact closures, thermocouples, Advantages
RTDs, and other non-energy storing
instruments to be used without Equipment is designed such that it
certification. does not produce any arcs or sparks,

nor does it develop any high
Field maintenance and repair is temperatures.
easier. There is no need to remove
Equipment is generally lower cost
power before adjustment or
calibration of the field equipment. than the other types of protections
The system remains safe even if the because there is no need for
equipment is damaged because the explosion-proof housings or energy
energy level is too low to ignite the limiting barriers.
most easily ignitable mixture. For Class I Division 2 applications, if
Diagnostic and calibration connected to a non-incendive circuit,
equipment must have the the user is allowed to use any
appropriate approvals for the ordinary wiring practice.
hazardous area.
Disadvantages
Disadvantages
This technique is limited to Division 2
This technique requires the use of an or Zone 2 applications.
intrinsically-safe barrier to limit the
For Class I Division 2 applications, the
voltage, current, and power between
the hazardous area and safe area to field wiring must be well protected.
avoid development of sparks or hot Non-incendive circuits are an
spots in the circuitry of the equipment. additional expense to the end user
Users need to be comfortable with because it must limit the energy to
this technique and the wiring safe levels in the event of a open,
practices associated with it. short, or ground of the field wiring.
High energy consumption
9.6.4 Increased Safety
applications are not applicable to
this technique because the energy is Suitable for gas environments – Zone 1
limited at the source (barrier). This (or 2).
technique is limited to low power
182
This type of protection applies to Disadvantages

electrical equipment or Ex components Certain apparatuses may be such that
in which additional measures are applied intrinsic safety is the only option. 
to give increased security against the
possibility of excessive temperatures
and against the occurrence of arcs and 9.7 Enclosure Ratings
sparks. This protection is only suitable
for equipment that does not contain any Enclosures of electrical equipment are
incendive devices (arcs or sparks) during often tested to determine their ability to
normal operation. Examples include: prevent the ingress of liquids and dusts.
terminal boxes, junction boxes, etc. This The most widely used enclosure rating
is commonly used in conjunction with standards are NEMA 250 and UL 50
flame-proof approved equipment. (United States), CSA C22.2 No. 94
(Canada), and IEC 60529 (worldwide).
Advantages Standard UL 50 and CSA C22.2 No. 94
Increased safety enclosures provide closely parallels standard NEMA 250
at least an IP54 enclosure rating. with regards to ratings.
Installation and maintenance are Some of the more common enclosure
easier than flame-proof enclosures. ratings as defined in NEMA 250 for
This technique offers significantly unclassified locations (general locations)
reduced wiring costs over flame- are as follows:
proof enclosures. Type 3 – Indoor or outdoor
Disadvantages enclosure, rain-tight, dust-tight,
This technique is limited in the
ice-resistant: Intended for indoor or
apparatus for which it can be used. It outdoor use primarily to provide a
is normally used for apparatuses, degree of protection against falling
such as terminal boxes and dirt, windblown dust, rain, sleet,
compartments. snow, and damage from external ice
formation on the enclosure.
9.6.5 Dust Ignition-Proof or Type 3X – Indoor or outdoor
Enclosure Dust-Proof enclosure, rain-tight, dust-tight,
Suitable for dust atmospheres – Class II ice-resistant, corrosion-resistant:
Intended for indoor or outdoor use
Division 1 (or 2), Zone 20 (or 21 or 22).
primarily to provide a degree of
This type of protection results in an protection against falling dirt,
enclosure that will exclude ignitable windblown dust, rain, sleet, snow,
amounts of dust and will not permit damage from external ice formation
arcs, sparks, or heat otherwise on the enclosure, and corrosion.
generated inside the enclosure to cause Type 3R – Indoor or outdoor
an ignition of the exterior dust enclosure, rainproof (or rain-
atmosphere in atmospheric suspension tight), ice-resistant: Intended for
or in layers. indoor or outdoor use primarily to
provide a degree of protection
Advantages
against falling dirt, rain, sleet, snow,
Installation does not require a and damage from external ice
barrier, whereas intrinsically-safe formation on the enclosure.
equipment for dust does.
Type 3RX – Indoor or outdoor
Can be used in high-energy
enclosure, rainproof (or rain-
applications. tight), ice-resistant, corrosion-

resistant: Intended for indoor or applications.

outdoor use primarily to provide a Type 8 – Indoor or outdoor
degree of protection against falling enclosure, Class I Division 1
dirt, rain, sleet, snow, damage from approved, rain-tight, ice-resistant:
external ice formation on the Intended for indoor or outdoor use in
enclosure, and corrosion. explosion-proof applications and
Type 3S – Indoor or outdoor
which provides a degree of
protection from rain, sleet, snow,
enclosure, rain-tight, dust-tight,
and damaged from external ice
ice-proof: Intended for indoor or
formation on the enclosure.
outdoor use primarily to provide a
degree of protection against falling Type 9 – Indoor enclosure, Class II
dirt, windblown dust, rain, sleet, Division 1 approved: Intended for
snow, and to provide for operation of indoor use in dust ignition-proof
external mechanisms when ice laden. applications.
Type 3SX – Indoor or outdoor The NEMA ratings for classified locations
enclosure, rain-tight, dust-tight, are often misunderstood. It should be
ice-proof, corrosion-resistant: apparent that a NEMA 7 or NEMA 8
Intended for indoor or outdoor use rating is essentially the same as that for
primarily to provide a degree of Class I Division 1. A NEMA 9 rating is
protection against falling dirt, essentially the same as that for Class II
windblown dust, rain, sleet, snow,
Division 1. Per the NEC and CEC, all
and to provide for operation of
external mechanisms when ice equipment must be appropriately
laden, and corrosion. marked for the class, division, and group
that it has obtained. Therefore, a product
Type 4 – Indoor or outdoor
marked as NEMA 7, NEMA 8, or NEMA 9
enclosure, rain-tight, water-tight,
dust-tight, ice-resistant: Intended alone without any additional marking
for indoor or outdoor use primarily identifying its class, division, or group is
to provide a degree of protection unacceptable and not allowed. Most
against falling dirt, windblown dust, approval agencies discourage the use of
rain, sleet, snow, splashing water, applying NEMA 7, NEMA 8, or NEMA 9
hose-directed water, and damage for this very reason and do not allow it.
from external ice formations on the
enclosure. Enclosures that are tested to IEC 60529
are allowed to carry an Ingress
Type 4X – Indoor or outdoor
Protection (IP) code that specifies its
enclosure, rain-tight, water-tight,
rating. The IP code consists of the letters
dust-tight, ice-resistant,
corrosion-resistant: Intended for “IP” followed by two characteristic
indoor or outdoor use primarily to numerals the degree of conformity
provide a degree of protection obtained. The first numeral indicates the
against falling dirt, windblown dust, degree of protection against human
rain, sleet, snow, splashing water, contact with or approach to live parts,
hose-directed water, damage from human contact with moving parts inside
external ice formations on the the enclosure, and ingress of solid
enclosure, and corrosion. foreign body objects. The second
NEMA 250 also defines enclosure ratings numeral indicates the degree of
for classified locations as follows: protection provided by the enclosure
Type 7 – Indoor enclosure, Class I
against the ingress of water. See Figure
Division 1 approved: Intended for 9.7 for more information. 
indoor use in explosion-proof
184
Degree of Protection Against the Test Type of Enclosure

Following Conditions Clause 3 3X 3R 3RX 3S 3SX 4 4X
Access to hazardous
General 5.2 X X X X X X X X
parts
Falling dirt 5.5.2 X X X X X X X X
Ingress of Solid
Foreign Objects Windblown dust, lint
5.5.1 X X X X X X
fibers
Dripping and light
5.3 X X X X X X X X
splashing
Rain, snow, sleet, ice* 5.4 X X X X X X X X
Ingress of Water Rain, snow, sleet,
5.6 X X
ice**
Hose-directed and
5.7 X X
splashing water
Additional 5.9 &
Corrosion X X X X
Protection 5.10
* External operating mechanisms are not required to be operable when the enclosure is ice covered.
** External operating mechanisms are operable when the enclosure is ice covered.
Figure 9.6 Explanation of Enclosure Ratings
First Numeral Protection Against Solid Bodies Second Numeral Protection Against Liquid
0 - No protection 0 - No protection
1 - Objects greater than 50 mm 1 - Vertically dripping water
2 - Objects greater than 12.5 mm 2 - Angled dripping water (75 to 90 degrees)
3 - Objects greater than 2.5 mm 3 - Sprayed water
4 - Objects greater than 1.0 mm 4 - Splashed water
5 - Dust-protected 5 - Jetting
6 - Dust-tight 6 - Powerful jetting
7 - Temporary immersion
8 - Permanent immersion
9 - High-pressure and temperature water jet
Figure 9.7 Description of Ingress Protection Numerals

Chapter 10
Isolation Valves
Control Valve Handbook | Chapter 10: Isolation Valves
This chapter has been extracted from IPT’s wedge that wedges between two
Pipe Trades Handbook by Robert A. Lee, tapered seats when the valve is closed.
with permission. The solid-wedge design (Figure 10.2)
is widely used and is suitable for air,
gas, oil, steam, and water service.
10.1 Basic Valve Types Flexible wedge gate valves are used in
services that have a tendency to bind
There are numerous valve types, styles,
the solid-wedge design due to excessive
sizes, and shapes available for use in
variations in temperatures.
industry. Even though there are dozens
of valve varieties to choose from, the
primary purpose of valves remains the Handwheel
Nut
same; that is to stop or start flow, or to Gland
Flange Handwheel
regulate flow.
Packing Yoke-Sleeve
Regulation of flow includes: throttling, Gland Retaining Nut
prevention of flow reversal, and relieving Packing Yoke Sleeve

or regulating pressure within a system. Bonnet Integral Yoke
Bushing and Bonnet
Selection of valves for a system is based Bonnet Nuts
Gland Eye Bolts
on the valve’s intended service and Bonnet Gasket
design function. There are eight basic Groove Pin
Stem-Disk
valve designs available: Connection
Gate Flexible Disk
Globe Bonnet Studs
Check Valve Body
Flanged-End
Diaphragm Connection
Ball
Figure 10.1 Gate Valve
Butterfly
Plug
Relief
Handwheel
10.1.1 Gate Valves
Gland
Gate valves are used for on/off service Flange
and are designed to operate fully open

or fully closed. Stem
Because of excessive vibration and wear

Solid
created in partially-closed gates, the Wedge
valves are not intended for throttling or
flow regulation. Gate valves are available Seat
in solid wedge, flexible wedge, split

wedge, and double-disk styles. A typical
gate valve and its major parts are shown
in Figure 10.1.
Figure 10.2 Solid-Wedge Gate Valve
See Tables 10.1 and 10.3 through 10.7
of this chapter for sizes and dimensions.
Wedge-type gate valves have a tapered

disk gate valve has parallel disks and

seats. Closure of the double disk is
accomplished by a spreader or wedge
which forces the parallel disks against
Wedge shape the seats. The double-disk gate valve is
with center hub
Side View connecting shown in Figure 10.5.
the two halves
of the disk
Stem
Double
Disk
Guides are used
Top View on larger sizes Spreader
to prevent
chattering Seat
Figure 10.5 Double-Disk Gate Valve

Figure 10.3 Flexible-Wedge Disk
The design of the flexible wedge (shown Friction, which causes wear on seats and
in Figure 10.3) provides good seating disks, is kept to a minimum in both the
characteristics (opening and closing) split-wedge and double-disk gate valves
for a wide range of temperatures while because the seat and disk are in contact
providing positive shutoff. only on closing the valve.
When installing either the split-wedge
Packing or double-disk gate valve, the stem of
the valve must be vertical (valve upright)
Bonnet
which ensures the disks do not jam apart
before closing.
Rising
Stem
10.1.2 Globe Valves
Split-Wedge Globe valves, unlike gate valves, are
Disk used in applications requiring frequent
operation and/or throttling of flow.
The design of the glove valve (shown
in Figure 10.6) keeps seat erosion to
a minimum, while making it an easy
valve to service. When flow begins in
Figure 10.4 Split-Wedge Gate Valve
the globe valve design, the disk moves
completely away from the seat, thus
Split-wedge and double-disk gate minimizing erosion and wire drawing.
valves have disks or wedges that are
made of two pieces. In the split-wedge See Figures 10.30 and 10.36 through
design (Figure 10.4), the last turn of 10.42 of this chapter for sizes and
the handwheel forces the two disks dimensions.
against the tapered seats. The double-
188
Wheel Nut
Angle body valves provide for a 90
degree change of direction (see Figure
Handwheel
10.7) which in some installations saves
Yoke Bushing
space, material, and installation time.
Gland Flange
Packing Gland
Packing
The inner design of the angle body
Gland Eye Bolts
valve offers less flow restriction than the
Groove Pin
conventional T-pattern, but more than
the Y-pattern globe valve.
Bonnet Nuts
Bonnet
Bonnet Bushing
Bonnet Studs
Disk Stem Ring Packing
Stem
Stem
Disk Washer
Bonnet Gasket Disk Holder
Disk Composition
Disk
Body Seat Ring
Valve Body
Figure 10.8 Y-Pattern Globe Valve (Composition Disk)
Figure 10.6 Globe Valve

Y-pattern globe valves, because
Globe valves are available in three of the angle of the stem (45 or 60
body styles: angle body, Y-pattern and degrees from the run), give very little
T-pattern body, or straightway body flow restriction. Figure 10.8 shows
(most common). All three body styles a typical Y-pattern globe valve. The
are suited for throttling, but each has Y-pattern globe valve is ideally suited for
its own flow characteristic and service applications requiring almost full flow in
applicability. a valve, but with the characteristics of a
globe valve.
Applications for the Y-pattern globe
Handwheel
valve include boiler blow-offs and
Stem services where mud, grit, and/or viscous
fluids may be encountered.
Packing
The main types of globe valves according
Union to their seat arrangements are:
Conventional-disk
Disk Holder
Plug-disk
Composition
Composition-disk
Disk
Needle valve
Conventional-disk globe valves use

a short, tapered disk which fits into
a matched tapered seat for closure
Figure 10.7 Angle Globe Valve (Composition Disk) and throttling (shown in Figure 10.9).
When flow conditions have a tendency
to deposit or coke on valve seats, the

conventional-disk valve design is often

preferred. The narrow disk used in the
conventional-disk valve will usually break
through deposits, giving positive seating,
rather than packing the deposits.
Stem
Disk Holder
Gland Plate
Bonnet Composition
Disk
Conventional
Disk Body
Seat Ring
Body
Figure 10.11 Composition-Disk Globe Valve
Various composition materials can be

Figure 10.9 Conventional-Disk Globe Valve used in the disk holder depending on
the intended service of the valve. By
The plug disk differs from the changing the composition disk material,
conventional disk in that the plug the valve can be changed from one
disk and seat arrangement are longer service to another. Because of the softer
and more tapered. The longer area of nature of certain compositions used in
the plug and seat give the plug valve the disk, foreign matter usually embeds
maximum resistance to flow-induced in the disk rather than causing leakage
erosion. An example of a plug-disk globe or scoring of the seat.
valve is shown in Figure 10.10.
Gland
Flange
Gland
Packing Nut
Bonnet
Bonnet
Disc
Needle-Shaped
Disk
Seat Ring
Body
Figure 10.12 Needle Valve
Figure 10.10 Plug-Disk Globe Valve

The needle valve is another type of
The composition-disk globe valve has globe valve which is used for accurate
a flat composition disk that fits flat throttling in high-pressure and/or high-
against a seat rather than into a seat. This temperature service.
arrangement can be seen in Figure 10.11. Needle valves are designed for small
190
diameter lines requiring fine throttling Cap

of gases, steam, low-viscosity oil, water,
Weight
or any other light liquid.
Lever
The valve consists of a sharp, pointed Disk
(needle-shaped) stem that controls flow Hinge
Normal
through the seat. Figure 10.12 shows a Flow Disk
typical needle valve. Body
Seat
Ring
10.1.3 Check Valves
Body
Check valves are used to prevent
flow reversal in piping systems and Figure 10.14 Lever and Weight Swing Check Valve
connected equipment. The two most
common designs of check valves are: Swing check valves with outside lever
Swing check and weight arrangements (shown in
Lift check
Figure 10.14) or spring-loaded disks
can facilitate immediate closure in
flow reverse. This immediate closure
Cap
minimizes the possible damages of shock
Disk and disk chatter in systems. The tilting-
Hinge
disk swing check valve is another type
Disk of swing check valve that is used to help
Normal
Flow Body prevent slamming (see Figure 10.15)
Seat
Ring
Body
Disk hinge
location
Figure 10.13 Swing Check Valve Normal provides
Flow immediate
closure when
The swing check valve design (shown in flow reverses
Figure 10.13) consists of a hinged disk

that swings open when flow starts in
the desired direction and swings closed Figure 10.15 Tilting Check Valve
in flow reversal situations. Because of
this swinging action of the disk, it is The lift check valve design (shown
important to install all swing check in Figure 10.16) is used in situations
valves so that the disk closes positively where pressure drop is not considered
by gravity. When fully open, the swing critical. The flow pattern through the
check offers less flow resistance than the valve corresponds to that of the globe
lift check valve design. valve. Lift check valves are available in
horizontal and vertical designs.
In flow situations where shock closure
and/or disk chatter are encountered,
other varieties of swing check valves can
be used to help minimize the problems.
See Tables 10.8 through 10.14 of this
chapter for sizes and dimensions

10.1.4 Bypass Valves

Cap
In larger valve situations where high
Union
Cap Ring pressures and/or high temperatures
are encountered, a smaller bypass valve
Disk is often installed to equalize pressure
Body
and/or to allow the pipe downstream
Seat Ring to warm up before the larger valve is
Normal opened. Figure 10.18 shows a typical
Flow Body
bypass arrangement, while Figure 10.19
gives standard bypass and auxiliary
Figure 10.16 Horizontal-Lift Check Valve connection locations and sizes.
Disk Holder
Open
Composition
Normal Flow
Disk
Disk Guide Closed

Nut
Body
Figure 10.17 Vertical-Lift Check Valve

Typical bypass
Vertical design check valves (shown valve used in
in Figure 10.17) are for use in up-feed high-pressure
and/or
vertical lines only and will not work in high-temperature
the inverted or horizontal position. It is service with
stems of both
important when installing any lift check valves parallel
valve that the disk or ball lifts vertically
when in operation. Figure 10.18 Bypass Valve
Globe Gate Tapped Angle

Valves Valves locations Valves
shown as:
Check
Valves
2 - 4 in. 5 - 8 in. 10 - 24 in.

Main Valve (50 - 100 mm) (125 - 200 mm) (250 - 600 mm)
1/2 in. 3/4 in. 1 in.

Bypass
(15 mm) (20 mm) (25 mm)
Figure 10.19 Bypass and Auxiliary Connections
192
10.1.5 Diaphragm Valves movement is shortened, which in turn

prolongs diaphragm life and reduces
Diaphragm valves (sometimes referred
overall maintenance.
to as saunders valves) are designed to
control flow in corrosive services where
line content could adversely affect valve Handwheel
components. Other applications for Stem

diaphragm valves are in services where
Bonnet
contamination from outside sources
cannot be tolerated; for example, the Diaphragm
pharmaceutical and food industries. Valve Liner
Diaphragm valves differ from other Valve Body
valves in that the body of the valve

and line content is sealed off from all
moving parts of the valve by a flexible
Figure 10.21 Straightway-Type Diaphragm Valve
diaphragm. This flexible diaphragm
seal prevents stem packing leakage of Straightway-type diaphragm valves have
line content and flow contamination by no weir incorporated in the valve design.
packing lubricants. Figure 10.21 shows a typical straightway
Even though there are many variations valve. This design gives the valve an
of diaphragm valve designs, most can uninterrupted passageway suited for
be classified as either weir-type or flows which are viscous or contain solids.
straightway-type. There are many types of diaphragm
materials available, depending on
service and temperature conditions.
Handwheel
Because longer diaphragm movement
Stem
is needed in the straightway-type
Bonnet valve compared to the weir-type,
Compressor material selection is limited for the
Diaphragm straightway-type valve.
& Backing
Weir 10.1.6 Pinch Valves

Valve Liner The pinch valve, like the diaphragm valve,
Valve Body uses a flexible diaphragm in the closing
and opening of the valve. Pinch valves
use a flexible hollow sleeve which is
Figure 10.20 Weir-Type Diaphragm Valve
pinched closed to stop flow by manual or
power methods. A simple, air-operated
Weir-type diaphragm valves are the most
pinch valve is shown in Figure 10.22.
common type of diaphragm valve used.
Figure 10.20 shows a typical weir-type Flexible
Hollow
valve along with is major components. Sleeve Valve
Open
The weir-type diaphragm valve

incorporates a raised section (weir)
halfway through the valve, which Valve
Pinched
acts as a closure point for the flexible Closed
diaphragm. Because of the way the Air Tap
weir is formed in the body, diaphragm Figure 10.22 Air-Operated Pinch Valve

Pinch valves are ideally suited in services 10.1.8 Butterfly Valves

which carry suspended matter, slurries,
The butterfly valve offers a simple
and solid powder flows.
design that is lightweight, compact,
and inexpensive, particularly in larger
10.1.7 Ball Valves
valve sizes. It consists of a flat, circular
The ball valve, as the name indicates, disk hinged in its center, which closes or
contains a ball-shaped plug within a fully opens with a quarter turn. Seating
valve body which regulates flow. The ball for the disk is supplied by metal seats or
has a circular hole or flow-way through resilient types of material like elastomers
its center and when turned one-quarter and plastics. Because of the advances in
of the way, the flow stops. Ball valves seating material, butterfly valves have
come in three general patterns: found general acceptance in the oil,
Venture-port gas, chemical, water, and process fields.
Full-port
The valve is often used in place of a gate
valve, but has the added advantage of
Reduced-port (sometimes referred flow regulation.
to as regular-port)
Butterfly valves are available in two basic
The port patterns indicate the inside body types:
diameter of the ball flow-way.
Wafer-type
Ball valves may also be classified by their
Double flanged-type
body style. Body styles comes in one-
piece and multi-piece bodies. The wafer-type (shown in Figure 10.24)
is mounted between two flanges and is
A typical reduced-port (or regular-port)
held in place by flange bolts.
ball valve with a multi-piece body is
shown in Figure 10.23. In situations where dismantling
of equipment or lines may require
Handle
Assembly
disconnecting of one of the holding
Indicator
flanges, a lug-wafer butterfly valve can
Plate be used. The lug-wafer butterfly valve
(shown in Figure 10.25) has tapped
Gland Nut
lugs through which the flange bolts are
Gland
screwed and hold the valve in place, even
Gland
when one flange is removed. In most
Packing wafer butterfly valves, the elastomer seal
Stem also acts as its own flange gasket.
Ball
The double-flanged butterfly (shown in
Body
Connector Figure 10.26) incorporates two flange
Seat Ring ends which are bolted individually into
and
Housing the pipework or equipment flanges.
Body Gaskets are used between the valve ends
Connector
Bolt and connecting flanges.
Body
Connector
Seal
Valve Body
Figure 10.23 Reduced-Port Ball Valve
194
One variation of the lubricated plug is

Stem Shaft
shown in Figure 10.27.
Top View
The lubricated plug differs from the
Body
non-lubricated plug in that it provides a
Disk
means to lubricate the seating surfaces
ter
of the valve. This lubrication helps
me
Po
rt Dia Resilient Seat to eliminate valve seizing while still
providing a positive seal. Lubricated
plugs should not be used if flow
Mounting Holes
(used on larger sizes) contamination may be a problem.
Figure 10.24 Wafer-Type Butterfly Valve The plug valve design also lends itself to
multi-port valve arrangements as shown
in Figure 10.28.
Stem Shaft
Top View
Body
Lubricant
Screw
Disk
Stem
r
mete Gland
rt Dia Resilient
Po Seat Cover
Plate
Gland
Connecting Packing
Lugs
Lubricant
Grooves
Figure 10.25 Lug-Butterfly Valve
Flow Way
Stem Shaft Plug
Gland Nut Valve

Body
Gland
Gland
Packing
Disk Figure 10.27 Lubricated Plug Valve
Disk Pin
Body
Flange Bolts
Connecting
Flange
Three-Way Two-Port
Figure 10.26 Double-Flanged Butterfly Valve
10.1.9 Plug Valves

Plug valves (also known as cock valves)
consist of a tapered or parallel side plug Three-Way
Three-Port
which can be rotated a quarter turn
within a valve body. The quarter turn
gives full closure or fully open operation
of the valve. There are two basic types of
plug valves available:
Lubricated plug
Four-Way Four-Port
Non-lubricated plug
Figure 10.28 Multi-Port Plug Valve

Cast Iron Gate Valves / Dimensions Given in Inches and Millimeters (mm)
(taken from Face-to-Face of the Valve)
Cast Iron Gate Valves / ANSI Class 125, 250, 800
Nominal Flat Face / Class 125 Raised Face / Class 250 Raised Face / Class 800
Pipe Size Solid Wedge Double Disk Solid Wedge Double Disk Solid Wedge Double Disk
Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm
1/4 8 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
3/8 10 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
1/2 15 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
3/4 20 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
1 25 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
1-1/4 32 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
1-1/2 40 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
2 50 7.00 177.8 7.00 177.8 8.50 215.9 8.50 215.9 11.50 292.1 11.50 292.1
2-1/2 65 7.50 190.5 7.50 190.5 9.50 241.3 9.50 241.3 13.00 330.2 13.00 330.2
3 80 8.00 203.2 8.00 203.2 11.12 282.5 11.12 282.5 14.0 355.6 14.00 355.6
4 100 9.00 228.6 9.00 228.6 12.00 304.8 12.00 304.8 17.00 431.8 17.00 431.8
5 125 10.00 254.0 10.00 254.0 15.00 381.0 15.00 381.0 --- --- --- ---
6 150 10.50 266.7 10.50 266.7 15.88 403.4 15.88 403.4 22.00 558.8 22.00 558.8
8 200 11.50 292.1 11.50 292.1 16.50 419.1 16.50 419.1 26.00 660.4 26.00 660.4
10 250 13.00 330.2 13.00 330.2 18.00 457.2 18.00 457.2 31.00 787.4 31.00 787.4
12 300 14.00 355.6 14.00 355.6 19.75 501.7 19.75 501.7 33.00 838.2 33.00 838.2
14 350 15.00 381.0 --- --- 22.50 571.5 22.50 571.5 --- --- --- ---
16 400 16.00 406.4 --- --- 24.00 609.6 24.00 609.6 --- --- --- ---
18 450 17.00 431.8 --- --- 26.00 660.4 26.00 660.4 --- --- --- ---
20 500 18.00 457.2 --- --- 28.00 711.2 28.00 711.2 --- --- --- ---
22 550 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
24 600 20.00 508.0 --- --- 31.00 787.4 31.00 787.4 --- --- --- ---
26 650 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
28 700 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
30 750 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
32 800 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
34 850 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
36 900 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Notes
1. (---) Indicates valve size is not shown in ASME/ANSI standards but may be commercially available.
2. Millimeter dimensions are rounded off to first decimal point.
3. Dimensions based on ASME/ANSI B16.10 Standard.
Figure 10.29 Cast Iron Gate Valves
196
Cast Iron Globe Valves / Dimensions Given in Inches and Millimeters (mm)
(taken from Face-to-Face for Straightway Valves; Center-to-Face for Angle Valves)
Cast Iron Globe Valves / ANSI Class 125 & 250
Nominal Flat Face / Class 125 Raised Face / Class 250

Pipe Size Straightway Angle Globe Control Style Straightway Angle Globe Control Style
1/4 8 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
3/8 10 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
1/2 15 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 7.50 190.5
3/4 20 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 7.62 193.5
1 25 --- --- --- --- 7.25 190.5 --- --- --- --- 7.55 196.9
1-1/4 32 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
1-1/2 40 --- --- --- --- 8.75 222.3 --- --- --- --- 9.25 235.0
2 50 8.00 203.2 4.00 101.6 10.00 254.0 10.50 266.7 5.25 133.4 10.50 266.7
2-1/2 65 8.50 215.9 4.25 107.0 10.88 276.4 11.50 292.1 5.75 146.1 11.50 292.1
3 80 9.50 241.3 4.75 120.7 11.75 298.5 12.50 317.5 6.25 158.8 12.50 317.5
4 100 11.50 292.1 5.75 146.1 13.88 352.6 14.00 355.6 7.00 177.8 14.50 368.3
5 125 13.00 330.2 6.50 165.1 --- --- 15.75 400.1 7.88 200.2 --- ---
6 150 14.00 355.6 7.00 177.8 17.75 450.9 17.50 444.5 8.75 222.3 18.62 473.0
8 200 19.50 495.3 9.75 247.7 21.38 543.1 21.00 533.4 10.50 266.7 22.38 568.5
10 250 24.50 622.3 12.25 311.1 26.50 673.1 24.50 622.3 12.25 311.2 27.88 708.2
12 300 27.50 698.5 13.75 349.3 29.00 736.6 28.00 711.2 14.00 355.6 30.50 774.7
14 350 31.00 787.4 15.50 393.7 35.00 889.0 --- --- --- --- 36.50 927.1
16 400 36.00 914.4 18.00 457.2 40.00 1016.0 --- --- --- --- 41.62 1057.2
18 450 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
20 500 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
22 550 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
24 600 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
26 650 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
28 700 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
30 750 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
32 800 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
36 900 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Notes
4. Dimensions for standard straightway lift and swing check valves are interchangeable with straightway globe valve
dimensions (excluding 16” (400mm) vertical swing checks).
5. Dimensions for standard angle lift check valves are interchangeable with angle globe valve dimensions.
Figure 10.30 Cast Iron Globe Valves

Steel Gate Valves / Dimensions Given in Inches and Millimeters (mm)

(taken from Face-to-Face and End-to-End of Valves)
Steel Gate Valves / ANSI Class 150
Raised Face / Class 150 Beveled End / Class 150

Nominal Pipe Size
Solid Wedge Double Disk Solid Wedge Double Disk
Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm
1/4 8 4.00 101.6 4.00 101.6 4.00 101.6 4.00 101.6

3/8 10 4.00 101.6 4.00 101.6 4.00 101.6 4.00 101.6
1/2 15 4.25 108.0 4.25 108.0 4.25 108.0 4.25 108.0
3/4 20 4.62 117.4 4.62 117.4 4.62 117.4 4.62 117.4
1 25 5.00 127.0 5.00 127.0 5.00 127.0 5.00 127.0
1-1/4 32 5.50 139.7 5.50 139.7 5.50 139.7 5.50 139.7
1-1/2 40 6.50 165.1 6.50 165.1 6.50 165.1 6.50 165.1
2 50 7.00 177.8 7.00 177.8 8.50 215.9 8.50 215.9
2-1/2 65 7.50 190.5 7.50 190.5 9.50 241.3 9.50 241.3
3 80 8.00 203.2 8.00 203.2 11.12 282.5 11.12 282.5
4 100 9.00 228.6 9.00 228.6 12.00 304.8 12.00 304.8
5 125 10.00 254.0 10.00 254.0 15.00 381.0 15.00 381.0
6 150 10.50 266.7 10.50 266.7 15.88 403.4 15.88 403.4
8 200 11.50 292.1 11.50 292.1 16.50 419.1 16.50 419.1
10 250 13.00 330.2 13.00 330.2 18.00 457.2 18.00 457.2
12 300 14.00 355.6 14.00 355.6 19.75 501.7 19.75 501.7
14 350 15.00 381.0 15.00 381.0 22.50 571.5 22.50 571.5
16 400 16.00 406.4 16.00 406.4 24.00 609.6 24.00 609.6
18 450 17.00 431.8 17.00 431.8 26.00 660.4 26.00 660.4
20 500 18.00 457.2 18.00 457.2 28.00 711.2 28.00 711.2
22 550 --- --- --- --- 30.00 762.0 30.00 762.0
24 600 20.00 508.0 20.00 508.0 32.00 812.8 32.00 812.8
26 650 22.00 558.8 22.00 558.8 --- --- 34.00 863.6
28 700 24.00 609.6 24.00 609.6 --- --- 36.00 914.4
30 750 24.00 609.6 24.00 609.6 --- --- 36.00 914.4
32 800 --- --- --- --- --- --- 38.00 965.2
34 850 --- --- --- --- --- --- 40.00 1016
36 900 28.00 711.2 28.00 711.2 --- --- 40.00 1016
Figure 10.31 Steel Gate Valve (Class 150)
198

Steel Gate Valves / ANSI Class 300
Raised Face / Class 300 Beveled End / Class 300

Nominal Pipe Size
Solid Wedge Double Disk Solid Wedge Double Disk
Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm
1/4 8 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

3/8 10 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
1/2 15 5.50 139.7 --- --- 5.50 139.7 --- ---
3/4 20 6.00 152.4 --- --- 6.00 152.4 --- ---
1 25 6.50 165.1 --- --- 6.50 165.1 --- ---
1-1/4 32 7.00 177.8 --- --- 7.00 177.8 --- ---
1-1/2 40 7.50 190.5 7.50 190.5 7.50 190.5 7.50 190.5
2 50 8.50 215.9 8.50 215.9 8.50 215.9 8.50 215.9
2-1/2 65 9.50 241.3 9.50 241.3 9.50 241.3 9.50 241.3
3 80 11.12 282.5 11.12 282.5 11.12 282.5 11.12 282.5
4 100 12.00 304.8 12.00 304.8 12.00 304.8 12.00 304.8
5 125 15.00 381.0 15.00 381.0 15.00 381.0 15.00 381.0
6 150 15.88 403.4 15.88 403.4 15.88 403.4 15.88 403.4
8 200 16.50 419.1 16.50 419.1 16.50 419.1 16.50 419.1
10 250 18.00 457.2 18.00 457.2 18.00 457.2 18.00 457.2
12 300 19.75 501.7 19.75 501.7 19.75 501.7 19.75 501.7
14 350 30.00 762.0 30.00 762.0 30.00 762.0 30.00 762.0
16 400 33.00 838.2 33.00 838.2 33.00 838.2 33.00 838.2
18 450 36.00 914.4 36.00 914.4 36.00 914.4 36.00 914.4
20 500 39.00 990.6 39.00 990.6 39.00 990.6 39.00 990.6
22 550 43.00 1092.2 43.00 1092.2 43.00 1092.2 43.00 1092.2
24 600 45.00 1143.0 45.00 1143.0 45.00 1143.0 45.00 1143.0
26 650 49.00 1244.6 49.00 1244.6 49.00 1244.6 49.00 1244.6
28 700 53.00 1346.2 53.00 1346.2 53.00 1346.2 53.00 1346.2
30 750 55.00 1397.0 55.00 1397.0 55.00 1397.0 55.00 1397.0
32 800 60.00 1524.0 60.00 1524.0 60.00 1524.0 60.00 1524.0
34 850 64.00 1625.6 64.00 1625.6 64.00 1625.6 64.00 1625.6
36 900 68.00 1727.2 68.00 1727.2 68.00 1727.2 68.00 1727.2
Figure 10.32 Steel Gate Valve (Class 300)


Steel Gate Valves / ANSI Class 400 & 600
Raised Face & Beveled End /

Nominal Raised Face / Class 600 Beveled End / Class 600
Class 400
Pipe Size
Solid Wedge Double Disk Solid Wedge Double Disk Solid Wedge Double Disk Short Pattern
in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm
1/2 15 6.5 165.1 --- --- 6.5 165.1 --- --- 6.50 165.1 --- --- --- ---
3/4 20 7.5 190.5 --- --- 7.5 190.5 --- --- 7.5 190.5 --- --- --- ---
1 25 8.5 215.9 8.5 215.9 8.5 215.9 8.5 215.9 8.5 215.9 8.5 215.9 5.25 133.4
1-1/4 32 9.0 228.6 9.0 228.6 9.0 228.6 9.0 228.6 9.0 228.6 9.0 228.6 5.75 146.1
1-1/2 40 9.5 241.3 9.5 241.3 9.5 241.3 9.5 241.3 9.5 241.3 9.5 241.3 6.0 152.4
2 50 11.5 292.1 11.5 292.1 11.5 292.1 11.5 292.1 11.5 292.1 11.5 292.1 7.0 177.8
2-1/2 65 13.0 330.2 13.0 330.2 13.0 330.2 13.0 330.2 13.0 330.2 13.0 330.2 8.5 215.9
3 80 14.0 355.6 14.0 355.6 14.0 355.6 14.0 355.6 14.0 355.6 14.0 355.6 10.0 254.0
4 100 16.0 406.4 16.0 406.4 17.0 431.8 17.0 431.8 17.0 431.8 17.0 431.8 12.0 304.8
5 125 18.0 457.2 18.0 457.2 20.0 508.0 20.0 508.0 20.0 508.0 20.0 508.0 15.0 381.0
6 150 19.5 495.3 19.5 495.3 22.0 558.8 22.0 558.8 22.0 558.8 22.0 558.8 18.0 457.2
8 200 23.5 596.9 23.5 596.9 26.0 660.4 26.0 660.4 26.0 660.4 26.0 660.4 23.0 584.2
10 250 26.5 673.1 26.5 673.1 31.0 787.4 31.0 787.4 31.0 787.4 31.0 787.4 28.0 711.2
12 300 30.0 762.0 30.0 762.0 33.0 838.2 33.0 838.2 33.0 838.2 33.0 838.2 32.0 812.8
14 350 32.5 825.5 32.5 825.5 35.0 889.0 35.0 889.0 35.0 889.0 35.0 889.0 35.0 889.0
16 400 35.5 901.7 35.5 901.7 39.0 990.6 39.0 990.6 39.0 990.6 39.0 990.6 39.0 990.6
18 450 38.5 977.9 38.5 977.9 43.0 1092.2 43.0 1092.2 43.0 1092.2 43.0 1092.2 43.0 1092.2
20 500 41.5 1054.1 41.5 1054.1 47.0 1193.8 47.0 1193.8 47.0 1193.8 47.0 1193.8 47.0 1193.8
22 550 45.0 1143.0 45.0 1143.0 51.0 1295.4 51.0 1295.4 51.0 1295.4 51.0 1295.4 --- ---
24 600 48.5 1231.9 48.5 1231.9 55.0 1397.0 55.0 1397.0 55.0 1397.0 55.0 1397.0 55.0 1397.0
26 650 --- --- --- 1308.1 57.0 1447.8 57.0 1447.8 57.0 1447.8 57.0 1447.8 --- ---
28 700 --- --- --- 1397.0 61.0 1549.4 61.0 1549.4 61.0 1549.4 61.0 1549.4 --- ---
30 750 --- --- --- 1524.0 65.0 --- 65.0 1651.0 65.0 1651.0 65.0 1651.0 --- ---
32 800 --- --- --- 1651.0 --- --- 70.0 1778.0 --- --- 70.0 1778.0 --- ---
34 850 --- --- --- 1778.0 --- --- 76.0 1930.4 --- --- 76.0 1930.4 --- ---
36 900 --- --- --- 1879.6 --- --- 82.0 2082.8 --- --- 82.0 2082.8 --- ---
Figure 10.33 Steel Gate Valve (Class 400 and 600)
200

Steel Gate Valves / ANSI CLASS 900 & 1500
Raised Face & Beveled End / Beveled End / Raised Face & Beveled End /
Nominal Pipe Class 900 Class 900 Class 1500
Size
Solid Wedge Double Disk Short Pattern Solid Wedge Double Disk Short Pattern
3/4 20 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
1 25 10.00 254.0 --- --- 5.50 139.7 10.00 254.0 --- --- 5.50 139.7
1-1/4 32 11.00 279.4 --- --- 6.50 165.1 11.00 279.4 --- --- 6.50 165.1
1-1/2 40 12.00 304.8 --- --- 7.00 177.8 12.00 304.8 --- --- 7.00 177.8
2 50 14.50 368.3 14.50 368.3 8.50 215.9 14.50 368.3 14.50 368.3 8.50 215.9
2-1/2 65 16.50 419.1 16.50 419.1 10.00 254.0 16.50 419.1 16.50 419.1 10.00 254.0
3 80 15.00 381.0 15.00 381.0 12.00 304.8 18.50 469.9 18.50 469.9 12.00 304.8
4 100 18.00 457.2 18.00 457.2 14.00 355.6 21.50 546.1 21.50 546.1 16.00 406.4
5 125 22.00 558.8 22.00 558.8 17.00 431.8 26.50 673.1 26.50 673.1 19.00 482.6
6 150 24.00 609.6 24.00 609.6 20.00 508.0 27.75 704.9 27.75 704.9 22.00 558.8
8 200 29.00 736.6 29.00 736.6 26.00 660.4 32.75 831.9 32.75 831.9 28.00 711.2
10 250 33.00 838.2 33.00 838.2 31.00 787.4 39.00 990.6 39.00 990.6 34.00 863.6
12 300 38.00 965.2 38.00 965.2 36.00 914.4 44.50 1130.3 44.50 1130.3 39.00 990.6
14 350 40.50 1028.7 40.50 1028.7 39.00 990.6 49.50 1257.3 49.50 1257.3 42.00 1066.8
16 400 44.50 1130.3 44.50 1130.3 43.00 1092.2 54.50 1384.3 54.50 1384.3 47.00 1193.8
18 450 48.00 1219.2 48.00 1219.2 --- --- 60.50 1536.7 60.50 1536.7 53.00 1346.2
20 500 52.00 1320.8 52.00 1320.8 --- --- 65.50 1663.7 65.50 1663.7 58.00 1473.2
22 550 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
24 600 61.00 1549.4 61.00 1549.4 --- --- 76.50 1943.1 76.50 1943.1 --- ---
Figure 10.34 Steel Gate Valve (Class 900 and 1500)


STEEL GATE VALVES / ANSI CLASS 2500
Nominal Pipe Raised Face / Class 2500 Beveled End / Class 2500
Size Solid Wedge Double Disk Solid Wedge Double Disk Short Pattern
in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm
1/2 15 10.38 263.7 --- --- 10.38 263.7 --- --- --- ---
3/4 20 10.75 273.1 --- --- 10.75 273.1 --- --- --- ---
1 25 12.12 307.9 --- --- 12.12 307.9 --- --- 7.31 185.7
1-¼ 32 13.75 349.3 --- --- 13.75 349.3 --- --- 9.12 231.7
1-½ 40 15.12 384.1 --- --- 15.12 384.1 --- --- 9.12 231.7
2 50 17.75 450.9 17.75 450.9 17.75 450.9 17.75 450.9 11.00 279.4
2-½ 65 20.00 508.0 20.00 508.0 20.00 508.0 20.00 508.0 13.00 330.2
3 80 22.75 577.9 22.75 577.9 22.75 577.9 22.75 557.9 14.50 368.3
4 100 26.50 673.1 26.50 673.1 26.50 673.1 26.50 673.1 18.00 457.2
5 125 31.25 793.8 31.25 793.8 31.25 793.8 31.25 793.8 21.00 533.4
6 150 36.00 914.4 36.00 914.4 36.00 914.4 36.00 914.4 24.00 609.6
8 200 40.25 1022.4 40.25 1022.4 40.25 1022.4 40.25 1022.4 30.00 762.0
10 250 50.00 1270.0 50.00 1270.0 50.00 1270.0 50.00 1270.0 36.00 914.4
12 300 56.00 1422.4 56.00 1422.4 56.00 1422.4 56.00 1422.4 41.00 1041.4
14 350 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 44.00 1117.6
16 400 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 49.00 1244.6
18 450 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 55.00 1397.0
Notes
4. Short pattern dimensions apply to pressure seal or flange less bonnet valves (option on bolted bonnets).
Figure 10.35. Steel Gate Valve (Class 2500)
202
Steel Globe and Check Valves / Dimensions Given in Inches and Millimeters (mm)
(taken from Face-to-Face and End-to-End for Straightway Valves; Center-to-Face and Center-to-End for Angle Valves)
Steel Globe and Check Valves / ANSI Class 150
Raised Face and Beveled End / Class 150

Nominal
Pipe Size Straightway Control Valve
Angle Globe Y-Pattern Globe Swing Check
Globe Globe (*)
1/4 8 4.00 101.6 2.00 50.8 --- --- --- --- 4.00 101.6
3/8 10 4.00 101.6 2.00 50.8 --- --- --- --- 4.00 101.6
1/2 15 4.25 108.0 2.25 57.2 5.50 139.7 --- --- 4.25 108.0
3/4 20 4.62 117.4 2.50 63.5 6.00 152.4 --- --- 4.62 117.4
1 25 5.00 127.0 2.75 69.9 6.50 165.1 7.25 184.2 5.00 127.0
1-¼ 32 5.50 139.7 3.00 76.2 7.25 184.2 --- --- 5.50 139.7
1-½ 40 6.50 165.1 3.25 82.6 8.00 203.2 8.75 222.3 6.50 165.1
2 50 8.00 203.2 4.00 101.6 9.00 228.6 10.00 254.0 8.00 203.2
2-½ 65 8.50 215.9 4.25 108.0 11.00 279.4 10.88 276.4 8.50 215.9
3 80 9.50 241.3 4.75 120.7 12.50 317.5 11.75 298.5 9.50 241.3
4 100 11.50 292.1 5.75 146.1 14.50 368.3 13.88 352.6 11.50 292.1
5 125 14.00 355.6 7.00 177.8 --- --- --- --- 13.00 355.6
6 150 16.00 406.4 8.00 203.2 18.50 469.9 17.75 450.9 14.00 406.4
8 200 19.50 495.3 9.75 247.7 23.50 596.9 21.38 543.1 19.50 495.3
10 250 24.50 622.3 12.25 311.2 26.50 673.1 26.50 673.1 24.50 622.3
12 300 27.50 698.5 13.75 349.3 30.50 774.7 29.00 736.6 27.50 698.5
14 350 31.00 787.4 15.50 393.7 --- --- 35.00 889.0 31.50 787.4
16 400 36.00 914.4 18.00 457.2 --- --- 40.00 1016.0 34.00 914.4
18 450 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 38.50 977.9
20 500 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 38.50 977.9
22 550 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 42.00 1066.8
24 600 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 51.00 1295.4
26 650 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 51.00 1295.4
28 700 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 57.00 1447.8
30 750 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 60.00 1524.0
32 800 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
34 850 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
36 900 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 77.00 1955.8
Note: Control valve dimensions pertain to raised-face flange valves only.
Figure 10.36 Steel Globe / Check Valve (Class 150)

(taken from Face-to-Face and End-to-End for Straightway Valves; Center-to-Face and Center-to-End for Angle Valves)
Raised Face and Beveled End / Class 300

Nominal
Pipe Size Control Valve
Straightway Globe Angle Globe Swing Check
Globe (*)
in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm
1/4 8 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
3/8 10 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
1/2 15 6.00 152.4 3.00 76.2 7.50 190.5 --- ---
3/4 20 7.00 177.8 3.50 88.9 7.62 193.6 --- ---
1 25 8.00 203.2 4.00 101.6 7.75 196.9 8.50 215.9
1-1/4 32 8.50 215.9 4.25 108.0 --- --- 9.00 228.6
1-1/2 40 9.00 228.6 4.50 114.3 9.25 235.0 9.50 241.3
2 50 10.50 266.7 5.25 133.4 10.50 266.7 10.50 266.7
2-1/2 65 11.50 292.1 5.75 146.1 11.50 292.1 11.50 292.1
3 80 12.50 317.5 6.25 158.8 12.50 321.3 12.50 317.5
4 100 14.00 355.6 7.00 177.8 14.50 368.3 14.00 355.6
5 125 15.75 400.1 7.88 200.2 --- --- 15.75 400.1
6 150 17.50 444.5 8.75 222.3 18.62 473.0 17.50 444.5
8 200 22.00 558.8 11.00 279.4 22.38 568.5 21.00 533.4
10 250 24.50 622.3 12.25 311.2 27.88 708.2 24.50 622.3
12 300 28.00 711.2 14.00 355.6 30.50 774.7 28.00 711.2
14 350 --- --- --- --- 36.50 927.1 33.00 838.2
16 400 --- --- --- --- 41.62 1057.2 34.00 863.6
18 450 --- --- --- --- --- --- 38.50 977.9
20 500 --- --- --- --- --- --- 40.00 1016.0
22 550 --- --- --- --- --- --- 44.00 1117.6
24 600 --- --- --- --- --- --- 53.00 1346.2
26 650 --- --- --- --- --- --- 53.00 1346.2
28 700 --- --- --- --- --- --- 59.00 1498.6
30 750 --- --- --- --- --- --- 62.75 1593.9
32 800 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
34 850 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
36 900 --- --- --- --- --- --- 82.00 2082.8
Control valve dimensions pertain to raised face flange valves only.
204
(taken from Face-to-Face and End-to-End for Straightway Valves and Center-to-Face and Center-to-End for Angle Valves)
Long Pattern
Raised Face and Beveled End / Class 400 Raised Face & Beveled End / Class 600
Nominal
Pipe Size Straightway Straightway
Angle Globe Swing Check Angle Globe Swing Check
Globe Globe
in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm
1/2 15 6.50 165.1 3.25 82.6 6.50 165.1 6.50 165.1 3.25 82.6 6.50 165.1
3/4 20 7.50 190.5 3.75 95.3 7.50 190.5 7.50 190.5 3.75 95.3 7.50 190.5
1 25 8.50 215.9 4.25 108.0 8.50 215.9 8.50 215.9 4.25 108.0 8.50 215.9
1-¼ 32 9.00 228.6 4.50 114.3 9.00 228.6 9.00 228.6 4.50 114.3 9.00 228.6
1-½ 40 9.50 241.3 4.75 120.7 9.50 241.3 9.50 241.3 4.75 120.7 9.50 241.3
2 50 11.50 292.1 5.75 146.1 11.50 292.1 11.50 292.1 5.75 146.1 11.50 292.1
2-½ 65 13.00 330.2 6.50 165.1 13.00 330.2 13.00 330.2 6.50 165.1 13.00 330.2
3 80 14.00 355.6 7.00 177.8 14.00 355.6 14.00 355.6 7.00 177.8 14.00 355.6
4 100 16.00 406.4 8.00 203.2 16.00 406.4 17.00 431.8 8.50 215.9 17.00 431.8
5 125 18.00 457.2 9.00 228.6 18.00 457.2 20.00 508.0 10.00 254.0 20.00 508.0
6 150 19.50 495.3 9.75 247.7 19.50 495.3 22.00 558.8 11.00 279.4 22.00 558.8
8 200 23.50 596.9 11.75 298.5 23.50 596.9 26.00 660.4 13.00 330.2 26.00 660.4
10 250 26.50 673.1 13.25 336.6 26.50 673.1 31.00 787.4 15.50 393.7 31.00 787.4
12 300 30.00 762.0 15.00 381.0 30.00 762.0 33.00 838.2 16.50 419.1 33.00 838.2
14 350 --- --- --- --- 35.00 889.0 --- --- --- --- 35.00 889.0
16 400 --- --- --- --- 35.50 901.7 --- --- --- --- 39.00 990.6
18 450 --- --- --- --- 40.00 1016.0 --- --- --- --- 43.00 1092.2
20 500 --- --- --- --- 41.50 1054.1 --- --- --- --- 47.00 1193.8
22 550 --- --- --- --- 45.00 1143.0 --- --- --- --- 51.00 1295.4
24 600 --- --- --- --- 55.00 1397.0 --- --- --- --- 55.00 1397.0
26 650 --- --- --- --- 55.00 1397.0 --- --- --- --- 57.00 1447.8
28 700 --- --- --- --- 63.00 1600.2 --- --- --- --- 63.00 1600.2
30 750 --- --- --- --- 65.00 1651.0 --- --- --- --- 65.00 1651.0
32 800 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
34 850 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
36 900 --- --- --- --- 82.00 2082.8 --- --- --- --- 82.00 2082.8
Figure 10.38 Steel Globe / Check Valve (Class 400 & 600)

Short Pattern
Nominal Pipe Size Beveled End / Class 600
Straightway Globe Angle Globe Swing Check Control Valve Globe
in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm
1/2 15 --- --- --- --- --- 8.00 203.2
3/4 20 --- --- --- --- --- 8.12 206.3
1 25 5.25 133.4 --- --- 5.25 133.4 8.25 209.6
1-1/4 32 5.75 146.1 --- --- 5.75 146.1 --- ---
1-1/2 40 6.00 152.4 --- --- 6.00 152.4 9.88 251.0
2 50 7.00 177.8 4.25 108.0 7.00 177.8 11.25 285.8
2-1/2 65 8.50 215.9 5.00 127.0 8.50 215.9 12.25 311.2
3 80 10.00 254.0 6.00 152.4 10.00 254.0 13.25 336.6
4 100 12.00 304.8 7.00 177.8 12.00 304.8 15.50 393.7
5 125 15.00 381.0 8.50 215.9 15.00 381.0 --- ---
6 150 18.00 457.2 10.00 254.0 18.00 457.2 20.00 508.0
8 200 23.00 584.2 --- --- 23.00 584.2 24.00 609.6
10 250 28.00 711.2 --- --- 28.00 711.2 29.62 752.4
12 300 32.00 812.8 --- --- 32.00 812.2 32.25 819.2
14 350 --- --- --- --- --- 38.25 971.6
16 400 --- --- --- --- --- --- 43.62 1108.0
18 450 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
20 500 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
22 550 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
24 600 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
26 650 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
28 700 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
30 750 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
32 800 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
34 850 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
36 900 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
206
Long Pattern Short Pattern

Nominal Pipe
Raised Face and Beveled End / Class 900 Beveled End / Class 900
Size
Straightway Straightway
Angle Globe Swing Check Angle Globe Swing Check
Globe Globe
in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm
1/2 15 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
3/4 20 9.00 228.6 4.50 114.3 9.00 228.6 --- --- --- --- --- ---
1 25 10.00 254.0 5.00 127.0 10.00 254.0 --- --- --- --- --- ---
1-¼ 32 11.00 279.4 5.50 139.7 11.00 279.4 --- --- --- --- --- ---
1-½ 40 12.00 304.8 6.00 152.4 12.00 304.8 --- --- --- --- --- ---
2 50 14.50 368.3 7.25 184.2 14.50 368.3 --- --- --- --- --- ---
2-½ 65 16.50 419.1 8.25 209.6 16.50 419.1 10.00 254.0 --- --- 10.00 254.0
3 80 15.00 381.0 7.50 190.5 15.00 381.0 12.00 304.8 6.00 152.4 12.00 304.8
4 100 18.00 457.2 9.00 228.6 18.00 457.2 14.00 355.6 7.00 177.8 14.00 355.6
5 125 22.00 558.8 11.00 279.4 22.00 558.8 17.00 431.8 8.50 215.9 17.00 431.8
6 150 24.00 609.6 12.00 304.8 24.00 609.6 20.00 508.0 10.00 254.0 20.00 508.0
8 200 29.00 736.6 14.50 368.3 29.00 736.6 26.00 660.4 13.00 330.2 26.00 660.4
10 250 33.00 838.2 16.50 419.1 33.00 838.2 31.00 787.4 15.50 393.7 31.00 787.4
12 300 38.00 965.2 19.00 482.6 38.00 965.2 36.00 914.4 18.00 457.2 36.00 914.4
14 350 40.50 1028.7 20.25 514.4 40.50 1028.7 39.00 990.6 19.50 495.3 39.00 990.6
16 400 --- --- 26.00 660.4 44.50 1130.3 43.00 1092.2 --- --- 43.00 1092.2
18 450 --- --- 29.00 736.6 48.00 1219.2 --- --- --- --- --- ---
20 500 --- --- 32.50 825.5 52.00 1320.8 --- --- --- --- --- ---
22 550 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
24 600 --- --- 39.00 990.6 61.00 1549.4 --- --- --- --- --- ---


Nominal
Pipe Size
Straightway Globe Angle Globe Swing Check Straightway Globe Swing Check
1/2 15 8.50 215.9 4.25 108.0 --- --- --- --- --- ---
3/4 20 9.00 228.6 4.50 114.3 9.00 228.6 --- --- --- ---
1 25 10.00 254.0 5.00 127.0 10.00 254.0 --- --- --- ---
1-¼ 32 11.00 279.4 5.50 139.7 11.00 279.4 --- --- --- ---
1-½ 40 12.00 304.8 6.00 152.4 12.00 304.8 --- --- --- ---
2 50 14.50 368.3 7.25 184.2 14.50 368.3 8.50 215.9 8.50 215.9
2-½ 65 16.50 419.1 8.25 209.6 16.50 419.1 10.00 254.0 10.00 254.0
3 80 18.50 469.9 9.25 235.0 18.50 469.9 12.00 304.8 12.00 304.8
4 100 21.50 546.1 10.75 273.1 21.50 546.1 16.00 406.4 16.00 406.4
5 125 26.50 673.1 13.25 336.6 26.50 673.1 19.00 482.6 19.00 482.6
6 150 27.75 704.9 13.88 352.6 27.75 704.9 22.00 558.8 22.00 558.8
8 200 32.75 831.9 16.38 416.1 32.75 831.9 28.00 711.2 28.00 711.2
10 250 39.00 990.6 19.50 495.3 39.00 990.6 34.00 863.6 34.00 863.6
12 300 44.50 1130.3 22.25 565.2 44.50 1130.3 39.00 990.6 39.00 990.6
14 350 49.50 1257.3 24.75 628.7 49.50 1257.3 42.00 1066.8 42.00 1066.8
16 400 --- --- --- --- 54.50 1384.3 47.00 1193.8 47.00 1193.8
18 450 --- --- --- --- 60.50 1536.7 --- --- --- ---
20 500 --- --- --- --- 65.50 1663.7 --- --- --- ---
22 550 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
24 600 --- --- --- --- 76.50 1943.1 --- --- --- ---
208
(taken from Face-to-Face and End-to-End for Straightway Valves and Center-to-Face and Center-to-End for Angle Valves

Nominal
Pipe Size
Straightway Globe Angle Globe Swing Check Straightway Globe Swing Check
1/2 15 10.38 263.7 5.19 131.8 10.38 263.7 --- --- --- ---
3/4 20 10.75 273.1 5.38 136.7 10.75 273.1 --- --- --- ---
1 25 12.12 307.9 6.06 153.9 12.12 307.9 --- --- --- ---
1-1/4 32 13.75 349.3 6.88 174.8 13.75 349.3 --- --- --- ---
1-1/2 40 15.12 384.0 7.56 192.0 15.12 384.0 --- --- --- ---
2 50 17.75 450.9 8.88 225.6 17.75 450.9 11.00 279.4 11.00 279.4
2-1/2 65 20.00 508.0 10.00 254.0 20.00 508.0 13.00 330.2 13.00 330.2
3 80 22.75 577.9 11.38 289.1 22.75 577.9 14.50 368.3 14.50 368.3
4 100 26.50 673.1 13.25 336.6 26.50 673.1 18.00 457.2 18.00 457.2
5 125 31.25 793.8 15.62 396.8 31.25 793.8 21.00 533.4 21.00 533.4
6 150 36.00 914.4 18.00 457.2 36.00 914.4 24.00 609.6 24.00 609.6
8 200 40.25 1022.4 20.12 511.1 40.25 1022.4 30.00 762.0 30.00 762.0
10 250 50.00 1270.0 25.00 635.0 50.00 1270.0 36.00 914.0 36.00 914.0
12 300 56.00 1422.4 28.00 711.2 56.00 1422.4 41.00 1041.4 41.00 1041.4
14 350 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
16 400 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
18 450 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Notes
4. Standard straightway lift check valve dimensions are interchangeable with straightway globe valve dimensions given above.
5. Angle lift check valve dimensions are interchangeable with angle globe valve dimensions given in tables.
6. Short pattern dimensions apply to pressure seal or flangeless bonnet valves (option on bolted bonnets).

Chapter 11
Solenoid Valves
Control Valve Handbook | Chapter 11: Solenoid Valves
11.1 Solenoid Valves is in place to allow quick shutdown of

the control valve that is independent of
A solenoid-operated valve (SOV) is an the digital valve controller. The control
on/off electro-magnetic valve that valve can be put in the closed or safe
is controlled by a discrete electrical state by either the solenoid valve or
signal from a control system. In process the digital valve controller. This type
control applications, SOVs are generally of arrangement is called a 1-out-of-2
used to pressurize or de-pressurize on/ (1oo2) arrangement. This nomenclature
off actuators. A three-way SOV is used means that any 1 device of the 2 devices
for spring return actuator applications can put the control valve in its safe
and a four-way SOV is used for double- state. The devices are the digital valve
acting actuator applications (see Figures controller and SOV.
11.1 and 11.2).
SS
IA Supply 11 22
33 SS
11 2
Figure 11.1 Spring-Return Actuator Diagram
33
IA Supply
Figure 11.3 Solenoid Valve and Digital Valve Controller

in a 1oo2 Configuration
When choosing an SOV for use in a

S control valve application, one must
2 make sure that the SOV can operate
11 3/5
2
over the entire pressure range of the
43
control valve actuator and digital valve
controller. The pressure range for these
Figure 11.2 Double-Acting Actuator Diagram
applications is typically 0-15 psi. In order
to work effectively over this pressure
range, a direct-acting SOV (Figure 11.4)
Control valve applications will typically
or externally-piloted SOV (Figure 11.5)
use a solenoid valve between the digital
must be used. A direct-acting SOV is
valve controller and the control valve
operated solely by the electro-magnetic
(Figure 11.3). The SOV will remain
force of the solenoid. An externally
energized while the control valve is
piloted SOV uses external air pressure
being controlled by the digital valve
to change the state of the SOV. The
controller. The digital valve controller
external air pressure is turned on and off
pneumatic signal will pass through the
by the direct-acting electro-magnetic
SOV during normal operation. The SOV

solenoid pilot that is part of the SOV. in more complex configurations. The
The external air pressure allows this type important aspect to remember about
of SOV to change state without any air SOV architecture is the nomenclature
pressure in the main part of the SOV. specified as XooY has a specific meaning.
Any X SOV(s) of the total Y SOV(s) must
change state when demanded, in order
to put the final control element in its safe
state. A single solenoid used by itself is
considered 1oo1.
SS SS
IA To
Supply 11 2 11 2 Actuator
33 33
Figure 11.6 1oo2 Solenoid-Operated Valve Architecture
SS
Figure 11.4 Direct-Acting Solenoid Valve Assembly IA Supply To
11 2 Actuator
33
SS
11 2
33
Figure 11.7 2oo2 Solenoid-Operated Valve Architecture
SOVs come in many different designs,

from simple three-way direct-acting
valves to more complicated manual
reset valves and redundant solenoid
systems. Manual reset SOVs are used
when verification from an operator is
needed prior to putting the SOV in
service. Typically, the SOV is energized
electrically but will not operate until an
operator physically lifts a lever into
place. Redundant SOV systems are used
in critical applications to avoid spurious
Figure 11.5 Pilot-Operated Solenoid Valve
trips and/or to help ensure that a
shutdown will occur when demanded in
There are multiple SOV architectures
a final control element. 
that can be used based upon the
preference and need of the end user.
See Figure 11.4 for a typical 1oo2
architecture that is used in systems
where the need is for any 1 SOV to put
the final control element in its safe
state. See Figure 11.5 for a 2oo2 SOV
architecture that requires both SOVs to
put the final control element in its safe
state. SOV architectures are available
212
Figure 11.8 Redundant SOV
Figure 11.9 Three-Way Manual Reset SOV
Figure 11.10 SOV Manifold Assembly

Chapter 12
Safety Instrumented Systems
Control Valve Handbook | Chapter 12: Safety Instrumented Systems
12.1 Safety and Layers It is a safety system independent of the

process control system. It has separate
of Protection sensors, valves, and a logic solver. Its
Safety is provided by layers of only role is safety. No process control is
protection. These layers of protection performed in this system.
start with effective process control,
Operator intervention and the safety
extend to manual and automatic safety
instrumented system layers are
prevention layers, and continue with
designed to prevent a safety-related
layers to mitigate the consequences of
event. If a safety-related event occurs,
an event.
there are additional layers designed to
The first layer is the basic process control mitigate the impact of the event.
system (BPCS). The process control
The next layer is an active protection
system itself provides significant safety
layer. This layer may have valves or
through proper design of process control.
rupture disks designed to provide a relief
The next layer of protection is also point that prevents an uncontrolled
provided by the control system and the release that can cause an explosion or fire.
control system operators. Automated
The next layer is a passive protection
shutdown routines in the process
layer. It may consist of a dike or other
control system combined with operator
passive barrier that serves to contain
intervention to shut down the process
a fire or channel the energy of an
are the next layer of safety.
explosion in a direction that minimizes
Next is the safety instrumented system. the spread of damage.
Plant and
Emergency Emergency Response Layer
Response
Containment,
Mitigate Dike/Vessel Passive Protection Layer
Fire and Gas

System Active Protection Layer
Incident SIS
Emergency
Shutdown Safety Layer
System Emergency
Trip Level Alarm Shutdown
Prevent
Operator
Intervention Operator Process Control Layer
Intervention
Process Alarm
BPCS
Process
Value Normal Behavior Process Control Layer
Figure 12.1 Layers of Protection

The final layer is plant and emergency determine if an emergency situation

response. If a large safety event occurs exists. The purpose of these sensors
this layer responds in a way that is to measure process parameters (i.e.
minimizes ongoing damage, injury, or temperature, pressure, flow, density
loss of life. It may include evacuation etc.) to determine if the equipment
plans, firefighting, etc. or process is in a safe state. Sensor
types range from simple pneumatic or
Overall safety is determined by how
electrical switches to smart transmitters
these layers work together. 
with on-board diagnostics. These
sensors are dedicated to SIS service and
have process taps, which are separate
12.2 Safety Instrumented
and distinct from the process taps used
Systems (SIS) by normal process information sensors.
A safety instrumented system (SIS) Logic Solver: The purpose of this
is considered separate than the basic component of SIS is to determine
process control system (BPCS) in that what action is to be taken based on
the SIS is dedicated to taking the the information gathered. Highly
process to a “safe state” should a critical reliable logic solvers are used which
situation occur. provide both fail-safe and fault-tolerant
The SIS consists of several safety operation. It is typically a controller
instrumented functions (SIF). Each that reads signals from the sensors and
safety instrumented function has a executes pre-programmed actions to
specified safety integrity level (SIL), prevent a hazard by providing output to
which is necessary to achieve functional final control element(s). Logic solvers
safety. Each SIF is a separate or are very often programmable or non-
interlinked loop comprised of sensors, programmable devices, but can also be
logic solver (LS), and final control mechanical in form of switched set to
element (FE) as shown in Figure 12.2. trip the safety function.
Sensors: Field sensors are used to Final Control Element: Final control
collect information necessary to elements implement the action
Logic Solver Final Control Element

Safety PLC, Valves, Actuators,
Controller Systems, etc. Safety Relays, etc.
Sensor
Temperature
Pressure, Flow, etc.
Figure 12.2 Components of a Safety Instrumented System (SIS)
216
determined by the logic solver. This 12.4 Safety Integrity

final control element is typically an
automated on/off valve, with a valve fail-
Level (SIL)
closed or fail-open function. Safety integrity levels (SIL) are
quantifiable measurement of risk.
It is imperative that all three elements
Since they were first introduced, safety
of the SIS function as designed in order
integrity levels have been used as a
to safely isolate the process plant in the
quantifiable way to establish safety
event of an emergency. 
performance targets for SIS systems. IEC
standards specify four possible Safety
Integrity Levels (SIL 1, SIL 2, SIL 3, SIL 4)
12.3 Safety Standards
as shown in Figure 12.3; however, ISA
In a process plant, there is no such thing S84.01 only recognizes up to SIL 3.
as risk-free operation or 100% reliability.
A determination of the target Safety
Therefore, one of the first tasks of
Integrity Level requires:
the SIS designer is to perform a risk-
tolerance analysis to determine what An identification of the hazards
level of safety is needed. IEC Standard involved.
61508 (Functional Safety of Electric, Assessment of the risk of each of the
Electronic and Programmable Electronic identified hazards.
Systems) is a general standard that An assessment of other Independent
covers functional safety related to all Protection Layers (IPLs) that may be
kinds of processing and manufacturing in place.
plans. IEC Standard 61511 and ISA
Hazards can be identified using a
S84.01 (Replaced by ISA 84.00.01-2004)
number of different techniques; one
are standards specific to the process
common technique is a HAZard and
industries. All three standards use a
OPerability study (HAZOP).
performance-based lifecycle model
and specify precise levels of safety, best A risk factor must then be determined
practices, and quantifiable proof of for each of the defined hazards, where
compliance.  risk is defined as a function of the
probability (likelihood or frequency)
and consequences (severity) of each
PFDavg
RRF SIL
(Probability of Failure on Demand
(Risk Reduction Factor) (Safety Integrity Level)
= 1/RRF)
100000 to 10000 >=10-5 to <10-4 4

10000 to 1000 >=10-4 to <10-3 3
1000 to 100 >=10 to <10
-3 -2
2
100 to 10 >=10-2 to <10-1 1
Figure 12.3 Safety Integrity Levels and Associated PFDavg and RRF Figures

hazardous event. would be unable to respond properly.

These failures are known as covert or
The HAZOP study is used to identify the
hidden failures and contribute to the
risk to personnel or the environment
probability (PFD) of the system failing in
and is carried out by a multi-disciplinary
a dangerous manner on demand.
team (HAZOP team).
The PFD for the SIS system is the sum of
Once the risk is identified, the HAZOP/
PFDs for each element of the system:
process hazard study (PHA) will set the
requirement for risk reduction, thus PFDtotal =
define the required SIL Level. PFDsensor + PFDlogic solver + PFDfinal element
Additional criteria need to be verified In order to determine the PFD of each
to ensure the SIF meets the required element, the analyst needs documented
SIL, and they are often divided into the failure rate data for each element.
following points: This failure rate (dangerous) is used in
Systematic integrity: All elements conjunction with the test interval (TI)
of the SIF need to be capable being term to calculate the PFD. It is this test
used for the defined SIL level. interval that accounts for the length of
Architectural constraints: Hardware
time before a covert fault is discovered
Fault Tolerance (HFT) and through testing. Increasing the test
redundancy of the architecture need interval directly impacts the PFD value
to comply with current functional in a linear manner; i.e., if you double the
safety standards interval between tests, you will double
Random integrity (PFDavg): The
the probability for failure on demand,
failure rates of the individual devices and make it twice as difficult to meet the
will be used to calculate the average target SIL.
probability of failure on demand.  The governing standards for safety
instrumented systems state that
plant operators must determine and
12.5 Probability of Failure document that equipment is designed,
Upon Demand maintained, inspected, tested, and
operated in a safe manner. Thus, it is
By understanding how the components imperative that these components of
of the SIS system can fail, it is possible safety instrumented system be tested
to calculate a probability of failure on frequently enough to reduce the PFD
demand (PFD). There are two basic and meet the target SIL. 
ways for the SIS to fail. The first way
is commonly called a nuisance or
spurious trip, which usually results in an
unplanned but relatively safe process
shutdown. While there is minimal
danger associated with this type of SIS
failure, the operational costs can be
enormous. The second type of failure
does not cause a process shutdown
or nuisance trip. Instead, the failure
remains undetected, permitting
continued process operation in an unsafe
and dangerous manner. If an emergency
demand occurred, the SIS system
218
50
40
30
%
20
10
0
Sensor Logic Solver Final Control Element
Figure 12.4 OREDA Data
12.6 Final Elements, Proof required SIL level for the SIF, throughout
the lifecycle of the installation. A proof
Testing, and Partial Stroke test for a final element would include a
Testing Techniques visual inspection and verification of safety
Final elements consist of valves, function, which includes a full valve
actuators, and valve instrumentation. stroke and may also include a verification
Depending on the application ball, of safety time and valve leakage. 
butterfly, or control valves are used for
emergency shutdown (ESD), blowdown
valves (BDV), or other use in a SIS to take 12.7 Partial Stroke Testing
the process to a safe state. At times, the duration between proof
As final elements are only part of testing is not ideally aligned with
the SIF, it is difficult to confirm the scheduled shutdown or maintenance
required SIL without considering the periods. To avoid shutting down the
initiator and logic solver as part of the process for testing, a bypass around
loop. Statistical data available from the final element can be used; however,
the process industries can be used to testing with a bypass potentially leaves
provide an estimation of compliance the process unprotected in the case
with the required SIL. Data from OREDA of safety demand. An alternate option
(Offshore and Onshore Reliability Data) is to extend the proof test intervals by
lists that as many as 50% of failures utilizing partial stroke testing (PST).
within a SIF can be attributed to the final Partial stroke testing exercises the valve
element, as shown in Figure 12.4. a portion of its total travel to verify that
the valve is not stuck and to uncover
As final elements account for 50% of other otherwise dangerous undetected
the failures, it is important that valves failure modes such as valve shaft
are selected that meet product design sticking, valve packing issues, actuator
conditions, meet the required SIL air line issues, or other modes that could
target, and are tested periodically to prevent the valve from moving to its safe
ensure functionality. The SIS must be position in the case of a safety demand.
functionally tested with proof tests
of each device on a periodic basis, The amount of time a proof test
as determined necessary during SIL interval can be extended using partial
verification analysis to maintain the stroke testing varies depending on SIL

target, test frequency, and amount of themselves are extremely manpower

diagnostic coverage (a ratio between intensive and subject to error. 
the failure rates detected to the total
failure rate). 
12.9 Digital Valve Controller
Use for Partial Stroke Testing
12.8 Online Testing Methods
Digital valve controllers are
for the Final Element communicating, microprocessor-based
Valve testing can be done by installing current-to-pneumatic instruments with
a bypass valve around each safety valve. internal logic capability. In addition to
By placing the bypass in service, the the traditional function of converting
safety valve can be full stroke tested a current signal to a pressure signal to
without shutting down the process. operate the valve, these digital valve
controllers use HART communications
In an attempt to eliminate the
protocol to give easy access to
operational, economic, and regulatory
information critical to safety testing. The
problems associated with bypass
digital valve controller receives feedback
testing, other methods were developed.
of the valve travel position plus supply
Mechanical limiting travel methods and actuator pneumatic pressures.
involve the use of some mechanical This allows the digital valve controller
device such as a pin, a valve stem to diagnose the health and operation
collar, a valve hand jack, etc. that will of itself and the valve and actuator to
limit the valve travel to 15% or less of which it is mounted.
the valve stroke.
Partial stroke testing confirms the
The pneumatic test panels method also valve is working without disturbing the
uses a pin to engage before partial travel process. Since the entire test procedure
test could be initiated. can be programmed into the digital
These online testing approaches have valve controller, partial stroke testing
a number of disadvantages. A major can be performed automatically. This
drawback to these methods is that the allows the test interval to be as short
safety shutdown function is not available as necessary (hourly, daily, weekly,
during the test period. In fact, the etc.) to meet the target SIL values. The
process is left totally unprotected while operator can manually initiate the test
the test is in progress, and for some by a simple button push, however the
areas and industries this type of testing testing sequence itself is completely
will not be accepted. Also of concern is automatic, thereby eliminating any
the possibility of the safety valve being errors and possible nuisance trips, and
inadvertently left in the bypass position the labor capital cost of conventional
after testing or the mechanical lock testing schemes. If there is a safety
or pin is not removed after testing is demand during the partial stroke test,
complete. This would leave the process the test will be aborted and the digital
totally unprotected until such time valve controller will drive the valve to its
as the error is discovered. In addition, safe state.
these test methods all have a definite Typically, the partial stroke test moves
risk of spurious shutdown trips caused the valve 10% from its original position
by testing. Another drawback is that but can be up to 30% if allowed by plant
the testing process must be manually safety guidelines. Although partial
initiated in the field and the tests
220
stroke testing does not eliminate the HIPPS offer an economical as well
need for full stroke testing (full stroke as environmental friendly solution
testing is required to check valve compared with conventional relief
seating, etc.) it does reduce the required systems. Figure 4 shows a typical HIPPS
full stroke testing frequency to the point in a configuration set to meet SIL 3. 
where it can most likely be tested during
plant turnaround.
Adding a digital valve controller to a 12.11 Functionality of
safety instrumented system can reduce the HIPPS
base equipment cost, testing time, and Like the SIF, a HIPPS typically consists of
manpower requirements by eliminating the following devices and functionality:
the need for expensive pneumatic
test panels and skilled personnel for Pressure Sensors: Three individual
testing. Using a digital valve controller pressure sensors on the upstream side
can provide complete documentation of the HIPPS, set in a voting structure of
of any emergency event as well as 2 out of 3 (2oo3), will give the operator
documentation of all testing, which availability of the system + reliability to
could be made available to insurance support the SIF.
companies as proof of testing. It also Logic Solver: In the case that two out
allows for configuration of remote of three (2oo3) sensors measure a
testing, which can save time by reducing pressure higher than defined/allowed,
the requirement for maintenance the logic solver will shut down the two
inspection trips to the field. The safety of final elements and an alarm is sent to the
plant personnel can also be increased by control room.
eliminating the need for plant personnel
to go to the field for testing.  Final Elements: Two isolation valves, in
series (1oo2 arrangement) to provide
redundancy and enhanced safety
integrity. 
12.10 High-Integrity
Pressure Protection
System (HIPPS) 12.12 Testing Requirements
High-integrity pressure protection To ensure the HIPPS will meet the required
systems (HIPPS) are part of the safety SIL throughout the safety lifecycle of the
instrumented system and designed installation, testing will need to be done
to prevent overpressure. Compared on the different elements:
with conventional systems for pressure Pressure Sensor: Pressure sensors
relief like the use of mechanical relief or will need to be taken out of service
safety valves, HIPPS work by shutting off for testing, but as the configuration is
the source and capturing the pressure 2oo3, it is possible to isolate 1 sensor
in the upstream side of the system, for testing and maintain the same
thus providing a barrier between the redundancy provided the voting in the
high-pressure and low-pressure sides of logic solver is changed from 2oo3 to
a production facility. The tight shutoff 1oo2. This is often done by an interlock
will prevent downstream leakage and system, providing a signal to the logic
eliminate fugitive emissions. In this solver that a sensor is out for testing.
regard, HIPPS are seen as the “last line
of defense.”

Asset Management Software
Logic Solver
Communications Link
Redundant
Final Control Elements
Pressure
Transmeters
Upstream
Figure 12.5 Typical HIPPS Configuration
Logic Solver: Logic solvers re often components of the safety instrumented

working with a dual processor and system be tested frequently enough to
constantly running self-diagnostics. reduce the PFD and meet the target
Should a failure be detected, it can be SIL: A full stroke or proof test will need
set to either shut down the final element to be done with a set of intervals, but
or shift to a redundant logic solver. due to the nature of the test, this will
Final Control Element: The governing need to be done out of service. To
standards for safety instrumented extend the period between the proof
systems state that plant operators test, online testing like partial stroke
must determine and document that testing can be used to detect a fair
equipment is designed, maintained, amount of failures plus give predictive
inspected, tested, and operated in a safe diagnostic, allowing an operator to take
manner. Thus it is imperative that these action. 
222

Chapter 13
Engineering Data
Control Valve Handbook | Chapter 13: Engineering Data
13.1 Standard Specifications AISI 4140 Cr-Mo Steel:

for Pressure-Retaining Similar to ASTM A193 Grade B7 bolt
material.
Valve Materials
Temperature range:
See section 13.2 for additional -48 to 538°C (-55 to 1000°F)
specifications, cross-referenced to
Material Code numbers. Composition (%):
C = 0.38 to 0.43
Cast Carbon Steel ASTM A216 Mn = 0.75 to 1.0
P = 0.035 max
Grade WCC:
S = 0.040 max
Temperature range: Si = 0.15 to 0.35
-30 to 427°C (-20 to 800°F) Cr = 0.8 to 1.1
Mo = 0.15 to 0.25
Composition (%):
Fe = Remainder
C = 0.25 max
Mn = 1.2 max
P = 0.035 max
Forged 3-1/2% Nickel Steel ASTM
S = 0.035 max A352 Grade LC3:
Si = 0.6 max
Temperature range:
-101 to 343°C (-150 to 650°F)
Cast Carbon Steel ASTM A352
Grade LCC: Composition (%):
C = 0.15 max
Temperature range: Mn = 0.5 to 0.8
-45 to 343°C (-50 to 650°F) P = 0.04 max
S = 0.045 max
Composition (%):
Si = 0.6 max
Same as ASTM A216 grade WCC
Ni = 3.0 to 4.0
Carbon Steel Bar AISI 1018, UNS

Cast Cr-Mo Steel ASTM A217
G10180:
Grade WC6:
Temperature range:
-29 to 427°C (-20 to 800°F)
Temperature range:
-30 to 595°C (-20 to 1100°F)
Composition (%):
C = 0.14 to 0.2
Composition (%):
C = 0.05 to 0.2
Mn = 0.6 to 0.9
P = 0.04 max
Mn = 0.5 to 0.8
P = 0.035 max
S = 0.05 max
S = 0.035 max
Si = 0.60 max
Leaded Steel Bar AISI 12L14, UNS
Cr = 1.0 to 1.5
G12144: Mo = 0.45 to 0.65
Temperature range:
-29 to 427°C (-20 to 800°F)
Composition (%):
C = 0.15 max
Mn = 0.85 to 1.15
P = 0.04 to 0.09
S = 0.26 to 0.35
Pb = 0.15 to 0.35

Cast Cr-Mo Steel ASTM A217 Type 302 Stainless Steel ASTM A479
Grade WC9: Grade UNS S30200:
Temperature range: Temperature range:
-30 to 595°C (-20 to 1100°F) -198 to 399°C (-325 to 750°F)
Composition (%): Composition (%):
C = 0.05 to 0.18 C = 0.15 max
Mn = 0.4 to 0.7 Mn = 2.0 max
P = 0.035 max P = 0.045 max
S = 0.035 max S = 0.03 max
Si = 0.6 max Si = 1.0 max
Cr = 2.0 to 2.75 Cr = 17.0 to 19.0
Mo = 0.9 to 1.2 Ni = 8.0 to 10.0
N = 0.1 max
Forged Cr-Mo Steel ASTM A182 Fe = Remainder
Grade F22:
Type 304L Stainless Steel ASTM A479
Temperature range:
Grade UNS S30403:
-30 to 593°C (-20 to 1100°F)
Temperature range:
Composition (%): -254 to 425°C (-425 to 800°F)
C = 0.05 to 0.15
Mn = 0.3 to 0.6 Composition (%):
P = 0.04 max C = 0.03 max
S = 0.04 max Mn = 2.0 max
Si = 0.5 max P = 0.045 max
Cr = 2.0 to 2.5 S = 0.03 max
Mo = 0.87 to 1.13 Si = 1.0 max
Cr = 18.0 to 20.0
Cast Cr-Mo Steel ASTM A217 Ni = 8.0 to 12.0
Grade C5: Fe = Remainder
Temperature range: Cast Type 304L Stainless Steel ASTM

-30 to 649°C (-20 to 1200°F)
A351 Grade CF3:
Composition (%): Temperature range:
C = 0.2 max -254 to 425°C (-425 to 800°F)
Mn = 0.4 to 0.7
P = 0.04 max Composition (%):

S = 0.045 max C = 0.03 max
Si = 0.75 max Mn = 1.5 max
Cr = 4.0 to 6.5 Si = 2.0 max
Mo = 0.45 to 0.65 S = 0.040 max
P = 0.040 max
Cr = 17.0 to 21.0
Ni = 8.0 to 11.0
Mo = 0.50 max
226
Type 316L Stainless Steel ASTM A479 Type 317 Stainless Steel ASTM A479
Grade UNS S31603: Grade UNS S31700:
-254 to 450°C (-425 to 850°F) -198 to 816°C (-325 to 1500°F)
Above 538°C (1000°F), 0.04 C
Composition (%): minimum required
C = 0.03 max
Mn = 2.0 max Composition (%):
P = 0.045 max C = 0.08 max
S = 0.03 max Mn = 2.0 max
Si = 1.0 max P = 0.045 max
Cr = 16.0 to 18.0 S = 0.03 max
Ni = 10.0 to 14.0 Si = 1.0 max
Mo = 2.0 to 3.0 Cr = 18.0 to 20.0
Fe = Remainder Ni = 11.0 to15.0
Mo = 3.0 to 4.0
Type 316 Stainless Steel ASTM A479 Fe = Remainder
Grade UNS S31600:

ast Type 317 Stainless Steel ASTM
C
Temperature range:
A351 Grade CG8M:
-255 to 816°C (-425 to 1500°F)
Above 538°C (1000°F), 0.04 C Temperature range:
minimum required -198 to 538°C (-325 to 1000°F)
C = 0.08 max C = 0.08 max
Mn = 2.0 max Mn = 1.5 max
P = 0.045 max Si = 1.5 max
S = 0.03 max P = 0.04 max
Si = 1.0 max S = 0.04 max
Cr = 16.0 to 18.0 Cr = 18.0 to 21.0
Ni = 10.0 to14.0 Ni = 9.0 to 13.0
Mo = 2.0 to 3.0 Mo = 3.0 to 4.0
Fe = Remainder
ype 410 Stainless Steel ASTM A479

T
Cast Type 316 Stainless Steel ASTM Grade S41000:
A351 Grade CF8M:
Temperature range:
Temperature range: -29 to 538°C (-20 to 1000°F)
-254 to 816°C (-425 to 1500°F)
Above 538°C (1000°F), 0.04 C
Composition (%):
C = 0.08 to 0.15
minimum required
Mn = 1.0 max
Composition (%): P = 0.04 max
C = 0.08 max S = 0.03 max
Mn = 1.5 max Si = 1.0 max
Si = 1.5 max Cr = 11.5 to 13.5
P = 0.04 max Fe = Remainder
S = 0.04 max
Cr = 18.0 to 21.0
Ni = 9.0 to 12.0
Mo = 2.0 to 3.0

ype 17-4PH Stainless Steel ASTM

T Type 2205, S31803 Duplex Stainless
A564 Grade 630, UNS S17400: Steel ASTM A479 Grade UNS S31803:
-29 to 343°C (-20 to 650°F) -50 to 316°C (-60 to 600°F)
C = 0.07 max C = 0.03 max
Mn = 1.0 max
Mn = 2.0 max
Si = 1.0 max
P = 0.03 max
P = 0.04 max
S = 0.02 max
S = 0.03 max
Si = 1.0 max
Cr = 15.0 to 17.5
Cr = 21.0 to 23.0
Nb = 0.15 to 0.45
Ni = 4.5 to 6.5
Cu = 3.0 to 5.0
Mo = 2.5 to 3.5
Ni = 3.0 to 5.0
N = 0.08 to 0.2
Fe = Remainder
Fe = Remainder
Type 254 SMO Stainless Steel ASTM Cast Type 2205, S31803 Stainless Steel
A479 Grade UNS S31254: ASTM A890 Grade 4a, CD3MN:
-198 to 399°C (-325 to 750°F) -50 to 316°C (-60 to 600°F)
C = 0.02 max C = 0.03 max
Mn = 1.0 max
Mn = 1.5 max
P = 0.03 max
Si = 1.0 max
S = 0.01 max
P = 0.04 max
Si = 0.8 max
S = 0.02 max
Cr = 18.5 to 20.5
Cr = 21.0 to 23.5
Ni = 17.5 to 18.5
Ni = 4.5 to 6.5
Mo = 6.0 to 6.5
Mo = 2.5 to 3.5
N = 0.18−0.22
Cu = 1.0 max
Fe = Remainder
N = 0.1 to 0.3
Fe = Remainder
Cast Type 254 SMO Stainless Steel
ASTM A351 Grade CK3MCuN: ast Iron ASTM A126 Class B,
C
Temperature range: UNS F12102:
-198 to 399°C (-325 to 750°F)
Temperature range:
Composition (%): -29 to 232°C (-20 to 450°F )
C = 0.025 max
Composition (%):
Mn = 1.2 max
P = 0.75 max
Si = 1.0 max
S = 0.15 max
P = 0.045 max
S = 0.01 max
ast Iron ASTM A126 Class C, UNS
C
Cr = 19.5 to 20.5
Ni = 17.5 to 19.5
F12802:
Mo = 6.0 to 7.0 Temperature range:
N = 0.18 to 0.24 -29 to 232°C (-20 to 450°F)
Composition (%):
P = 0.75 max
S = 0.15 max
228
Ductile Iron ASTM A395 Type 60-40-18: Manganese Bronze ASTM B584 Grade
UNS C86500:
Temperature range:
-29 to 343°C (-20 to 650°F) Temperature range:
-198 to 177°C (-325 to 350°F)
Composition (%):
C = 3.0 min Composition (%):
Si = 2.5 max Cu = 55.0 to 60.0
P = 0.08 max Sn = 1.0 max
Pb = 0.4 max
Ductile Ni-Resist Iron ASTM A439 Type Ni = 1.0 max
D-2B, UNS F43001: Fe = 0.4 to 2.0
Al = 0.5 to 1.5
emperature range for non-pressure-
T Mn = 0.1 to 1.5
retaining components: Zn = 36.0 to 42.0
-29 to 760°C (-20 to 1400°F)
Composition (%): Cast Aluminum Bronze ASTM B148
C = 3.0 max Grade UNS C95400:
Si = 1.5 to 3.00
Temperature range:
Mn = 0.70 to 1.25
-198 to 316°C (-325 to 600°F)
P = 0.08 max
Ni = 18.0 to 22.0 Composition (%):

Cr = 2.75 to 4.0 Cu = 83.0 min
Al = 10.0 to 11.5
Valve Bronze ASTM B61, Fe = 3.0 to 5.0
UNS C92200: Mn = 0.50 max
Ni = 1.5 max
Temperature range:
-198 to 288°C (-325 to 550°F) Cast Aluminum Bronze ASTM B148
Composition (%): Grade UNS C95800:
Cu = 86.0 to 90.0
Temperature range:
Sn = 5.5 to 6.5 -198 to 260°C (-325 to 500°F)
Pb = 1.0 to 2.0
Zn = 3.0 to 5.0 Composition (%):

Ni = 1.0 max Cu = 79.0 min
Fe = 0.25 max Al = 8.5 to 9.5
S = 0.05 max Fe = 3.5 to 4.5
P = 0.05 max Mn = 0.8 to 1.5
Ni = 4.0 to 5.0
Tin Bronze ASTM B584 Grade Si = 0.1 max
UNS C90500:
B16 Yellow Brass Bar ASTM B16 Grade
Temperature range:
UNS C36000, 1/2 Hard:
-198 to 204°C (-325 to 400°F)
T
Composition (%):
retaining components:
Cu = 86.0 to 89.0
-198 to 204°C (-325 to 400°F)
Sn = 9.0 to 11.0
Pb = 0.30 max Composition (%):
Zn = 1.0 to 3.0 Cu = 60.0 to 63.0
Ni = 1.0 max Pb = 2.5 to 3.0
Fe = 0.2 max Fe = 0.35 max
S = 0.05 max Zn = Remainder
P = 0.05 max

Naval Brass Forgings ASTM B283 Alloy Ni-Cu Alloy Bar K500 ASTM B865
UNS C46400: Grade N05500:
Temperature range: emperature range for non-pressure-
T
-198 to 204°C (-325 to 400°F) retaining components:
-198 to 482°C (-325 to 900°F)
Composition (%):
Cu = 59.0 to 62.0 Composition (%):
Sn = 0.5 to 1.0 Ni = 63.0 min
Pb = 0.2 max Fe = 2.0 max
Fe = 0.15 max Mn = 1.5 max
Zn = Remainder Si = 0.5 max
C = 0.18 max
Aluminum Bar ASTM B211 Alloy S = 0.01 max
UNS A96061-T6: Al = 2.3 to 3.15
Ti = 0.35 to 0.85
Temperature range: Cu = Remainder
-269 to 204°C (-452 to 400°F)
Composition (%): ast Ni-Cu Alloy 400 ASTM A494
C
Si = 0.4 to 0.8 Grade M35-1:
Fe = 0.7 max
Cu = 0.15 to 0.4
Temperature range:
Zn = 0.25 max
-198 to 475°C (-325 to 900°F)
Mg = 0.8 to 1.2 Composition (%):
Mn = 0.15 max Cu = 27.0 to 33.0
Cr = 0.04 to 0.35 C = 0.35 max
Ti = 0.15 max Mn = 1.5 max
Other Elements = 0.15 max Fe = 3.5 max
Al = Remainder S = 0.02 max
P = 0.03 max
Cobalt-base Alloy No.6 Cast UNS Si = 1.25 max
R30006, Weld filler CoCr-A: Nb = 0.5 max
Ni = Remainder
T
retaining components: Ni-Cr-Mo Alloy C276 Bar ASTM B574
-198 to 980°C (-325 to 1800°F)
Grade N10276:
Composition (%): Temperature range:
C = 0.9 to 1.4 -198 to 677°C (-325 to 1250°F)
Mn = 1.0 max
W = 3.5 to 6.0 Composition (%):
Ni = 3.0 max Cr = 14.5 to 16.5
Cr = 26.0 to 31.0 Fe = 4.0 to 7.0
Mo = 1.5 max W = 3.0 to 4.5
Fe = 3.0 max C = 0.01 max
Si = 1.5 max Si = 0.08 max
Co = Remainder Co = 2.5 max
Mn = 1.0 max
V = 0.35 max
Mo = 15.0 to 17.0
P = 0.04
S = 0.03
Ni = Remainder
230
Ni-Cr-Mo Alloy C ASTM A494 CW2M:

Temperature range:
-198 to 538°C (-325 to 1000°F)
Composition (%):
Cr = 15.5 to 17.5
Fe = 2.0 max
W = 1.0 max
C = 0.02 max
Si = 0.8 max
Mn = 1.0 max
Mo = 15.0 to 17.5
P = 0.03
S = 0.02
Ni = Remainder
Ni-Mo Alloy B2 Bar ASTM B335 Grade

B2, UNS N10665:
Temperature range:
-198 to 427°C (-325 to 800°F)
Composition (%):
Cr = 1.0 max
Fe = 2.0 max
C = 0.02 max
Si = 0.1 max
Co = 1.0 max
Mn = 1.0 max
Mo = 26.0 to 30.0
P = 0.04 max
S = 0.03 max
Ni = Remainder
Cast Ni-Mo Alloy B2 ASTM A494 N7M:

Temperature range:
-198 to 538°C (-325 to 1000°F)
Composition (%):
Cr = 1.0 max
Fe = 3.0 max
C = 0.07 max
Si = 1.0 max
Mn = 1.0 max
Mo = 30.0 to 33.0
P = 0.03 max
S = 0.02 max
Ni = Remainder

13.2 Valve Material Properties for

Pressure-Containing Components
The material codes in this table correspond to the Standard Specifications for Valve
Materials listings in section 13.1.
Minimum Mechanical Properties

Modulus of Typical
Material
Tensile Yield Elongation Elasticity at 21°C Brinell
Code Reduction in
Strength ksi Strength ksi in 2-inch (50 (70°F) psi (MPa) Hardness
Area (%)
(MPa) (MPa) mm)
70-95 (485-
1 40 (275) 22 35 27.9E6 (19.2E4) 137-187
655)
70-95 (485-
2 40 (275) 22 35 27.9E6 (19.2E4) 137-187
655)
57 (390) 42 (290)
3 37 typical 67 typical 30.0E6 (20.7E4) 111
typical typical
79 (545) 71 (490)
4 16 typical 52 typical 30.0E6 (20.7E4) 163
typical typical
105 (725)
5(1) 125 (860) 16 50 29.9E6 (20.6E4) 258
typical
70-95 (485-
6 40 (275) 24 35 27.9E6 (19.2E4) 140-190
655)
70-95 (485-
7 40 (275) 20 35 29.9E6 (20.6E4) 147-200
655)
70-95 (485-
8 40 (275) 20 35 29.9E6 (20.6E4) 147-200
655)
75-100 (515- 156-207
9 45(310) 19 40 29.9E6 (20.6E4)
690) required
90-115 (620-
10 60 (415) 18 35 27.4E6 (19.0E4) 176-255
795)
11 75 (515) 30 (205) 30 40 28.3E6 (19.3E4) 150
12 70 (485) 25 (170) 30 40 29.0E6 (20.0E4) 150
13 70 (485) 30 (205) 35 --- 29.0E6 (20.0E4) 150
14 70 (485) 25 (170) 40 50 28.3E6 (19.3E4) 150-170
15 (2)
75 (515) 30 (205) 30 40 28.3E6 (19.5E4) 150
16 70 (485) 30 (205) 30 --- 28.3E6 (19.5E4) 163
17 75 (515) 30 (205) 30 40 28.3E6 (19.5E4) 170
18 75 (515) 35 (240) 25 --- 28.3E6 (19.5E4) 170
19(3) 70 (480) 40 (275) 20 45 29.2E6 (20.1E4) 241
20 (4)
145 (1000) 125 (860) 13 45 29E6 (20.0E4) 311 min
21 95 (665) 45 (310) 35 50 29.0E6 (20.0E4) 90 HRB
22 80 (550) 38 (260) 35 --- 29.0E6 (20.0E4) 82 HRB
23 90 (620) 65 (450) 25 --- 30.5E6 (21.0E4) 290 max
24 90 (620) 65 (450) 25 --- 30.5E6 (21.0E4) 98 HRB
232
Valve Material Properties for Pressure-Containing Components continued...
Minimum Mechanical Properties

Modulus of Typical
Material
Tensile Yield Elongation Elasticity at 21°C Brinell
Code Reduction in
Strength ksi Strength ksi in 2-inch (50 (70°F) psi (MPa) Hardness
Area (%)
(MPa) (MPa) mm)
25(5) 31 (214) --- --- --- 13.4E6 (9.2E4) 160-220

26 (6)
41 (282) --- --- --- 13.4E6 (9.2E4) 230
27 60 (415) 40 (276) 18 --- 23E6 (16E4) 143-187
28 58 (400) 30 (205) 8 --- --- 139-202
29 34 (234) 16 (110) 24 --- 14.0E6 (9.7E4) 65
30 40 (275) 18 (124) 20 --- 14.0 (9.7E4) 75
31 65 (448) 25 (172) 20 --- 15.3E6 (10.5E4) 97
32 75 (515) 30 (205) 12 --- 16E6 (11.0E4) 150 min
33 85 (585) 35 (240) 15 --- 16E6 (11.0E4) 159
55-75 HRB
34 55 (380) 25 (170) 10 --- 14E6 (9.6E4)
required
35 60 (415) 27 (185) 25 --- 15.0E6 (10.3E4) 131-142
36 42 (290) 35 (241) 10 --- 9.9E6 (6.8E4) 95
154 (1060) 93 (638)
37(7) 17 typical --- 30E6 (21E4) 37 HRC
typical typical
38 140 (965) 100 (690) 20 --- 26E6 (17.9E4) 265-325
39 65 (450) 25 (170) 25 --- 23E6 (15.8E4) 110-150
40 100 (689) 41 (283) 40 --- 29.8E6 (20.5E4) 210
41 72 (496) 40 (275) 20 --- 30.8E6 (21.2E4) 150-185
42 110 (760) 51 (350) 40 --- 31.4E6 (21.7E4) 238
43 76 (525) 40 (275) 20 --- 28.5E6 (19.7E4) 180
1. Tempered 650°C (1200°F).
2. Annealed.
3. ASTM A479 Annealed Condition
4. ASTM A564 Grade 630 Condition H1075
5. A126 Cl.B 1.125 in. (95 mm) dia bar.
6. A126 Cl.C 1.125 in. (95 mm) dia bar.
7. Wrought.

13.3 Physical Constants of Hydrocarbons

Freezing
Boiling Point Vapor
Molecular Point at
No. Compound Formula at 14.696 psia Pressure at
Weight 14.696 psia
(°F) 100°F (psia)
(°F)
1 Methane CH4 16.043 -258.69 (5000)(2) -296.46(5)
2 Ethane C2H6 30.070 -127.48 (800) (2)
-297.89(5)
3 Propane C3H8 44.097 -43.67 190 -305.84(5)
4 n–Butane C4H10 58.124 31.10 51.6 -217.05
5 Isobutane C4H10 58.124 10.90 72.2 -255.29
6 n–Pentane C5H12 72.151 96.92 15.570 -201.51
7 Isolpentane C5H12 72.151 82.12 20.44 -255.83
8 Neopentane C5H12 72.151 49.10 35.90 2.17
9 n−Hexane C6H14 86.178 155.72 4.956 -139.58
10 2−Methylpentane C6H14 86.178 140.47 6.767 -244.63
11 3−Methylpentane C6H14 86.178 145.89 6.098 ---
12 Neohexane C6H14 86.178 121.52 9.856 -147.72
13 2,3−Dimethylbutane C6H14 86.178 136.36 7.404 -199.38
Specific Gravity at
Critical Constants
14.696 psia
No. Compound Formula Critical
Critical Liquid(3)(4) Gas at 60°F
Pressure
Temp. (°F) 60°F/60°F (Air=1)(1)
(psia)
1 Methane CH4 453.7 436.9 0.6640 2.9753
2 Ethane C2H6 435.83 436.6 0.6579 2.9753
3 Propane C3H8 448.3 453.1 0.6689 2.9753
4 n–Butane C4H10 420.13 446.8 0.6540 2.9753
5 Isobutane C4H10 440.29 453.5 0.6664 2.9753
6 n–Pentane C5H12 512.8 396.8 0.6882 3.4596
7 Isolpentane C5H12 495.00 396.5 0.6830 3.4596
8 Neopentane C5H12 503.78 408.1 0.6917 3.4596
9 n−Hexane C6H14 513.48 419.3 0.7028 3.4596
10 2−Methylpentane C6H14 477.23 402.2 0.6782 3.4596
11 3−Methylpentane C6H14 475.95 396.9 0.6773 3.4596
12 Neohexane C6H14 505.85 427.2 0.6976 3.4596
13 2,3−Dimethylbutane C6H14 496.44 428.4 0.6946 3.4596
234
Phsyical Constants of Hydrocarbons continued...
Freezing
Boiling Point Vapor
Molecular Point at
Weight 14.696 psia
(°F) 100°F (psia)
(°F)
14 n−Heptane C7H16 100.205 209.17 1.620 -131.05
15 2−Methylhexane C7H16 100.205 194.09 2.271 -180.89
16 3−Methylhexane C7H16 100.205 197.32 2.130 ---
17 3−Ethylpentane C7H16 100.205 200.25 2.012 -181.48
18 2,2−Dimethylpentane C7H16 100.205 174.54 3.492 -190.86
21 Triptane C7H16 100.205 177.58 3.374 -12.82
22 n−Octane C8H18 114.232 258.22 0.537 -70.18
23 Diisobutyl C8H18 114.232 228.39 1.101 -132.07
24 Isooctane C8H18 114.232 210.63 1.708 -161.27
25 n−Nonane C9H20 128.259 303.47 0.179 -64.28
26 n−Decane C10H22 142.286 345.48 0.0597 -21.36
27 Cyclopentane C5H10 70.135 120.65 9.914 -136.91
28 Methylcyclopentane C6H12 84.162 161.25 4.503 -224.44
Specific Gravity at
Critical Constants
14.696 psia
No. Compound Formula Critical
Critical Liquid(3)(4) Gas at 60°F
Pressure
Temp. (°F) 60°F/60°F (Air=1)(1)
(psia)
14 n−Heptane C7H16 512.8 396.8 0.6882 3.4596
15 2−Methylhexane C7H16 495.00 396.5 0.6830 3.4596
16 3−Methylhexane C7H16 503.78 408.1 0.6917 3.4596
17 3−Ethylpentane C7H16 513.48 419.3 0.7028 3.4596
18 2,2−Dimethylpentane C7H16 477.23 402.2 0.6782 3.4596
21 Triptane C7H16 496.44 428.4 0.6946 3.4596
22 n−Octane C8H18 564.22 360.6 0.7068 3.9439
23 Diisobutyl C8H18 530.44 360.6 0.6979 3.9439
24 Isooctane C8H18 519.46 372.4 0.6962 3.9439
25 n−Nonane C9H20 610.68 332. 0.7217 4.4282
26 n−Decane C10H22 652.1 304. 0.7342 4.9125
27 Cyclopentane C5H10 461.5 653.8 0.7504 2.4215
28 Methylcyclopentane C6H12 499.35 548.9 0.7536 2.9057

Freezing
Boiling Point Vapor
Molecular Point at
Weight 14.696 psia
(°F) 100°F (psia)
(°F)
29 Cyclohexane C6H12 84.162 177.29 3.264 43.77
30 Methylcyclohexane C7H14 98.189 213.68 1.609 -195.87
31 Ethylene C2H4 28.054 -154.62 --- -272.45(5)
32 Propene C3H6 42.081 -53.90 226.4 -301.45(5)
33 1−Butene C4H8 56.108 20.75 63.05 -301.63(5)
34 Cis−2−Butene C4H8 56.108 38.69 45.54 -218.06
35 Trans−2−Butene C4H8 56.108 33.58 49.80 -157.96
36 Isobutene C4H8 56.108 19.59 63.40 -220.61
37 1−Pentene C5H10 70.135 85.93 19.115 -265.39
38 1,2−Butadiene C4H6 54.092 51.53 (20.)(2) -213.16
39 1,3−Butadiene C4H6 54.092 24.06 (60.)(2) -164.02
40 Isoprene C5H8 68.119 93.30 16.672 -230.74
41 Acetylene C2H2 26.038 -119.(6) --- -114(5)
42 Benzene C6H6 78.114 176.17 3.224 41.96
43 Toluene C7H8 92.141 231.13 1.032 -138.94
Specific Gravity at
Critical Constants
14.696 psia
No. Compound Formula
Critical Critical Liquid(3)(4) Gas at 60°F
Temp. (°F) Pressure (psia) 60°F/60°F (Air=1)(1)
29 Cyclohexane C6H12 536.7 591. 0.7834 2.9057

30 Methylcyclohexane C7H14 570.27 503.5 0.7740 3.3900
31 Ethylene C2H4 48.58 729.8 --- 0.9686
32 Propene C3H6 196.9 669. 0.5220 (7)
1.4529
33 1−Butene C4H8 295.6 583. 0.6013(7) 1.9372
34 Cis−2−Butene C4H8 324.37 610. 0.6271 (7)
1.9372
35 Trans−2−Butene C4H8 311.86 595. 0.6100(7) 1.9372
36 Isobutene C4H8 292.55 580. 0.6004(7) 1.9372
37 1−Pentene C5H10 376.93 590. 0.6457 2.4215
38 1,2−Butadiene C4H6 (339.)(2) (653.)(2) 0.6587 1.8676
39 1,3−Butadiene C4H6 306. 628. 0.6272(7) 1.8676
40 Isoprene C5H8 (412.) (2)
(558.4) (2)
0.6861 2.3519
41 Acetylene C2H2 95.31 890.4 0.615(9) 0.8990
42 Benzene C6H6 552.22 710.4 0.8844 2.6969
43 Toluene C7H8 605.55 595.9 0.8718 3.1812
236
Freezing
Boiling Point Vapor
Molecular Point at
Weight 14.696 psia
(°F) 100°F (psia)
(°F)
44 Ethylbenzene C8H10 106.168 277.16 0.371 -138.91
45 o−Xylene C8H10 106.168 291.97 0.264 -13.30
46 m−Xylene C8H10 106.168 282.41 0.326 -54.12
47 p−Xylene C8H10 106.168 281.05 0.342 55.86
48 Styrene C8H8 104.152 293.29 (0.24)(2) -23.10
49 Isopropylbenzene C9H12 120.195 306.34 0.188 -140.82
Specific Gravity at
Critical Constants
14.696 psia
No. Compound Formula
Critical Critical Liquid(3)(4) Gas at 60°F
Temp. (°F) Pressure (psia) 60°F/60°F (Air=1)(1)
44 Ethylbenzene C8H10 651.24 523.5 0.8718 3.6655

45 o−Xylene C8H10 675.0 541.4 0.8848 3.6655
46 m−Xylene C8H10 651.02 513.6 0.8687 3.6655
47 p−Xylene C8H10 649.6 509.2 0.8657 3.6655
48 Styrene C8H8 706.0 580. 0.9110 3.5959
49 Isopropylbenzene C9H12 676.4 465.4 0.8663 4.1498
1. Calculated values.
2. ( )−Estimated values.
3. Air saturated hydrocarbons.
4. Absolute values from weights in vacuum.
5. At saturation pressure (triple point).
6. Sublimation point.
7. Saturation pressure and 15.5°C (60°F).
8. Apparent value for methane at 15.5°C (60°F).
9. Specific gravity, 119°F/60°F (sublimation point).
13.4 Specific Heat Ratio (k)

Specific Specific Specific Specific
Gas Heat Ratio Gas Heat Ratio Gas Heat Ratio Gas Heat Ratio
(k) (k) (k) (k)
Carbon 0.6 Natural
Acetylene 1.38 1.29 1.32
Dioxide Gas
Air 1.40 Ethane 1.25 Nitrogen 1.40
Argon 1.67 Helium 1.66 Oxygen 1.40 Steam(1) 1.33
Butane 1.17 Hydrogen 1.40 Propane 1.21
Carbon
1.40 Methane 1.26 Propylene 1.15
Monoxide
1. Use property tables if available for greater accuracy.

13.5 Physical Constants of Various Fluids

Boiling Vapor Specific Gravity
Critical Critical
Molecular Point (°F Pressure
Fluid Formula Temp. Pressure Liquid
Weight at 14.696 at 70°F
(°F) (psia) (60/60 Gas
psia) (psig)
°F)
Acetic Acid HC2H3O2 60.05 245 --- --- --- 1.05 ---
Acetone C3H6O 58.08 133 --- 455 691 0.79 2.01
Air N2 O 2 28.97 -317 --- -221 547 0.86(3) 1.0
Alcohol, Ethyl C2H6O 46.07 173 2.3 (2)
470 925 0.794 1.59
Alcohol, Methyl CH4O 32.04 148 4.63(2) 463 1174 0.796 1.11
Ammonia NH3 17.03 -28 114 270 1636 0.62 0.59
Ammonium
NH4CI --- --- --- --- --- 1.07 ---
Chloride(1)
Ammonium
NH4OH --- --- --- --- --- 0.91 ---
Hydroxide(1)
Ammonium
(NH4)2SO4 --- --- --- --- --- 1.15 ---
Sulfate(1)
Aniline C6H7N 93.12 365 --- 798 770 1.02 ---
Argon A 39.94 -302 --- -188 705 1.65 1.38
Beer --- --- --- --- --- --- 1.01 ---
Bromine Br2 159.84 138 --- 575 --- 2.93 5.52
Calcium
CaCI2 --- --- --- --- --- 1.23 ---
Chloride(1)
Carbon Dioxide CO2 44.01 -109 839 88 1072 0.801(3) 1.52
Carbon Disulfide CS2 76.1 115 --- --- --- 1.29 2.63
Carbon
CO 28.01 -314 --- -220 507 0.80 0.97
Monoxide
Carbon
CCI4 153.84 170 --- 542 661 1.59 5.31
Tetrachloride
Chlorine CI2 70.91 -30 85 291 1119 1.42 2.45
Chromic Acid H2CrO4 118.03 --- --- --- --- 1.21 ---
Citric Acid C6H8O7 192.12 --- --- --- --- 1.54 ---
Copper Sulfate(1) CuSO4 --- --- --- --- --- 1.17 ---
Ether (C2H5)2O 74.12 34 --- --- --- 0.74 2.55
Ferric Chloride (1)
FeCI3 --- --- --- --- --- 1.23 ---
Fluorine F2 38.00 -305 300 1200 809 1.11 1.31
Formaldehyde H2CO 30.03 -6 --- --- --- 0.82 1.08
Formic Acid HCO2H 46.03 214 --- --- --- 1.23 ---
Furfural C5H4O2 96.08 324 --- --- --- 1.16 ---
Glycerine C3H8O3 92.09 554 --- --- --- 1.26 ---
Glycol C2H6O2 62.07 387 --- --- --- 1.11 ---
238
Physical Constants of Various Fluids continued...
Boiling Vapor Specific Gravity

Critical Critical
Molecular Point (°F Pressure
Fluid Formula Temp. Pressure Liquid
Weight at 14.696 at 70°F
(°F) (psia) (60/60 Gas
psia) (psig)
°F)
Helium He 4.003 -454 --- -450 33 0.18 0.14
Hydrochloric
HCI 36.47 -115 --- --- --- 1.64 ---
Acid
Hydrofluoric
HF 20.01 66 0.9 446 --- 0.92 ---
Acid
Hydrogen H2 2.016 -422 --- -400 188 0.07(3) 0.07
Hydrogen
HCI 36.47 -115 613 125 1198 0.86 1.26
Chloride
Hydrogen
H2S 34.07 -76 252 213 1307 0.79 1.17
Sulfide
Isopropyl
C3H8O 60.09 180 --- --- --- 0.78 2.08
Alcohol
Linseed Oil --- --- 538 --- --- --- 0.93 ---
Mangesium
MgCI2 --- --- --- --- --- 1.22 ---
Chloride(1)
Mercury Hg 200.61 670 --- --- --- 13.6 6.93
Methyl Bromide CH3Br 94.95 38 13 376 1.73 3.27
Methyl Chloride CH3CI 50.49 -11 59 290 969 0.99 1.74
Naphthalene C10H8 128.16 424 --- --- --- 1.14 4.43
Nitric Acid HNO3 63.02 187 --- --- --- 1.5 ---
Nitrogen N2 28.02 -320 --- -233 493 0.81 (3)
0.97
0.91-
Oil, Vegetable --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
0.94
Oxygen O2 32 -297 --- -181 737 1.14(3) 1.105
Phosgene COCI2 98.92 47 10.7 360 823 1.39 3.42
Phosphoric Acid H3PO4 98.00 415 --- --- --- 1.83 ---
Potassium
K2CO3 --- --- --- --- --- 1.24 ---
Carbonate(1)
Potassium
KCI --- --- --- --- --- 1.16 ---
Chloride(1)
Potassium
KOH --- --- --- --- --- 1.24 ---
Hydroxide(1)
Sodium
NaCI --- --- --- --- --- 1.19 ---
Chloride(1)
Sodium
NaOH --- --- --- --- --- 1.27 ---
Hydroxide(1)
Sodium Sulfate(1) Na2SO4 --- --- --- --- --- 1.24 ---
Sodium
Na2S2O3 --- --- --- --- --- 1.23 ---
Thiosulfate(1)

Physical Constants of Various Fluids continued...
Boiling Specific Gravity

Vapor Critical Critical
Molecular Point (°F
Fluid Formula Pressure at Temp. Pressure Liquid
Weight at 14.696
70°F (psig) (°F) (psia) (60/60 Gas
psia)
°F)
Starch (C6H10O5)x --- --- --- --- --- 1.50 ---
Sugar
C12H22011 --- --- --- --- --- 1.10 ---
Solutions(1)
Sulfuric Acid H2SO4 98.08 626 --- --- --- 1.83 ---
Sulfur Dioxide SO2 64.6 14 34.4 316 1145 1.39 2.21
Turpentine --- --- 320 --- --- --- 0.87 ---
Water H 2O 18.016 212 0.9492(2) 706 3208 1.00 0.62
Zinc Chloride(1) ZnCI2 --- --- --- --- --- 1.24 ---
Zinc Sulfate (1)
ZnSO4 --- --- --- --- --- 1.31 ---
1. Aqueous Solution − 25% by weight of compound.
2. Vapor pressure in psia at 39°C (100°F).
3. Vapor pressure in psia.
13.6 Refrigerant 717 (Ammonia) Properties of Liquid and

Saturated Vapor
Volume Density Enthalpy(1) Entropy(1)
Pressure
Temp (cu. ft./lb.) (lb./cu. ft.) (BTU/lb.) BTU/(lb.)(°R)
(°F)
psia psig Vapor (Vg) Liquid (l/Vf) Liquid (hf) Vapor (hg) Liquid (Sf) Vapor (Sg)
-105 0.996 27.9(2) 223.2 45.71 -68.5 570.3 -0.1774 1.6243

-104 1.041 27.8 (2)
214.2 45.67 -67.5 570.7 -0.1774 1.6205
-103 1.087 27.7(2) 205.7 45.63 -66.4 571.2 -0.1714 1.6167
-102 1.135 27.6(2) 197.6 45.59 -65.4 571.6 -0.1685 1.6129
-101 1.184 27.5 (2)
189.8 45.55 -64.3 572.1 -0.1655 1.6092
-100 1.24 27.4(2) 182.4 45.52 -63.3 572.5 -0.1626 1.6055
-99 1.29 27.3(2) 175.3 45.47 -62.2 572.9 -0.1597 1.6018
-98 1.34 27.2 (2)
168.5 45.43 -61.2 573.4 -0.1568 1.5982
-97 1.40 27.1(2) 162.1 45.40 -60.1 573.8 -0.1539 1.5945
-96 1.46 26.9(2) 155.9 45.36 -59.1 574.3 -0.1510 1.5910
-95 1.52 26.8 (2)
150.0 45.32 -58.0 574.7 -0.1481 1.5874
-94 1.59 26.7(2) 144.3 45.28 -57.0 575.1 -0.1452 1.5838
-93 1.65 26.6(2) 138.9 45.24 -55.9 575.6 -0.1423 1.5803
-92 1.72 26.4 (2)
133.8 45.20 -54.9 576.0 -0.1395 1.5768
-91 1.79 26.3(2) 128.9 45.16 -53.8 576.5 -0.1366 1.5734
240
Refrigerant 717 (Ammonia) Properties of Liquid and Saturated Vapor continued...

Pressure
(°F)
-90 1.86 26.1(2) 124.1 45.12 -52.8 576.9 -0.1338 1.5699

-89 1.94 26.0(2) 119.6 45.08 -51.7 577.3 -0.1309 1.5665
-88 2.02 25.8 (2)
115.3 45.04 -50.7 577.8 -0.1281 1.5631
-87 2.10 25.6(2) 111.1 45.00 -49.6 578.2 -0.1253 1.5597
-86 2.18 25.5 (2)
107.1 44.96 -48.6 578.6 -0.1225 1.5564
-85 2.27 25.3(2) 103.3 44.92 -47.5 579.1 -0.1197 1.5531
-84 2.35 25.1(2) 99.68 44.88 -46.5 579.5 -0.1169 1.5498
-83 2.45 24.9 (2)
96.17 44.84 -45.4 579.9 -0.1141 1.5465
-82 2.54 24.7(2) 92.81 44.80 -44.4 580.4 -0.1113 1.5432
-81 2.64 24.5(2) 89.59 44.76 -43.3 580.8 -0.1085 1.5400
-80 2.74 24.3 (2)
86.50 44.73 -42.2 581.2 0.1057 1.5368
-79 2.84 24.1(2) 83.54 44.68 -41.2 581.6 -0.1030 1.5336
-78 2.95 23.9(2) 80.69 44.64 -40.1 582.1 -0.1002 1.5304
-77 3.06 23.7 (2)
77.96 44.60 -39.1 582.5 -0.0975 1.5273
-76 3.18 23.5(2) 75.33 44.56 -38.0 582.9 -0.0947 1.5242
-75 3.29 23.2(2) 72.81 44.52 -37.0 583.3 -0.0920 1.5211
-74 3.42 23.0 (2)
70.39 44.48 -35.9 583.8 -0.0892 1.5180
-73 3.54 22.7(2) 68.06 44.44 -34.9 584.2 -0.0865 1.5149
-72 3.67 22.4 (2)
65.82 44.40 -33.8 584.6 -0.0838 1.5119
-71 3.80 22.2(2) 63.67 44.36 -32.8 585.0 -0.0811 1.5089
-70 3.94 21.9(2) 61.60 44.32 -31.7 585.5 -0.0784 1.5059
-69 4.08 21.6 (2)
59.61 44.28 -30.7 585.9 -0.0757 1.5029
-68 4.23 21.3(2) 57.69 44.24 -29.6 586.3 -0.0730 1.4999
-67 4.38 21.0(2) 55.85 44.19 -28.6 586.7 -0.0703 1.4970
-66 4.53 20.7 (2)
54.08 44.15 -27.5 587.1 -0.0676 1.4940
-65 4.69 20.4(2) 52.37 44.11 -26.5 587.5 -0.0650 1.4911
-64 4.85 20.0(2) 50.73 44.07 -25.4 588.0 -0.0623 1.4883
-63 5.02 19.7 (2)
49.14 44.03 -24.4 588.4 -0.0596 1.4854
-62 5.19 19.4(2) 47.62 43.99 -23.3 588.8 -0.0570 1.4826
-61 5.37 19.0(2) 46.15 43.95 -22.2 589.2 -0.0543 1.4797
-60 5.55 18.6 (2)
44.73 43.91 -21.2 589.6 -0.0517 1.4769
-59 5.74 18.2(2) 43.37 43.87 -20.1 590.0 -0.0490 1.4741
-58 5.93 17.8(2) 42.05 43.83 -19.1 590.4 -0.0464 1.4713
-57 6.13 17.4 (2)
40.79 43.78 -18.0 590.8 -0.0438 1.4686


Pressure
(°F)
-56 6.33 17.0(2) 39.56 43.74 -17.0 591.2 -0.0412 1.4658

-55 6.54 16.6(2) 38.38 43.70 -15.9 591.6 -0.0386 1.4631
-54 6.75 16.2 (2)
37.24 43.66 -14.8 592.1 -0.0360 1.4604
-53 6.97 15.7(2) 36.15 43.62 -13.8 592.4 -0.0334 1.4577
-52 7.20 15.3 (2)
35.09 43.58 -12.7 592.9 -0.0307 1.4551
-51 7.43 14.8(2) 34.06 43.54 -11.7 593.2 -0.0281 1.4524
-50 7.67 14.3(2) 33.08 43.49 -10.6 593.7 -0.0256 1.4497
-49 7.91 13.8 (2)
32.12 43.45 -9.6 594.0 -0.0230 1.4471
-48 8.16 13.3(2) 31.20 43.41 -8.5 594.4 -0.0204 1.4445
-47 8.42 12.8(2) 30.31 43.37 -7.4 594.9 -0.0179 1.4419
-46 8.68 12.2 (2)
29.45 43.33 -6.4 595.2 -0.0153 1.4393
-45 8.95 11.7(2) 28.62 43.28 -5.3 595.6 -0.0127 1.4368
-44 9.23 11.1(2) 27.82 43.24 -4.3 596.0 −0.0102 1.4342
-43 9.51 10.6(2) 27.04 43.20 -3.2 596.4 -0.0076 1.4317
-42 9.81 10.0(2) 26.29 43.16 -2.1 596.8 -0.0051 1.4292
-41 10.10 9.3(2) 25.56 43.12 -1.1 597.2 -0.0025 1.4267
-40 10.41 8.7 (2)
24.86 43.08 0.0 597.6 0.0000 1.4242
-39 10.72 8.1(2) 24.18 43.04 1.1 598.0 0.0025 1.4217
-38 11.04 7.4 (2)
23.53 42.99 2.1 598.3 0.0051 1.4193
-37 11.37 6.8(2) 22.89 42.95 3.2 598.7 0.0076 1.4169
-36 11.71 6.1(2) 22.27 42.90 4.3 599.1 0.0101 1.4144
-35 12.05 5.4 (2)
21.68 42.86 5.3 599.5 0.0126 1.4120
-34 12.41 4.7(2) 21.10 42.82 6.4 599.9 0.0151 1.4096
-33 12.77 3.9(2) 20.54 42.78 7.4 600.2 0.0176 1.4072
-32 13.14 3.2 (2)
20.00 42.73 8.5 600.6 0.0201 1.4048
-31 13.52 2.4(2) 19.48 42.69 9.6 601.0 0.0226 1.4025
-30 13.90 1.6(2) 18.97 42.65 10.7 601.4 0.0250 1.4001
-29 14.30 0.8 (2)
18.48 42.61 11.7 601.7 0.0275 1.3978
-28 14.71 0.0 18.00 42.57 12.8 602.1 0.0300 1.3955
-27 15.12 0.4 17.54 42.54 13.9 602.5 0.0325 1.3932
-26 15.55 0.8 17.09 42.48 14.9 602.8 0.0350 1.3909
-25 15.98 1.3 16.66 42.44 16.0 603.2 0.0374 1.3886
-24 16.24 1.7 16.24 42.40 17.1 603.6 0.0399 1.3863
-23 16.88 2.2 15.83 42.35 18.1 603.9 0.0423 1.3840
242

Pressure
(°F)
-22 17.34 2.6 15.43 42.31 19.2 604.3 0.0448 1.3818

-21 17.81 3.1 15.05 42.26 20.3 604.6 0.0472 1.3796
-20 18.30 3.6 14.68 42.22 21.4 605.0 0.0497 1.3774
-19 18.79 4.1 14.32 42.18 22.4 605.3 0.0521 1.3752
-18 19.30 4.6 13.97 42.13 23.5 605.7 0.0545 1.3729
-17 19.81 5.1 13.62 42.09 24.6 606.1 0.0570 1.3708
-16 20.34 5.6 13.29 42.04 25.6 606.4 0.0594 1.3686
-15 20.88 6.2 12.97 42.00 26.7 606.7 0.0618 1.3664
-14 21.43 6.7 12.66 41.96 27.8 607.1 0.0642 1.3642
-13 21.99 7.3 12.36 41.91 28.9 607.5 0.0666 1.3624
-12 22.56 7.9 12.06 41.87 30.0 607.8 0.0690 1.3600
-11 23.15 8.5 11.78 41.82 31.0 608.1 0.0714 1.3579
-10 23.74 9.0 11.50 41.78 32.1 608.5 0.0738 1.3558
-9 24.35 9.7 11.23 41.74 33.2 608.8 0.0762 1.3537
-8 24.97 10.3 10.97 41.69 34.3 609.2 0.0786 1.3516
-7 25.61 10.9 10.71 41.65 35.4 609.5 0.0809 1.3493
-6 26.26 11.6 10.47 41.60 36.4 609.8 0.0833 1.3474
-5 26.92 12.2 10.23 41.56 37.5 610.1 0.0857 1.3454
-4 27.59 12.9 9.991 41.52 38.6 610.5 0.0880 1.3433
-3 28.28 13.6 9.763 41.47 39.7 610.8 0.0909 1.3413
-2 28.98 14.3 9.541 41.43 40.7 611.1 0.0928 1.3393
-1 29.69 15.0 9.326 41.38 41.8 611.4 0.0951 1.3372
0 30.42 15.7 9.116 41.34 42.9 611.8 0.0975 1.3352
1 31.16 16.5 8.912 41.29 44.0 612.1 0.0998 1.3332
2 31.92 17.2 8.714 41.25 45.1 612.4 0.1022 1.3312
3 32.69 18.0 8.521 41.20 46.2 612.7 0.1045 1.3292
4 33.47 18.8 8.333 41.16 47.2 613.0 0.1069 1.3273
5 (3)
34.27 19.6 8.150 41.11 48.3 613.3 0.1092 1.3253
6 35.09 20.4 7.971 41.07 49.4 613.6 0.1115 1.3234
7 35.92 21.2 7.798 41.01 50.5 613.9 0.1138 1.3214
8 36.77 22.1 7.629 40.98 51.6 614.3 0.1162 1.3195
9 37.63 22.9 7.464 40.93 52.7 614.6 0.1185 1.3176
10 38.51 23.8 7.304 40.89 53.8 614.9 0.1208 1.3157
11 39.40 24.7 7.148 40.84 54.9 615.2 0.1231 1.3137


Pressure
(°F)
12 40.31 25.6 6.996 40.80 56.0 615.5 0.1254 1.3118

13 41.24 26.5 6.847 40.75 57.1 615.8 0.1277 1.3099
14 42.18 27.5 6.703 40.71 58.2 616.1 0.1300 1.3081
15 43.14 28.4 6.562 40.66 59.2 616.3 0.1323 1.3062
16 44.12 29.4 6.425 40.61 60.3 616.6 0.1346 1.3043
17 45.12 30.4 6.291 40.57 61.4 616.9 0.1369 1.3025
18 46.13 31.4 6.161 40.52 62.5 617.2 0.1392 1.3006
19 47.16 32.5 6.034 40.48 63.6 617.5 0.1415 1.2988
20 48.21 33.5 5.910 40.43 64.7 617.8 0.1437 1.2969
21 49.28 34.6 5.789 40.38 65.8 618.0 0.1460 1.2951
22 50.36 35.7 5.671 40.34 66.9 618.3 0.1483 1.2933
23 51.47 36.8 5.556 40.29 68.0 618.6 0.1505 1.2915
24 52.59 37.9 5.443 40.25 69.1 618.9 0.1528 1.2897
25 53.73 39.0 5.334 40.20 70.2 619.1 0.1551 1.2879
26 54.90 40.2 5.227 40.15 71.3 619.4 0.1573 1.2861
27 56.08 41.4 5.123 40.10 72.4 619.7 0.1596 1.2843
28 57.28 42.6 5.021 40.06 73.5 619.9 0.1618 1.2823
29 58.50 43.8 4.922 40.01 74.6 620.2 0.1641 1.2809
30 59.74 45.0 4.825 39.96 75.7 620.5 0.1663 1.2790
31 61.00 46.3 4.730 39.91 76.8 620.7 0.1686 1.2773
32 62.29 47.6 4.637 39.86 77.9 621.0 0.1708 1.2755
33 63.59 48.9 4.547 39.82 79.0 621.2 0.1730 1.2738
34 64.91 50.2 4.459 39.77 80.1 621.5 0.1753 1.2721
35 66.26 51.6 4.373 39.72 81.2 621.7 0.1775 1.2704
36 67.63 52.9 4.289 39.67 82.3 622.0 0.1797 1.2686
37 69.02 54.3 4.207 39.63 83.4 622.2 0.1819 1.2669
38 70.43 55.7 4.126 39.58 84.6 622.5 0.1841 1.2652
39 71.87 57.2 4.048 39.54 85.7 622.7 0.1863 1.2635
40 73.32 58.6 3.971 39.49 86.8 623.0 0.1885 1.2618
41 74.80 60.1 3.897 39.44 87.9 623.2 0.1908 1.2602
42 76.31 61.6 3.823 39.39 89.0 623.4 0.1930 1.2585
43 77.83 63.1 3.752 39.34 90.1 623.7 0.1952 1.2568
44 79.38 64.7 3.682 39.29 91.2 623.9 0.1974 1.2552
45 80.96 66.3 3.614 39.24 92.3 624.1 0.1996 1.2535
244

Pressure
Temp (cu. ft./lb.) (Lb./cu. ft.) (BTU/lb.) BTU/(lb.)(°R)
(°F)
46 82.55 67.9 3.547 39.19 93.5 624.4 0.2018 1.2518

47 84.18 69.5 3.481 39.14 94.6 624.6 0.2040 1.2492
48 85.82 71.1 3.418 39.10 95.7 624.8 0.2062 1.2484
49 87.49 72.8 3.355 39.05 96.8 625.0 0.2083 1.2469
50 89.19 74.5 3.294 39.00 97.9 625.2 0.2105 1.2453
51 90.91 76.2 3.234 38.95 99.1 625.5 0.2127 1.2437
52 92.66 78.0 3.176 38.90 100.2 625.7 0.2149 1.2421
53 94.43 79.7 3.119 38.85 101.3 625.9 0.2171 1.2405
54 96.23 81.5 3.063 38.80 102.4 626.1 0.2192 1.2382
55 98.06 83.4 3.008 38.75 103.5 626.3 0.2214 1.2372
56 99.91 85.2 2.954 38.70 104.7 626.5 0.2236 1.2357
57 101.8 87.1 2.902 38.65 105.8 626.7 0.2257 1.2341
58 103.7 89.0 2.851 38.60 106.9 626.9 0.2279 1.2325
59 105.6 90.9 2.800 38.55 108.1 627.1 0.2301 1.2310
60 107.6 92.9 2.751 38.50 109.2 627.3 0.2322 1.2294
61 109.6 94.9 2.703 38.45 110.3 627.5 0.2344 1.2273
62 111.6 96.9 2.656 38.40 111.5 627.7 0.2365 1.2263
63 113.6 98.9 2.610 38.35 112.6 627.9 0.2387 1.2247
64 115.7 101.0 2.565 38.30 113.7 628.0 0.2408 1.2231
65 117.8 103.1 2.520 38.25 114.8 628.2 0.2430 1.2213
66 120.0 105.3 2.477 38.20 116.0 628.4 0.2451 1.2201
67 122.1 107.4 2.435 38.15 117.1 628.6 0.2473 1.2183
68 124.3 109.6 2.393 38.10 118.3 628.8 0.2494 1.2179
69 126.5 111.8 2.352 38.05 119.4 628.9 0.2515 1.2155
70 128.8 114.1 2.312 38.00 120.5 629.1 0.2537 1.2140
71 131.1 116.4 2.273 37.95 121.7 629.3 0.2558 1.2125
72 133.4 118.7 2.235 37.90 122.8 629.4 0.2579 1.2110
73 135.7 121.0 2.197 37.84 124.0 629.6 0.2601 1.2095
74 138.1 123.4 2.161 37.79 125.1 629.8 0.2622 1.2080
75 140.5 125.8 2.125 37.74 126.2 629.9 0.2643 1.2065
76 143.0 128.3 2.089 37.69 127.4 630.1 0.2664 1.2050
77 145.4 130.7 2.055 37.64 128.5 630.2 0.2685 1.2035
78 147.9 133.2 2.021 37.58 129.7 630.4 0.2706 1.2020
79 150.5 135.8 1.988 37.53 130.8 630.5 0.2728 1.2006


Pressure
(°F)
80 153.0 138.3 1.955 37.48 132.0 630.7 0.2749 1.1991

81 155.6 140.9 1.923 37.43 133.1 630.8 0.2769 1.1976
82 158.3 143.6 1.892 37.37 134.3 631.0 0.2791 1.1962
83 161.0 146.3 1.861 37.32 135.4 631.1 0.2812 1.1947
84 163.7 149.0 1.831 37.26 136.6 631.3 0.2833 1.1933
85 166.4 151.7 1.801 37.21 137.8 631.4 0.2854 1.1918
86(3) 169.2 154.5 1.772 37.16 138.9 631.5 0.2875 1.1904
87 172.0 157.3 1.744 37.11 140.1 631.7 0.2895 1.1889
88 174.8 160.1 1.716 37.05 141.2 631.8 0.2917 1.1875
89 177.7 163.0 1.688 37.00 142.4 631.9 0.2937 1.1860
90 180.6 165.9 1.661 36.95 143.5 632.0 0.2958 1.1846
91 183.6 168.9 1.635 36.89 144.7 632.1 0.2979 1.1832
92 186.6 171.9 1.609 36.84 145.8 632.2 0.3000 1.1818
93 189.6 174.9 1.584 36.78 147.0 632.3 0.3021 1.1804
94 192.7 178.0 1.559 36.73 148.2 632.5 0.3041 1.1789
95 195.8 181.1 1.534 36.67 149.4 632.6 0.3062 1.1775
96 198.9 184.2 1.510 36.62 150.5 632.6 0.3083 1.1761
97 202.1 187.4 1.487 36.56 151.7 632.8 0.3104 1.1747
98 205.3 190.6 1.464 36.51 152.9 632.9 0.3125 1.1733
99 208.6 193.9 1.441 36.45 154.0 632.9 0.3145 1.1719
100 211.9 197.2 1.419 36.40 155.2 633.0 0.3166 1.1705
101 215.2 200.5 1.397 36.34 156.4 633.1 0.3187 1.1691
102 218.6 203.9 1.375 36.29 157.6 633.2 0.3207 1.1677
103 222.0 207.3 1.354 36.23 158.7 633.3 0.3228 1.1663
104 225.4 210.7 1.334 36.18 159.9 633.4 0.3248 1.1649
105 228.9 214.2 1.313 36.12 161.1 633.4 0.3269 1.1635
106 232.5 217.8 1.293 36.06 162.3 633.5 0.3289 1.1621
107 236.0 221.3 1.274 36.01 163.5 633.6 0.3310 1.1607
108 239.7 225.0 1.254 35.95 164.6 633.6 0.3330 1.1593
109 243.3 228.6 1.235 35.90 165.8 633.7 0.3351 1.1580
110 247.0 232.3 1.217 35.84 167.0 633.7 0.3372 1.1566
111 250.8 236.1 1.198 35.78 168.2 633.8 0.3392 1.1552
112 254.5 239.8 1.180 35.72 169.4 633.8 0.3413 1.1538
113 258.4 243.7 1.163 35.67 170.6 633.9 0.3433 1.1524
246

Pressure
(°F)
114 262.2 247.5 1.145 35.61 171.8 633.9 0.3453 1.1510

115 266.2 251.5 1.128 35.55 173.0 633.9 0.3474 1.1497
116 270.1 255.4 1.112 35.49 174.2 634.0 0.3495 1.1483
117 274.1 259.4 1.095 35.43 175.4 634.0 0.3515 1.1469
118 278.2 263.5 1.079 35.38 176.6 634.0 0.3535 1.1455
119 282.3 267.6 1.063 35.32 177.8 634.0 0.3556 1.1441
120 286.4 271.7 1.047 35.26 179.0 634.0 0.3576 1.1427
121 290.6 275.9 1.032 35.20 180.2 634.0 0.3597 1.1414
122 294.8 280.1 1.017 35.14 181.4 634.0 0.3618 1.1400
123 299.1 284.4 1.002 35.08 182.6 634.0 0.3638 1.1386
124 303.4 288.7 0.987 35.02 183.9 634.0 0.3659 1.1372
125 307.8 293.1 0.973 34.96 185.1 634.0 0.3679 1.1358
1. Based on 0 for the saturated liquid at -40°C (-40°F).
2. Inches of mercury below one standard atmosphere.
3. Standard cycle temperatures.
13.7 Properties of Water

Saturation Pressure
Temperature Weight Specific Gravity Conversion Factor(1)
(lb. per sq. in.
(°F) (lb. per gallon) 60/60 °F lbs./hr. to GPM
absolute)
32 0.0885 8.345 1.0013 0.00199
40 0.1217 8.345 1.0013 0.00199
50 0.1781 8.340 1.0007 0.00199
60 0.2653 8.334 1.0000 0.00199
70 0.3631 8.325 0.9989 0.00200
80 0.5069 8.314 0.9976 0.00200
90 0.6982 8.303 0.9963 0.00200
100 0.9492 8.289 0.9946 0.00201
110 1.2748 8.267 0.9919 0.00201
120 1.6924 8.253 0.9901 0.00201
130 2.2225 8.227 0.9872 0.00202
140 2.8886 8.207 0.9848 0.00203
150 3.718 8.182 0.9818 0.00203
160 4.741 8.156 0.9786 0.00204
170 5.992 8.127 0.9752 0.00205

Properties of Water continued...
Saturation Pressure
Temperature Weight Specific Gravity Factor(1) lbs./hr. to
(lb. per sq. in
(°F) (lb. per gallon) 60/60 °F GPM
absolute)
180 7.510 8.098 0.9717 0.00205
190 9.339 8.068 0.9681 0.00206
200 11.526 8.039 0.9646 0.00207
210 14.123 8.005 0.9605 0.00208
212 14.696 7.996 0.9594 0.00208
220 17.186 7.972 0.9566 0.00209
240 24.969 7.901 0.9480 0.00210
260 35.429 7.822 0.9386 0.00211
280 49.203 7.746 0.9294 0.00215
300 67.013 7.662 0.9194 0.00217
350 134.63 7.432 0.8918 0.00224
400 247.31 7.172 0.8606 0.00232
450 422.6 6.892 0.8270 0.00241
500 680.8 6.553 0.7863 0.00254
550 1045.2 6.132 0.7358 0.00271
600 1542.9 5.664 0.6796 0.00294
700 3093.7 3.623 0.4347 0.00460
1. Multiply flow in pounds per hour by the factor to get equivalent flow in gallons per minute. Weight per
gallon is based on 7.48 gallons per cubic foot.
13.8 Properties of Saturated Steam

Absolute Pressure Latent
Vacuum Heat of the Total Heat Specific
Temperature Heat of
(Inches of Liquid of Steam Hg Volume
Lbs per sq. (t) (°F) Evaporation
Inches of Hg Hg) (BTU/lb.) (BTU/lb.) (Cu. ft./lb.)
in. P’ (BTU/lb.)
0.20 0.41 29.51 53.14 21.21 1063.8 1085.0 1526.0

0.25 0.51 29.41 59.30 27.36 1060.3 1087.7 1235.3
0.30 0.61 29.31 64.47 32.52 1057.4 1090.0 1039.5
0.35 0.71 29.21 68.93 36.97 1054.9 1091.9 898.5
0.40 0.81 29.11 72.86 40.89 1052.7 1093.6 791.9
0.45 0.92 29.00 76.38 44.41 1050.7 1095.1 708.5
0.50 1.02 28.90 79.58 47.60 1048.8 1096.4 641.4
0.60 1.22 28.70 85.21 53.21 1045.7 1098.9 540.0
0.70 1.43 28.49 90.08 58.07 1042.9 1101.0 466.9
0.80 1.63 28.29 94.38 62.36 1040.4 1102.8 411.7
248
Properties of Saturated Steam continued...
Absolute Pressure Latent

Vacuum Heat of the Total Heat Specific
Temperature Heat of
(Inches of Liquid of Steam Hg Volume
Lbs per sq. (t) (°F) Evaporation
Inches of Hg Hg) (BTU/lb.) (BTU/lb.) (Cu. ft./lb.)
in. P’ (BTU/lb.)
0.90 1.83 28.09 98.24 66.21 1038.3 1104.5 368.4

1.0 2.04 27.88 101.74 69.70 1036.3 1106.0 333.6
1.2 2.44 27.48 107.92 75.87 1032.7 1108.6 280.9
1.4 2.85 27.07 113.26 81.20 1029.6 1110.8 243.0
1.6 3.26 26.66 117.99 85.91 1026.9 1112.8 214.3
1.8 3.66 26.26 122.23 90.14 1024.5 1114.6 191.8
2.0 4.07 25.85 126.08 93.99 1022.2 1116.2 173.73
2.2 4.48 25.44 129.62 97.52 1020.2 1117.7 158.85
2.4 4.89 25.03 132.89 100.79 1018.3 1119.1 146.38
2.6 5.29 24.63 135.94 103.83 1016.5 1120.3 135.78
2.8 5.70 24.22 138.79 106.68 1014.8 1121.5 126.65
3.0 6.11 23.81 141.48 109.37 1013.2 1122.6 118.71
3.5 7.13 22.79 147.57 115.46 1009.6 1125.1 102.72
4.0 8.14 21.78 152.97 120.86 1006.4 1127.3 90.63
4.5 9.16 20.76 157.83 125.71 1003.6 1129.3 81.16
5.0 10.18 19.74 162.24 130.13 1001.0 1131.1 73.52
5.5 11.20 18.72 166.30 134.19 998.5 1132.7 67.24
6.0 12.22 17.70 170.06 137.96 996.2 1134.2 61.98
6.5 13.23 16.69 173.56 141.47 994.1 1135.6 57.50
7.0 14.25 15.67 176.85 144.76 992.1 1136.9 53.64
7.5 15.27 14.65 179.94 147.86 990.2 1138.1 50.29
8.0 16.29 13.63 182.86 150.79 988.5 1139.3 47.34
8.5 17.31 12.61 185.64 153.57 986.8 1140.4 44.73
9.0 18.32 11.60 188.28 156.22 985.2 1141.4 42.40
9.5 19.34 10.58 190.80 158.75 983.6 1142.3 40.31
10.0 20.36 9.56 193.21 161.17 982.1 1143.3 38.42
11.0 22.40 7.52 197.75 165.73 979.3 1145.0 35.14
12.0 24.43 5.49 201.96 169.96 976.6 1146.6 32.40
13.0 26.47 3.45 205.88 173.91 974.2 1148.1 30.06
14.0 28.50 1.42 209.56 177.61 971.9 1149.5 28.04

Pressure (Lbs. per sq. in.)

Heat of the Latent Heat of Total Heat Specific
Temperature
Liquid Evapor-ation of Steam Hg Volume
(t) (°F)
Absolute P’ Gauge P (BTU/lb.) (BTU/lb.) (BTU/lb.) (Cu. ft./lb.)
14.696 0.0 212.00 180.07 970.3 1150.4 26.80

15.0 0.3 213.03 181.11 969.7 1150.8 26.29
16.0 1.3 216.32 184.42 967.6 1152.0 24.75
17.0 2.3 219.44 187.56 965.5 1153.1 23.39
18.0 3.3 222.41 190.56 963.6 1154.2 22.17
19.0 4.3 225.24 193.42 961.9 1155.3 21.08
20.0 5.3 227.96 196.16 960.1 1156.3 20.089
21.0 6.3 230.57 198.79 958.4 1157.2 19.192
22.0 7.3 233.07 201.33 956.8 1158.1 18.375
23.0 8.3 235.49 203.78 955.2 1159.0 17.627
24.0 9.3 237.82 206.14 953.7 1159.8 16.938
25.0 10.3 240.07 208.42 952.1 1160.6 16.303
26.0 11.3 242.25 210.62 950.7 1161.3 15.715
27.0 12.3 244.36 212.75 949.3 1162.0 15.170
28.0 13.3 246.41 214.83 947.9 1162.7 14.663
29.0 14.3 248.40 216.86 946.5 1163.4 14.189
30.0 15.3 250.33 218.82 945.3 1164.1 13.746
31.0 16.3 252.22 220.73 944.0 1164.7 13.330
32.0 17.3 254.05 222.59 942.8 1165.4 12.940
33.0 18.3 255.84 224.41 941.6 1166.0 12.572
34.0 19.3 257.58 226.18 940.3 1166.5 12.226
35.0 20.3 259.28 227.91 939.2 1167.1 11.898
36.0 21.3 260.95 229.60 938.0 1167.6 11.588
37.0 22.3 262.57 231.26 936.9 1168.2 11.294
38.0 23.3 264.16 232.89 935.8 1168.7 11.015
39.0 24.3 265.72 234.48 934.7 1169.2 10.750
40.0 25.3 267.25 236.03 933.7 1169.7 10.498
41.0 26.3 268.74 237.55 932.6 1170.2 10.258
42.0 27.3 270.21 239.04 931.6 1170.7 10.029
43.0 28.3 271.64 240.51 930.6 1171.1 9.810
44.0 29.3 273.05 241.95 929.6 1171.6 9.601
45.0 30.3 274.44 243.36 928.6 1172.0 9.401
46.0 31.3 275.80 244.75 927.7 1172.4 9.209
47.0 32.3 277.13 246.12 926.7 1172.9 9.025
250

Temperature
(t) (°F)
48.0 33.3 278.45 247.47 925.8 1173.3 8.848

49.0 34.3 279.74 248.79 924.9 1173.7 8.678
50.0 35.3 281.01 250.09 924.0 1174.1 8.515
51.0 36.3 282.26 251.37 923.0 1174.4 8.359
52.0 37.3 283.49 252.63 922.2 1174.8 8.208
53.0 38.3 284.70 253.87 921.3 1175.2 8.062
54.0 39.3 285.90 255.09 920.5 1175.6 7.922
55.0 40.3 287.07 256.30 919.6 1175.9 7.787
56.0 41.3 288.23 257.50 918.8 1176.3 7.656
57.0 42.3 289.37 258.67 917.9 1176.6 7.529
58.0 43.3 290.50 259.82 917.1 1176.9 7.407
59.0 44.3 291.61 260.96 916.3 1177.3 7.289
60.0 45.3 292.71 262.09 915.5 1177.6 7.175
61.0 46.3 293.79 263.20 914.7 1177.9 7.064
62.0 47.3 294.85 264.30 913.9 1178.2 6.957
63.0 48.3 295.90 265.38 913.1 1178.5 6.853
64.0 49.3 296.94 266.45 912.3 1178.8 6.752
65.0 50.3 297.97 267.50 911.6 1179.1 6.655
66.0 51.3 298.99 268.55 910.8 1179.4 6.560
67.0 52.3 299.99 269.58 910.1 1179.7 6.468
68.0 53.3 300.98 270.60 909.4 1180.0 6.378
69.0 54.3 301.96 291.61 908.7 1180.3 6.291
70.0 55.3 302.92 272.61 907.9 1180.6 6.206
71.0 56.3 303.88 273.60 907.2 1180.8 6.124
72.0 57.3 304.83 274.57 906.5 1181.1 6.044
73.0 58.3 305.76 275.54 905.8 1181.3 5.966
74.0 59.3 306.68 276.49 905.1 1181.6 5.890
75.0 60.3 307.60 277.43 904.5 1181.9 5.816
76.0 61.3 308.50 278.37 903.7 1182.1 5.743
77.0 62.3 309.40 279.30 903.1 1182.4 5.673
78.0 63.3 310.29 280.21 902.4 1182.6 5.604
79.0 64.3 311.16 281.12 901.7 1182.8 5.537
80.0 65.3 312.03 282.02 901.1 1183.1 5.472
81.0 66.3 312.89 282.91 900.4 1183.3 5.408


Temperature
(t) (°F)
82.0 67.3 313.74 283.79 899.7 1183.5 5.346

83.0 68.3 314.59 284.66 899.1 1183.8 5.285
84.0 69.3 315.42 285.53 898.5 1184.0 5.226
85.0 70.3 316.25 286.39 897.8 1184.2 5.168
86.0 71.3 317.07 287.24 897.2 1184.4 5.111
87.0 72.3 317.88 288.08 896.5 1184.6 5.055
88.0 73.3 318.68 288.91 895.9 1184.8 5.001
89.0 74.3 319.48 289.74 895.3 1185.1 4.948
90.0 75.3 320.27 290.56 894.7 1185.3 4.896
91.0 76.3 321.06 291.38 894.1 1185.5 4.845
92.0 77.3 321.83 292.18 893.5 1185.7 4.796
93.0 78.3 322.60 292.98 892.9 1185.9 4.747
94.0 79.3 323.36 293.78 892.3 1186.1 4.699
95.0 80.3 324.12 294.56 891.7 1186.2 4.652
96.0 81.3 324.87 295.34 891.1 1186.4 4.606
97.0 82.3 325.61 296.12 890.5 1186.6 4.561
98.0 83.3 326.35 296.89 889.9 1186.8 4.517
99.0 84.3 327.08 297.65 889.4 1187.0 4.474
100.0 85.3 327.81 298.40 888.8 1187.2 4.432
101.0 86.3 328.53 299.15 888.2 1187.4 4.391
102.0 87.3 329.25 299.90 887.6 1187.5 4.350
103.0 88.3 329.96 300.64 887.1 1187.7 4.310
104.0 89.3 330.66 301.37 886.5 1187.9 4.271
105.0 90.3 331.36 302.10 886.0 1188.1 4.232
106.0 91.3 332.05 302.82 885.4 1188.2 4.194
107.0 92.3 332.74 303.54 884.9 1188.4 4.157
108.0 93.3 333.42 304.26 884.3 1188.6 4.120
109.0 94.3 334.10 304.97 883.7 1188.7 4.084
110.0 95.3 334.77 305.66 883.2 1188.9 4.049
111.0 96.3 335.44 306.37 882.6 1189.0 4.015
112.0 97.3 336.11 307.06 882.1 1189.2 3.981
113.0 98.3 336.77 307.75 881.6 1189.4 3.947
114.0 99.3 337.42 308.43 881.1 1189.5 3.914
115.0 100.3 338.07 309.11 880.6 1189.7 3.882
252

Temperature
(t) (°F)
116.0 101.3 338.72 309.79 880.0 1189.8 3.850

117.0 102.3 339.36 310.46 879.5 1190.0 3.819
118.0 103.3 339.99 311.12 879.0 1190.1 3.788
119.0 104.3 340.62 311.78 878.4 1190.2 3.758
120.0 105.3 341.25 312.44 877.9 1190.4 3.728
121.0 106.3 341.88 313.10 877.4 1190.5 3.699
122.0 107.3 342.50 313.75 876.9 1190.7 3.670
123.0 108.3 343.11 314.40 876.4 1190.8 3.642
124.0 109.3 343.72 315.04 875.9 1190.9 3.614
125.0 110.3 344.33 315.68 875.4 1191.1 3.587
126.0 111.3 344.94 316.31 874.9 1191.2 3.560
127.0 112.3 345.54 316.94 874.4 1191.3 3.533
128.0 113.3 346.13 317.57 873.9 1191.5 3.507
129.0 114.3 346.73 318.19 873.4 1191.6 3.481
130.0 115.3 347.32 318.81 872.9 1191.7 3.455
131.0 116.3 347.90 319.43 872.5 1191.9 3.430
132.0 117.3 348.48 320.04 872.0 1192.0 3.405
133.0 118.3 349.06 320.65 871.5 1192.1 3.381
134.0 119.3 349.64 321.25 871.0 1192.2 3.357
135.0 120.3 350.21 321.85 870.6 1192.4 3.333
136.0 121.3 350.78 322.45 870.1 1192.5 3.310
137.0 122.3 351.35 323.05 869.6 1192.6 3.287
138.0 123.3 351.91 323.64 869.1 1192.7 3.264
139.0 124.3 352.47 324.23 868.7 1192.9 3.242
140.0 125.3 353.02 324.82 868.2 1193.0 3.220
141.0 126.3 353.57 325.40 867.7 1193.1 3.198
142.0 127.3 354.12 325.98 867.2 1193.2 3.177
143.0 128.3 354.67 326.56 866.7 1193.3 3.155
144.0 129.3 355.21 327.13 866.3 1193.4 3.134
145.0 130.3 355.76 327.70 865.8 1193.5 3.114
146.0 131.3 356.29 328.27 865.3 1193.6 3.094
147.0 132.3 356.83 328.83 864.9 1193.8 3.074
148.0 133.3 357.36 329.39 864.5 1193.9 3.054
149.0 134.3 357.89 329.95 864.0 1194.0 3.034

Pressure (lbs. per sq. in.)

Temperature
(t) (°F)
150.0 135.3 358.42 330.51 863.6 1194.1 3.015

152.0 137.3 359.46 331.61 862.7 1194.3 2.977
154.0 139.3 360.49 332.70 861.8 1194.5 2.940
156.0 141.3 361.52 333.79 860.9 1194.7 2.904
158.0 143.3 362.53 334.86 860.0 1194.9 2.869
160.0 145.3 363.53 335.93 859.2 1195.1 2.834
162.0 147.3 364.53 336.98 858.3 1195.3 2.801
164.0 149.3 365.51 338.02 857.5 1195.5 2.768
166.0 151.3 366.48 339.05 856.6 1195.7 2.736
168.0 153.3 367.45 340.07 855.7 1195.8 2.705
170.0 155.3 368.41 341.09 854.9 1196.0 2.675
172.0 157.3 369.35 342.10 854.1 1196.2 2.645
174.0 159.3 370.29 343.10 853.3 1196.4 2.616
176.0 161.3 371.22 344.09 852.4 1196.5 2.587
178.0 163.3 372.14 345.06 851.6 1196.7 2.559
180.0 165.3 373.06 346.03 850.8 1196.9 2.532
182.0 167.3 373.96 347.00 850.0 1197.0 2.505
184.0 169.3 374.86 347.96 849.2 1197.2 2.479
186.0 171.3 375.75 348.92 848.4 1197.3 2.454
188.0 173.3 376.64 349.86 847.6 1197.5 2.429
190.0 175.3 377.51 350.79 846.8 1197.6 2.404
192.0 177.3 378.38 351.72 846.1 1197.8 2.380
194.0 179.3 379.24 352.64 845.3 1197.9 2.356
196.0 181.3 380.10 353.55 844.5 1198.1 2.333
198.0 183.3 380.95 354.46 843.7 1198.2 2.310
200.0 185.3 381.79 355.36 843.0 1198.4 2.288
205.0 190.3 383.86 357.58 841.1 1198.7 2.234
210.0 195.3 385.90 359.77 839.2 1199.0 2.183
215.0 200.3 387.89 361.91 837.4 1199.3 2.134
220.0 205.3 389.86 364.02 835.6 1199.6 2.087
225.0 210.3 391.79 366.09 833.8 1199.9 2.0422
230.0 215.3 393.68 368.13 832.0 1200.1 1.9992
235.0 220.3 395.54 370.14 830.3 1200.4 1.9579
240.0 225.3 397.37 372.12 828.5 1200.6 1.9183
254

Temperature
(t) (°F)
245.0 230.3 399.18 374.08 826.8 1200.9 1.8803

250.0 235.3 400.95 376.00 825.1 1201.1 1.8438
255.0 240.3 402.70 377.89 823.4 1201.3 1.8086
260.0 245.3 404.42 379.76 821.8 1201.5 1.7748
265.0 250.3 406.11 381.60 820.1 1201.7 1.7422
270.0 255.3 407.78 383.42 818.5 1201.9 1.7107
275.0 260.3 409.43 385.21 816.9 1202.1 1.6804
280.0 265.3 411.05 386.98 815.3 1202.3 1.6511
285.0 270.3 412.65 388.73 813.7 1202.4 1.6228
290.0 275.3 414.23 390.46 812.1 1202.6 1.5954
295.0 280.3 415.79 392.16 810.5 1202.7 1.5689
300.0 285.3 417.33 393.84 809.0 1202.8 1.5433
320.0 305.3 423.29 400.39 803.0 1203.4 1.4485
340.0 325.3 428.97 406.66 797.1 1203.7 1.3645
360.0 345.3 434.40 412.67 791.4 1204.1 1.2895
380.0 365.3 439.60 418.45 785.8 1204.3 1.2222
400.0 385.3 444.59 424.0 780.5 1204.5 1.1613
420.0 405.3 449.39 429.4 775.2 1204.6 1.1061
440.0 425.3 454.02 434.6 770.0 1204.6 1.0556
460.0 445.3 458.50 439.7 764.9 1204.6 1.0094
480.0 465.3 462.82 444.6 759.9 1204.5 0.9670
500.0 485.3 467.01 449.4 755.0 1204.4 0.9278
520.0 505.3 471.07 454.1 750.1 1204.2 0.8915
540.0 525.3 475.01 458.6 745.4 1204.0 0.8578
560.0 545.3 478.85 463.0 740.8 1203.8 0.8265
580.0 565.3 482.58 467.4 736.1 1203.5 0.7973
600.0 585.3 486.21 471.6 731.6 1203.2 0.7698
620.0 605.3 489.75 475.7 727.2 1202.9 0.7440
640.0 625.3 493.21 479.8 722.7 1202.5 0.7198
660.0 645.3 496.58 483.8 718.3 1202.1 0.6971
680.0 665.3 499.88 487.7 714.0 1201.7 0.6757
700.0 685.3 503.10 491.5 709.7 1201.2 0.6554
720.0 705.3 506.25 495.3 705.4 1200.7 0.6362
740.0 725.3 509.34 499.0 701.2 1200.2 0.6180


Temperature
(t) (°F)
760.0 745.3 512.36 502.6 697.1 1199.7 0.6007

780.0 765.3 515.33 506.2 692.9 1199.1 0.5843
800.0 785.3 518.23 509.7 688.9 1198.6 0.5687
820.0 805.3 521.08 513.2 684.8 1198.0 0.5538
840.0 825.3 523.88 516.6 680.8 1197.4 0.5396
860.0 845.3 526.63 520.0 676.8 1196.8 0.5260
880.0 865.3 529.33 523.3 672.8 1196.1 0.5130
900.0 885.3 531.98 526.6 668.8 1195.4 0.5006
920.0 905.3 534.59 529.8 664.9 1194.7 0.4886
940.0 925.3 537.16 533.0 661.0 1194.0 0.4772
960.0 945.3 539.68 536.2 657.1 1193.3 0.4663
980.0 965.3 542.17 539.3 653.3 1192.6 0.4557
1000.0 985.3 544.61 542.4 649.4 1191.8 0.4456
1050.0 1035.3 550.57 550.0 639.9 1189.9 0.4218
1100.0 1085.3 556.31 557.4 630.4 1187.8 0.4001
1150.0 1135.3 561.86 564.6 621.0 1185.6 0.3802
1200.0 1185.3 567.22 571.7 611.7 1183.4 0.3619
1250.0 1235.3 572.42 578.6 602.4 1181.0 0.3450
1300.0 1285.3 577.46 585.4 593.2 1178.6 0.3293
1350.0 1335.3 582.35 592.1 584.0 1176.1 0.3148
1400.0 1385.3 587.10 598.7 574.7 1173.4 0.3012
1450.0 1435.3 591.73 605.2 565.5 1170.7 0.2884
1500.0 1485.3 596.23 611.6 556.3 1167.9 0.2765
1600.0 1585.3 604.90 624.1 538.0 1162.1 0.2548
1700.0 1685.3 613.15 636.3 519.6 1155.9 0.2354
1800.0 1785.3 621.03 648.3 501.1 1149.4 0.2179
1900.0 1885.3 628.58 660.1 482.4 1142.4 0.2021
2000.0 1985.3 635.82 671.7 463.4 1135.1 0.1878
2100.0 2085.3 642.77 683.3 444.1 1127.4 0.1746
2200.0 2185.3 649.46 694.8 424.4 1119.2 0.1625
2300.0 2285.3 655.91 706.5 403.9 1110.4 0.1513
2400.0 2385.3 662.12 718.4 382.7 1101.1 0.1407
2500.0 2485.3 668.13 730.6 360.5 1091.1 0.1307
2600.0 2585.3 673.94 743.0 337.2 1080.2 0.1213
256

Temperature
(t) (°F)
2700.0 2685.3 679.55 756.2 312.1 1068.3 0.1123

2800.0 2785.3 684.99 770.1 284.7 1054.8 0.1035
2900.0 2885.3 690.26 785.4 253.6 1039.0 0.0947
3000.0 2985.3 695.36 802.5 217.8 1020.3 0.0858
3100.0 3085.3 700.31 825.0 168.1 993.1 0.0753
3200.0 3185.3 705.11 872.4 62.0 934.4 0.0580
3206.2 3191.5 705.40 902.7 0.0 902.7 0.0503
13.9 Properties of Superheated Steam

ʋ = specific volume, cubic feet per pound; hg = total heat of steam, BTU per pound
Pressure
Total Temperature (t) (°F)
(lbs. per sq. in.) Sat.
ʋ hg
Absolute Temp. t
Gauge P 360° 400° 440° 480° 500° 600°
P’
ʋ 33.03 34.68 36.32 37.96 38.78 42.86
14.696 0.0 212.00
hg 1221.1 1239.9 1258.8 1277.6 1287.1 1334.8
ʋ 24.21 25.43 26.65 27.86 28.46 31.47
20.0 5.3 227.96
hg 1220.3 1239.2 1258.2 1277.1 1286.6 1334.4
ʋ 16.072 16.897 17.714 18.528 18.933 20.95
30.0 15.3 250.33
hg 1218.6 1237.9 1257.0 1276.2 1285.7 1333.8
ʋ 12.001 12.628 13.247 13.862 14.168 15.688
40.0 25.3 267.25
hg 1216.9 1236.5 1255.9 1275.2 1284.8 1333.1
ʋ 9.557 10.065 10.567 11.062 11.309 12.532
50.0 35.3 281.01
hg 1215.2 1235.1 1254.7 1274.2 1283.9 1332.5
Pressure
ʋ hg
Absolute Temp. t
Gauge P 700° 800° 900° 1000° 1200°
P’
ʋ 46.94 51.00 55.07 59.13 67.25
14.696 0.0 212.00
hg 1383.2 1432.3 1482.3 1533.1 1637.5
ʋ 34.47 37.46 40.45 43.44 49.41
20.0 5.3 227.96
hg 1382.9 1432.1 1482.1 1533.0 1637.4
ʋ 22.96 24.96 26.95 28.95 32.93
30.0 15.3 250.33
hg 1382.4 1431.7 1481.8 1532.7 1637.2
ʋ 17.198 18.702 20.20 21.70 24.69
40.0 25.3 267.25
hg 1381.9 1431.3 1481.4 1532.4 1637.0
ʋ 13.744 14.950 16.152 17.352 19.747
50.0 35.3 281.01
hg 1381.4 1430.9 1481.1 1532.1 1636.8

Properties of Superheated Steam continued...
Pressure
ʋ hg
Absolute Temp. t
Gauge P 360° 400° 440° 480° 500° 600°
P’
ʋ 7.927 8.357 8.779 9.196 9.403 10.427
60.0 45.3 292.71
hg 1213.4 1233. 1253.5 1273.2 1283.0 1331.8
ʋ 6.762 7.136 7.502 7.863 8.041 8.924
70.0 55.3 302.92
hg 1211.5 1232.1 1252.3 1272.2 1282.0 1331.1
ʋ 5.888 6.220 6.544 6.862 7.020 7.797
80.0 65.3 312.03
hg 1209.7 1230.7 1251.1 1271.1 1281.1 1330.5
ʋ 5.208 5.508 5.799 6.084 6.225 6.920
90.0 75.3 320.27
hg 1207.7 1229.1 1249.8 1270.1 1280.1 1329.8
ʋ 4.663 4.937 5.202 5.462 5.589 6.218
100.0 85.3 327.81
hg 1205.7 1227.6 1248.6 1269.0 1279.1 1329.1
ʋ 3.844 4.081 4.307 4.527 4.636 5.165
120.0 105.3 341.25
hg 1201.6 1224.4 1246.0 1266.90 1277.2 1327.7
ʋ 3.258 3.468 3.667 3.860 3.954 4.413
140.0 125.3 353.02
hg 1197.3 1221.1 1243.3 1264.7 1275.2 1326.4
ʋ --- 3.008 3.187 3.359 3.443 3.849
160.0 145.3 363.53
hg --- 1217.6 1240.6 1262.4 1273.1 1325.0
ʋ --- 2.649 2.813 2.969 3.044 3.411
180.0 165.3 373.06
hg --- 1214.0 1237.8 1260.2 1271.0 1323.5
Pressure
ʋ hg
Absolute Temp. t
Gauge P 700° 800° 900° 1000° 1200°
P’
ʋ 11.441 12.449 13.452 14.454 16.451
60.0 45.3 292.71
hg 1380.9 1430.5 1480.8 1531.9 1636.6
ʋ 9.796 10.662 11.524 12.383 14.097
70.0 55.3 302.92
hg 1380.4 1430.1 1480.5 1531.6 1636.3
ʋ 8.562 9.322 10.077 10.830 12.332
80.0 65.3 312.03
hg 1379.9 1429.7 1480.1 1531.3 1636.2
ʋ 7.603 8.279 8.952 9.623 10.959
90.0 75.3 320.27
hg 1379.4 1429.3 1479.8 1531.0 1635.9
ʋ 6.835 7.446 8.052 8.656 9.860
100.0 85.3 327.81
hg 1378.9 1428.9 1479.5 1530.8 1635.7
ʋ 5.683 6.195 6.702 7.207 8.212
120.0 105.3 341.25
hg 1377.8 1428.1 1478.8 1530.2 1635.3
ʋ 4.861 5.301 5.738 6.172 7.035
140.0 125.3 353.02
hg 1376.8 1427.3 1478.2 1529.7 1634.9
ʋ 4.244 4.631 5.015 5.396 6.152
160.0 145.3 363.53
hg 1375.7 1426.4 1477.5 1529.1 1634.5
ʋ 3.764 4.110 4.452 4.792 5.466
180.0 165.3 373.06
hg 1374.7 1425.6 1476.8 1528.6 1634.1
258
Pressure
ʋ hg
Absolute Temp. t
Gauge P 360° 400° 440° 480° 500° 600°
P’
ʋ --- 2.361 2.513 2.656 2.726 3.060
200.0 185.3 381.79
hg --- 1210.3 1234.9 1257.8 1268.9 1322.1
ʋ --- 2.125 2.267 2.400 2.465 2.772
220.0 205.3 389.86
hg --- 1206.5 1231.9 1255.4 1266.7 1320.7
ʋ --- 1.9276 2.062 2.187 2.247 2.533
240.0 225.3 397.37
hg --- 1202.5 1228.8 1253.0 1264.5 1319.2
ʋ --- --- 1.8882 2.006 2.063 2.330
260.0 245.3 404.42
hg --- --- 1225.7 1250.5 1262.3 1317.7
ʋ --- --- 1.7388 1.8512 1.9047 2.156
280.0 265.3 411.05
hg --- --- 1222.4 1247.9 1260.0 1316.2
ʋ --- --- 1.6090 1.7165 1.7675 2.005
300.0 285.3 417.33
hg --- --- 1219.1 1245.3 1257.6 1314.7
ʋ --- --- 1.4950 1.5985 1.6472 1.8734
320.0 305.3 423.29
hg --- --- 1215.6 1242.6 1255.2 1313.2
ʋ --- --- 1.3941 1.4941 1.5410 1.7569
340.0 325.3 428.97
hg --- --- 1212.1 1239.9 1252.8 1311.6
ʋ --- --- 1.3041 1.4012 1.4464 1.6533
360.0 345.3 434.40
hg --- --- 1208.4 1237.1 1250.3 1310.1
Pressure
ʋ hg
Absolute Temp. t
Gauge P 700° 800° 900° 1000° 1200°
P’
ʋ 3.380 3.693 4.002 4.309 4.917
200.0 185.3 381.79
hg 1373.6 1424.8 1476.2 1528.0 1633.7
ʋ 3.066 3.352 3.634 3.913 4.467
220.0 205.3 389.86
hg 1372.6 1424.0 1475.5 1527.5 1633.3
ʋ 2.804 3.068 3.327 3.584 4.093
240.0 225.3 397.37
hg 1371.5 1423.2 1474.8 1526.9 1632.9
ʋ 2.582 2.827 3.067 3.305 3.776
260.0 245.3 404.42
hg 1370.4 1422.3 1474.2 1526.3 1632.5
ʋ 2.392 2.621 2.845 3.066 3.504
280.0 265.3 411.05
hg 1369.4 1421.5 1473.5 1525.8 1632.1
ʋ 2.227 2.442 2.652 2.859 3.269
300.0 285.3 417.33
hg 1368.3 1420.6 1472.8 1525.2 1631.7
ʋ 2.083 2.285 2.483 2.678 3.063
320.0 305.3 423.29
hg 1367.2 1419.8 1472.1 1524.7 1631.3
ʋ 1.9562 2.147 2.334 2.518 2.881
340.0 325.3 428.97
hg 1366.1 1419.0 1471.5 1524.1 1630.9
ʋ 1.8431 2.025 2.202 2.376 2.719
360.0 345.3 434.40
hg 1365.0 1418.1 1470.8 1523.5 1630.5

Pressure
ʋ hg
Absolute Temp. t
Gauge P 500° 540° 600° 640° 660° 700°
P’
ʋ 1.3616 1.444 1.5605 1.6345 1.6707 1.7419
380.0 365.3 439.60
hg 1247.7 1273.1 1308.5 1331.0 1342.0 1363.8
ʋ 1.2851 1.3652 1.4770 1.5480 1.5827 1.6508
400.0 385.3 444.59
hg 1245.1 1271.0 1306.9 1329.6 1340.8 1362.7
ʋ 1.2158 1.2935 1.4014 1.4697 1.5030 1.5684
420.0 405.3 449.39
hg 1242.5 1268.9 1305.3 1328.3 1339.5 1361.6
ʋ 1.1526 1.2282 1.3327 1.3984 1.4306 1.4934
440.0 425.3 454.02
hg 1239.8 1266.7 1303.6 1326.9 1338.2 1360.4
ʋ 1.0948 1.1685 1.2698 1.3334 1.3644 1.4250
460.0 445.3 458.50
hg 1237.0 1264.5 1302.0 1325.4 1336.9 1359.3
ʋ 1.0417 1.1138 1.2122 1.2737 1.3038 1.3622
480.0 465.3 462.82
hg 1234.2 1262.3 1300.3 1324.0 1335.6 1358.2
ʋ 0.9927 1.0633 1.1591 1.2188 1.2478 1.3044
500.0 485.3 467.01
hg 1231.3 1260.0 1298.6 1322.6 1334.2 1357.0
ʋ 0.9473 1.0166 1.1101 1.1681 1.1962 1.2511
520.0 505.3 471.07
hg 1228.3 1257.7 1296.9 1321.1 1332.9 1355.8
ʋ 0.9052 0.9733 1.0646 1.1211 1.1485 1.2017
540.0 525.3 475.01
hg 1225.3 1255.4 1295.2 1319.7 1331.5 1354.6
Pressure
ʋ hg
Absolute Temp. t
Gauge P 740° 800° 900° 1000° 1200°
P’
ʋ 1.8118 1.9149 2.083 2.249 2.575
380.0 365.3 439.60
hg 1385.3 1417.3 1470.1 1523.0 1630.0
ʋ 1.7177 1.8161 1.9767 2.134 2.445
400.0 385.3 444.59
hg 1384.3 1416.4 1469.4 1522.4 1629.6
ʋ 1.6324 1.7267 1.8802 2.031 2.327
420.0 405.3 449.39
hg 1383.3 1415.5 1468.7 1521.9 1629.2
ʋ 1.5549 1.6454 1.7925 1.9368 2.220
440.0 425.3 454.02
hg 1382.3 1414.7 1468.1 1521.3 1628.8
ʋ 1.4842 1.5711 1.7124 1.8508 2.122
460.0 445.3 458.50
hg 1381.3 1413.8 1467.4 1520.7 1628.4
ʋ 1.4193 1.5031 1.6390 1.7720 2.033
480.0 465.3 462.82
hg 1380.3 1412.9 1466.7 1520.2 1628.0
ʋ 1.3596 1.4405 1.5715 1.6996 1.9504
500.0 485.3 467.01
hg 1379.3 1412.1 1466.0 1519.6 1627.6
ʋ 1.3045 1.3826 1.5091 1.6326 1.8743
520.0 505.3 471.07
hg 1378.2 1411.2 1465.3 1519.0 1627.2
ʋ 1.2535 1.3291 1.4514 1.5707 1.8039
540.0 525.3 475.01
hg 1377.2 1410.3 1464.6 1518.5 1626.8
260
Pressure
ʋ hg
Absolute Temp. t
Gauge P 500° 540° 600° 640° 660° 700°
P’
ʋ 0.8659 0.9330 1.0224 1.0775 1.1041 1.1558
560.0 545.3 478.85
hg 1222.2 1253.0 1293.4 1318.2 1330.2 1353.5
ʋ 0.8291 0.8954 0.9830 1.0368 1.0627 1.1331
580.0 565.3 482.58
hg 1219.0 1250.5 1291.7 1316.7 1328.8 1352.3
ʋ 0.7947 0.8602 0.9463 0.9988 1.0241 1.0732
600.0 585.3 486.21
hg 1215.7 1248.1 1289.9 1315.2 1327.4 1351.1
ʋ 0.7624 0.8272 0.9118 0.9633 0.9880 1.0358
620.0 605.3 489.75
hg 1212.4 1245.5 1288.1 1313.7 1326.0 1349.9
ʋ 0.7319 0.7963 0.8795 0.9299 0.9541 1.0008
640.0 625.3 493.21
hg 1209.0 1243.0 1286.2 1312.2 1324.6 1348.6
ʋ 0.7032 0.7670 0.8491 0.8985 0.9222 0.9679
660.0 645.3 496.58
hg 1205.4 1240.4 1284.4 1310.6 1323.2 1347.4
ʋ 0.6759 0.7395 0.8205 0.8690 0.8922 0.9369
680.0 665.3 499.88
hg 1201.8 1237.7 1282.5 1309.1 1321.7 1346.2
ʋ --- 0.7134 0.7934 0.8411 0.8639 0.9077
700.0 685.3 503.10
hg --- 1235.0 1280.6 1307.5 1320.3 1345.0
ʋ --- 0.6540 0.7319 0.7778 0.7996 0.8414
750.0 735.3 510.86
hg --- 1227.9 1275.7 1303.5 1316.6 1341.8
Pressure
ʋ hg
Absolute Temp. t
Gauge P 740° 800° 900° 1000° 1200°
P’
ʋ 1.2060 1.2794 1.3978 1.5132 1.7385
560.0 545.3 478.85
hg 1376.1 1409.4 1463.9 1517.9 1626.4
ʋ 1.1619 1.2331 1.3479 1.4596 1.6776
580.0 565.3 482.58
hg 1375.1 1408.6 1463.2 1517.3 1626.0
ʋ 1.1207 1.1899 1.3013 1.4096 1.6208
600.0 585.3 486.21
hg 1374.0 1407.7 1462.5 1516.7 1625.5
ʋ 1.0821 1.1494 1.2577 1.3628 1.5676
620.0 605.3 489.75
hg 1373.0 1406.8 1461.8 1516.2 1625.1
ʋ 1.0459 1.1115 1.2168 1.3190 1.5178
640.0 625.3 493.21
hg 1371.9 1405.9 1461.1 1515.6 1624.7
ʋ 1.0119 1.0759 1.1784 1.2778 1.4709
660.0 645.3 496.58
hg 1370.8 1405.0 1460.4 1515.0 1624.3
ʋ 0.9800 1.0424 1.1423 1.2390 1.4269
680.0 665.3 499.88
hg 1369.8 1404.1 1459.7 1514.5 1623.9
ʋ 0.9498 1.0108 1.1082 1.2024 1.3853
700.0 685.3 503.10
hg 1368.7 1403.2 1459.0 1513.9 1623.5
ʋ 0.8813 0.9391 1.0310 1.1196 1.2912
750.0 735.3 510.86
hg 1366.0 1400.9 1457.2 1512.4 1622.4

Pressure
ʋ hg
Absolute Temp. t
Gauge P 500° 540° 600° 640° 660° 700°
P’
ʋ --- 0.6015 0.6779 0.7223 0.7433 0.7833
800.0 785.3 518.23
hg --- 1220.5 1270.7 1299.4 1312.9 1338.6
ʋ --- 0.5546 0.6301 0.6732 0.6934 0.7320
850.0 835.3 525.26
hg --- 1212.7 1265.5 1295.2 1309.0 1335.4
ʋ --- 0.5124 0.5873 0.6294 0.6491 0.6863
900.0 885.3 531.98
hg --- 1204.4 1260.1 1290.9 1305.1 1332.1
ʋ --- 0.4740 0.5489 0.5901 0.6092 0.6453
950.0 935.3 538.42
hg --- 1195.5 1254.6 1286.4 1301.1 1328.7
ʋ --- --- 0.5140 0.5546 0.5733 0.6084
1000.0 985.3 544.61
hg --- --- 1248.8 1281.9 1297.0 1325.3
Pressure
ʋ hg
Absolute Temp. t
Gauge P 740° 800° 900° 1000° 1200°
P’
ʋ 0.8215 0.8763 0.9633 1.0470 1.2088
800.0 785.3 518.23
hg 1363.2 1398.6 1455.4 1511.0 1621.4
ʋ 0.7685 0.8209 0.9037 0.9830 1.1360
850.0 835.3 525.26
hg 1360.4 1396.3 1453.6 1509.5 1620.4
ʋ 0.7215 0.7716 0.8506 0.9262 1.0714
900.0 885.3 531.98
hg 1357.5 1393.9 1451.8 1508.1 1619.3
ʋ 0.6793 0.7275 0.8031 0.8753 1.0136
950.0 935.3 538.42
hg 1354.7 1391.6 1450.0 1506.6 1618.3
ʋ 0.6413 0.6878 0.7604 0.8294 0.9615
1000.0 985.3 544.61
hg 1351.7 1389.2 1448.2 1505.1 1617.3
262
Pressure
ʋ hg
Absolute Temp. t
Gauge P 660° 700° 740° 760° 780° 800°
P’
ʋ 0.5110 0.5445 0.5755 0.5904 0.6049 0.6191
1100.0 1085.3 556.31
hg 1288.5 1318.3 1345.8 1358.9 1371.7 1384.3
ʋ 0.4586 0.4909 0.5206 0.5347 0.5484 0.5617
1200.0 1185.3 567.22
hg 1279.6 1311.0 1339.6 1353.2 1366.4 1379.3
ʋ 0.4139 0.4454 0.4739 0.4874 0.5004 0.5131
1300.0 1285.3 577.46
hg 1270.2 1303.4 1333.3 1347.3 1361.0 1374.3
ʋ 0.3753 0.4062 0.4338 0.4468 0.4593 0.4714
1400.0 1385.3 587.10
hg 1260.3 1295.5 1326.7 1341.3 1355.4 1369.1
ʋ 0.3413 0.3719 0.3989 0.4114 0.4235 0.4352
1500.0 1485.3 596.23
hg 1249.8 1287.2 1320.0 1335.2 1349.7 1363.8
ʋ 0.3112 0.3417 0.3682 0.3804 0.3921 0.4034
1600.0 1585.3 604.90
hg 1238.7 1278.7 1313.0 1328.8 1343.9 1358.4
ʋ 0.2842 0.3148 0.3410 0.3529 0.3643 0.3753
1700.0 1685.3 613.15
hg 1226.8 1269.7 1305.8 1322.3 1337.9 1352.9
ʋ 0.2597 0.2907 0.3166 0.3284 0.3395 0.3502
1800.0 1785.3 621.03
hg 1214.0 1260.3 1298.4 1315.5 1331.8 1347.2
ʋ 0.2371 0.2688 0.2947 0.3063 0.3173 0.3277
1900.0 1885.3 628.58
hg 1200.2 1250.4 1290.6 1308.6 1325.4 1341.5
Pressure
ʋ hg
Absolute Temp. t
Gauge P 860° 900° 1000° 1100° 1200°
P’
ʋ 0.6601 0.6866 0.7503 0.8177 0.8716
1100.0 1085.3 556.31
hg 1420.8 1444.5 1502.2 1558.8 1615.2
ʋ 0.6003 0.6250 0.6843 0.7412 07967
1200.0 1185.3 567.22
hg 1416.7 1440.7 1499.2 1556.4 1613.1
ʋ 0.5496 0.5728 0.6284 0.6816 0.7333
1300.0 1285.3 577.46
hg 1412.5 1437.0 1496.2 1553.9 1611.0
ʋ 0.5061 0.5281 0.5805 0.6305 0.6789
1400.0 1385.3 587.10
hg 1408.2 1433.1 1493.2 1551.4 1608.9
ʋ 0.4684 0.4893 0.5390 0.5862 0.6318
1500.0 1485.3 596.23
hg 1403.9 1429.3 1490.1 1548.9 1606.8
ʋ 0.4353 0.4553 0.5027 0.5474 0.5906
1600.0 1585.3 604.90
hg 1399.5 1425.3 1487.0 1546.4 1604.6
ʋ 0.4061 0.4253 0.4706 0.5132 0.5542
1700.0 1685.3 613.15
hg 1395.0 1421.4 1484.0 1543.8 1602.5
ʋ 0.3801 0.3986 0.4421 0.4828 0.5218
1800.0 1785.3 621.03
hg 1390.4 1417.4 1480.8 1541.3 1600.4
ʋ 0.3568 0.3747 0.4165 0.4556 0.4929
1900.0 1885.3 628.58
hg 1385.8 1413.3 1477.7 1538.8 1598.2

Pressure
ʋ hg
Absolute Temp. t
Gauge P 660° 700° 740° 760° 780° 800°
P’
ʋ 0.2161 0.2489 0.2748 0.2863 0.2972 0.3074
2000.0 1985.3 635.82
hg 1184.9 1240.0 1282.6 1301.4 1319.0 1335.5
ʋ 0.1962 0.2306 0.2567 0.2682 0.2789 0.2890
2100.0 2085.3 642.77
hg 1167.7 1229.0 1274.3 1294.0 1312.3 1329.5
ʋ 0.1768 0.2135 0.2400 0.2514 0.2621 0.2721
2200.0 2185.3 649.46
hg 1147.8 1217.4 1265.7 1286.3 1305.4 1323.3
ʋ 0.1575 0.1978 0.2247 0.2362 0.2468 0.2567
2300.0 2285.3 655.91
hg 1123.8 1204.9 1256.7 1278.4 1298.4 1316.9
ʋ --- 0.1828 0.2105 0.2221 0.2327 0.2425
2400.0 2385.3 662.12
hg --- 1191.5 1247.3 1270.2 1291.1 1310.3
ʋ --- 0.1686 0.1973 0.2090 0.2196 0.2294
2500.0 2485.3 668.13
hg --- 1176.8 1237.6 1261.8 1283.6 1303.6
ʋ --- 0.1549 0.1849 0.1967 0.2074 0.2172
2600.0 2585.3 673.94
hg --- 1160.6 1227.3 1252.9 1275.8 1296.8
ʋ --- 0.1415 0.1732 0.1853 0.1960 0.2059
2700.0 2685.3 679.55
hg --- 1142.5 1216.5 1243.8 1267.9 1289.7
ʋ --- 0.1281 0.1622 0.1745 0.1854 0.1953
2800.0 2785.3 684.99
hg --- 1121.4 1205.1 1234.2 1259.6 1282.4
Pressure
ʋ hg
Absolute Temp. t
Gauge P 860° 900° 1000° 1100° 1200°
P’
ʋ 0.3358 0.3532 0.3935 0.4311 0.4668
2000.0 1985.3 635.82
hg 1381.2 1409.2 1474.5 1536.2 1596.1
ʋ 0.3167 0.3337 0.3727 0.4089 0.4433
2100.0 2085.3 642.77
hg 1376.4 1405.0 1471.4 1533.6 1593.9
ʋ 0.2994 0.3159 0.3538 0.3837 0.4218
2200.0 2185.3 649.46
hg 1371.5 1400.8 1468.2 1531.1 1591.8
ʋ 0.2835 0.2997 0.3365 0.3703 0.4023
2300.0 2285.3 655.91
hg 1366.6 1396.5 1464.9 1528.5 1589.6
ʋ 0.2689 0.2848 0.3207 0.3534 0.3843
2400.0 2385.3 662.12
hg 1361.6 1392.2 1461.7 1525.9 1587.4
ʋ 0.2555 0.2710 0.3061 0.3379 0.3678
2500.0 2485.3 668.13
hg 1356.5 1387.8 1458.4 1523.2 1585.3
ʋ 0.2431 0.2584 0.2926 0.3236 0.3526
2600.0 2585.3 673.94
hg 1351.4 1383.4 1455.1 1520.6 1583.1
ʋ 0.2315 0.2466 0.2801 0.3103 0.3385
2700.0 2685.3 679.55
hg 1346.1 1378.9 1451.8 1518.0 1580.9
ʋ 0.2208 0.2356 0.2685 0.2979 0.3254
2800.0 2785.3 684.99
hg 1340.8 1374.3 1448.5 1515.4 1578.7
264
Pressure
ʋ hg
Absolute Temp. t
Gauge P 660° 700° 740° 760° 780° 800°
P’
ʋ --- 0.1143 0.1517 0.1644 0.1754 0.1853
2900.0 2885.3 690.26
hg --- 1095.9 1193.0 1224.3 1251.1 1274.9
ʋ --- 0.0984 0.1416 0.1548 0.1660 0.1760
3000.0 2985.3 695.36
hg --- 1060.7 1180.1 1213.8 1242.2 1267.2
ʋ --- --- 0.1320 0.1456 0.1571 0.1672
3100.0 3085.3 700.31
hg --- --- 1166.2 1202.9 1233.0 1259.3
ʋ --- --- 0.1226 0.1369 0.1486 0.1589
3200.0 3185.3 705.11
hg --- --- 1151.1 1191.4 1223.5 1251.1
ʋ --- --- 0.1220 0.1363 0.1480 0.1583
3206.2 3191.5 705.40
hg --- --- 1150.2 1190.6 1222.9 1250.5
Pressure
ʋ hg
Absolute Temp. t
Gauge P 860° 900° 1000° 1100° 1200°
P’
ʋ 0.2108 0.2254 0.2577 0.2864 0.3132
2900.0 2885.3 690.26
hg 1335.3 1369.7 1445.1 1512.7 1576.5
ʋ 0.2014 0.2159 0.2476 0.2757 0.3018
3000.0 2985.3 695.36
hg 1329.7 1365.0 1441.8 1510.0 1574.3
ʋ 0.1926 0.2070 0.2382 0.2657 0.2911
3100.0 3085.3 700.31
hg 1324.1 1360.3 1438.4 1507.4 1572.1
ʋ 0.1843 0.1986 0.2293 0.2563 0.2811
3200.0 3185.3 705.11
hg 1318.3 1355.5 1434.9 1504.7 1569.9
ʋ 0.1838 0.1981 0.2288 0.2557 0.2806
3206.2 3191.5 705.40
hg 1317.9 1355.2 1434.7 1504.5 1569.8

Chapter 14
Pipe Data
Control Valve Handbook | Chapter 14: Pipe Data
14.1 Pipe Engagement

Length of thread on pipe to make a tight joint:
Nominal Pipe Dimension A Nominal Pipe Dimension A

Size (Inches) (Inches) Size (Inches) (Inches)
1/8 0.27 1−1/2 0.68

1/4 0.39 2 0.70
A 3/8 0.41 2−1/2 0.93
1/2 0.53 3 1.02
3/4 0.55 4 1.09
1 0.66 5 1.19
1−1/4 0.68 6 1.21
Dimension A is the sum of L1 (handtight engagement) and L3 (wrench makeup length for internal thread) from ASME
B1.20.1−1992.
14.2 Carbon and Alloy Steel - Stainless Steel

Identification, wall thickness, and weights are extracted from ASME B36.10M and
B36.19M. The notations STD, XS, and XXS indicate Standard, Extra Strong, and
Double Extra Strong pipe, respectively.
Transverse internal area values listed in “sq. ft.” also represent volume in cubic feet
per foot of pipe length.
Identification
Outside Diameter (in.)
Wall Thickness (t) (in.)
Transverse
Area of Metal (sq. in.)
Weight Pipe (Lb./ft.)

Inside Diameter (d)
Water Weight (Lb./

Nominal Diameter
Nominal Pipe Size
Steel Internal Area

Stainless Steel
(NPS) (in.)
ft. Pipe)
Sched. No.
Iron Pipe Size
(DN)
(A) (Sq. ft.)

(a) (Sq. in.)
(in.)
Sched. No.
-- --- 10S 0.049 0.307 0.0548 0.0740 0.00051 0.19 0.032
-- 30 -- 0.057 0.291 0.0623 0.0665 0.00046 0.21 0.029

1/8 6 0.405
STD 40 40S 0.068 0.269 0.0720 0.0568 0.00039 0.24 0.025
XS 80 80S 0.095 0.215 0.0925 0.0363 0.00025 0.31 0.016
-- --- 10S 0.065 0.410 0.0970 0.1320 0.00092 0.33 0.057
-- 30 -- 0.073 0.394 0.1071 0.1219 0.00085 0.36 0.053

1/4 8 0.540
STD 40 40S 0.088 0.364 0.1250 0.1041 0.00072 0.42 0.045
XS 80 80S 0.119 0.302 0.1574 0.0716 0.00050 0.54 0.031
--- --- 10S 0.065 0.545 0.1246 0.2333 0.00162 0.42 0.101
--- 30 -- 0.073 0.529 0.1381 0.2198 0.00153 0.47 0.095

3/8 10 0.675
STD 40 40S 0.091 0.493 0.1670 0.1909 0.00133 0.57 0.083
XS 80 80S 0.126 0.423 0.2173 0.1405 0.00098 0.74 0.061

Carbon and Alloy Steel - Stainless Steel continued...
Identification

Transverse Internal

Inside Diameter (d)
Water Weight (Lb./

Nominal Diameter
Nominal Pipe Size
Steel Area
Stainless Steel
(NPS) (in.)
ft. Pipe)
Sched. No.
Iron Pipe Size
(DN)
(A) (Sq. ft.)

(a) (Sq. in.)
(in.)
--- Sched. No.
--- 5S 0.065 0.710 0.1583 0.3959 0.00275 0.54 0.172
--- --- 10S 0.083 0.674 0.1974 0.3568 0.00248 0.67 0.155
--- 30 --- 0.095 0.650 0.2223 0.3318 0.00230 0.76 0.144
1/2 15 0.840 STD 40 40S 0.109 0.622 0.2503 0.3039 0.00211 0.85 0.132
XS 80 80S 0.147 0.546 0.3200 0.2341 0.00163 1.09 0.101
--- 160 --- 0.188 0.464 0.3851 0.1691 0.00117 1.31 0.073
XXS --- --- 0.294 0.252 0.5043 0.0499 0.00035 1.71 0.022
--- --- 5S 0.065 0.920 0.2011 0.6648 0.00462 0.69 0.288
--- --- 10S 0.083 0.884 0.2521 0.6138 0.00426 0.86 0.266
--- 30 --- 0.095 0.860 0.2850 0.5809 0.00403 0.97 0.252
3/4 20 1.050 STD 40 40S 0.113 0.824 0.3326 0.5333 0.00370 1.13 0.231
XS 80 80S 0.154 0.742 0.4335 0.4324 0.00300 1.47 0.187
--- 160 --- 0.219 0.612 0.5717 0.2942 0.00204 1.94 0.127
XXS --- --- 0.308 0.434 0.7180 0.1479 0.00103 2.44 0.064
--- --- 5S 0.065 1.185 0.2553 1.103 0.00766 0.87 0.478
--- --- 10S 0.109 1.097 0.4130 0.9452 0.00656 1.40 0.410
--- 30 --- 0.114 1.087 0.4301 0.9280 0.00644 1.46 0.402
1 25 1.315 STD 40 40S 0.133 1.049 0.4939 0.8643 0.00600 1.68 0.375
XS 80 80S 0.179 0.957 0.6388 0.7193 0.00500 2.17 0.312
--- 160 --- 0.250 0.815 0.8365 0.5217 0.00362 2.84 0.226
XXS --- --- 0.358 0.599 1.0763 0.2818 0.00196 3.66 0.122
--- --- 5S 0.065 1.530 0.3257 1.839 0.01277 1.11 0.797
--- --- 10S 0.109 1.442 0.5311 1.633 0.01134 1.81 0.708
--- 30 --- 0.117 1.426 0.5672 1.597 0.01109 1.93 0.692
1-1/4 32 1.660 STD 40 40S 0.140 1.380 0.6685 1.496 0.01039 2.27 0.648
XS 80 80S 0.191 1.278 0.8815 1.283 0.00891 3.00 0.556
--- 160 --- 0.250 1.160 1.1070 1.057 0.00734 3.76 0.458
XXS --- --- 0.382 0.896 1.5340 0.6305 0.00438 5.21 0.273
268
Identification

Transverse Internal

Inside Diameter (d)
Water Weight (Lb./

Nominal Diameter
Nominal Pipe Size
Steel Area
Stainless Steel
(NPS) (in.)
ft. Pipe)
Sched. No.
Iron Pipe Size
(DN)
(A) (Sq. ft.)

(a) (Sq. in.)
(in.)
--- Sched. No.
--- 5S 0.065 1.770 0.3747 2.461 0.01709 1.28 1.066
--- --- 10S 0.109 1.682 0.6133 2.222 0.01543 2.09 0.963
--- 30 --- 0.125 1.650 0.6970 2.138 0.01485 2.37 0.927
1-1/2 40 1.900 STD 40 40S 0.145 1.610 0.7995 2.036 0.01414 2.72 0.882
XS 80 80S 0.200 1.500 1.068 1.767 0.01227 3.63 0.766
--- 160 --- 0.281 1.338 1.429 1.406 0.00976 4.86 0.609
XXS --- --- 0.400 1.100 1.885 0.9503 0.00660 6.41 0.412
--- --- 5S 0.065 2.245 0.4717 3.958 0.02749 1.61 1.715
--- --- 10S 0.109 2.157 0.7760 3.654 0.02538 2.64 1.583
--- 30 --- 0.125 2.125 0.8836 3.547 0.02463 3.00 1.537
2 50 2.375 STD 40 40S 0.154 2.067 1.075 3.356 0.02330 3.65 1.454
XS 80 80S 0.218 1.939 1.477 2.953 0.02051 5.02 1.280
--- 160 --- 0.344 1.687 2.195 2.235 0.01552 7.46 0.969
XXS --- --- 0.436 1.503 2.656 1.774 0.01232 9.03 0.769
--- --- 5S 0.083 2.709 0.7280 5.764 0.04003 2.48 2.498
--- --- 10S 0.120 2.635 1.039 5.453 0.03787 3.53 2.363
--- 30 --- 0.188 2.499 1.587 4.905 0.03406 5.40 2.125
2-1/2 65 2.875 STD 40 40S 0.203 2.469 1.704 4.788 0.03325 5.79 2.075
XS 80 80S 0.276 2.323 2.254 4.238 0.02943 7.66 1.837
--- 160 --- 0.375 2.125 2.945 3.547 0.02463 10.01 1.537
XXS --- --- 0.552 1.771 4.028 2.463 0.01711 13.69 1.067
--- --- 5S 0.083 3.334 0.8910 8.730 0.06063 3.03 3.783
--- --- 10S 0.120 3.260 1.274 8.347 0.05796 4.33 3.617
30 --- --- 0.188 3.124 1.956 7.665 0.05323 6.65 3.322
3 80 3.500 STD 40 40S 0.216 3.068 2.228 7.393 0.05134 7.58 3.203
XS 80 80S 0.300 2.900 3.016 6.605 0.04587 10.25 2.862
--- 160 --- 0.438 2.624 4.213 5.408 0.03755 14.32 2.343
XXS --- --- 0.600 2.300 5.466 4.155 0.02885 18.58 1.800
--- --- 5S 0.083 3.834 1.021 11.55 0.08017 3.48 5.003
--- --- 10S 0.120 3.760 1.463 11.10 0.07711 4.97 4.812
3-1/2 90 4.000 30 --- --- 0.188 3.624 2.251 10.31 0.07163 7.65 4.470
STD 40 40S 0.226 3.548 2.680 9.887 0.06866 9.11 4.284
XS 80 80S 0.318 3.364 3.678 8.888 0.06172 12.50 3.851

Identification

Transverse

Inside Diameter (d)
Water Weight (Lb./

Nominal Diameter
Nominal Pipe Size
Steel Internal Area
Stainless Steel
(NPS) (in.)
ft. Pipe)
Sched. No.
Iron Pipe Size
(DN)
(A) (Sq. ft.)

(a) (Sq. in.)
(in.)
--- Sched. No.
--- 5S 0.083 4.334 1.152 14.75 0.10245 3.92 6.393
--- --- 10S 0.120 4.260 1.651 14.25 0.09898 5.61 6.176
--- 30 --- 0.188 4.124 2.547 13.36 0.09276 8.66 5.788
STD 40 40S 0.237 4.026 3.174 12.73 0.08840 10.79 5.516

4 100 4.500
XS 80 80S 0.337 3.826 4.407 11.50 0.07984 14.98 4.982
--- 120 --- 0.438 3.624 5.589 10.31 0.07163 19.00 4.470
--- 160 --- 0.531 3.438 6.621 9.283 0.06447 22.51 4.023
XXS --- --- 0.674 3.152 8.101 7.803 0.05419 27.54 3.381
--- --- 5S 0.109 5.345 1.868 22.44 0.15582 6.36 9.723
--- --- 10S 0.134 5.295 2.285 22.02 0.15292 7.77 9.542
STD 40 40S 0.258 5.047 4.300 20.01 0.13893 14.62 8.669
5 125 5.563 XS 80 80S 0.375 4.813 6.112 18.19 0.12635 20.78 7.884
--- 120 --- 0.500 4.563 7.953 16.35 0.11356 27.04 7.086
--- 160 --- 0.625 4.313 9.696 14.61 0.10146 32.96 6.331
XXS --- --- 0.750 4.063 11.34 12.97 0.09004 38.55 5.618
--- --- 5S 0.109 6.407 2.231 32.24 0.22389 7.60 13.97
--- --- 10S 0.134 6.357 2.733 31.74 0.22041 9.29 13.75
STD 40 40S 0.28 6.065 5.581 28.89 0.20063 18.97 12.52
6 150 6.625 XS 80 80S 0.432 5.761 8.405 26.07 0.18102 28.57 11.30
--- 120 --- 0.562 5.501 10.70 23.77 0.16505 36.39 10.30
--- 160 --- 0.719 5.187 13.34 21.13 0.14674 45.35 9.157
XXS --- --- 0.864 4.897 15.64 18.83 0.13079 53.16 8.162
--- --- 5S 0.109 8.407 2.916 55.51 0.38549 9.93 24.05
--- --- 10S 0.148 8.329 3.941 54.48 0.37837 13.40 23.61
--- 20 --- 0.25 8.125 6.578 51.85 0.36006 22.36 22.47
--- 30 --- 0.277 8.071 7.265 51.16 0.35529 24.70 22.17
STD 40 40S 0.322 7.981 8.399 50.03 0.34741 28.55 21.68
--- 60 --- 0.406 7.813 10.48 47.94 0.33294 35.64 20.78

8 200 8.625
XS 80 80S 0.5 7.625 12.76 45.66 0.31711 43.39 19.79
--- 100 --- 0.594 7.437 14.99 43.44 0.30166 50.95 18.82
--- 120 --- 0.719 7.187 17.86 40.57 0.28172 60.71 17.58
--- 140 --- 0.812 7.001 19.93 38.50 0.26733 67.76 16.68
XXS --- --- 0.875 6.875 21.30 37.12 0.25779 72.42 16.09
--- 160 --- 0.906 6.813 21.97 36.46 0.25317 74.69 15.80
270
Identification

Transverse

Inside Diameter (d)
Water Weight (Lb./

Nominal Diameter
Nominal Pipe Size
Steel Internal Area
Stainless Steel
(NPS) (in.)
ft. Pipe)
Sched. No.
Iron Pipe Size
(DN)
(A) (Sq. ft.)

(a) (Sq. in.)
(in.)
Sched. No.
--- --- 5S 0.134 10.482 4.469 86.29 0.59926 15.19 37.39
--- --- 10S 0.165 10.420 5.487 85.28 0.59219 18.65 36.95
--- 20 --- 0.250 10.250 8.247 82.52 0.57303 28.04 35.76
--- 30 --- 0.307 10.136 10.07 80.69 0.56035 34.24 34.97
STD 40 40S 0.365 10.020 11.91 78.85 0.54760 40.48 34.17

10 250 10.750 XS 60 80S 0.500 9.750 16.10 74.66 0.51849 54.74 32.35
--- 80 --- 0.594 9.562 18.95 71.81 0.49868 64.43 31.12
--- 100 --- 0.719 9.312 22.66 68.10 0.47295 77.03 29.51
--- 120 --- 0.844 9.062 26.27 64.50 0.44790 89.29 27.95
XXS 140 --- 1.000 8.750 30.63 60.13 0.41758 104.13 26.06
--- 160 --- 1.125 8.500 34.02 56.75 0.39406 115.64 24.59
--- --- 5S 0.156 12.438 6.172 121.5 0.84378 20.98 52.65
--- --- 10S 0.180 12.390 7.108 120.6 0.83728 24.17 52.25
--- 20 --- 0.250 12.250 9.818 117.9 0.81847 33.38 51.07
--- 30 --- 0.330 12.090 12.88 114.8 0.79723 43.77 49.75
STD --- 40S 0.375 12.000 14.58 113.1 0.78540 49.56 49.01
--- 40 --- 0.406 11.938 15.74 111.9 0.77731 53.52 48.50
12 300 12.750 XS --- 80S 0.500 11.750 19.24 108.4 0.75302 65.42 46.99
--- 60 --- 0.562 11.626 21.52 106.2 0.73721 73.15 46.00
--- 80 --- 0.688 11.374 26.07 101.6 0.70559 88.63 44.03
--- 100 --- 0.844 11.062 31.57 96.11 0.66741 107.32 41.65
XXS 120 --- 1.000 10.750 36.91 90.76 0.63030 125.49 39.33
--- 140 --- 1.125 10.500 41.09 86.59 0.60132 139.67 37.52
--- 160 --- 1.312 10.126 47.14 80.53 0.55925 160.27 34.90

Identification

Transverse

Inside Diameter (d)
Water Weight (Lb./

Nominal Diameter
Nominal Pipe Size
Steel Internal Area
Stainless Steel
(NPS) (in.)
ft. Pipe)
Sched. No.
Iron Pipe Size
(DN)
(A) (Sq. ft.)

(a) (Sq. in.)
(in.)
Sched. No.
--- --- 5S 0.156 13.688 6.785 147.2 1.02190 23.07 63.77
--- --- 10S 0.188 13.624 8.158 145.8 1.01237 27.73 63.17
--- 10 --- 0.250 13.500 10.80 143.1 0.99402 36.71 62.03
--- 20 --- 0.312 13.376 13.42 140.5 0.97585 45.61 60.89
STD 30 --- 0.375 13.250 16.05 137.9 0.95755 54.57 59.75
--- 40 --- 0.438 13.124 18.66 135.3 0.93942 63.44 58.62

14 350 14.000 XS --- --- 0.500 13.000 21.21 132.7 0.92175 72.09 57.52
--- 60 --- 0.594 12.812 25.02 128.9 0.89529 85.05 55.87
--- 80 --- 0.750 12.500 31.22 122.7 0.85221 106.13 53.18
--- 100 --- 0.938 12.124 38.49 115.4 0.80172 130.85 50.03
--- 120 --- 1.094 11.812 44.36 109.6 0.76098 150.79 47.49
--- 140 --- 1.250 11.500 50.07 103.9 0.72131 170.21 45.01
--- 160 --- 1.406 11.188 55.63 98.31 0.68271 189.11 42.60
--- --- 5S 0.165 15.670 8.208 192.9 1.33926 27.90 83.57
--- --- 10S 0.188 15.624 9.339 191.7 1.33141 31.75 83.08
--- 10 --- 0.250 15.500 12.37 188.7 1.31036 42.05 81.77
--- 20 --- 0.312 15.376 15.38 185.7 1.28948 52.27 80.46
STD 30 --- 0.375 15.250 18.41 182.7 1.26843 62.58 79.15
XS 40 --- 0.500 15.000 24.35 176.7 1.22719 82.77 76.58

16 400 1600
--- 60 --- 0.656 14.688 31.62 169.4 1.17667 107.50 73.42
--- 80 --- 0.844 14.312 40.19 160.9 1.11720 136.61 69.71
--- 100 --- 1.031 13.938 48.48 152.6 1.05957 164.82 66.12
--- 120 --- 1.219 13.562 56.61 144.5 1.00317 192.43 62.60
--- 140 --- 1.438 13.124 65.79 135.3 0.93942 223.64 58.62
--- 160 --- 1.594 12.812 72.14 128.9 0.89529 245.25 55.87
272
Identification

Transverse

Inside Diameter (d)
Water Weight (Lb./

Nominal Diameter
Nominal Pipe Size
Steel Internal Area
Stainless Steel
(NPS) (in.)
ft. Pipe)
Sched. No.
Iron Pipe Size
(DN)
(A) (Sq. ft.)

(a) (Sq. in.)
(in.)
Sched. No.
--- --- 5S 0.165 17.670 9.245 245.2 1.70295 31.43 106.3
--- --- 10S 0.188 17.624 10.52 243.9 1.69409 35.76 105.7
--- 10 --- 0.250 17.500 13.94 240.5 1.67034 47.39 104.2
--- 20 --- 0.312 17.376 17.34 237.1 1.64675 58.94 102.8
STD --- --- 0.375 17.250 20.76 233.7 1.62296 70.59 101.3
--- 30 --- 0.438 17.124 24.17 230.3 1.59933 82.15 99.80
XS --- --- 0.500 17.000 27.49 227.0 1.57625 93.45 98.36

18 450 18.000
--- 40 --- 0.562 16.876 30.79 223.7 1.55334 104.67 96.93
--- 60 --- 0.750 16.500 40.64 213.8 1.48490 138.17 92.66
--- 80 --- 0.938 16.124 50.28 204.2 1.41799 170.92 88.48
--- 100 --- 1.156 15.688 61.17 193.3 1.34234 207.96 83.76
--- 120 --- 1.375 15.250 71.82 182.7 1.26843 244.14 79.15
--- 140 --- 1.562 14.876 80.66 173.8 1.20698 274.22 75.32
--- 160 --- 1.781 14.438 90.75 163.7 1.13695 308.50 70.95
--- --- 5S 0.188 19.624 11.70 302.5 2.10041 39.78 131.1
--- --- 10S 0.218 19.564 13.55 300.6 2.08758 46.06 130.3
--- 10 --- 0.250 19.500 15.51 298.6 2.07395 52.73 129.4
STD 20 --- 0.375 19.250 23.12 291.0 2.02111 78.60 126.1
XS 30 --- 0.500 19.000 30.63 283.5 1.96895 104.13 122.9
--- 40 --- 0.594 18.812 36.21 277.9 1.93018 123.11 120.4

20 500 20.000
--- 60 --- 0.812 18.376 48.95 265.2 1.84175 166.40 114.9
--- 80 --- 1.031 17.938 61.44 252.7 1.75500 208.87 109.5
--- 100 --- 1.281 17.438 75.33 238.8 1.65852 256.10 103.5
--- 120 --- 1.500 17.000 87.18 227.0 1.57625 296.37 98.36
--- 140 --- 1.750 16.500 100.3 213.8 1.48490 341.09 92.66
--- 160 --- 1.969 16.062 111.5 202.6 1.40711 379.17 87.80

Identification

Transverse

Inside Diameter (d)
Water Weight (Lb./

Nominal Diameter
Nominal Pipe Size
Steel Internal Area
Stainless Steel
(NPS) (in.)
ft. Pipe)
Sched. No.
Iron Pipe Size
(DN)
(A) (Sq. ft.)

(a) (Sq. in.)
(in.)
Sched. No.
--- --- 5S 0.188 21.624 12.88 367.3 2.55035 43.80 159.1
--- --- 10S 0.218 21.564 14.92 365.2 2.53622 50.71 158.3
--- 10 --- 0.250 21.500 17.08 363.1 2.52119 58.07 157.3
STD 20 --- 0.375 21.250 25.48 354.7 2.46290 86.61 153.7
XS 30 --- 0.500 21.000 33.77 346.4 2.40529 114.81 150.1

22 550 22.000 --- 60 --- 0.875 20.250 58.07 322.1 2.23655 197.41 139.6
--- 80 --- 1.125 19.750 73.78 306.4 2.12747 250.81 132.8
--- 100 --- 1.375 19.250 89.09 291.0 2.02111 302.88 126.1
--- 120 --- 1.625 18.750 104.0 276.1 1.91748 353.61 119.7
--- 140 --- 1.875 18.250 118.5 261.6 1.81658 403.00 113.4
--- 160 --- 2.125 17.750 132.7 247.5 1.71840 451.06 107.2
--- --- 5S 0.218 23.564 16.29 436.1 3.02849 55.37 189.0
10 --- 10S 0.250 23.500 18.65 433.7 3.01206 63.41 188.0
STD 20 --- 0.375 23.250 27.83 424.6 2.94832 94.62 184.0
XS --- --- 0.500 23.000 36.91 415.5 2.88525 125.49 180.0
--- 30 --- 0.562 22.876 41.38 411.0 2.85423 140.68 178.1
--- 40 --- 0.688 22.624 50.39 402.0 2.79169 171.29 174.2

24 600 24.000
--- 60 --- 0.969 22.062 70.11 382.3 2.65472 238.35 165.7
--- 80 --- 1.219 21.562 87.24 365.1 2.53575 296.58 158.2
--- 100 --- 1.531 20.938 108.1 344.3 2.39111 367.39 149.2
--- 120 --- 1.812 20.376 126.3 326.1 2.26447 429.39 141.3
--- 140 --- 2.062 19.876 142.1 310.3 2.15470 483.12 134.5
--- 160 --- 2.344 19.312 159.5 292.9 2.03415 542.13 126.9
--- 10 --- 0.312 25.376 25.18 505.8 3.51216 85.60 219.2
26 650 26.000 STD --- --- 0.375 25.250 30.19 500.7 3.47737 102.63 217.0
XS 20 --- 0.500 25.000 40.06 490.9 3.40885 136.17 212.7
--- 10 --- 0.312 27.376 27.14 588.6 4.08760 92.26 255.1
STD --- --- 0.375 27.250 32.55 583.2 4.05006 110.64 252.7
28 700 28.000
XS 20 --- 0.500 27.000 43.20 572.6 3.97609 146.85 248.1
--- 30 --- 0.625 26.750 53.75 562.0 3.90280 182.73 243.5
274
Identification

Transverse

Inside Diameter (d)
Water Weight (Lb./

Nominal Diameter
Nominal Pipe Size
Steel Internal Area
Stainless Steel
(NPS) (in.)
ft. Pipe)
Sched. No.
Iron Pipe Size
(DN)
(A) (Sq. ft.)

(a) (Sq. in.)
(in.)
Sched. No.
--- --- 5S 0.250 29.500 23.37 683.5 4.74649 79.43 296.2
10 --- 10S 0.312 29.376 29.10 677.8 4.70667 98.93 293.7
30 750 30.000 STD --- --- 0.375 29.250 34.90 672.0 4.66638 118.65 291.2
XS 20 --- 0.500 29.000 46.34 660.5 4.58695 157.53 286.2
--- 30 --- 0.625 28.750 57.68 649.2 4.50821 196.08 281.3
--- 10 --- 0.312 31.376 31.06 773.2 5.36937 105.59 335.0
STD --- --- 0.375 31.250 37.26 767.0 5.32633 126.66 332.4
32 800 32.000 XS 20 --- 0.500 31.000 49.48 754.8 5.24145 168.21 327.1
--- 30 --- 0.625 30.750 61.60 742.6 5.15726 209.43 321.8
--- 40 --- 0.688 30.624 67.68 736.6 5.11508 230.08 319.2
--- 10 --- 0.312 33.376 33.02 874.9 6.07571 112.25 379.1
STD --- --- 0.375 33.250 39.61 868.3 6.02992 134.67 376.3
34 850 34.000 XS 20 --- 0.500 33.000 52.62 855.3 5.93959 178.89 370.6
--- 30 --- 0.625 32.750 65.53 842.4 5.84993 222.78 365.0
--- 40 --- 0.688 32.624 72.00 835.9 5.80501 244.77 362.2
--- 10 --- 0.312 35.376 34.98 982.9 6.82568 118.92 425.9
STD --- --- 0.375 35.250 41.97 975.9 6.77714 142.68 422.9
36 900 36.000 XS 20 --- 0.500 35.000 55.76 962.1 6.68135 189.57 416.9
--- 30 --- 0.625 34.750 69.46 948.4 6.58625 236.13 411.0
--- 40 --- 0.750 34.500 83.06 934.8 6.49182 282.35 405.1
14.3 American Pipe Flange Dimensions

14.3.1 Diameter of Bolt Circles
In inches per ASME B16.1, B16.5, and B16.24
Class(3) 250
Class(1) 125
Nominal (Cast Iron)(2)
(Cast Iron)(2) or Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 Class 2500
Pipe Size or Class 300
Class 150 (Steel)
(Steel)
1 3.12 3.50 3.50 4.00 4.00 4.25
1-1/4 3.50 3.88 3.88 4.38 4.38 5.12
1-1/2 3.88 4.50 4.50 4.88 4.88 5.75
2 4.75 5.00 5.00 6.50 6.50 6.75
2-1/2 5.50 5.88 5.88 7.50 7.50 7.75

Diameter of Bolt Circle continued...
Class(3) 250
Class(1) 125
(Cast Iron) or
(2)
Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 Class 2500
Class 150 (Steel)
(Steel)
3 6.00 6.62 6.62 7.50 8.00 9.00
4 7.50 7.88 8.50 9.25 9.50 10.75
5 8.50 9.25 10.50 11.00 11.50 12.75
6 9.50 10.62 11.50 12.50 12.50 14.50
8 11.75 13.00 13.75 15.50 15.50 17.25
10 14.25 15.25 17.00 18.50 19.00 21.75
12 17.00 17.75 19.25 21.00 22.50 24.38
14 18.75 20.25 20.75 22.00 25.00 ---
16 21.25 22.50 23.75 24.25 27.75 ---
18 22.75 24.75 25.75 27.00 30.50 ---
20 25.00 27.00 28.50 29.50 32.75 ---
24 29.50 32.00 33.00 35.50 39.00 ---
30 36.00 39.25 --- --- --- ---
36 42.75 46.00 --- --- --- ---
42 49.50 52.75 --- --- --- ---
48 56.00 60.75 --- --- --- ---
1. Nominal pipe sizes 1 through 12 also apply to Class 150 cast copper alloy flanges.
2. These diameters apply to steel valves for nominal pipe sizes 1 through 24.
3. Nominal pipe sizes 1 thorough 8 also apply to Class 300 cast copper alloy flanges.
14.3.2 Number of Stud Bolts and Diameter

In Inches per ASME B16.1, B16.5, and B16.24
Class(1) 125 Class(3) 250

(Cast Iron)(2) (Cast Iron)(2)
Nominal Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 Class 2500
or Class 150 or Class 300
Pipe Size (Steel) (Steel)
No. Dia. No. Dia. No. Dia. No. Dia. No. Dia. No. Dia.
1 4 0.50 4 0.62 4 0.62 4 0.88 4 0.88 4 0.88
1−1/4 4 0.50 4 0.62 4 0.62 4 0.88 4 0.88 4 1.00
1−1/2 4 0.50 4 0.75 4 0.75 4 1.00 4 1.00 4 1.12
2 4 0.62 8 0.62 8 0.62 8 0.88 8 0.88 8 1.00
2−1/2 4 0.62 8 0.75 8 0.75 8 1.00 8 1.00 8 1.12
3 4 0.62 8 0.75 8 0.75 8 0.88 8 1.12 8 1.25
4 8 0.62 8 0.75 8 0.88 8 1.12 8 1.25 8 1.50
5 8 0.75 8 0.75 8 1.00 8 1.25 8 1.50 8 1.75
6 8 0.75 12 0.75 12 1.00 12 1.12 12 1.38 8 2.00
8 8 0.75 12 0.88 12 1.12 12 1.38 12 1.62 12 2.00
276
Number of Stud Bolts and Diameter continued...
Class(1) 125 Class(3) 250

(Cast Iron)(2) (Cast Iron)(2)
or Class 150 or Class 300
Pipe Size (Steel) (Steel)
No. Dia. No. Dia. No. Dia. No. Dia. No. Dia. No. Dia.
10 12 0.88 16 1.00 16 1.25 16 1.38 12 1.88 12 2.50
12 12 0.88 16 1.12 20 1.25 20 1.38 16 2.00 12 2.75
14 12 1.00 20 1.12 20 1.38 20 1.50 16 2.25 --- ---
16 16 1.00 20 1.25 20 1.50 20 1.62 16 2.50 --- ---
18 16 1.12 24 1.25 20 1.62 20 1.88 16 2.75 --- ---
20 20 1.12 24 1.25 24 1.62 20 2.00 16 3.00 --- ---
24 20 1.25 24 1.50 24 1.88 20 2.50 16 3.50 --- ---
30 28 1.25 28 1.75 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
36 32 1.50 32 2.00 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
42 36 1.50 36 2.00 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
48 44 1.50 40 2.00 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
2. These diameters apply to steel valves for nominal pipe sizes 1 through 24.
14.3.3 Flange Diameter

Class(3) 250
Class(1) 125
(Cast Iron) or
(2)
Class 150 (Steel)
(Steel)
1 4.25 4.88 4.88 5.88 5.88 6.25

1−1/4 4.62 5.25 5.25 6.25 6.25 7.25
1−1/2 5.00 6.12 6.12 7.00 7.00 8.00
2 6.00 6.50 6.50 8.50 8.50 9.25
2−1/2 7.00 7.50 7.50 9.62 9.62 10.50
3 7.50 8.25 8.25 9.50 10.50 12.00
4 9.00 10.00 10.75 11.50 12.25 14.00
5 10.00 11.00 13.00 13.75 14.75 16.50
6 11.00 12.50 14.00 15.00 15.50 19.00
8 13.50 15.00 16.50 18.50 19.00 21.75
10 16.00 17.50 20.00 21.50 23.00 26.50
12 19.00 20.50 22.00 24.00 26.50 30.00
14 21.00 23.00 23.75 25.25 29.50 ---
16 23.50 25.50 27.00 27.75 32.50 ---
18 25.00 28.00 29.25 31.00 36.00 ---

Flange Diameter continued...
Class(3) 250
Class(1) 125
(Cast Iron) or
(2)
Class 150 (Steel)
(Steel)
20 27.50 30.50 32.00 33.75 38.75 ---
24 32.00 36.00 37.00 41.00 46.00 ---
30 38.75 43.00 --- --- --- ---
36 46.00 50.00 --- --- --- ---
42 53.00 57.00 --- --- --- ---
48 59.50 65.00 --- --- --- ---
14.3.4 Flange Thickness for Flange Fittings

Class 250 (CI)

Class 150 (CI)
Class 150 STL Class 150 and Class 300 Class 300 STL CL 300
Nominal FF and STL
STL(1)
Pipe Size
Cast Copper Cast Copper
RF(2) RTJ RF RTJ
Alloy Alloy
1 0.50 0.75 0.38 0.62 0.87 0.59
1−1/4 0.56 0.81 0.41 0.69 0.94 0.62
1−1/2 0.62 0.87 0.44 0.75 1.00 0.69
2 0.69 0.94 0.50 0.81 1.12 0.75
2−1/2 0.81 1.06 0.56 0.94 1.25 0.81
3 0.88 1.13 0.62 1.06 1.37 0.91
4 0.88 1.13 0.69 1.19 1.50 1.06
5 0.88 1.13 0.75 1.31 1.62 1.12

Pipe Size RF RTJ RF RTJ RF RTJ RF RTJ
1 0.69 0.94 1.12 1.37 1.12 1.37 1.38 1.63
1−1/4 0.81 1.06 1.12 1.37 1.12 1.37 1.50 1.81
1−1/2 0.88 1.13 1.25 1.50 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.06
2 1.00 1.31 1.50 1.81 1.50 1.81 2.00 2.31
2−1/2 1.12 1.43 1.62 1.93 1.62 1.93 2.25 2.62
3 1.25 1.56 1.50 1.81 1.88 2.43 2.62 3.00
4 1.50 1.81 1.75 2.06 2.12 2.43 3.00 3.44
5 1.75 2.06 2.00 2.31 2.88 3.19 3.62 4.12
278
Flange Thickness for Flange Fittings continued...
Class 250 (CI)

Class 150 (CI)
Class 150 STL Class 150 and Class 300 Class 300 STL CL 300
Nominal FF and STL
STL(1)
Pipe Size
Cast Copper Cast Copper
RF(2) RTJ RF RTJ
Alloy Alloy
6 0.94 1.19 0.81 1.38 1.69 1.19
8 1.06 1.31 0.94 1.56 1.87 1.38
10 1.12 1.37 1.00 1.81 2.12 ---
12 1.19 1.44 1.06 1.94 2.25 ---
14 1.31 1.56 --- 2.06 2.37 ---
16 1.38 1.63 --- 2.19 2.50 ---
18 1.50 1.75 --- 2.31 2.62 ---
20 1.62 1.87 --- 2.44 2.82 ---
24 1.81 2.06 --- 2.69 3.13 ---

Pipe Size RF RTJ RF RTJ RF RTJ RF RTJ
6 1.88 2.19 2.19 2.50 3.25 3.62 4.25 4.75
8 2.19 2.50 2.50 2.81 3.62 4.06 5.00 5.56
10 2.50 2.81 2.75 3.06 4.25 4.69 6.50 7.19
12 2.62 2.93 3.12 3.43 4.88 5.44 7.25 7.94
14 2.75 3.06 3.38 3.82 5.25 5.88 --- ---
16 3.00 3.31 3.50 3.94 5.75 6.44 --- ---
18 3.25 3.56 4.00 4.50 6.38 7.07 --- ---
20 3.50 3.88 4.25 4.75 7.00 7.69 --- ---
24 4.00 4.44 5.50 6.12 8.00 8.81 --- ---
1. These dimensions apply to steel valves for nominal pipe sizes 1 through 24.
2. The flange dimensions illustrated are for regularly furnished 0.06-in. raised face.

14.4 Cast Steel Flange Standards

14.4.1 Cast Steel Flange Standard for PN 10
Flange Bolting
DN Outside Bolt Circle Number of Bolt Hole
Thickness Threads
Diameter Diameter Bolts Diameter
10 90 16 60 4 M12 14
15 95 16 65 4 M12 14
20 105 18 75 4 M12 14
25 115 18 85 4 M12 14
32 140 18 100 4 M16 18
40 150 18 110 4 M16 18
50 165 18 125 4 M16 18
65 185 18 145 8 M16 18
80 200 20 160 8 M16 18
100 220 20 180 8 M16 18
125 250 22 210 8 M16 18
150 285 22 240 8 M20 22
200 340 24 295 8 M20 22
250 395 26 350 12 M20 22
300 445 26 400 12 M20 22
350 505 26 460 16 M20 22
400 565 26 515 16 M24 26
450 615 28 565 20 M24 26
500 670 28 620 20 M24 26
600 780 30 725 20 M27 30
700 895 35 840 24 M27 30
800 1015 38 950 24 M30 33
900 1115 38 1050 28 M30 33
1000 1230 44 1160 28 M33 36
1200 1455 55 1380 32 M36 39
1400 1675 65 1590 36 M39 42
1600 1915 75 1820 40 M45 48
1800 2115 85 2020 44 M45 48
2000 2325 90 2230 48 M45 48
2200 2550 100 2440 52 M52 56
2400 2760 110 2650 56 M52 56
2600 2960 110 2850 60 M52 56
2800 3180 124 3070 64 M52 56
3000 3405 132 3290 68 M56 62
All dimensions in mm.
280

Flange Bolting
Thickness Threads
10 90 16 60 4 M12 14
15 95 16 65 4 M12 14
20 105 18 75 4 M12 14
25 115 18 85 4 M12 14
32 140 18 100 4 M16 18
40 150 18 110 4 M16 18
50 165 18 125 4 M16 18
65 185 18 145 4 M16 18
80 200 20 160 8 M16 18
100 220 20 180 8 M16 18
125 250 22 210 8 M16 18
150 285 22 240 8 M20 22
200 340 24 295 12 M20 22
250 405 26 355 12 M24 26
300 460 28 410 12 M24 26
350 520 30 470 16 M24 26
400 580 32 525 16 M27 30
500 715 36 650 20 M30 33
600 840 40 770 20 M33 36
700 910 40 840 24 M33 36
800 1025 41 950 24 M36 39
900 1125 48 1050 28 M36 39
1000 1255 59 1170 28 M39 42
1200 1485 78 1390 32 M45 48
1400 1685 84 1590 36 M45 48
1600 1930 102 1820 40 M52 56
1800 2130 110 2020 44 M52 56
2000 2345 124 2230 48 M56 62


Flange Bolting
Thickness Threads
10 90 16 60 4 M12 14
15 95 16 65 4 M12 14
20 105 18 75 4 M12 14
25 115 18 85 4 M12 14
32 140 18 100 4 M16 18
40 150 18 110 4 M16 18
50 165 20 125 4 M16 18
65 185 22 145 8 M16 18
80 200 24 160 8 M16 18
100 235 24 190 8 M20 22
125 270 26 220 8 M24 26
150 300 28 250 8 M24 26
200 360 30 310 12 M24 26
250 425 32 370 12 M27 30
300 485 34 430 16 M27 30
350 555 38 490 16 M30 33
400 620 40 550 16 M33 36
500 730 48 660 20 M33 36
600 845 48 770 20 M36 39
700 960 50 875 24 M39 42
800 1085 53 990 24 M45 48
900 1185 57 1090 28 M45 48
1000 1320 63 1210 28 M52 56
282

Flange Bolting
Thickness Threads
10 90 16 60 4 M12 14
15 95 16 65 4 M12 14
20 105 18 75 4 M12 14
25 115 18 85 4 M12 14
32 140 18 100 4 M16 18
40 150 18 110 4 M16 18
50 165 20 125 4 M16 18
65 185 22 145 8 M16 18
80 200 24 160 8 M16 18
100 235 24 190 8 M20 22
125 270 26 220 8 M24 26
150 300 28 250 8 M24 26
200 375 34 320 12 M27 30
250 450 38 385 12 M30 33
300 515 42 450 16 M30 33
350 580 46 510 16 M33 36
400 660 50 585 16 M36 39
450 685 57 610 20 M36 39
500 755 57 670 20 M39 42
600 890 72 795 20 M45 48


Flange Bolting
Thickness Threads
10 100 20 70 4 M12 14
15 105 20 75 4 M12 14
25 140 24 100 4 M16 18
32 155 24 110 4 M20 22
40 170 28 125 4 M20 22
50 180 26 135 4 M20 22
65 205 26 160 8 M20 22
80 215 28 170 8 M20 22
100 250 30 200 8 M24 26
125 295 34 240 8 M27 30
150 345 36 280 8 M30 33
200 415 42 345 12 M33 36
250 470 46 400 12 M33 36
300 530 52 460 16 M33 36
350 600 56 525 16 M36 39
400 670 60 585 16 M39 42

Flange Bolting
Thickness Threads
10 100 20 70 4 M12 14
15 105 20 75 4 M12 14
25 140 24 100 4 M16 18
32 155 24 110 4 M20 22
40 170 28 125 4 M20 22
50 195 30 145 4 M24 26
65 220 34 170 8 M24 26
80 230 36 180 8 M24 26
100 265 40 210 8 M27 30
125 315 40 250 8 M30 33
150 355 44 290 12 M30 33
200 430 52 360 12 M33 36
250 505 60 430 12 M36 39
300 585 68 500 16 M39 42
350 655 74 560 16 M45 48
284

Flange Bolting
Thickness Threads
10 100 20 70 4 M12 14
15 105 20 75 4 M12 14
25 140 24 100 4 M16 18
40 170 28 125 4 M20 22
50 195 30 145 4 M24 26
65 220 34 170 8 M24 26
80 230 36 180 8 M24 26
100 265 40 210 8 M27 30
125 315 44 250 8 M30 33
150 355 50 290 12 M30 33
200 430 60 360 12 M33 36
250 515 68 430 12 M39 42
300 585 78 500 16 M39 42

Flange Bolting
Thickness Threads
10 125 24 85 4 M16 18
15 130 26 90 4 M16 18
25 150 28 105 4 M20 22
40 185 34 135 4 M24 26
50 200 38 150 8 M24 26
65 230 42 180 8 M24 26
80 255 46 200 8 M27 30
100 300 54 235 8 M30 33
125 340 60 275 12 M30 33
150 390 68 320 12 M33 36
200 485 82 400 12 M39 42
250 585 100 490 16 M45 48
300 690 120 590 16 M48 52


Flange Bolting
Thickness Threads
10 125 24 85 4 M16 18
15 130 26 90 4 M16 18
25 160 34 115 4 M20 22
40 195 38 145 4 M24 26
50 210 42 160 8 M24 26
65 255 51 200 8 M27 30
80 275 55 220 8 M27 30
100 335 65 265 8 M33 36
125 380 75 310 12 M33 36
150 425 84 350 12 M36 39
200 525 103 440 16 M39 42
250 640 125 540 16 M48 52

Flange Bolting
Thickness Threads
10 125 28 85 4 M16 18
15 145 30 100 4 M20 22
25 180 38 130 4 M24 26
40 220 48 165 4 M27 30
50 235 52 180 8 M27 30
65 290 64 225 8 M30 33
80 305 68 240 8 M30 33
100 370 80 295 8 M36 39
125 415 92 340 12 M36 39
150 475 105 390 12 M39 42
200 585 130 490 16 M45 48
286

Chapter 15
Conversions and Equivalents
Control Valve Handbook | Chapter 15: Conversions and Equivalents
15.1 Length Equivalents

Note: Use
multiplier at
Meters Inches Feet Millimeters Miles Kilometers
convergemce of
row and column
Meters 1 39.37 3.2808 1000 0.0006214 0.001

Inches 0.0254 1 0.0833 25.4 0.00001578 0.0000254
Feet 0.3048 12 1 304.8 0.0001894 0.0003048
Millimeters 0.001 0.03937 0.0032808 1 0.0000006214 0.000001
Miles 1609.35 63,360 5,280 1,609,350 1 1.60935
Killometers 1,000 39,370 3280.83 1,000,000 0.62137 1
1 meter = 100 centimeters = 1000 millimeters = 0.001 kilometers = 1,000,000 micrometers
To convert metric units, merely adjust the decimal point: 1 millimeter = 1000 microns = 0.03937 inches = 39.37 mils.
15.2 Whole Inch to Millimeter Equivalents

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Inch
Millimeters
0 0.0 25.4 50.8 76.2 101.6 127.0 152.4 177.8 203.2 228.6
10 254.0 279.4 304.8 330.2 355.6 381.0 406.4 431.8 457.2 482.6
20 508.0 533.4 558.8 584.2 609.6 635.0 660.4 685.8 711.2 736.6
30 762.0 787.4 812.8 838.2 863.6 889.0 914.4 939.8 965.2 990.6
40 1016.0 1041.4 1066.8 1092.2 1117.6 1143.0 1168.4 1193.8 1219.2 1244.6
50 1270.0 1295.4 1320.8 1346.2 1371.6 1397.0 1422.4 1447.8 1473.2 1498.6
60 1524.0 1549.4 1574.8 1600.2 1625.6 1651.0 1676.4 1701.8 1727.2 1752.6
70 1778.0 1803.4 1828.8 1854.2 1879.6 1905.0 1930.4 1955.8 1981.2 2006.6
80 2032.0 2057.4 2082.8 2108.2 2133.6 2159.0 2184.4 2209.8 2235.2 2260.6
90 2286.0 2311.4 2336.8 2362.2 2387.6 2413.0 2438.4 2463.8 2489.2 2514.6
100 2540.0 2565.4 2590.8 2616.2 2641.6 2667.0 2692.4 2717.8 2743.2 2768.6
Note: All values in this table are exact, based on the relation 1 in = 25.4 mm. By manipulation of the decimal point any decimal
value or multiple of an inch may be converted to its exact equivalent in millimeters.

15.3 Fractional Inch to Millimeter Equivalents

0 1/16 1/8 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16
Inch
Millimeters
0 0.0 1.6 3.2 4.8 6.4 7.9 9.5 11.1
1 25.4 27.0 28.6 30.2 31.8 33.3 34.9 36.5
2 50.8 52.4 54.0 55.6 57.2 58.7 60.3 61.9
3 76.2 77.8 79.4 81.0 82.6 84.1 85.7 87.3
4 101.6 103.2 104.8 106.4 108.0 109.5 111.1 112.7
5 127.0 128.6 130.2 131.8 133.4 134.9 136.5 138.1
6 152.4 154.0 155.6 157.2 158.8 160.3 161.9 163.5
7 177.8 179.4 181.0 182.6 184.2 185.7 187.3 188.9
8 203.2 204.8 206.4 208.0 209.6 211.1 212.7 214.3
9 228.6 230.2 231.8 233.4 235.0 236.5 238.1 239.7
10 254.0 255.6 257.2 258.8 260.4 261.9 263.5 265.1
1 inch = 25.4 Millimeters
Fractional Inch to Millimeter Equivalents continued...
1/2 9/16 5/8 11/16 3/4 13/16 7/8 15/16

Inch
Millimeters
0 12.7 14.3 15.9 17.5 19.1 20.6 22.2 23.8
1 38.1 39.7 41.3 42.9 44.5 46.0 47.6 49.2
2 63.5 65.1 66.7 68.3 69.9 71.4 73.0 74.6
3 88.9 90.5 92.1 93.7 95.3 96.8 98.4 100.0
4 114.3 115.9 117.5 119.1 120.7 122.2 123.8 125.4
5 139.7 141.3 142.9 144.5 146.1 147.6 149.2 150.8
6 165.1 166.7 168.3 169.9 171.5 173.0 174.6 176.2
7 190.5 192.1 193.7 195.3 196.9 198.4 200.0 201.6
8 215.9 217.5 219.1 220.7 222.3 223.8 225.4 227.0
9 241.3 242.9 244.5 246.1 247.7 249.2 250.8 252.4
10 266.7 268.3 269.9 271.5 273.1 274.6 276.2 277.8
1 inch = 25.4 Millimeters
290
15.4 Additional Fractional Inch to Millimeter Equivalents

Inches Inches Inches
Millimeters Millimeters Millimeters
Fractions Decimals Fractions Decimals Fractions Decimals
.00394 .1 .2 5.08 .44 11.176

.00787 .2 13/64 .203125 5.1594 .45 11.430
.01 .254 .21 5.334 29/64 .453125 11.5094
.01181 .3 7/32 .21875 5.5562 .46 11.684
1/64 .015625 .3969 .22 5.588 15/32 .46875 11.9062
.01575 .4 .23 5.842 .47 11.938
.01969 .5 15/64 .234375 5.9531 .47244 12.0
.02 .508 .23622 6.0 .48 12.192
.02362 .6 .24 6.096 31/64 .484375 12.3031
.02756 .7 1/4 .25 6.35 .49 12.446
.03 .762 .26 6.604 1/2 .50 12.7
1/32 .03125 .7938 17/64 .265625 6.7469 .51 12.954
.0315 .8 .27 6.858 .51181 13.0
.03543 .9 .27559 7.0 33/64 .515625 13.0969
.03937 1.0 .28 7.112 .52 13.208
.04 1.016 9/32 .28125 7.1438 .53 13.462
3/64 .046875 1.1906 .29 7.366 17/32 .53125 13.4938
.05 1.27 19/64 .296875 7.5406 .54 13.716
.06 1.524 .30 7.62 35/64 .546875 13.8906
1/16 .0625 1.5875 .31 7.874 .55 13.970
.07 1.778 5/16 .3125 7.9375 .55118 14.0
5/64 .078125 1.9844 .31496 8.0 .56 14.224
.07874 2.0 .32 8.128 9/16 .5625 14.2875
.08 2.032 21/64 .328125 8.3344 .57 14.478
.09 2.286 .33 8.382 37/64 .578125 14.6844
3/32 .09375 2.3812 .34 8.636 .58 14.732
.1 2.54 11/32 .34375 8.7312 .59 14.986
7/64 .109375 2.7781 .35 8.89 .59055 15.0
.11 2.794 .35433 9.0 19/32 .59375 15.0812
.11811 3.0 23/64 .359375 9.1281 .60 15.24
.12 3.048 .36 9.144 39/64 .609375 15.4781
1/8 .125 3.175 .37 9.398 .61 15.494
.13 3.302 3/8 .375 9.525 .62 15.748
.14 3.556 .38 9.652 5/8 .625 15.875
9/64 .140625 3.5719 .39 9.906 .62992 16.0

Additional Fractional Inch to Millimeter Equivalents continued...
Inches Inches Inches

Millimeters Millimeters Millimeters
Fractions Decimals Fractions Decimals Fractions Decimals
.15 3.810 25/64 .390625 9.9219 .63 16.002

5/32 .15625 3.9688 .39370 10.0 .64 16.256
.15748 4.0 .40 10.16 41/64 .640625 16.2719
.16 4.064 13/32 .40625 10.3188 .65 16.510
.17 4.318 .41 10.414 21/32 .65625 16.6688
11/64 .171875 4.3656 .42 10.668 .66 16.764
.18 4.572 27/64 .421875 10.7156 .66929 17.0
3/16 .1875 4.7625 .43 10.922 .67 17.018
.19 4.826 .43307 11.0 43/64 .671875 17.0656
.19685 5.0 7/16 .4375 11.1125 .68 17.272
11/16 .6875 17.4625 51/64 .796875 20.2406 .90551 23.0
.69 17.526 .80 20.320 29/32 .90625 23.0188
.70 17.78 .81 20.574 .91 23.114
45/64 .703125 17.8594 13/16 .8125 20.6375 .92 23.368
.70866 18.0 .82 20.828 59/64 .921875 23.4156
.71 18.034 .82677 21.0 .93 23.622
23/32 .71875 18.2562 53/64 .828125 21.0344 15/16 .9375 23.8125
.72 18.288 .83 21.082 .94 23.876
.73 18.542 .84 21.336 .94488 24.0
47/64 .734375 18.6531 27/32 .84375 21.4312 .95 24.130
.74 18.796 .85 21.590 61/64 .953125 24.2094
.74803 19.0 55/64 .859375 21.8281 .96 24.384
3/4 .75 19.050 .86 21.844 31/32 .96875 24.6062
.76 19.304 .86614 22.0 .97 24.638
49/64 .765625 19.4469 .87 22.098 .98 24.892
.77 19.558 7/8 .875 22.225 .98425 25.0
.78 19.812 .88 22.352 63/64 .984375 25.0031
25/32 .78125 19.8438 .89 22.606 .99 25.146
.78740 20.0 57/64 .890625 22.6219
1 1.00000 25.4000
.79 20.066 .90 22.860
Round off decimal points to provide no more than the desired degree of accuracy.
292
15.5 Area Equivalents

Note: Use multiplier at
Square
convergemce of row Square Meters Square Inches Square Feet Square Miles
and column
Kilometers
Square Meters 1 1549.99 10.7639 3.861 x 10−7 1 x 10−6

Square Inches 0.0006452 1 6.944 x 10−3 2.491 x 10−10 6.452 x 10−10
Square Feet 0.0929 144 1 3.587x 10−8 9.29 x 10−8
Square Miles 2,589,999 --- 27,878,400 1 2.59
Square Killometers 1,000,000 --- 10,763,867 0.3861 1
1 square meter = 10,000 square centimeters.
1 square millimeter = 0.01 square centimeter = 0.00155 square inches.
15.6 Volume Equivalents
Note: Use multiplier Cubic

Cubic Imperial U.S. Barrel
at convergemce of Decimeters Cubic Feet U.S. Quart U.S. Gallon
row and column
Inches Gallon (Petroleum)
(Liters)
Cubic
Decimeters 1 61.0234 0.03531 1.05668 0.264178 0.220083 0.00629
(Liters)
Cubic Inches 0.01639 1 5.787 x 10−4 0.01732 0.004329 0.003606 0.000103
Cubic Feet 28.317 1728 1 29.9221 7.48055 6.22888 0.1781
U.S. Quart 0.94636 57.75 0.03342 1 0.25 0.2082 0.00595
U.S. Gallon 3.78543 231 0.13368 4 1 0.833 0.02381
Imperial Gallon 4.54374 277.274 0.16054 4.80128 1.20032 1 0.02877
U.S. Barrel
158.98 9702 5.6146 168 42 34.973 1
(Petroleum)
1 cubic meter = 1,000,000 cubic centimeters.
1 liter = 1000 milliliters = 1000 cubic centimeters.
15.7 Volume Rate Equivalents

Note: Use multiplier at Cubic
Liters Per Cubic Feet Liters Per U.S. Gallon U.S. Barrel
convergemce of row Meters Per
and column
Minute Per Hour Hour Per Minute Per Day
Hour
Liters Per Minute 1 0.06 2.1189 60 0.264178 9.057

Cubic Meters Per Hour 16.667 1 35.314 1000 4.403 151
Cubic Feet Per Hour 0.4719 0.028317 1 28.317 0.1247 4.2746
Liters Per Hour 0.016667 0.001 0.035314 1 0.004403 0.151
U.S. Gallon Per Minute 3.785 0.2273 8.0208 227.3 1 34.28
U.S. Barrel Per Day 0.1104 0.006624 0.23394 6.624 0.02917 1

15.8 Mass Conversion–Pounds to Kilograms

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Pounds
Kilograms
0 0.00 0.45 0.91 1.36 1.81 2.27 2.72 3.18 3.63 4.08
10 4.54 4.99 5.44 5.90 6.35 6.80 7.26 7.71 8.16 8.62
20 9.07 9.53 9.98 10.43 10.89 11.34 11.79 12.25 12.70 13.15
30 13.61 14.06 14.52 14.97 15.42 15.88 16.33 16.78 17.24 17.69
40 18.14 18.60 19.05 19.50 19.96 20.41 20.87 21.32 21.77 22.23
50 22.68 23.13 23.59 24.04 24.49 24.95 25.40 25.86 26.31 26.76
60 27.22 27.67 28.12 28.58 29.03 29.48 29.94 30.39 30.84 31.30
70 31.75 32.21 32.66 33.11 33.57 34.02 34.47 34.93 35.38 35.83
80 36.29 36.74 37.20 37.65 38.10 38.56 39.01 39.46 39.92 40.37
90 40.82 41.28 41.73 42.18 42.64 43.09 43.55 44.00 44.45 44.91
15.9 Pressure Equivalents

Note: Use
multiplier at Kg. Per Lb. Per In. of Kilo- In. of Ft. of
Atm. Bar
convergemce of Sq. Cm. Sq. In. Hg. pascals Water Water
row and column
Kg. Per Sq.

1 14.22 0.9678 0.98067 28.96 98.067 28.96 98.067
Cm.
Lb. Per Sq.
0.07031 1 0.06804 0.06895 2.036 6.895 2.036 6.895
In.
Atm. 1.0332 14.696 1 1.01325 29.92 101.325 29.92 101.325
Bar 1.01972 14.5038 0.98692 1 29.53 100 29.53 100

In. of Hg. 0.03453 0.4912 0.03342 0.033864 1 3.3864 1 3.3864
Kilopascals 0.0101972 0.145038 0.0098696 0.01 0.2953 1 0.2953 1
In. of Water 0.002538 0.0361 0.002456 0.00249 0.07349 0.249 0.07349 0.249
Ft. of Water 0.03045 0.4332 0.02947 0.029839 0.8819 2.9839 0.8819 2.9839
1 ounce/sq. inch = 0.0625 lbs./sq. inch
294
15.10 Pressure Conversion–Pounds Per Square Inch to Bar

Pounds Per 0 1 2 3 4
Square Inch Bar
0 0.000000 0.068948 0.137895 0.206843 0.275790
10 0.689476 0.758423 0.827371 0.896318 0.965266
20 1.378951 1.447899 1.516847 1.585794 1.654742
30 2.068427 2.137375 2.206322 2.275270 2.344217
40 2.757903 2.826850 2.895798 2.964746 3.033693
50 3.447379 3.516326 3.585274 3.654221 3.723169
60 4.136854 4.205802 4.274750 4.343697 4.412645
70 4.826330 4.895278 4.964225 5.033173 5.102120
80 5.515806 5.584753 5.653701 5.722649 5.791596
90 6.205282 6.274229 6.343177 6.412124 6.481072
100 6.894757 6.963705 7.032652 7.101600 7.170548
Note: To convert to kilopascals, move decimal point two positions to right; to convert to Megapascals, move decimal point one
position to left. For example, 30 psi = 2.068427 bar = 206.8427 kPa = 0.2068427 MPa.
Note: Round off decimal points to provide no more than the desired degree of accuracy.
Pressure Conversion–Pounds Per Square Inch to Bar continued...
Pounds Per 5 6 7 8 9
Square Inch Bar
0 0.344738 0.413685 0.482633 0.551581 0.620528
10 1.034214 1.103161 1.172109 1.241056 1.310004
20 1.723689 1.792637 1.861584 1.930532 1.999480
30 2.413165 2.482113 2.551060 2.620008 2.688955
40 3.102641 3.171588 3.240536 3.309484 3.378431
50 3.792117 3.861064 3.930012 3.998959 4.067907
60 4.481592 4.550540 4.619487 4.688435 4.757383
70 5.171068 5.240016 5.308963 5.377911 5.446858
80 5.860544 5.929491 5.998439 6.067386 6.136334
90 6.550019 6.618967 6.687915 6.756862 6.825810
100 7.239495 7.308443 7.377390 7.446338 7.515285
Note: To convert to kilopascals, move decimal point two positions to right; to convert to Megapascals, move decimal point one
position to left. For example, 30 psi = 2.068427 bar = 206.8427 kPa = 0.2068427 MPa.
Note: Round off decimal points to provide no more than the desired degree of accuracy.

15.11 Temperature Conversion Formulas

To Covert From To Substitute in Formula
Degrees Celsius Degrees Fahrenheit (°C x 9/5) + 32
Degrees Celsius Kelvin (°C + 273.16)
Degrees Fahrenheit Degrees Celsius (°F−32) x 5/9
Degrees Fahrenheit Degrees Rankin (°F + 459.69)
15.12 Temperature Conversions

Temp. in °C Temp. in °C Temp. in °C
°C or °F to be °F °C or °F to be °F °C or °F to be °F
converted converted converted
-273.16 -459.69 -90.00 -130 -202.0 -17.8 0 32.0

-267.78 -450 -84.44 -120 -184.0 -16.7 2 35.6
-262.22 -440 -78.89 -110 -166.0 -15.6 4 39.2
-256.67 -430 -73.33 -100 -148.0 -14.4 6 42.8
-251.11 -420 -70.56 -95 -139.0 -13.3 8 46.4
-245.56 -410 -67.78 -90 -130.0 -12.2 10 50.0
-240.00 -400 -65.00 -85 -121.0 -11.1 12 53.6
-234.44 -390 -62.22 -80 -112.0 -10.0 14 57.2
-228.89 -380 -59.45 -75 -103.0 -8.89 16 60.8
-223.33 -370 -56.67 -70 -94.0 -7.78 18 64.4
-217.78 -360 -53.89 -65 -85.0 -6.67 20 68.0
-212.22 -350 -51.11 -60 -76.0 -5.56 22 71.6
-206.67 -340 -48.34 -55 -67.0 -4.44 24 75.2
-201.11 -330 -45.56 -50 -58.0 -3.33 26 78.8
-195.56 -320 -42.78 -45 -49.0 -2.22 28 82.4
-190.00 -310 -40.00 -40 -40.0 -1.11 30 86.0
-184.44 -300 -38.89 -38 -36.4 0 32 89.6
-178.89 -290 -37.78 -36 -32.8 1.11 34 93.2
-173.33 -280 -36.67 -34 -29.2 2.22 36 96.8
-169.53 -273.16 -459.69 -35.56 -32 -25.6 3.33 38 100.4
-168.89 -272 -457.6 -34.44 -30 -22.0 4.44 40 104.0
-167.78 -270 -454.0 -33.33 -28 -18.4 5.56 42 107.6
-162.22 -260 -436.0 -32.22 -26 -14.8 6.67 44 111.2
-156.67 -250 -418.0 -31.11 -24 -11.2 7.78 46 114.8
-151.11 -240 -400.0 -30.00 -22 -7.6 8.89 48 118.4
296
Temperature Conversions continued...

-145.56 -230 -382.0 -28.89 -20 -4.0 10.0 50 122.0

-140.00 -220 -364.0 -27.78 -18 -0.4 11.1 52 125.6
-134.44 -210 -346.0 -26.67 -16 3.2 12.2 54 129.2
-128.89 -200 -328.0 -25.56 -14 6.8 13.3 56 132.8
-123.33 -190 -310.0 -24.44 -12 10.4 14.4 58 136.4
-117.78 -180 -292.0 -23.33 -10 14.0 15.6 60 140.0
-112.22 -170 -274.0 -22.22 -8 17.6 16.7 62 143.6
-106.67 -160 -256.0 -21.11 -6 21.2 17.8 64 147.2
-101.11 -150 -238.0 -20.00 -4 24.8 18.9 66 150.8
-95.56 -140 -220.0 -18.89 -2 28.4 20.0 68 154.4
21.1 70 158.0 204.4 400 752.0 454.4 850 1562.0
22.2 72 161.6 210.0 410 770.0 460.0 860 1580.0
23.3 74 165.2 215.6 420 788.0 465.6 870 1598.0
24.4 76 168.8 221.1 430 806.0 471.1 880 1616.0
25.6 78 172.4 226.7 440 824.0 476.7 890 1634.0
26.7 80 176.0 232.2 450 842.0 482.2 900 1652.0
27.8 82 179.6 237.8 460 860.0 487.8 910 1670.0
28.9 84 183.2 243.3 470 878.0 493.3 920 1688.0
30.0 86 186.8 248.9 480 896.0 498.9 930 1706.0
31.1 88 190.4 254.4 490 914.0 504.4 940 1724.0
32.2 90 194.0 260.0 500 932.0 510.0 950 1742.0
33.3 92 197.6 265.6 510 950.0 515.6 960 1760.0
34.4 94 201.2 271.1 520 968.0 521.1 970 1778.0
35.6 96 204.8 276.7 530 986.0 526.7 980 1796.0
36.7 98 208.4 282.2 540 1004.0 532.2 990 1814.0
37.8 100 212.0 287.8 550 1022.0 537.8 1000 1832.0
43.3 110 230.0 293.3 560 1040.0 543.3 1010 1850.0
48.9 120 248.0 298.9 570 1058.0 548.9 1020 1868.0
54.4 130 266.0 304.4 580 1076.0 554.4 1030 1886.0
60.0 140 284.0 310.0 590 1094.0 560.0 1040 1904.0
65.6 150 302.0 315.6 600 1112.0 565.6 1050 1922.0
71.1 160 320.0 321.1 610 1130.0 571.1 1060 1940.0
76.7 170 338.0 326.7 620 1148.0 576.7 1070 1958.0
82.2 180 356.0 332.2 630 1166.0 582.2 1080 1976.0
87.8 190 374.0 337.8 640 1184.0 587.8 1090 1994.0

Temperature Conversions continued...

93.3 200 392.0 343.3 650 1202.0 593.3 1100 2012.0

98.9 210 410.0 348.9 660 1220.0 598.9 1110 2030.0
104.4 220 428.0 354.4 670 1238.0 604.4 1120 2048.0
110.0 230 446.0 360.0 680 1256.0 610.0 1130 2066.0
115.6 240 464.0 365.6 690 1274.0 615.6 1140 2084.0
121.1 250 482.0 371.1 700 1292.0 621.1 1150 2102.0
126.7 260 500.0 376.7 710 1310.0 626.7 1160 2120.0
132.2 270 518.0 382.2 720 1328.0 632.2 1170 2138.0
137.8 280 536.0 387.8 730 1346.0 637.8 1180 2156.0
143.3 290 554.0 393.3 740 1364.0 643.3 1190 2174.0
148.9 300 572.0 398.9 750 1382.0 648.9 1200 2192.0
154.4 310 590.0 404.4 760 1400.0 654.4 1210 2210.0
160.0 320 608.0 410.0 770 1418.0 660.0 1220 2228.0
165.6 330 626.0 415.6 780 1436.0 665.6 1230 2246.0
171.1 340 644.0 421.1 790 1454.0 671.1 1240 2264.0
176.7 350 662.0 426.7 800 1472.0 676.7 1250 2282.0
182.2 360 680.0 432.2 810 1490.0 682.2 1260 2300.0
187.8 370 698.0 437.8 820 1508.0 687.8 1270 2318.0
193.3 380 716.0 443.3 830 1526.0 693.3 1280 2336.0
198.9 390 734.0 448.9 840 1544.0 698.9 1290 2354.0
704.4 1300 2372.0 760.0 1400 2552.0
710.0 1310 2390.0 765.6 1410 2570.0
715.6 1320 2408.0 771.1 1420 2588.0
721.1 1330 2426.0 776.7 1430 2606.0
726.7 1340 2444.0 782.2 1440 2624.0
815.6 1500 2732.0
732.2 1350 2462.0 787.0 1450 2642.0
737.8 1360 2480.0 793.3 1460 2660.0
743.3 1370 2498.0 798.9 1470 2678.0
748.9 1380 2516.0 804.4 1480 2696.0
754.4 1390 2534.0 810.0 1490 2714.0
298
15.13 API and Baumé Gravity Tables and Weight Factors
API Baumé Specific Lb/ U.S. U.S. Gal/ API Baumé Specific Lb/ U.S. U.S. Gal/
Gravity Gravity Gravity Gravity Lb Gravity Gravity Gravity Gravity Lb
0 10.247 1.0760 8.962 0.1116

31 30.78 0.8708 7.251 0.1379
1 9.223 1.0679 8.895 0.1124
2 8.198 1.0599 8.828 0.1133 32 31.77 0.8654 7.206 0.1388
3 7.173 1.0520 8.762 0.1141 33 32.76 0.8602 7.163 0.1396
4 6.148 1.0443 8.698 0.1150 34 33.75 0.8550 7.119 0.1405
5 5.124 1.0366 8.634 0.1158 35 34.73 0.8498 7.076 0.1413
6 4.099 1.0291 8.571 0.1167 36 35.72 0.8448 7.034 0.1422
7 3.074 1.0217 8.509 0.1175 37 36.71 0.8398 6.993 0.1430
8 2.049 1.0143 8.448 0.1184 38 37.70 0.8348 6.951 0.1439
9 1.025 1.0071 8.388 0.1192 39 38.69 0.8299 6.910 0.1447
10 10.00 1.0000 8.328 0.1201 40 39.68 0.8251 6.870 0.1456
11 10.99 0.9930 8.270 0.1209 41 40.67 0.8203 6.830 0.1464
12 11.98 0.9861 8.212 0.1218 42 41.66 0.8155 6.790 0.1473
13 12.97 0.9792 8.155 0.1226 43 42.65 0.8109 6.752 0.1481
14 13.96 0.9725 8.099 0.1235 44 43.64 0.8063 6.713 0.1490
15 14.95 0.9659 8.044 0.1243 45 44.63 0.8017 6.675 0.1498
16 15.94 0.9593 7.989 0.1252 46 45.62 0.7972 6.637 0.1507
17 16.93 0.9529 7.935 0.1260 47 50.61 0.7927 6.600 0.1515
18 17.92 0.9465 7.882 0.1269 48 50.60 0.7883 6.563 0.1524
19 18.90 0.9402 7.830 0.1277 49 50.59 0.7839 6.526 0.1532
20 19.89 0.9340 7.778 0.1286 50 50.58 0.7796 6.490 0.1541
21 20.88 0.9279 7.727 0.1294 51 50.57 0.7753 6.455 0.1549
22 21.87 0.9218 7.676 0.1303 52 51.55 0.7711 6.420 0.1558
23 22.86 0.9159 7.627 0.1311 53 52.54 0.7669 6.385 0.1566
24 23.85 0.9100 7.578 0.1320 54 53.53 0.7628 6.350 0.1575
25 24.84 0.9042 7.529 0.1328 55 54.52 0.7587 6.316 0.1583
26 25.83 0.8984 7.481 0.1337 56 55.51 0.7547 6.283 0.1592
27 26.82 0.8927 7.434 0.1345 57 56.50 0.7507 6.249 0.1600
28 27.81 0.8871 7.387 0.1354 58 57.49 0.7467 6.216 0.1609
29 28.80 0.8816 7.341 0.1362 59 58.48 0.7428 6.184 0.1617
30 29.79 0.8762 7.296 0.1371 60 59.47 0.7389 6.151 0.1626

API and Baumé Gravity Tables and Weight Factors continued...
API Baumé Specific Lb/ U.S. U.S. Gal/ API Baumé Specific Lb/ U.S. U.S. Gal/
Gravity Gravity Gravity Gravity Lb Gravity Gravity Gravity Gravity Lb
61 60.46 0.7351 6.119 0.1634 81 80.25 0.6659 5.542 0.1804

62 61.45 0.7313 6.087 0.1643 82 81.24 0.6628 5.516 0.1813
63 62.44 0.7275 6.056 0.1651 83 82.23 0.6597 5.491 0.1821
64 63.43 0.7238 6.025 0.1660 84 83.22 0.6566 5.465 0.1830
65 64.42 0.7201 5.994 0.1668 85 84.20 0.6536 5.440 0.1838
66 65.41 0.7165 5.964 0.1677 86 85.19 0.6506 5.415 0.1847
67 66.40 0.7128 5.934 0.1685 87 86.18 0.6476 5.390 0.1855
68 67.39 0.7093 5.904 0.1694 88 87.17 0.6446 5.365 0.1864
69 68.37 0.7057 5.874 0.1702 89 88.16 0.6417 5.341 0.1872
70 69.36 0.7022 5.845 0.1711 90 89.15 0.6388 5.316 0.1881
71 70.35 0.6988 5.817 0.1719 91 90.14 0.6360 5.293 0.1889
72 71.34 0.6953 5.788 0.1728 92 91.13 0.6331 5.269 0.1898
73 72.33 0.6919 5.759 0.1736 93 92.12 0.6303 5.246 0.1906
74 73.32 0.6886 5.731 0.1745 94 93.11 0.6275 5.222 0.1915
75 74.31 0.6852 5.703 0.1753 95 94.10 0.6247 5.199 0.1924
76 75.30 0.6819 5.676 0.1762 96 95.09 0.6220 5.176 0.1932
77 76.29 0.6787 5.649 0.1770 97 96.08 0.6193 5.154 0.1940
78 77.28 0.6754 5.622 0.1779 98 97.07 0.6166 5.131 0.1949
79 78.27 0.6722 5.595 0.1787 99 98.06 0.6139 5.109 0.1957
80 79.26 0.6690 5.568 0.1796 100 99.05 0.6112 5.086 0.1966
The relation of Degrees Baumé or A.P.I. to Specific Gravity is expressed by the

following formulas:
For liquids lighter than water:
140 140
Degrees Baumé = – 130 , G=
G 130 + Degrees Baumé
141.5 141.5
Degrees A.P.I. = – 131.5 , G=
G 131.5 + Degrees A.P.I.
For liquids heavier than water:

145 145
Degrees Baumé = 145 – , G=
G 145 – Degrees Baumé
G = Specific Gravity = ratio of the weight of a given volume of oil at 15.5°C (60°F) to
the weight of the same volume of water at 15.5°C (60°F).
300
The previous tables are based on the weight of 1 gallon (U.S.) of oil with a volume
of 231 cubic inches at 15.5°C (60°F) in air at 760 mm pressure and 50% humidity.
Assumed weight of 1 gallon of water at 15.5°C (60°F) in air is 8.32828 pounds.
To determine the resulting gravity by mixing oils of different gravities:
md1 + nd2
D =
m+n
D = Density or Specific Gravity of mixture
m = Proportion of oil of d density

1
n = Proportion of oil of d density

2
d = Specific Gravity of m oil

1
d = Specific Gravity of n oil n

2
15.14 Other Useful Conversions

To Covert From To Substitute in Formula
Cu Ft (Methane) B.T.U. 1000 (approx.)
Cu Ft of Water Lbs of Water 62.4
Degrees Radians 0.01745
Gals Lbs of Water 8.336
Grams Ounces 0.0352
Horsepower (mech.) Ft Lbs per Min 33,000
Horsepower (elec.) Watts 746
Kg Lbs 2.205
Kg per Cu Meter Lbs per Cu Ft 0.06243
Kilowatts Horsepower 1.341
Lbs Kg 0.4536
Lbs of Air (14.7 psia and 60°F) Cu Ft of Air 13.1
Lbs per Cu Ft Kg per Cu Meter 16.0184
Lbs per Hr (Gas) Std Cu Ft per Hr 13.1/Specific Gravity
Lbs per Hr (Water) Gals per Min 0.002
Lbs per Sec (Gas) Std Cu Ft per Hr .41793/Specific Gravity
Radians Degrees 57.3
Scfh Air Scfh Propane 0.81
Scfh Air Scfh Butane 0.71
Scfh Air Scfh 0.6 Natural Gas 1.29
Scfh Cu Meters per Hr 0.028317

15.15 Metric Prefixes and Suffixes

Multiplication Factor Prefix Symbol
1 000 000 000 000 000 000 = 10 18
exa E
1 000 000 000 000 000 = 1015 peta P
1 000 000 000 000 = 1012 tera T
1 000 000 000 = 10 9
giga G
1 000 000 = 106 mega M
1 000 = 103 kilo k
100 = 10 2
hecto h
10 = 101 deka da
0.1 = 10−1 deci d
0.01 = 10−2 centi c
0.001 = 10−3 milli m
0.000 001 = 10−6 micro µ
0.000 000 001 = 10−9 nano n
0.000 000 000 001 = 10−12 pico p
0.000 000 000 000 001 = 10 −15
femto f
0.000 000 000 000 000 001 = 10−18 atto a
302

Index
Control Valve Handbook | Index
*Bold page numbers indicate tables. Italicized page numbers indicate images and diagrams.
A diameter of bolt circles 275

flange diameter 277, 278
accessory 26
flange thickness for flange fittings 278,
actuator 26, 71, 83, 85
279
assembly 26
number of stud bolts and diameter 276,
diaphragm 71, 72 277
direct-acting 18, 71 American Society for Testing and
double-acting 24 Materials (ASTM) 26
electric 73 American Society of Mechanical
Engineers (ASME) 26, 169
force calculations 114
level 21 analog I/P positioner design
See positioner
maintenance 165
angle valve See valve
manual 72, 73
ANSI See American National Standards
piston 19, 72, 166
Institute
rack-and-pinion 73
approval See standards
reverse-acting 19, 20
ASME See American Society for Mechanical
single-acting 79
Engineers
sizing 111
ASTM See American Society for Testing and
globe valve 111 Materials
rotary valve 114 ATEX ratings 180
spring 16 attemperator 155
spring-and-diaphragm 164, 165
automatic control system 26
stem 16
extension 16
force 16
B
actuator and positioner design 37 backlash 26
air leakage, instrument See instrument ball

full 21
air quality, instrument See instrument
segmented 21, 22, 55
allowable sizing pressure drop
See pressure drop valve 57, 123, 194
American National Standards Institute V-notch 22, 55, 115

(ANSI) 26 bar stock valve body 52
American Petroleum Institute (API) Baume and API gravity and weight
26, 169 factors See American Petroleum Institute
gravity and weight factors 299, 300 bellows seal bonnet See bonnet
American Pipe Flange Dimensions 275 bench set 23, 167
305
seating force 167 characterized cage See cage

Bode diagram 26 characterized valve plug 69
bolt, tightening 160 check valve See valve
bonnet 16, 59 clearance flow 23
assembly 16, 17 closed loop See loop
bellows seal 16, 17, 61 closure member 17, 26
extension 18, 60, 141 guide 17
booster See volume booster coefficients, sizing See sizing
bottom flange 17 control
bushing 17, 19 loop 15, 26, 96, 147, 152
butterfly valve See valve range 26, 44
bypass valve See valve system 26
control valve See valve
C conventional disk See disk
cage 17, 70 conversion
characterized 68, 69 mass 294
equal-percentage 17 other 301
linear 17 pressure 295
noise-abatement 123 temperature 296
quick-opening 17 conversions
cage-style mass 294
trim 53 other 301
valve body 52 pressure 295

temperature 296, 297
calculating Cv 101, 105
cryogenic service valve See valve
calibration
curve 26 customized characteristics 142
cycle 26 cylinder See piston
capacity 23, 26
case, diaphragm See diaphragm D
cavitation 116, 118, 121, 141, 142 deadband 27, 35, 36
choked flow 116 dead time 27, 38, 40
valve selection 118 desuperheater
CEN See European Committee for design 150
Standardization
fixed-geometry nozzle 150
characteristic See flow characteristic insertion-style 147
characterization 41, 69 installation 147
306
self-contained design 151 electrical equipment See protection

spray penetration 149 electro-hydraulic actuator See actuator
steam-assisted 152 enclosure rating 183, 185
steam-atomized 151, 152 end connections 57
variable-geometry nozzle 151, 154 bolted gasketed flanges 58
desuperheating 147, 148 other 59
diagnostics See positioner screwed pipe threads 57
diaphragm 17 welded 58, 59
actuator 17, 71, 72, 164 engineering data 224
case 17 enthalpy 27, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245,
inherent pressure range 24 246, 247
installed pressure range 24 entropy 27, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245,
plate 18 246, 247
pressure span 23 equal-percentage See flow characteristic

valve See valve equation constants 99
diffuser Equipment Protection Level (EPL) 177,
178
inline 121
vent 121 equivalents
area 293
digital valve controller 77, 80, 211, 220
fractional inch to millimeter 290, 291,
diagnostics 77
292
two-way digital communication 78
length 289
dimensions See face-to-face pressure 294
direct-acting actuator See actuator volume 293
disk See valve volume rate 293
double-acting See actuator whole inch to millimeter 289
double-ported valve See valve European Committee for
dynamic Standardization (CEN) 169
time 38 European Flange Standards 170
torque See torque European Industrial Valve Standards
169
unbalance 24
European Material Standards 170
European Union (EU) - ATEX Directive
E 2014/34/EU 180
eccentric-disk See valve explosion-proof 181
eccentric-plug See valve extension bonnet See bonnet
effective area 24
electric actuator See actuator
307
F choked flow causes 116

valve selection 117
face-to-centerline dimensions
raised-face, globe-style angle valves 92 flow characteristic 24
customized 142
face-to-face dimensions
equal-percentage 27
butt weld-end, globe-style valves 90, 91
frequency response 27
flanged and flangeless rotary valves 93
inherent 24, 28
flanged, globe-style valves 88, 89, 90
installed 24, 29
high-pressure butterfly valves with offset
design 94 linear 29
screwed-end, globe-style valves 92 modified parabolic 25
separable flange, globe-style valves 93 quick-opening 30
single-flange and flangeless butterfly selection of 97
valves 94
flow coefficient (Cv) 24
socket weld-end, globe-style valves 91,
calculating 101, 105
92
rated 25
fail-closed 24
relative 25
fail-open 24
Fluid Controls Institute (FCI) 27, 65,
fail-safe 24
170
fault
flushing 161
detection 162
frequency response See flow
discrimination 162 characteristic
FCI See Fluid Controls Institute friction 28, 36, 112, 113, 126, 127, 164
feedback fugitive emissions 62, 63
control loop 15, 96
signal 27
G
final control element 27, 216, 222
gain 28, 42
first-order 27
inherent valve 29
fixed-gain See positioner
installed valve 29, 43
fixed-geometry nozzle
loop 29, 43
See desuperheater
process 30
flame-proof 175, 176, 181
gate valve See valve
flange 275, 277, 278
globe valve 18, 51, 111, 188, 189, 190,
bolted gasketed 58
197, 209
bottom 17
cage-style 52, 53
separable 20
double-ported 53
flangeless valve See valve post- and port-guided 52
flashing 116, 117 single-port 51
308
three-way 18, 53, 54 valve gain 29

graphite packing See packing inline diffuser 121
insertion-style See desuperheater
H installation
techniques 159
handwheel 84
volume booster 79
side-mounted 85
top-mounted 85 installed
characteristic 24, 42
hardness 28
diaphragm pressure range 24
hazardous location classification 172
valve gain 29, 43
approvals and definitions 172
class and division system 172
instrument
air leakage 163
equipment groups 174
air quality 164
equipment subgroups 174
pressure 29
zone system 173
Instrument Society of America (ISA)
high-capacity valve See valve
29, 170
high-pressure valve See valve
International Electrotechnical
high-recovery valve See valve Commission (IEC) 171, 180
high-temperature valve See valve enclosure ratings 183
HIPPS (high-integrity pressure intrinsic safety 175
protection system) 221, 222 technique 181
hunting 28 I/P (current-to-pneumatic) 29, 76, 77
Hydrocarbons, physical constants of transducer 78
234, 235, 236, 237
ISA See Instrument Society of America
hydrodynamic noise prediction
See noise
hydro trim See trim L
hysteresis 28 length equivalents See equivalents
limit switches 83
I linear
cage 17, 68
IEC See International Electrotechnical
Commission characteristic 29
Ingress Protection (IP) codes 185 linearity 29

inherent loading pressure See pressure
characteristic 28, 142 loop 26, 29, 96, 147, 152
diaphragm pressure range 24 closed 26, 47
flow characteristic 24 gain 29
309
open 29 National Electrical Manufacturer’s

low-flow valve See valve Association (NEMA)
enclosure rating 183
low-recovery valve See valve
needle valve See valve
noise
M
abatement 142
maintenance
attenuation 139
actuator 165
control 120
control valve 161
prediction 118
predictive 162, 163
aerodynamic 118, 120
preventive 162
hydrodynamic 120, 123
reactive 162
summary 123
manual
non-destructive test procedures 135
actuator See actuator
liquid penetrant (surface) examination
operator See handwheel 136
Manufacturers Standardization magnetic particle (surface) examination
Society (MSS) 171 135
materials radiographic (volumetric) examination

136
designations 129
ultrasonic (volumetric) examination 136
hardness 28
non-electrical equipment See protection
non-metallic abbreviations 135
non-incendive (or Type n) technique
packing 62
182
specifications 225
non-intrusive diagnostics program
valve body 127, 232, 233 163
maximum flow rate See flow rate non-metallic material abbreviations
maximum rotation 115 135
metric prefixes and suffixes 302 normally-closed valve See fail-close

microprocessor-based positioner normally-open valve See fail-open
See positioner nozzle See desuperheater
modified parabolic See flow characteristic nuclear service See valve
N O
National Association of Corrosion Occupational Safety and Health
Engineers (NACE International) 29, 171 Administration (OSHA) 30
NACE MR0103 145
OEM parts See parts
NACE MR0175 144
offset valve See valve
Pre-2003 Revisions of NACE MR0175 143
open loop 29
310
operating medium 29 actuator 19, 72
operative limits 29 cylinder 17
OREDA data 219 cylinder closure seal 17

double-acting 72
maintenance 166
P
plug guiding See valve plug guiding
packing 19, 30, 62
pneumatic positioner See positioner
box (assembly) 18
port 19
control valve 61
port-guided valve See globe valve
ENVIRO-SEAL duplex 66, 67
ENVIRO-SEAL graphite 66, 67
positioner 30, 75
analog I/P 76, 77
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE 65, 66
design 37, 76
friction 112, 113
digital valve controller 77
graphite ribbon 67
pneumatic 75
HIGH-SEAL graphite ULF 67
ISO-Seal graphite 67 position transmitter 83
ISO-Seal PTFE 67 post-guided valve See valve
laminated and filament graphite 62 predictive maintenance 162, 163
PTFE V-Ring 62, 65 pressure
selection 124 conversion 295
for rotary valves 68, 69, 126, 127 equivalents 294
for sliding-stem valves 67, 68, 125, instrument 29
126
loading 18, 29
stem 166
range 24
partial stroke test 80, 219, 220 span 23
parts supply 31, 163
Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) pressure drop
165
allowable sizing 101
recommended spares 165
ratio factor 105
service and repair 165
pressure-temperature ratings 130,
performance test loop 34 131, 132, 133, 134
pinch valve See valve preventive maintenance 162
pipe data 266 process
pipe engagement 267 control 25
pipe threads, screwed See end gain 30
connection
optimization 44
piping geometry factor 100, 105
recovery 162
piston 19 variability 30, 33
311
properties of resolution 30
liquid and saturated vapor 240, 241, response
242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247
time 38
pressure-containing components 232
response time 30, 39, 41
saturated steam 248, 249, 250, 251,
252, 253, 254, 255, 256, 257 restricted-capacity trim 70
superheated steam 257, 258, 259, 260, retaining ring 19
261, 262, 263, 264, 265
reverse-acting actuator 19, 20, 71
water 247, 248
reverse flow 22
protection 159, 175
ring-style attemperator 155
electrical equipment 175
rod end bearing 22
Equipment Protection Level (EPL) 177
rotary actuator sizing 114
levels of 177
rotary valve See valve
non-electrical equipment 176
rubber boot 19
techniques and methods 181
push-down-to-close (PDTC)
construction 25 S
push-down-to-open (PDTO) Safety Instrumented System (SIS) 80,
construction 25 214, 216
final control element 216
Q logic solver 216

partial stroke test 80
quick-opening See flow characteristic
safety function and product certification
81
R sensors 216
rack-and-pinion actuator 73 standards 217
range 24, 26, 30, 44 Safety Integrity Level (SIL) 217, 222
rangeability 25 saturated steam properties 248, 249,
250, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255, 256, 257
rated
flow coefficient 25 seal
travel 25 bushing 19
cylinder closure 17
reactive maintenance 162
ring 23
Refrigerant 717 (Ammonia) 240, 241,
242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247 sliding 23
relative flow coefficient 25 seat 19
relay 30 leakage 25
adjustment 163 allowable 96

classification 95
repeatability 30
load 19, 112
312
force 112, 167 for compressible fluids 104

recommended 112 for liquids 100
ring 20 sliding seal 23
maintenance 166 sliding-stem
replacement 166 packing See packing
spring 20 valve See valve
second-order 30 solenoid valve 83, 210, 211, 212
segmented ball See valve span 31
selection spare parts 165
control valve 88 specific heat ratio 237
flow characteristics 97
split ranging 31
packing See packing
spray penetration 149
valves for cavitation service 118
spring
valves for flashing service 117
adjustor 20
sensitivity 30
rate 25
sensor 30, 216, 221 seat 20
separable flange 20, 93 spring-and-diaphragm See actuator
set point 30 standard flow 23
shaft 23 standards 168
wind-up 31 cast steel flanges 280
shutoff valve (SOV) See valve control valve 169
side-mounted handwheel European flanges 170
See handwheel
European industrial valves 169
signal 31 European materials 170
amplitude sequencing (split ranging) 31
fugitive emissions 63
feedback 27
safety 217
silencer 123 startup trim See trim
single-acting positioner 76, 77 static
single-port valve See valve friction 31
sizing 31, 45, 86, 97 gain 28
abbreviations and terminology 98 unbalance 20
actuators steam attemperator 155
for globe valves 111
steam conditioning valve 153, 154
for rotary valves 114
steam sparger 155
coefficients for globe valves 109
stem
coefficients for rotary valves 110
connector 20
valves
313
packing trim 20, 31, 53, 120

maintenance 166 cavitation mitigation 142
stiction 31 for flushing, hydro, or start-ups 161
sulfide stress cracking 143 noise abatement 142
superheated steam properties 257, restricted-capacity 70

258, 259, 260, 261, 262, 263, 264, 265 soft-seated 20
supply pressure 31, 40, 163 upgrade considerations 165
swing check valve See valve trip
system 84
valve 84
T
trunnion mounting 23
T63 31
turbine bypass
temperature
actuation 157
code 178, 179
components 156
conversion 296, 297
system 155
conversion formulas 296
valve 156
testing
two-stage positioner See positioner
non-destructive 135
online methods 220
two-way digital communication
See positioner
partial stroke 80, 219, 220
techniques 219
performance loop 34 U
SIS testing requirements 221 unbalance 111
three-way valve See valve dynamic 24
time constant 31 force 111

static 20
top-mounted handwheel
See handwheel upper valve body See valve
torque
breakout 114
V
dynamic 114
validation 162
equations 114
valve 31
factors for rotary valves 115
accessories 74
transducer, I/P See I/P
angle 16
travel 31, 167
assembly 27
deviation 163
ball 55, 57, 160, 194
indicator 31
bar stock 52
rated 25
body 20, 21
314
capacity 26 nuclear 142

bonnet See bonnet offset 18
butterfly 54, 94, 194, 195 packing See packing
high-performance 55, 56, 115 performance 32, 36
bypass 156, 192 pinch 193
cage-style 52 plug 21
check 191, 192, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, characterized 69
208, 209
post- and port-guided 52
conventional disk 22, 190
protection 159, 175, 177
cryogenic 141
response time 38, 39
diaphragm 193
rotary 22
straightway-type 193
sanitary 54
weir-type 193
selection 117, 118
double-port 53
single-port 51 See globe valve
eccentric disk 22
sizing 31
eccentric plug 22, 56
sliding-stem 15, 16, 73, 125
end connection See end connection
solenoid 83, 211, 212
flangeless 22
special 121, 138, 140
full-port ball 57
standards See standards
functions and characteristics terminology
steam conditioning 153
23
stem 21, 166
gain 28, 29, 43
storage 159
inherent 29
style 44, 51
installed 29
swing check See valve: check
gate 187, 188
three-way 53
globe See globe valve
travel 31, 167
high-capacity 139
trip 84
high-recovery 24
turbine bypass 156
high-temperature 140
type 41, 187
installation techniques 159
unbalance areas 111
low flow 140
V-notch ball 22, 55, 115
low-recovery 24
maintenance 158, 161
valve body See valve
materials See materials valve plug guiding 70

multi-port 57, 195 cage-guiding 70
needle 190 port-guiding 70
normally-closed 25 stem-guiding 70
normally-open 25 top- and bottom-guiding 70
315
top-guiding 70
valve sizing 97
for compressible fluids 104
for liquids 100
vena contracta 25, 116
vent diffuser 121
V-notch ball See valve
volume booster 31, 78, 79
volume equivalents 293
volume rate equivalents 293
W
wafer 94, 195
geometry-assisted 152
welded end connection 58, 59
wireless position monitor 83
wiring practices 179
Y
yoke 21, 72
Z
zero error 31
zone system 173, 178, 179
316
317
Appendix
Additional Resources
Sourcebooks
Industry overviews and best practices for control valve assemblies
Pulp & Paper Applications
Power & Severe Service Applications
Chemical Applications
Refining Applications
Oil & Gas Applications
Technical Documentation
Detailed specifications for valves, actuators, & instruments
Valve Sizing
Actuator Sizing
All Product Bulletins
All Instrumentation Instruction Manuals
All Valve & Actuator Instruction Manuals
All Lifecycle Services for Valves, Actuators, & Instruments
White Papers
Process control industry and application expertise
Benefits of Linkageless Non-Contact Feedback in Digital Positioners
Valve Sourcing Has Gone Global... Should You Care?
Using Acoustic Emissions to Determine Valve Seat Leakage
Trends Changing Valve Control in the US Power Industry
Other
Download Valve Specification Manager
Powerful, intuitive software for control valve sizing and selection.
Watch Instructional Product Videos
Subscribe to Communications
Sign up to receive messages about valves and other flow control technologies.
Visit Fisher.com
319

Emerson Control Valve

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Emerson Control Valve

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Emerson Control Valve

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What is the purpose of the Control Valve Handbook?

What is the purpose of the Control Valve Handbook?

What chapters are covered in the Control Valve Handbook?

What chapters are covered in the Control Valve Handbook?

CONTROL VALVE

Control valves are an increasingly vital component of modern manufacturing around

Chapter 1: Introduction to Control Valves.............................................. 14

Chapter 2: Control Valve Performance................................................... 32

Chapter 3: Valve and Actuator Types...................................................... 50

3.1.3.3 High-Performance Butterfly Valve Bodies...........................................................................55

3.2 Control Valve End Connections....................................................................57

Chapter 4: Control Valve Accessories..................................................... 74

4.2.2 Analog I/P Positioners............................................................................................... 76

4.3 I/P Transducers.............................................................................................78

Chapter 5: Control Valve Sizing.............................................................. 86

5.14 Cavitation and Flashing............................................................................116

5.21 Non-Metallic Material Abbreviations........................................................135

Chapte 6: Special Control Valves.......................................................... 138

Chapter 7: Steam Conditioning............................................................ 146

Chapter 8: Installation and Maintenance.............................................. 158

8.2 Proper Installation Techniques...................................................................159

Chapter 9: Standards and Approvals.................................................... 168

9.1.7 Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS)......................................................... 171

Chapter 10: Isolation Valves ................................................................ 186

Chapter 11: Solenoid Valves................................................................. 210

Chapter 12: Safety Instrumented Systems............................................ 214

Chapter 13: Engineering Data.............................................................. 224

Chapter 14: Pipe Data.......................................................................... 266

14.4.3 Cast Steel Flange Standard for PN 25..................................................................... 282

Chapter 15: Conversions and Equivalents............................................. 288

1.2 Sliding-Stem Control

See Additional Resources » 15

Actuator Stem Force: The net force

Figure 1.2 Sliding-Stem Control Valve

1. Bonnet Cylinder: The chamber of a piston

Figure 1.7 Cages (left to right): Linear, Equal-Percentage, Quick-Opening

See Additional Resources » 17

Diaphragm Plate: A rigid plate Globe Valve: A valve with a linear

4 1. Loading Pressure Connection

Figure 1.9 Direct-Acting Actuator

packing follower, packing nut, lantern classified as either double-acting, so that

1 1. Upper Wiper 1 1. Filament Ring

PTFE Packing Graphite Packing

Figure 1.11 Packing

See Additional Resources » 19

1. Loading Pressure Connection

Figure 1.12 Reverse-Acting Actuator

See Additional Resources » 21

opening. This allows the disk to be swung

Figure 1.14 Segmented Ball

Ball, V-Notch: The most common type

Figure 1.17 Rotary Control Valve

See Additional Resources » 23

See Additional Resources » 25

control valves, instrumentation, and presenting frequency response data.

API: Abbreviation for American Closed Loop: The interconnection of

normalized values of 0.5 and 2.0. Entropy: The theoretical measure of

determined by the output of a

See Additional Resources » 27

steady-state sinusoidal inputs and the point into its surface.